CIF Bunce Hall Bid Set PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME OF PROJECT … docs... · 2020/2/4 · 224223...

Bunce CIF – Bunce Hall Bid Set

PROJECT MANUAL

VOLUME 1 OF 2

PROJECT NO. 77013

01/13/2019

Table of Contents Table of Contents - Page 1

Issued For Bid Set 01-13-2020

Bunce Hall (Bunce CIF) Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATION LEGEND:

000000 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUNCE HALL RENOVATIONS

000000.Y SPECIFICATION FOR BUNCE HALL EMERGENCY GENERATOR

000000.Z SPECIFICATION FOR BUNCE HALL COOLING TOWER

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS Section I Instructions to Bidders 09/14/2018 Pages 1 through 7 Section II General Conditions 09/14/2018 Pages 1 through 60 Section III Construction Contract 09/14/2018 Pages 1 through 9 Allowance Authorization Form dated October 2010 Page 1 Allowance Charge Request Form dated September 2010 Page 1 Request for Information Form --- Page 1 Change Order Request Form --- Page 1 Change Order Form --- Page 1 Hourly Labor Rate Breakdown Form --- Page 1 Daily Job Report Form --- Page 1 Application and Certificate for --- Pages 1 through 2 Payment Form (AIA G702) Attachment to G702 Certification --- Pages 1 through 2 For Payment Contractor’s Partial or Final Release --- Page 1

And Waiver of Liens Rowan Tax Exempt Letter --- Page 1 Consent of Surety Company to Final --- Page 1 Payment (AIA G707) Rowan AIA 101 Contract between --- Page 1 through 9 Owner and Contractor Rowan AIA A201 Contract for the --- Page 1 through 49 General conditions for construction

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DATED JULY 25, 2017

SECTION 011100 Summary of Work 011400 Work Restrictions 012200 Unit Price 012300 Alternates 012400 Procedures and Controls 012500 Contract Modification Procedures 012600 Modification Procedures 012900 Payment Procedures 013100 Coordination 013113 Project Management and Coordination 013119 Project Meetings

Supplemental General Conditions




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

013200 Construction Progress Documentation 013300 Submittal Procedures 014000 Quality Control Requirements 014100 Testing Laboratory Services 014200 Reference Standards 014523 Testing and Inspection 015000 Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls 016000 Product Requirements 017300 Execution Requirements 017329 Cutting and Patching 017700 Contract Closeout 017820 Operation and Maintenance Data 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data 018200 Demonstration and Training

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BUNCE HALL RENOVATIONS - BUNCE CIF – BID SET – Issued on 01-13-2020

VOLUME 1 OF 2

DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS

SECTION

024118 Selective Demolition and Alteration Work

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY – NOT USED 042000 Unit Masonry Assemblies

DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 051200 Structural Steel Framing 055000 Miscellaneous Metals

DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

SECTION

062000 Carpentry 064023 Architectural Woodwork

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 076200 Sheet Metal Work 078413 Firestops and Smokeseals 079200 Joint Sealers

DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS

SECTION

080671 Door Hardware Schedule

081113 Steel Doors and Frames 081416 Wood Doors 083113 Access Doors 084123 Fire Rated Glass, Framing and Door Systems 084428 All Glass Doors and Entrances 087100 Door Hardware

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

SECTION 092613 Gypsum Veneer Plastering 092900 Gypsum Drywall 093013 Ceramic Tiling 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095126 Acoustical Wood Ceilings 095133 Acoustical Metal Ceilings 096400 Wood Strip Flooring 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring 096623 Thin Set Epoxy Terrazzo 096813 Carpet Tile 099000 Painting and Finishing

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

SECTION

101100 Visual Display Surfaces 101400 Signage 102114 Toilet Partitions 102119 Demountable Partitions 102813 Toilet Accessories 104416 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

NOT USED

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION

122413 Window Shades

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

NOT USED

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

NOT USED

VOLUME 2 OF 2 DIVISION 21 – FIRE PROTECTION 210517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 210529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 211313 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211316 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 213113 ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS 213400 PRESSURE MAINTENANCE PUMPS 213900 CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE PUMP DRIVERS NJAR DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.10GENERAL-DUTYVALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING ANDEQUIPIMENT 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123.21INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER PUMPS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 224213.13COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224216.13COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS 224223 COMMERCIAL SHOWERS DIVISION 23 – HEATING VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 230500 ROOF ACCESSORIES




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230515 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553.Z IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593.Z TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719.Z HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230800.Z TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230969.Z VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113.Z HYDRONIC PIPING 232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 232216 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING SPECIALTIES 232223 STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 235700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC 236533.Z LIQUID COOLERS 237313 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS 238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238236 FINNED-TUBE RADIATION HEATERS 238239 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS 238239.13CABINET UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260505.Z SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

260519.Y LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519.Z LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526.Y GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526.Z GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529.Y HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529.Z HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13.Z CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16.Z BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260534.Y CONDUIT 260544 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING 260548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553.Y IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553.Z IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260583.Z WIRING CONNECTIONS 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 262200 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200.Y LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262416 PANELBOARDS 262416.Y PANELBOARDS 262550.Y GENERATOR DOCKING STATION 262717.Y EQUIPMENT WIRING 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262726.Y WIRING DEVICES 262726.Z WIRING DEVICES 262813 FUSES 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262933.Z ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING FOR PIPING 263213.Y ENGINE GENERATORS 263600.Y TRANSFER SWITCHES DIVISION 27 – INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND AUDIO VISUAL 270000 COMMUNICATIONS 270526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270528 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 271100 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS 271300 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 274100 AUDIO VISUAL SPECIFICATION DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY 280000 ELECTRONIC SECURITY




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

FIRE ALARM REPLACEMENTFIRE ALARM REPLACEMENT

ABATEMENT DOCUMENTS

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKPLANASBESTOS ABATEMENT SPECIFICATIONS

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1B1. BID PROPOSALS

1B1.1. Sealed proposals for the work described herein must be received and time-stamped at the University. The closing date and time for bids will be stated in the Advertisement and Invitation to Bid. Bidders are cautioned that reliance on the U. S. Mail for timely delivery of proposals is at the bidder's risk. Failure by the contractor to have sealed proposals reach the University by the prescribed time will result in a return of the submission unopened and unread.

1B1.2. This contract will be bid as a single prime contract only. Bids for less than all of the project as described herein will be deemed nonconforming.

1B1.3. The Instructions to Bidders, Bid forms, Contract forms, plans and specifications, forms of Bid Bond, Agreement of Surety, Performance Bonds, Payment Bonds and other Contract Documents may be examined at the University. Contractors may obtain Contract Documents at the University’s Purchasing Website. The University reserves the right to deny award to any bidder who is not clearly responsible based upon experience, past performance and financial capability to perform the work required hereunder or other material factors.

1B1.4. Set(s) of Contract Documents will be available for inspection by interested parties free of charge in Rowan University’s Purchasing Department.

1B1.5. Bid proposals based upon the plans, specifications, general, special and supplementary conditions, clarifications and/or addenda shall be deemed as having been made by the contractor will full knowledge of all project conditions. Bidders are strongly encouraged to visit the site prior to submitting proposals for the work herein described and to have thoroughly examined the conditions under which the contract is to be executed including those reasonably observable conditions of the premises which would hinder, delay or otherwise affect the performance of the contractor required under the terms of the contract. The University will not allow claims for additional costs as a result of the contractor's failure to become aware of the reasonably observable conditions affecting his/her required performance. The bidder is required to make appropriate allowances in the preparation of his/her bid for the accommodation of such conditions. Bidders must warrant in the bid documents that the bidder is familiar with conditions existing at the site at the time the bid is submitted.

1B1.6. Bid proposals shall be submitted on the standard form provided by the University, enclosed in a sealed envelope issued by Rowan University. The name and address of the bidder must be indicated on the envelope as well as indication of the project, project location and other appropriate identification.

1B1.7. All amounts in the bid documents shall be stated in numerical figures as well as written out in words. In the event of a contradiction between the numerical and written amounts, the written will control. Any illegible amounts will be deemed non-responsive.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

The bidder must include the following items in the bid envelope. Other documents may be required by the University Purchasing Department. Check the University’s website for further information on required documents.

a. Bidder’s Checklist b. The Bid Form signed by the bidder c. Ownership Disclosure d. The executed Affidavit of Non-collusion; e. Bid security as further described in Paragraph 1B6; f. The Acknowledgement of Addenda; g. Consent of Surety h. The names and license numbers of and evidence of performance security form of

all sub-contractors to who the bidder will sub-contract any of the work on the project for the following: 1) The plumbing and gas fitting work; 2) The heating and ventilating systems and equipment; 3) The electrical work including any electrical power plants; 4) The structural and ornamental iron work. 5) Special Categories as may be required.

The remaining documents contained in the complete set of bid forms found after the Table of Contents should be submitted in the bid envelope and shall be required prior to the award of the contract.

1B1.8. Proposals shall remain open for acceptance and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after the bid opening date.

1B1.9. Proposals not submitted and filed in accordance with instructions contained herein and in the Advertisement will be considered informal and rejected as non-responsive.

1B2. BID MODIFICATION

1B2.1. A bidder may modify his/her bid proposal by telegram or letter at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids provided such communication is received by the University prior to such closing time. A written confirmation of any telegraphic modification signed by the bidder must have been mailed and time-stamped by the post office prior to specified closing time. Such confirmation shall be accompanied by a newly executed Affidavit of Non-Collusion.

1B2.2. Telegraphic communications shall not reveal the basic bid price but only shall provide the amount to be added, subtracted or modified so that the final price(s) or term(s) will not be revealed until the sealed proposal is opened. If written confirmation of the telegraphic modification is not received within two (2) working days after the scheduled closing time, no consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification.

1B2.3. Bids may be withdrawn upon written request received from the bidder prior to the time fixed for the bid opening. Right for withdrawal of a bid is lost after a bid has been opened. If any error has been made in the bid amount, request for relief from the bid may be made in writing to the University. The written request shall be signed by an authorized corporate officer. A determination of whether the bidder will be released

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

shall be at the sole discretion of the University who shall issue his/her finding(s) within five (5) days of his/her receipt of all pertinent information relating to such request for relief.

1B3. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

1B3.1. Award of Projects(s) or Rejection of Bid(s):

a. The Project will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid, conforming to the Contract Documents, will be most advantageous to the University. The award will be made or the bid(s) rejected within sixty (60) days from the date of the opening of the bids.

b. All bid security deposits of unsuccessful bidders, except the lowest three (3) bidders, will be returned or refunded within five (5) days of the bid opening.

c. The bid security deposits of the successful bidder and the next two (2) lowest bidders will be retained by the University until the execution and delivery of a formal contract and delivery of performance and payment bonds by the bidder awarded the project. At such time, bid deposits of the other two (2) low bidders will be returned.

d. The University reserves the right to award the project on the basis of the single bid for the entire work on or the basis of a separate bid and alternate, or any combination of separate bids and alternates, which the University deems best serves the interest of the University.

e. The University reserves the right to waive, in its sole discretion, minor informalities or non-material exceptions in the bid when such waiver is in the best interests of the University and where such waiver is permitted by law.

f. The University reserves the right to reject any and all bids when such rejection is in the best interests of the University and is permitted by law. The University may also reject the bid of any bidder who, in its judgement, is not responsible or capable of performing the project based on financial capability, past performance or experience. A bidder whose bid is so rejected may request a hearing before the University by filing a written notice within seven (7) days of the transmittal of the rejection.

1B3.2. The bidder to whom the project is awarded shall execute and deliver the requisite Contract Documents including payment and performance bonds within the time specified. Upon his/her failure or refusal to comply in the manner and within the time specified, the University may either award the contract to the next low, responsible bidder or re-advertise for new proposals. In either case, the University may hold the defaulting bidder and his/her surety liable for the difference between the applicable sums quoted by the defaulting bidder and that sum which the University may be obligated to pay to the contractor who undertakes to perform and complete the work of the defaulting bidder.

1B4. AWARDS

1B4.1. In executing a contract, the successful bidder agrees to perform his/her work in a good and workmanlike manner and to complete portions of the work by established milestone dates and all work within the number of calendar days specified in his/her

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

contract.

1B4.2. The successful bidder will be notified of the time and place for the signing of the contract. Key requirements in the conduct of the contract include, but are not limited to, project milestones, the number of days for performance of the contract, manner and schedule of payments, site logistics and other administrative details will be reviewed at the award meeting. The time and place of the first job meeting will also be announced.

1B4.3. The project shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder whose bid, conforming to the Bidding Documents, will be the most advantageous to the University. Alternates will be accepted or rejected as selected by the University. Add alternates and deduct alternates will be specified separately. The University may choose from the add and deduct alternates without priority between the two groups. The University may accept alternates out of sequence provided it states its reasons for so doing.

1B4.4. Should submission of unit prices be required for specific items of work in bid proposals, they will be considered in the evaluation of bids.

1B4.5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ARE PART OF THIS PROJECT. Please refer to Section 017700 Contract Closeout in the Project Manual.

1B4.6. PLEASE NOTE THAT THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER SHALL BE REQUIRED TO ENTER INTO MODIFIED AIA A101-2017 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION AND THE AIA A201-2017, BOTH OF WHICH ARE ATTACHED AS PART OF THIS BID PACKAGE.

1B5. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS

1B5.1. If the successful bidder is a corporation not organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey, or is not authorized to do business in this state, the award of the project shall be conditioned upon the prompt filing by the said corporation of a certificate to do business in this state and shall comply with the laws of this state in that regard. This filing must be made within the Division of Revenue and Enterprise Services. No award of project will be made until the Department of State confirms this authorization.

1B5.2. The University requires that each contractor shall perform a minimum of thirty-five percent (35%) of the contract work by his/her own forces. The University, however, may, in its sole discretion, reduce this percentage depending upon the nature and circumstances in any particular case if it determines that to do so would be in the best interests of the University provided that a written request is submitted to it prior to the bid opening.

1B5.3. The University reserves the right to reject a bid at any time prior to the signing of a contract if information or data is obtained which, in the opinion of the University, adversely affects the responsibility and/or the capability of the bidder to undertake and to complete the work regardless of the bidder's previous qualification or

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

classification. The University may conduct any investigation as it deems necessary to determine the bidder's responsibility and capacity and the bidder shall furnish all information and data for this purpose as the University may request.

1B5.4. The bidder shall include a list of the sub-contractors to whom the bidder will subcontract work with his/her bid for:

a. the plumbing and gas fitting work; b. the heating and ventilating systems and equipment; c. the electrical work including any electrical power plants; d. the structural and ornamental iron work; and e. special categories as may be required.

1B6. DEPOSIT AND BID BOND

1B6.1. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond or by a certified or cashier's check made payable to the University equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount of the proposal as evidence of good faith which guarantees that, if the proposal submitted by the bidder is accepted, the bidder will enter into the contract and furnish the required Contract Documents and surety bonds. If a bid bond is submitted, it shall also provide that the surety issuing the bid bond be bound to issue the required payment and performance bonds if the bidder is awarded the project. If the bidder whose proposal is accepted is unable to provide the performance and payment bonds or fails to execute a contract, then such bidder and the bid bond surety shall be obligated to pay to the University the difference between the amount of the bid and the amount which the University contracts to pay another party to perform the work. The University reserves the right to retain any certified or cashier's check deposited hereunder as reimbursement for the difference as aforesaid and shall return any non-required balance to the bidder. Should there be a deficiency in the excess of the bid deposit, the bidder and the surety shall pay the entire amount of the University's difference in cost upon demand. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as reason of a default or breach by the contractor. Certified or cashier's checks or bonds submitted by the unsuccessful bidders will be returned after the contract has been executed. Contractors electing to furnish a bid bond must include consent of surety, both in form acceptable to the University.

1B6.2. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file a certified power of attorney with the University indicating the effective date of that power.

1B7. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS

1B7.1. Within five (5) calendar days, the successful bidder shall furnish a performance bond in statutory form (N.J.S.A. 2A:44-147) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price as security for the faithful performance of this contract and also a payment bond in statutory form in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the payment of all persons and firms performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with this contract. The performance and payment bond may be in one or in separate instruments in accordance with the law. No contract shall be executed unless and

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

until each bond is submitted to and approved by the University and the surety must be presently authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey. The surety's obligation shall continue beyond final acceptance to the extent that the contractor would have such an obligation.

1B7.2. The cost of bonds shall be paid for by the contractor.

1B7.3. At any time, if the University is dissatisfied with any surety or sureties, who have issued or proposed to issue, the performance or payment bonds for justifiable cause, the contractor shall substitute an acceptable bond or bonds in such form and sum and executed by such other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the University within ten (10) days after notice from the University to do so. The premiums of such bonds shall be paid by the contractor. No contract shall be executed and/or no payment made under a contract until the new surety or sureties shall have furnished such an acceptance bond to the University.

1B7.4. Bonds must be legally effective as of the date the contract is signed. Bonds must indicate contractor’s names exactly as they appear on the contract. Current attorney-in-fact instruments and financial statement of the surety must be included with the bond. Bonds must be executed by an authorized officer of the surety. Bonds furnished under this article shall conform in all respects to the requirements and language of N.J.S.A. 2A:44-143 to 147.

1B8. BULLETINS AND INTERPRETATIONS

1B8.1. No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre- bid documents will be provided to any bidder unless such interpretation is made in writing to all prospective bidders prior to the bid opening. Any such interpretations must be identified in bid proposals submitted. Any interpretations which are not entered in accordance with this provision shall be unauthorized and not binding upon the University.

1B8.2. Every request for an interpretation relating to clarification or correction of the plans, specifications or other bid documents shall be made in writing addressed to the University and must be received at least five (5) working days prior to the date fixed for the bid opening. Any and all interpretations, clarifications or corrections and any supplemental instructions must be issued by the University in writing in the form of bulletins and mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested or by telegraphic notice to all prospective bidders no later than three (3) working days prior to the date of the bid opening. All bulletins issued shall become part of the Contract Documents and shall be acknowledged in all the bid proposals. Failure of a contractor to acknowledge receipt of all such bulletins and interpretations by the time of the bid opening shall result in his/her proposal being considered non-responsive at the option of the University.

1B8.3. Each bidder shall be responsible for thoroughly reviewing the Contract Documents prior to submission of bids. Bidders are advised that no claim for expenses incurred or damage sustained on account of any error, discrepancy, omission or conflict in their bid submission will be entertained. Documents shall be recognized by the

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

University unless, and only to the extent that, a written request for interpretation, clarification or correction has been submitted in compliance with section 1B8.2 and the matter has not been addressed by the University through the issuance of a bulletin interpreting, clarifying and/or correcting such error, discrepancy, omission or conflict.

1B9. ASSIGNMENTS

1B9.1. The contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this contract without prior written consent of the University. Money due or to become due to the contractor hereunder shall not be assigned for any purposes whatsoever.

1B10. FEDERAL EXCISE TAXES AND STATE SALES TAX

1B10.1. In general, bidders must take into consideration applicable Federal and state tax laws when preparing their bids.

1B10.2. Under Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code, an exemption certificate must be on file with the University of the Division of Purchasing. (example, Number 22-75-005)

1B10.3. Materials, supplies or services for exclusive use in erecting structures or buildings or otherwise improving, altering or requiring all University-owned property are exempt from the State sales tax.

1B10.4. Bidders must make their own determinations as to the current status and applicability of any tax laws and the contractor may make no claim based upon any error or misunderstanding as to the applicability of any tax laws.

1B10.5. Purchases or rentals of equipment are not exempt from any tax under the State Sales Tax Act.

1B11. RESTRICTIVE SPECIFICATIONS

1B11.1. Should any bidder determine before the bid due date that any portion of the specifications or drawings specify a particular product which can be provided by one (1) supplier or manufacturer with the result that competitive prices are not available, he/she shall immediately notify the University and Construction Manager of the fact in writing.

1B11.2. If such notice is not given in a timely manner, it shall be assumed that the bidder has included the estimate of such sole source in his/her bid. In the alternative, if the University and Construction Manager are notified in a timely manner of the requirement in the specification of a sole source of supply or manufacture, the University may order the project rebid or may take any other lawful action.

1B12. OFFER OF GRATUITIES

1B12.1. (a)Chapter 48 of the laws of 1954 make it a misdemeanor to offer, pay or give any

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

fee, commission, compensation, gift or gratuity to any person employed by the State. It is the policy of the University to treat the offer of any gift or gratuity by any company, its officers or employees to any person employed by Rowan University as grounds for debarment or suspension of such company from bidding on and providing work or materials on University contracts. No vendor shall pay, offer to pay, or agree to pay, either directly or indirectly, any fee, commission, compensation, gift, gratuity, or other thing of value of any kind to any State officer or employee or special State officer or employee, as defined by N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13b. and e., in the Department of the Treasury or any other agency with which such vendor transacts or offers or proposes to transact business, or to any member of the immediate family, as defined by N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13i., of any such officer or employee, or any partnership, firm, or corporation with which they are employed or associated, or in which such officer or employee has an interest within the meaning of N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13g.

b. The solicitation of any fee, commission, compensation, gift, gratuity or other thing of value by any State officer or employee or special State officer or employee from any State vendor shall be reported in writing forthwith by the vendor to the Attorney General and the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards.

c. No vendor may, directly or indirectly, undertake any private business, commercial or entrepreneurial relationship with, whether or not pursuant to employment, contract or other agreement, express or implied, or sell any interest in such vendor to, any State officer or employee or special State officer or employee having any duties or responsibilities in connection with the purchase, acquisition or sale of any property or services by or to any State agency or any instrumentality thereof, or with any person, firm or entity with which he is employed or associated or in which he has an interest within the meaning of N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13g. Any relationships subject to this provision shall be reported in writing forthwith to the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards, which may grant a waiver of this restriction upon application of the State officer or employee or special State officer or employee upon a finding that the present or proposed relationship does not present the potential, actuality or appearance of a conflict of interest.

d. No vendor shall influence, or attempt to influence or cause to be influenced, any State officer or employee or special State officer or employee in his official capacity in any manner which might tend to impair the objectivity or independence of judgment of said officer or employee.

e. No vendor shall cause or influence, or attempt to cause or influence, any State officer or employee or special State officer or employee to use, or attempt to use, his official position to secure unwarranted privileges or advantages for the vendor or any other person.

f. The provisions cited above in paragraph a. through e shall not be construed to prohibit a State officer or employee or special State officer or employee from receiving gifts from or contracting with vendors under the same terms and conditions as are offered or made available to members of the general public subject to any guidelines the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards may promulgate under paragraph 3c.

1B.13 ANTIDISCRIMINATION

1B.13.1 Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 10:2-1 The contractor agrees that:

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION I


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

a. In the hiring of persons for the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract hereunder, or for the procurement, manufacture, assembling or furnishing of any such materials, equipment, supplies or services to be acquired under this contract, no contractor, nor any person acting on behalf of such contractor or subcontractor, shall, by reason of race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, gender identity or expression, affectional or sexual orientation or sex, discriminate against any person who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates;

b. No contractor, subcontractor, nor any person on his behalf shall, in any manner, discriminate against or intimidate any employee engaged in the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract hereunder, or engaged in the procurement, manufacture, assembling or furnishing of any such materials, equipment, supplies or services to be acquired under such contract, on account of race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, gender identity or expression, affectional or sexual orientation or sex;

c. There may be deducted from the amount payable to the contractor by the contracting public agency, under this contract, a penalty of $ 50.00 for each person for each calendar day during which such person is discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of the contract; and

d. This contract may be canceled or terminated by the contracting public agency, and all money due or to become due hereunder may be forfeited, for any violation of this section of the contract occurring after notice to the contractor from the contracting public agency of any prior violation of this section of the contract.

1.B.14 EQUAL PAY

1B.14.1. Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.14(b), any employer, regardless of the location of the

employer, who enters into a contract with a public body to perform any public work for the public

body shall provide to the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Labor and Workforce

Development, through certified payroll records required pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.25 et

seq., information regarding the gender, race, job title, occupational category, and rate of total

compensation of every employee of the employer employed in the State in connection with the

contract. The employer shall provide the Commissioner, throughout the duration of the contract

or contracts, with an update to the information whenever payroll records are required to be

submitted pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.25 et seq.

END OF SECTION I

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II

SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS

Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.1 DEFINITIONS

1.1.1 "Architect" or "Engineer" means the Architect, Engineer or other design professional

engaged by the University to work under the direction of the University’s project

manager or contracting officer.

1.1.2 Where "as shown", "as indicated", "as detailed" or words of similar import are used,

it shall be understood that the reference is made to the drawings accompanying this

contract unless otherwise stated. The word "provided", as used herein, shall be

understood to mean "provided complete in place", that is, "furnished and installed".

1.1.3 Bulletin or Addendum: The bulletin or addendum is a document issued by the

University prior to opening of bids which supplements, revises or modifies the

solicitation documents furnished for bidding purposes.

1.1.4 Change Order Request Form: A request for equitable adjustment made by the

Contractor in response to written direction by the contracting officer pursuant to Article

14 entitled "Changes to Contract". Unless otherwise specified by the University, the

Contractor shall use Form AIA 701

1.1.5 Claims: Differences between the University and a contractor concerning extra work,

alleged errors or omissions in the specifications or drawings, unreasonable delays,

damages to work, informal suspensions or interferences by University personnel and

like matters.

1.1.6 Contract Documents: This contract, together with any plans, drawings, specifications

or other documents which are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference,

together with any such plans, drawings, specifications, schedules or other documents

which may be produced pursuant to this contract or derived there from and which are

intended to bind the contractor hereunder.

1.1.7 Contract Limit Lines: Those lines shown on the drawings which limit the boundaries

of the project and beyond which no construction work or activities shall be performed

by the contractor unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specifications.

1.1.8 Contract Line Item Number (CLIN): A specifically described unit of work for which a

price is provided in the contract.

1.1.9 Contractor means the person or persons, partnership or corporation named as

contractor in this contract operating as an independent contractor and not as an agent

of the State in the performance of its functions. Whether referred to as "contractor",

"prime contractor", "prime", "separate contractor" or "single contractor", it shall be

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

understood to mean contractor. It does not include suppliers or material men.

1.1.10 Contracting Officer means the individual authorized, as an officer of the

University, to administer the design, engineering and construction of all University

buildings and facilities. He/she is the procuring contracting officer representing the

University personally or through University’s project managers in all relationships with

contractors, consultants and architects/engineers. This includes a duly appointed

successor or an authorized administrative contracting officer (ACO) acting within the

limits of his/her authority.

The contracting officer is the interpreter of the conditions of the contract and the

judge of its performance. He/she shall not take arbitrary positions benefiting either

the University or the contractor but shall use his/her powers under the contract to

enforce its faithful performance by both.

1.1.11 Wherever in the specifications or upon the drawings the words "directed", "required",

"ordered", "designated", "prescribed" "shall" or words of like import are used, it shall

be understood that the "direction", "requirement", "order", "designation" or

"prescription" of the contracting

officer is intended and similarly the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or

words of like import shall mean "approved by", "acceptable to" or "satisfactory to" the

contracting officer unless otherwise expressly stated.

1.1.12 "Final Acceptance" shall mean the acceptance of the Project upon Final Completion.

1.1.13 "Final Completion" shall mean the date the Project, including all punch list items

properly performed by the Contractor is completed and all warranties have been

transferred to the University and the Contractor has demobilized from the site.

1.1.14 General Construction Contractor: The general construction contractor means either

the contractor for general construction whenever separate prime contractors are

involved in a project or the sole contractor if there are no other prime contractors

involved.

1.1.15 Notice is a written directive or communication served on the contractor to act or

perform work or carry out some other contractual obligation. It shall be deemed to

have been duly served if delivered to an individual or member of the firm or entity or

to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended. This includes delivery by

courier, registered or certified mail, telegram, facsimile, email or other electronic

means to the business address cited in the contract documents.

1.1.16 Plans means any drawings or reproductions thereof pertaining to the details of the

work contemplated by this contract.

1.1.17 Project is the general term for identification of the total contract. It includes the work

and all administrative aspects required to fully satisfy the contract requirements.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1.1.18 Public Contract: Any contract or agreement entered into by the State of New Jersey

or any instrumentality of the State, including Rowan University, to purchase goods,

services or both.

1.1.19 The term site, construction site or project site refers to the geographical area of the

entire University campus at which the work under the contract is to be performed

bounded by the Contract Limits and other areas designated by the University.

1.1.20 Specifications means all written agreements, instructions or other documents in or

pursuant to this contract pertaining to the method of performing the work and the

results to be obtained.

1.1.21 The words State or Agency of the State, as are used herein, mean the State of New

Jersey or any department or agency of the State.

1.1.22 Sub-contractor means the person or persons, partnerships or corporations who enter

into a contract with the contractor for the performance of work under this contract or

the sub-contractors of any tier of such individual or corporation.

1.1.23 Substantial Completion: The date the building or facility is operational or capable of

serving its intended use even though all permanent installations are not in place. The

determination as to the date of substantial completion shall be made pursuant to

Article 8.3 of the Supplemental General Conditions and other applicable Sections in

the Project Manual.

1.1.24 Schedule of Values shall mean a detailed list of the work activities required for project

construction; including costs allocated thereto to be utilized by the Architect/Engineer

in progress payments. The schedule of values shall include all elements associated

with fulfilling the requirements of the contract; bonds, insurance, etc.; major items of

material or equipment.

1.1.25 The term work, as used herein, comprises all construction efforts required by the

contract documents and all supervision, labor, material, management and equipment

necessary to complete such construction.

1.1.26 University: The word "University" or "owner" as used herein refers to Rowan University.

1.1.27 University’s project manager: An employee of the University (the University’s project

manager) to provide general administration and project management services as

required by the contract documents.

1.1.28

1.2 INTENT OF THE CONTRACT

1.2.1 The drawings and specifications of the contract are intended to require the contractor

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

to provide for everything necessary to accomplish the proper and complete finishing

of the work. All work and materials included in the specifications and not shown on

the drawings or shown on the drawings and not in the specifications shall be

performed or furnished by the contractor as if described in both. Any incidental

material and/or work not specified in the drawings and/or specifications which is,

nevertheless, necessary for the true development thereof and reasonably inferable

there from, the contractor shall understand the same to be implied and required and

he/she shall perform all such work and furnish all such materials as if particularly

delineated or described therein. Should there be an obvious error or omission in the

drawings or specifications, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to complete the

work as reasonably required consistent with the intent of such drawings and

specifications.

1.2.2 The contractor shall abide by and comply with the true intent and meaning of the

drawings, the specifications and other contract documents taken as a whole and shall

not avail himself/herself of any unintentional error or omission should any exist.

Should any error, omission or discrepancy appear or should any doubt exist or any

dispute arise as to the true intent and meaning of the drawings, the specifications or

other contract documents, or should any portion thereof be obscure or capable of

more than one interpretation, the contractor shall immediately notify the contracting

officer or the University’s project manager and seek correction or interpretation

thereof prior to commencement of affected work. The contracting officer shall issue

his/her interpretation with reasonable promptness. However, the contractor shall

make no claim against the University for expenses incurred or damages sustained

on account of any error, discrepancy, omission or conflict in the contract documents

unless, and only to the extent that, the contractor has submitted a written request for

interpretation, clarification or correction to the Architect/Engineer and the contracting

officer through the University’s project manager and such written request has been

received by the Architect/Engineer and the contracting officer at least five (5) working

days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids provided further that such claim

shall only be recognized by the University if the matter raised by the written request

has not been addressed by the University through the issuance of an addendum

interpreting, clarifying and/or correcting such error, discrepancy, omission or conflict.

In case of dispute, the matter shall be referred to the contracting officer for decision.

1.2.3 Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in the contract documents

shall be deemed to have been inserted therein. If any such provision has been

omitted or has not been correctly inserted, then, upon application of either party, the

contract shall be physically amended to provide for such insertion or correction.

1.2.4 The organization of the specifications into divisions, sections and articles and the

arrangement of drawings shall not be construed by the contractor as being intended

to divide or allocate the work among sub-contractors in any manner or to establish

the extent of the work to be performed by any trade.

1.2.5 N/A

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1.2.6 The contractor shall do no work without proper drawings and instructions unless

authorization to proceed from the contracting officer or someone designate by the

contracting officer is received in writing by the contractor. In giving such additional

instructions, the contracting officer may make minor changes in the work not involving

extra cost.

1.2.7 All drawings referred to, together with such supplementary details as may be

furnished and approved from time to time as the work progresses, are understood

as being included as part of the contract to which they relate.

1.2.8 In the event of a conflict between provisions of the contract documents, the

documents shall take precedence in the following order:

(a) Executed Contract

(b) Addenda

(c) Supplemental General Conditions

(d) General Conditions

(e) Specifications

(f) Drawings in the following order of precedence:

(1) notes on drawings

(2) large scale details

(3) figured dimensions

(4) scaled dimensions

Where there may be a conflict not resolvable by application of the provisions

of this paragraph, then the contractor shall accept the condition more

favorable to the University. In the event the conflicting condition is one of

physical materials, equipment and/or labor then the more expensive labor,

materials or equipment shall be assumed to be required and shall be provided

by the contractor.

1.2.9 On all work involving alterations, remodeling, repairs or installation within existing

buildings, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor by personal inspection of the

existing building, facility, plant or utility system to satisfy himself/herself as to the

accuracy of any information given which may affect the quantity, size and/or quality

of materials required for a satisfactorily completed contract whether or not such

information is indicated on the drawings or is included in the specifications. All

contracts shall include the cost of all material and labor required to complete the work.

1.2.10 Dimensions of the work shall not be determined by scale or rule and figured

dimensions shall be followed at all times unless obvious discrepancies exist. The

contractor shall verify all dimensions at the job site and shall take any and all

measurements necessary to verify the drawings and to properly layout the work.

Any discrepancies affecting the lay-out of the work shall be called to the

Architect's/Engineer's attention. No work so affected shall proceed until such

discrepancy is corrected and the Architect/Engineer provides written confirmation of

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

the resolution to the University’s project manager.

1.2.11 Where on any drawing a portion of the work is fully drawn and the remainder is

indicated in outline form, the portions fully drawn shall apply to all other like portions

of the work unless specifically indicated or specified otherwise.

1.2.12 All indications or notations which apply to one of a number of similar situations,

materials or processes shall be deemed to apply to all such situations, materials or

processes whether they appear in the work except where a contrary result is clearly

indicated by the contract documents.

1.2.13 Where codes, standards, requirements and publications of public and private bodies

are referred to in the specifications, references shall be understood to be to the latest

revision prior to the date of receiving bids except where otherwise indicated.

1.2.14 Where no explicit quality or standards for materials or workmanship are established

for work, such work is to be of good quality for the intended use.

1.2.15 All manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,

connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the

manufacturer's written or printed directions and instructions unless otherwise

indicated in the contract documents.

1.2.16 The mechanical, electrical and fire protection drawings are diagrammatic only and

are not intended to show the alignment, physical locations or configurations of such

work. Such work shall be coordinated by the Contractor and shall be installed to clear

all obstructions, permit proper clearances for the work of other trades, satisfy all code

requirements and present an orderly appearance where exposed at no additional cost

to the Owner.

ARTICLE 2 - CONTRACTING OFFICER

2.1 CONTRACTING OFFICER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK

2.1.1 If the contractor fails to correct defective work or fails to carry out the work in

accordance with the contract documents, the contracting officer may order the

contractor to stop the work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has

been eliminated. Stoppage of the work, however, shall not render the University liable

for claims of any kind, including delays sustained by the contractor as the result of

the stoppage of the work and there shall be no extension of time to the schedule

allowed.

2.2 CONTRACTING OFFICER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOR CAUSE

2.2.1 If the contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of his/her creditors, if a

receiver is appointed on account of his/her insolvency or if he/she persistently or

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided,

to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials so as to avoid or

eliminate delays in the orderly progress of the work in accordance with the approved

schedule, of if he/she fails to make prompt payment to sub-contractors or for

materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or

orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or if he/she or any of his/her sub-

contractors is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the contract documents

or otherwise defaults or neglects to carry out the work in accordance with the contract

documents, then the contracting officer may, without prejudice to any right or remedy

and, after giving the contractor and his/her surety three (3) working days written notice

to forthwith commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with

diligence and promptness, terminate the employment of the contractor by the

issuance of a written notice to that effect to the contractor and his/her surety at any

time subsequent to three (3) working days thereafter should they, or either of them,

fail to comply with the demands of the original three (3) day notice as mentioned

above.

2.2.2 Upon such termination, the contracting officer may take possession of the site and

of all the materials, equipment and tools on the site and may finish the work by

whatever method he/she may deem expedient. In such case, the contractor shall not

be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. The person or

firm designated to carry out such work will be paid as authorized by the contracting

officer without entailing any personal liability upon the officers of the University issuing

certificates or making such payment(s).

2.2.3 If the unpaid balance of the contract sum exceeds the cost of finishing the work,

including liquidated damages for delays and all consequential damages sustained by

the University flowing from such breach of contract, such excess shall be paid to the

contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the contractor and/or his/her

surety shall pay the difference to the University promptly upon demand and this

obligation shall survive the termination of the contract.

2.2.4 If, within three (3) working days following receipt of notice of termination by the

contractor's surety, the issuer of the performance and payment bonds, the said surety

exercises its right to take over the work and expeditiously commences to prosecute

the same to completion, the contracting officer shall permit him/her to do so under

the following terms and conditions:

(a) evidence of the surety's intention to take over and complete the contract shall be

in writing over the signature of a University project manager and served upon

the contracting officer within three (3) days after receipt by the surety of notice

of termination

(b) the execution of a written agreement between the University, by the contracting

officer, and the surety whereby the latter undertakes and assumes the obligation

to complete the balance of the work of its defaulting contractor in accordance

with the terms and conditions of the University contractor agreement, to be

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

performed by a substituted contractor satisfactory to the contracting officer, at

the surety's sole cost and expense, and providing for payments to the surety or

to the substituted contractor of unpaid contract balances, if any, then in the hands

of the University

(c) the said agreement shall also expressly provide that the surety shall not be

relieved thereby from any of its obligations under the performance and payment

bonds and that it furnishes the University with an additional performance and

payment bond to secure the faithful performance of the substituted contractor

(d) that all current obligations for labor and materials incurred and outstanding by

the defaulting contractor on this project be paid without delay, subject to

allowance of a reasonable time within which to verify such claims by the surety

(e) that the parties expressly understand and agree that this agreement is without

prejudice and is subject to such rights and remedies as either party, including

the contractor, may elect to assert after final completion and acceptance of the

work

2.2.5 Right to Terminate for Convenience: The contracting officer reserves the right to

terminate for the convenience of the University in which case the contractor shall be

entitled to a proportion of the fee for which the services actually and satisfactorily

performed by the contractor shall bear to the total services contemplated under this

agreement, less payments previously made, together with appropriate reimbursable

costs and a reasonable termination fee to be negotiated between the contractor and

the contracting officer.

2.3 REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

2.3.1. In the event of a dispute other than a Change Order dispute between the Contractor

and the University, the Contractor may request, in writing, a hearing of any claim,

dispute or matter in question relating to this contract. The University shall then

designate a Hearing Officer, who may be the University's designee under this

contract. The Hearing Officer shall not side with the University or the Contractor but

shall use his/her powers to enforce faithful performance by all.

2.3.1.1 The Hearing Officer shall permit both the Contractor and the University to

provide such relevant information to the Hearing Officer and each other, as

the Hearing Officer needs to render a decision. Upon rendering a decision,

the Hearing Officer will memorialize that decision in writing.

2.3.1.2 In the event that both the Contractor and the University agree with the

Hearing Officer's decision, each will acknowledge its acceptance in writing.

2.3.1.3 In the event that the dispute is not resolved as set forth in Paragraph 2.3.1.2

hereof, then the University shall review all information provided to the

Hearing Officer pursuant to Paragraph 2.3.1.1 hereof and the finding of the

Hearing Officer and shall issue a final decision which shall be reduced to

writing and a copy provided to the University's designee and the Contractor.

2.3.1.4 Pending such final decision, the Contractor shall have no recourse to court

actions, assuming that the aforesaid administrative procedures take place

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

within a reasonable amount of time. Upon receipt of the final decision,

either party may then commence appropriate legal proceedings.

2.3.1.5 Unless and until it is determined as a result of any legal proceedings that

the University is in material breach of this contract the Contractor shall

proceed diligently with the performance of its contract responsibilities.

2.4 UNIVERSITY REPRESENTATION

2.4.1. The University shall be represented on the site by a University’s project manager.

The University’s project manager will conduct or contract out on-site inspections,

maintenance of logs for construction progress and problems encountered, approval

of contractor's requisition for payments subject to final approval by the Architect and

contracting officer, attendance at job meetings, the act of liaison with the

Architect/Engineer and contractor, preparation and submission of reports on special

problems associated with the job, evaluation and processing change orders and

generally remain fully cognizant and be kept informed by the contractor of every

aspect of ongoing construction. The University's project manager will have only those

duties, which are required of an owner. Responsibility for completion of this project,

pursuant to the contract documents, remains with the contractor. No right of the

University exercised hereunder shall be considered a waiver of the contractor's

obligation or any obligations created by this agreement, which may be modified or

excused only in accordance with the terms of the contract.

ARTICLE 3 - ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND CONSTUCTION MANAGER

3.1 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER

3.1.1 The Architect's/Engineer's has no power or authority to approve changes to the work

under this contract and its role is that of consultant to the University.

3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

3.2.1 The Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will provide a certain

portion of the administration of the contract as hereinafter described.

3.2.2 The Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will monitor the

execution and progress of the work and will immediately notify the University of any

related problems. The Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will

be provided access to the work at all times. The general contractor shall provide

facilities for such access so as to enable the Architect/Engineer and the University’s

project manager to perform their functions under the contract documents.

3.2.3 The Architect/Engineer and/or the University’s project manager will not be

responsible for, nor will they have control or charge of, construction means, methods,

techniques, sequences of procedures or safety precautions and programs in

connection with the work. The Architect/Engineer and/or the University’s project

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

manager will not be responsible for, nor have control or charge over, the acts or

omissions of the contractor, sub-contractors or any of their agents or employees or

any other person performing any of the work but shall have the obligation to

immediately inform the contractor, and the contracting officer of any inadequate

performance on the project.

In the event that the University’s project manager notices any safety violations, the

University’s project manager shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inform the

Contractor and to immediately stop work for any imminent or life threatening danger.

3.2.4 The University’s project manager, after consultation with the Architect/Engineer, will

recommend the rejection of work, which he/she believes does not conform to the

contract documents. In his/her opinion, whenever he/she considers it necessary or

advisable, he/she may request the contracting officer to provide special inspection or

testing of the work whether or not such work has been fabricated, installed or

completed. The Contractor shall pay for all such testing whether the work is deemed

to conform to the contract document or not.

3.2.5 Both the Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will periodically

review the contractor's as-built drawings to determine whether these are up-to-date.

3.3 INSPECTIONS - SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION

3.3.1 The Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will conduct inspections,

accompanied by the contractor to determine the dates of substantial and final

completion. The Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will receive

and forward written warranties and related documents required by the contract

documents and assembled by the contractor to the contracting officer for his/her

review. The Architect/Engineer and the University’s project manager will approve the

issuance of a certificate of final completion.

3.4 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS

3.4.1 All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor by the

Architect/Engineer are and shall remain the property of the University. They are

reserved to this project only and are not be to be used on any other project.

Submission or distribution of documents to meet official regulatory requirements or

for any other purposes in connection with the project shall not be construed as

derogation of the Architect's/Engineer's copyright or other reserved rights.

3.5 UNIVERSITY’S PROJECT MANAGER

3.5.1 In addition to the duties specified elsewhere in the contract documents, the

University’s project manager and the contractor shall perform as follows in relation to

one another:

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

a) the contractor will permit the University’s project manager to inspect delivery of

any off-site materials that are being requisitioned by the contractor;

b) upon request by the University’s project manager, the contractor will schedule

visits to fabrication plants to inspect the status of various fabricated materials with

regard to quality and scheduled delivery; the contractor will allow the University’s

project manager access to such facilities;

c) the contractor will attend a preconstruction conference and bi-weekly project

meetings, or more often if necessary, at times and locations specified by the

University’s project manager;

d) the contractor shall submit to the contracting officer, through the University’s

project manager, all information or requests concerning scheduling, contract or

change order/claims;

e) the University’s project manager will receive, log, transmit and evaluate any

requests from the contractor for interpretations of the meaning and intent of the

contract documents to the contracting officer and Architect/Engineer;

f) the University’s project manager will monitor all training by the contractor of

owner's representatives for equipment and maintenance procedures.

ARTICLE 4 - THE CONTRACTOR

4.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT

4.1.1 The contractor has the duty and warrants and represents that he/she has thoroughly

examined and is familiar with all the contract documents including, but not limited, the

complete set of drawings and specifications of the entire project; all other documents

referred to in the advertisement for bids, the specifications, or otherwise; that he/she

has noted cases where it is specified that certain work or materials, or both, are to

be omitted from the contract and to be furnished or installed by another; that he/she

has carefully examined the site and the contract; that from his/her own investigations,

he/she has satisfied himself/herself as to the nature and location of the work, the

current local equipment labor and material conditions and all matters which may, in

any way, affect the work or its performance. The contractor is responsible to check

and verify all conditions inside and outside the contract limit lines to determine

whether any conflict exists with the work he/she is required to perform under the

contract. The submission of a bid is conclusive evidence that the bidder has made

such examination and is fully aware of the conditions to be encountered in performing

the work including any subsurface condition which could be ascertained by due

diligence and as to the requirements of the contract documents. This includes a

verification of all elevations, utility locations and other site data. Within the site of the

project, there may be public utility structures and, notwithstanding any other clause or

clauses of this contract, the contractor shall not proceed with the work until he/she

has made diligent inquiry at the utility companies and municipal authorities or other

owners to determine their exact location. The contractor shall notify the utility

companies and municipalities or other owners involved in writing of the nature and

scope of the project and of his/her operation that may affect their facilities or property.

The contractor is directed to the fact that the approximate locations of known utility

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

structures and facilities that may be encountered within and adjacent to the limits of

the work may be shown on the plans. The accuracy and completeness of this

information is not guaranteed by the State and the contractor is advised to ascertain

for himself/herself all the facts concerning the location of these utilities. The contractor

shall carry out his/her work carefully and skillfully and shall support and secure utility

structures so as to avoid damage to them. It is understood and agreed that the

contractor has considered all of the permanent and temporary utility facilities in their

present and/or relocated positions as shown on the plans and as revealed by his/her

site investigation in his/her bid, is cognizant of the limited ability of the State to control

the actions of the utilities and has made allowance for the fact that additional

compensation will not be allowed for any delays, inconvenience or damage sustained

by him/her due to any interference from the said utility facilities or the operation of

moving them in his/her bid. As a result of such examination and investigation, the

contractor warrants and represents that he/she fully understands the intent and

purposes of the contract documents and his/her obligations there under and that

he/she accepts responsibility for and is prepared to execute and fulfill completely

by his/her construction work the intent of the contract without exception and without

reservation at the price specified in the contract.

4.1.2 The contractor shall carefully study and compare the contract documents during the

progress of the work and shall immediately report any error, inconsistency or

omission to the University’s project manager upon discovery. The contractor shall

immediately report any error, inconsistency or ambiguity detected during the course

of the project to the University’s project manager and shall do no work thereafter

which may be affected by such error until the contracting officer, through the

University’s project manager, has had the opportunity to respond and clarify the work

it wants performed in view of this information. Wherever any error, inconsistency or

omission appears, it shall be disposed of pursuant to appropriate procedures set forth

elsewhere herein.

4.1.3 Unless otherwise ordered in writing by the contracting officer through the University’s

project manager, the contractor shall perform no portion of the work without

approved change orders, approved shop drawings or samples for such portions of

the work or other approvals as may be applicable and required by the contract

documents.

4.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the contractor shall provide

and pay for all labor, equipment, materials, tools, construction equipment and

machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and services

necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work whether or not

incorporated or to be incorporated in the work.

4.1.5 At all times, the contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among

his/her employees and shall not employ any individual who violates these provisions

or is unfit or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him/her on the work.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

4.1.6 The contractor shall be obligated to pay the prevailing wage rates set forth in the

specifications. He/she shall abide by the requirements of the State's Affirmative Action

Program. He/she shall also be responsible to insure that all principles of safety are

carried out as further described in Article 12 herein. The contractor shall prepare

certified payrolls and shall submit such records to the University as required by New

Jersey statute and corresponding regulations.

4.2 PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT

4.2.1 This project is subject to a Project Labor Agreement. A sample Project Labor Agreement is attached hereto. Contractor shall be responsible to perform work in accordance with the Project Labor Agreement.

4.3 PREVAILING WAGE

4.4 4.3.1 Pursuant to the New Jersey Prevailing Wage Act, NJSA 34:11-56.27 et seq., is hereby made a part of this contract, which designates the workers employed in the performance of this contract shall be paid not less than such prevailing wage rate. In the event it is found that any worker, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor covered by said contract, has been paid a rate of wages less than the prevailing wage required to be paid by such contract, the University may terminate the contractor’s or subcontractor’s right to proceed with the work, or such part of the work as to which there has been a failure to pay required wages and to prosecute the work to completion or otherwise. The contractor and his sureties shall be liable for any excess costs occasioned thereby to the public body, any lessee to whom the public body is leasing a property or premises or any lessor from whom the public body is leasing or will be leasing a property or premises.SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

4.4.1 The contractor shall supervise and direct the work using his/her best skill and attention

and coordinate his/her work with his/her sub-contractors. He/she shall be solely

responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and

procedures and for coordinating all portions or the work under the contract.

4.4.2 The contractor shall employ a full-time, competent superintendent and necessary

foreperson and assistants who shall be in attendance on the project site at all times

during the progress of the work. The superintendent shall represent the contractor and

all communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the

contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. The University

reserves the right to require a change in a superintendent if his/her performance, as

judged by the contracting officer, is deemed to be inadequate. Upon application in

writing to the contracting officer, this requirement for a full-time superintendent may

be waived by the contracting officer should he/she determine that such staffing is not

required by the University.

4.4.3 The contractor shall hire qualified, able crafts persons in their respective lines of work.

4.4.4 The various sub-contractors shall have competent superintendents and/or forepersons

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

in charge of their respective portions of the work at all times. They shall not employ a

person unfit or unskilled in the work assigned to him/her. If it should become apparent

to the University or its consultant that a sub-contractor does not have his/her portion

of the work under control of a competent foreperson, the contractor shall take

appropriate steps to immediately provide proper supervision.

4.4.5 If due to a trade agreement or otherwise stand-by personnel are required to supervise

equipment installation or for any other purpose during normal working hours of other

trades, the contractor shall valuate and include the costs thereof in his/her bid price

and shall provide said services without additional charge.

4.4.6 The contractor shall give the Architect/Engineer timely notice of any additional

drawings, specifications or instructions required to define the work in greater detail or

to permit the proper progress of the work.

4.4.7 The contractor shall correct all work incorrectly done at the contractor’s own expense.

4.4. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK

4.4.1 The contractor shall be responsible to the University, the contracting officer, the

University’s project manager, the Architect/Engineer and to separate contractors

having a contract with the University on this project for the acts and omissions of

his/her employees, sub-contractors and their agents and employees which injure,

damage or delay such other contractors in the performance of their work. This

responsibility is not limited by the applicable provisions stated elsewhere herein but

is in conjunction with and related thereto.

4.4.2 The contractor shall be responsible for all damage or destruction caused directly or

indirectly by his/her operations to all parts of the work, both temporary and

permanent, to all affected property including adjoining property.

4.4.3 At his/her own expense, the contractor shall protect all finished work and any stored

materials whether on site or off and keep the same protected until the project is

completed and accepted. In the case of substantial completion accompanied by

beneficial occupancy by the University, the contractor's obligation to protect his/her

finished work shall cease simultaneously with the occupancy of the portion or portions

of the structure.

4.4.4 The contractor shall defend, protect, indemnify and save harmless the State and the

University from all claims, suits, actions, damages and costs of every name and

description arising out of, or resulting from, the performance of or failure to perform

work under this contract. This responsibility is not limited by the provisions of other

indemnification provisions included elsewhere herein or compliance with any other

insurance provision.

4.4.5 In order to protect the lives and health of his/her employees, the contractor shall

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

comply with all applicable statutes, laws, rules, and regulations and shall maintain an

accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease and injury requiring

medical attention or causing loss of time from work arising out of and in the course

of employment on work under this contract. The contractor alone shall be responsible

for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of his/her plant, appliances and methods and,

for any damage or injury, which may result from his/her failure or his/her improper

construction, maintenance or operation.

4.5 PERMITS - LAW - REGULATIONS

4.5.1 Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the contractor shall secure but

the University shall pay for all permits and governmental fees and inspections

necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work.

4.5.2 All construction work shall be done in accordance with the New Jersey Uniform

Construction Code. No work requiring inspections and approvals of construction code

officials is to be covered or enclosed prior to inspection and approval by appropriate

code enforcement officials.

4.5.3 The work under this contract is exempt from local ordinances, codes and regulations

as related to the building and the site on which it is located, except where construction

could adversely affect adjacent property, public sidewalks and/or streets. The

contractor shall coordinate his/her activities with municipal and/or highway authorities

having appropriate jurisdiction.

4.5.4 Soil conservation measures are to be in accordance with the County Soil

Conservation District requirements and all pertinent codes and regulations.

4.5.6 The contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and

regulations and all conditions of permits controlling pollution of the environment.

Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds,

wetlands, ground water and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals or harmful

materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous

matter. All sewage disposal work shall conform with the regulations of the State

Department of Environmental Protection.

4.5.7 The University will pay for all code inspections; however, it is the contractor's

responsibility to request and set up inspections with the appropriate agency for all

work requiring inspection, in a timely manner.

4.5.8 Consistent with sub-paragraph 4.4.4, the contractor shall be responsible for and save

harmless the University from all fines, penalties or loss incurred for, or by reason of,

the violation of any Federal, State of municipal law, rule, regulation or ordinance while

the said work is in the process of construction.

4.5.9 Without limiting the foregoing, the contractor shall comply with the Federal

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) and all of the rules and

regulations promulgated there under and the New Jersey Worker and Community

Right-to-Know Act, P.L. 1983, c. 315 (N.J.S.A. 34:5A-1 et.seq.).

4.5.10 As a result of a finding, by an appropriate finder of fact, that the contractor caused a

substantial violation of a Federal, State or local statute or regulation on said project,

the University may declare the contractor to be in default.

4.5.11 Prior to the start of any crane equipment operations, the contractor shall make all

necessary applications and obtain all required permits from the Federal Aviation

Administration (FAA). The sequence of operations, timing and methods of conducting

the work shall be approved by the FAA to the extent it relates to their jurisdiction.

4.6 STORAGE, CLEANING AND FINAL CLEAN-UP

4.6.1 The contractor shall confine his/her apparatus, the storage of his/her equipment, tools

and materials and his/her operations and workmen/workwomen to areas permitted

by law, ordinances, permits, contract limit lines as established in the contract

documents, the rules and regulations of the University or as ordered by the

contracting officer and/or University’s project manager and shall not unreasonably

encumber the site or the premises with his/her materials, tools and equipment.

4.6.2 At all times during the progress of the work, the contractor shall keep the premises

and the job site free from the accumulation of all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials and

debris caused by his/her operations to the end that the premises and site shall

present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance at all times. This is to be

accomplished by the daily removal of such material, debris, etc. from the site and the

owner's premises.

4.6.3 Upon completion of the construction, the contractor will remove all his/her tools,

construction equipment, machinery, temporary staging, false work, formwork,

shoring, bracing, protective enclosures, scaffolding, stairs, chutes, ramps, runways,

hoisting equipment, elevators, derricks, cranes, etc. from the project site.

4.6.4 Should the contractor not promptly and properly discharge his/her obligation relating

to cleaning and final clean-up, the University shall have the right to employ others

and to charge the cost thereof to the contractor after first having given the contractor

a three (3) working day written notice of such intent.

4.6.5 In each instance, the clean-up work shall be performed by the contractor.

4.6.6 All construction equipment, materials or supplies of any kind, character or description

of value belonging to the contractor which remains on the job site for more than thirty

(30) days from the date of the certificate of final acceptance and completion issued

by the University to the contractor shall become the absolute property of the

University. It shall be disposed of in any manner the University deems reasonable

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

and proper. Disposal costs will be the responsibility of the contractor.

4.7 CUT-OVERS, TIE-INS, INTERRUPTIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS

4.7.1 All cut-overs of inter and tie-ins to existing building shall be scheduled and

coordinated in advance with the contracting officer's representative and shall be done

at a time convenient to the University so as not to unreasonably interfere with its

operations.

4.8 WORKDAYS

4.8.1 Regular working hours shall be 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday or as

agreed to by the Contractor and University after consultation with the University’s

project manager. Changes thereto may be granted with written approval of the

contracting officer. Any work required to be performed after regular working hours or

on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays as may be reasonably required consistent

with contractual obligations shall be performed without additional expense to the

University. The contractor shall obtain approval of the contracting officer through the

University’s project manager for performance of work after regular working hours or

on non-regular workdays at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the commencement of

overtime, unless such overtime work is caused by an emergency.

4.9 DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

4.9.1 The contracting officer, through the Architect/Engineer or University’s project

manager, will furnish additional instructions for the proper execution of the work after

he/she becomes aware of its need. All drawings and instructions issued by the

contracting officer shall be consistent with the contract documents and reasonably

inferable there from. The work shall be executed in conformity therewith. The

contractor shall do no work without proper drawings and instructions. In giving such

additional instructions, the contracting officer will have the authority to make minor

changes in the work not involving extra cost. Drawings and instructions with such

supplementary details as may be furnished or approved are understood to be

included and a part of the contract.

4.9.2 Where certain of the work is shown in complete detail but not repeated in similar detail

in other areas of the drawings or there is an indication of continuation, the remainder

being only shown in outline, the work shown in detail shall be understood to be

required in other like portions of the project.

4.9.3 At any time after the execution of his/her contract, the contractor shall not make any

claims whatsoever based upon insufficient data or his/her incorrectly assumed

conditions nor shall he/she claim any misunderstandings with regard to the nature,

conditions or character of the work to be done under the contract and he/she shall

assume all risks resulting from any changes in conditions not caused by the

University, the contracting officer or the University’s project manager which may occur

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

during the progress of the work. In the event that the Contractor alleges that there

was insufficient data or that he/she incorrectly assumed any condition or that he/she

claims any misunderstanding with regard to the nature, conditions or character of the

work, the Contractor shall disclose to the University the method by which he/she

intended to perform the work in question as set forth in his/her bid. This information

must be provided with the initial notice from the Contractor to the University. The

Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation based upon

clarifications issued pursuant to this section.

4.9.4 If the contractor desires to make any deviations or changes from the requirements of

the contract documents, he/she shall obtain the consent of the contracting officer

through the University’s project manager or Architect/Engineer to such changes in

writing before submitting drawings showing such proposed changes. All drawings

submitted by the contractor shall have been checked and approved by him/her before

submission. The drawings and specification references shall be noted on all

submissions. Failure to comply with these instructions will be sufficient reason to

return such drawings to the contractor without any action being taken.

4.9.5 LEFT BLANK

4.9.6 LEFT BLANK

4.9.7 LEFT BLANK

4.9.8 LEFT BLANK

4.9.9 Wherever any material is specified in accordance with federal specifications, ASTM

specifications, American National Standards Institute, Inc. specifications,

manufacturer's association’s specification standards or other standards, the

contractor shall present an affidavit to the Architect/Engineer upon request from the

manufacturer certifying that the material complies with the particular standard

specification. Where necessary and requested or specified, supporting test data shall

be submitted to substantiate compliance. All tests required in support of the affidavit

shall be at the cost of the contractor.

4.10 SAMPLES

4.10.1 The contractor shall furnish all samples as directed to the University’s project manager

who shall forward them to the Architect/Engineer and University for approval. The work

shall be in accordance with approved samples. Such samples shall be representative

of the actual and the University’s project manager shall submit conditions promptly to

the contracting officer after approval by the Architect/Engineer at the beginning of the

work as so as give the contracting officer time to examine them. Contractor shall

provide all disclaimers, limitations and conditions to contracting officer in order to fully

inform contracting officer of potential deviations from the sample, including but not

limited to color, texture, type, finish, etc. Any list of samples prepared by the

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

Architect/Engineer is for the contracting officer's convenience only and shall not be

construed as limiting the number of samples, which the contractor shall furnish upon

request of the Architect/Engineer or University’s project manager.

4.11 LEFT BLANK

4.12 OPENINGS, CHANNELS, CUTTING AND PATCHING

4.12.1 The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and setting of sleeves, built-in

items, anchors, inserts, etc. for his/her work and for all cutting, fitting, closing-in,

patching, finishing or adjusting of his/her work in a new and/or existing construction

as required for the completed installation. Where applicable, the contractor shall build

these items into the construction.

4.12.2 The contractor shall built recesses, channels, chases, opening and flues and shall

leave or create holes where on drawings or where directed for steam, water or other

piping, electrical conduits, switch boxes, panel boards, hues and ducts or any other

feature of the heating and ventilating work.

4.12.3 The contractor shall close, build-in and finish around or over all openings, chases,

channels, pockets, etc. after installation has been completed.

4.13 TESTS

4.13.1 The contractor shall notify the contracting office in writing through the University’s

project manager of all work required to be inspected, tested or approved. The notice

shall be provided no later than five (5) working days prior to the scheduled inspection,

test or request for approval. The contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections,

tests or approvals except for code inspections as stated in 4.5.6. All tests must be

recorded by the contractor and records made available to the University and/or

University’s project manager upon request.

4.13.2 LEFT BLANK

4.13.3 LEFT BLANK

4.13.4 LEFT BLANK

4.13.5 The contractor shall acquire inspection or testing services using only those

firms/entities preapproved by the University. Failure to use a firm/entity preapproved

by the University shall be grounds for rejection of the inspection or test as non-

conformance.

4.13.6 In addition to the above, the contractor agrees to insert in all contracts/purchase

orders for inspection and testing the requirement for the inspection or testing

firm/entity to submit, in conjunction with the report to the contractor, a copy of the

report directly to the University’s project manager or contracting officer. The copy

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

shall be held pending receipt of the contractor's certification of the report. Further,

the contractor agrees to require all reports be submitted within fourteen (14) calendar

days of the test or inspection. Failure to provide reports within the required time shall

be addressed pursuant to Article 10.3.9 of the general conditions.

4.13.7 LEFT BLANK

4.14 EQUIPMENT - MATERIAL

4.14.1 The contractor warrants to the University, the contracting officer, University’s project

manager and Architect/Engineer that all materials and equipment furnished under the

contract will be new, unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good

quality, free from defects, faults and in conformance with the contract documents. All

work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly

approved and authorized, may be considered defective and rejected by the

contracting officer, the University’s project manager or the Architect/Engineer. If

required by the University’s project manager, Architect/Engineer or the contracting

officer, the contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of

materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of the other

paragraphs contained herein.

4.14.2 The contractor shall furnish and deliver the necessary equipment and materials in

ample quantities and as frequently as required to avoid delay in progress of the work

and shall store same so as not to cause interference with the orderly progress of the

project.

4.14.3 The contractor shall furnish and pay for all necessary transportation, storage,

scaffolding, centering, forms, water, labor, tools, light and power mechanical

appliances and all other means, materials and supplies for properly prosecuting the

work under this contract unless expressly specified otherwise. The contractor shall

make arrangements to have representatives of his/her firm at the site to accept

delivered materials. The University will not be held responsible for damage, theft or

disappearance of the contractor's property. In receiving and storing equipment and

material, the contractor shall be responsible for OSHA requirements for the entire

project including OSHA requirements for temporary access to all floors.

4.14.4 Whenever available, manufactured products of the United States shall be used in

this work.

4.14.5 No materials, equipment or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the contractor

or any sub-contractor subject to any lien or encumbrance or other agreement by

which an interest is retained by the seller. By signing his/her requisition for payment,

the contractor warrants that he/she has good and sufficient title to all such material,

equipment and supplies used by him/her in the work, free from all liens, claims and

encumbrances.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

4.15 SUBSTITUTIONS

4.15.1 The contract documents are intended to produce a building of consistent character

and quality of design. All components of the building, including visible items of

mechanical and electrical equipment, have been selected to have a coordinated

design in relation to the overall appearance of the building. The Architect/Engineer

shall judge the design and appearance of proposed substitutes on the basis of their

suitability in relation to the overall design of the project as well as for their intrinsic

merits. The Architect/Engineer will not approve as equal to materials specified

proposed substitutes which, in the Architect's/Engineer's sole opinion, would be out

of character, obtrusive or otherwise inconsistent with the character or quality of design

of the project. In order to permit coordinated design of color and finishes, the

contractor shall, if required by the Architect/Engineer, furnish the substituted material

in any color, finish, texture or pattern which would have been available from the

manufacturer originally specified at no additional cost to the owner.

4.15.2 In the event the contractor should propose a substitution for the specified equipment

or materials, it shall be his/her responsibility to submit proof of equality and to provide

and pay for any tests which may be required by the contracting officer, the University’s

project manager or Architect/Engineer in order to evaluate such proposed

substitution.

4.15.3 Where any particular brand or manufactured article is specified, it shall be regarded

as a standard. Similar products of other manufacturers, capable of equal

performance and quality in the opinion of the contracting officer, will be accepted, if

approved.

4.15.4 There shall be no extension of time to the project schedule granted to

accommodate the requirements of this Article 4.15. Substitutions and/or any

testing, etc. required to be done by the contractor to have the substitution

approved will be done within the approved project schedule timeframe.

4.15.5 The application for approval of a substitution by the contractor shall include the

following information:

a) identifying information shall be fully and completely furnished b) note whether the item is included in the specifications in which case,

identify the specification paragraph and section

c) attach data indicating, in detail, whether and how the substitution differs, if

at all, from the article specified

d) if a credit is to be offered for the substitution, a detailed itemization of the

amount of credit must be shown

e) if the proposed substitution involves a change in the scope of the work of

this or any other contractor or trade under the contract documents, then

and, in that event, the contractor undertakes and agrees to be responsible

for any and all added costs and thereby involved by reason of the change

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

in the work, including redesign if any

f) when requesting approval of an out-of-state sub-contractor or material

manufacturer or supplier, a statement indicating that reasonable effort was

first made to find and employ New Jersey firms and/or materials at

comparable costs, term and performance capabilities

g) an agreement by the contractor to submit proof of

equality and to have such tests performed at his/her own

expense as may be required by the contracting officer

or the Architect/Engineer

h) the contractor shall not base his/her bid on substitutions, which may have

been approved on previous projects; bids shall be based solely on plans

and specifications of the subject project

Since substitutions are primarily for the financial benefit of the contractor, a credit

change order shall accompany each request for substitution. The credit value shall be

approved by the contracting agent prior to acceptance.

4.16 SUB-CONTRACTOR APPROVALS

4.16.1 Approval by the contracting officer, University’s project manager or

Architect/Engineer of a sub-contractor or material supplier shall not relieve the

contractor of the responsibility for complying with all provisions of the contract

documents. The approval of a sub-contractor does not imply approval of any material,

equipment or supplies.

4.16.2 The contractor shall coordinate and supervise the work performed by sub-contractors

to the end that the work is carried out without conflict between trades and so that no

delay to the general progress of the work occurs. The contractor and all sub-

contractors shall afford each trade, any separate contractor or the owner every

reasonable opportunity for the installation of work and the storage of materials at all

times.

4.17 PAY LIMITS FOR ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS FOR EXCAVATION

4.17.1 The method of measurement and establishment of pay limits for additions or

deductions for excavation shall be as follows:

a) Basement Excavations: Pay limit for excavation shall be determined by horizontal

and sloped lines as defined on the foundation plan and "typical subsoils

preparation details": In the case where the contract limit line is in close proximity

to the building and sheeting/shoring are required, the vertical line of sheeting will

be the pay limit line.

b) All Pipelines and Encased Utilities: pay limit for trench excavations shall be

limited to width of thirty-six inches (36") or the largest diameter of pipe barrel plus

twenty-four inches (24"), whichever is greatest, and depth at bottom of pipe

barrel; when rock is encountered, the contractor shall excavate to six inches (6")

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

below bottom of pipe barrel; a compacted granular fill for the pipe shall be

provided by the contractor; no additional payment will be made for this additional

six inches (6") of granular fill.

c) Encased Electrical Conduit, Steam Transmission Lines and Unformed

Foundation Footing: width and depth of trench shall be limited to same width and

elevations of the structure shown on the contract drawings.

d) Unsuitable Foundation Material: where unsuitable foundation material is

encountered, the contractor shall excavate to elevations as directed by the

contracting officer through the University’s project manager; unit prices for

additional excavation and replacement with approved compacted granular fill,

stated in the proposal form, shall be used as a basis for additional payment by

the University; in the event that no unit price is included in the proposal form, the

unit prices shall be negotiated with the contracting officer through the University’s

project manager prior to performance of the work or, at the option of the

contracting officer, shall be done on a time and material basis plus ten percent

(10%) profit; the decision setting unit prices shall be made by the contracting

officer.

4.18 SOIL BORINGS (IF APPLICABLE)

4.18.1 The University may possess geotechnical reports. Any geotechnical report/reports

is/are included in the project manual for informational purposes only. The University

is in no way responsible for, nor does it warrant, the data contained in the report(s)

or the methods utilized in their preparation. Bidders will be granted access to the site

to conduct their own tests upon request. The contractor assumes full responsibility

for interpretation of any borings and the University shall have no responsibility or

liability should the data provided prove to be incorrect or unrepresentative. All the

provisions of paragraph 4.1.1 shall also apply hereto.

4.19 COORDINATION OF WORK

4.19.1 The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work performed upon the

project as follows:

a) The contractor shall be responsible for all arrangements for the storage of materials.

b) The contractor shall keep informed of the progress and the details of work of

his/her sub-contractors and shall notify the University’s project manager

immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of sub-

contractors; the contractor shall provide scheduling updates at the bi-weekly

project meetings.

c) Failure of the contractor to keep informed of the work progressing at the site

and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others

shall be construed as acceptance by him/her of the status of the work as being

satisfactory for proper coordination and completion of the project.

d) The contractor shall be responsible to supervise, direct and manage the conduct

of the construction and the efforts of all sub-contractors so as to deliver the

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

project as required under the contract.

4.19.2 The contractor shall refer to all of the drawings including those showing primarily the

work of the mechanical, electrical or other specialized trades and to all of the sections

of the specifications and shall perform all work reasonably inferable therefrom as

being necessary to produce the indicated results. The contractor shall insure that all

of his/her sub-contractors are fully familiar with their obligations to the contractor in

his/her performance of the contract.

4.19.3 This project as described by these specifications and accompanying drawings is bid

under a single prime contract as mandated by 1B1.2 of the Instructions to Bidders.

However, the terms of these General and Supplemental General Conditionswill also

apply to work performed pursuant to the Contract whether or not described herein as

part of this project.

4.20 PROTECTION OF CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY

4.20.1 The contractor shall adequately secure and protect his/her own tools, equipment,

materials and supplies. The University assumes no liability for any damage, theft or

negligent injury to the contractor's property or to the property of his/her employees,

agents or sub-contractors.

4.21 PATENTS

4.21.1 The contractor shall hold and save the University and its officers, agents, servants

and employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including costs and

expenses for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article

or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the contract, including its

use by the University, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in the contract

documents.

4.21.2 License and/or royalty fees for the use of a process, which is authorized by the

University, must be reasonable and paid to the holder of the patent or his/her

authorized licensee directly by the University and not by or through the contractor. If

the contractor uses any design, device or materials covered by letters, patent or

copyright, he/she shall provide for such use by suitable agreement with the University

of such patented or copyrighted design, device or material. It is mutually agreed and

understood that, without exception, the contract prices shall include all royalties or

costs arising from the use of such design, device or materials in any way involved in

the work. The contractor and/or his/her sureties shall indemnify and save harmless

the University from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of such

patented or copyrighted design, device or materials or any trademark or copyright in

connection with work agreed to be performed under this contract and shall indemnify

the University for any cost, expense or damage which it may be obliged to pay by

reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after

completion of the work.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

4.22 RIGHT TO AUDIT

4.22.1 The University reserves the right to audit the records of the contractor in connection

with all matters related to this contract. The contractor agrees to maintain his/her

records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for a period of

not less than three (3) years after receipt of final payment.

Accounting records must identify all labor and material, costs and expenses whether

they be direct or indirect. The identification must include at least the project number

for direct expenses and/or account number for indirect expenses. All charges must

be supported by appropriate documentation including, but not limited to, canceled

checks.

4.22.2 The contractor shall develop, maintain and make available to the contracting officer

upon request such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls,

reports, estimates, change orders, all original estimates, take-offs and other bidding

documents, all sub-contractors and supplier contracts and changes, all records

showing all costs and liabilities incurred or to be incurred in connection with the

project including all sub-contractor and supplier costs, all payment records and all

records incurred in labor and personnel of any kind, records and other data as the

University may request concerning work to be performed under this contract.

4.22.3 The contractor acknowledges and agrees that no claim for payment, which is

premised, to any degree upon actual costs of the contractor shall be recognized by

the University except and to the extent that such actual costs are substantiated by

records required to be maintained under these provisions.

4.22.4 The contractor acknowledges and agrees that the contractor's obligation to establish,

maintain and make available records and the University's right to audit as delineated

herein shall extend to actual costs incurred by sub-contractors in performing work

required under the contract or any supplemental agreement thereto.

4.23 CONTROL WIRING

4.23.1 The contractor shall include in his/her proposal the cost of all control wiring and its

installation for all mechanical equipment including, but not limited to, heating,

ventilating and air conditioning systems, ATC systems, boilers, remote monitoring

systems, etc. which systems require electrical control wiring. The contractor shall

employ a sub-contractor approved by the University for all such control wiring. The

sub-contractor shall provide a final certificate of electrical inspection of the control

wiring.

Installed or control wiring must connect to a point of electrical power supply as shown on the contract

documents.

4.24 STAND-BY PERSONNEL

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

4.24.1 The contractor, when obligated to employ stand-by personnel by trade agreement

to which he/she is a party, shall determine and include all such costs thereof in

his/her bid proposal. The contractor shall not, at any time, make a claim to the

University for costs relating to stand-by maintenance or stand-by supervision for

electric motor driven or other equipment. The University, under no condition, will

entertain or consider a claim in this regard unless such claim is made as a result of

the University's unreasonable refusal to accept beneficial occupancy of the

completed project.

ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACTOR FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION; SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Whenever the term "general construction contractor" is used herein, it is intended to mean either the

contractor for general construction whenever separate prime contracts are involved or the sole

contractor if there are no other prime contracts engaged on the project.

5.1 UNIQUE ROLE OF RESPONSIBILITY-STAFFING

5.1.1 Wherever separate contracts are awarded to separate prime contractors for different

branches of the work or where there is a single prime contractor, the contractor for

general construction, hereinafter referred to as the general construction contractor,

has the responsibility for being the supervisor, manager, overseer, coordinator and

expediter of all the contractors and/or sub-contractors and/or of the total construction

process and of its parts in accordance with the contract documents.

5.2 CONTRACTING OFFICER'S RELIANCE UPON CONTRACTOR FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

5.2.1 The contracting officer relies upon the organization, management, skills, cooperation

and efficiency of the general construction contractor to supervise, direct, control and

manage the work so as to deliver the completed project in conformance with the

contract documents and within the scheduled time.

5.2.2 The contractor for general construction shall include in his/her bid an amount

sufficient to cover his/her cost of furnishing necessary administrative and supervisory

forces to coordinate his/her own work and that of his/her sub-contractors and other

primary contractors.

5.3 LAYOUT, DIMENSIONAL CONTROL AND VERIFICATION, SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATION

5.3.1 The general construction contractor shall be responsible for locating and laying out

the building of all of its parts of the site in strict accordance with the drawings and

shall accurately establish and maintain dimensional control. He/she shall employ and

pay for the services of a competent and licensed New Jersey engineer or land

surveyor hereinafter Contractor's Engineer or Surveyor who shall be approved by the

University to perform all layout work and to test the levels of excavations, footing

base plates, columns, walls and floors and roof lines and furnish to the University’s

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

project manager as the work progresses certificates that each of such levels as is

required by the drawings is met. The plumb lines of walls, etc. shall be tested and

certified by the surveyor as the work progresses.

5.3.2 The Contractor's engineer or surveyor, in his/her layout work both on the site and

within the building shall establish all points, lines, elevations, grades and bench marks

for proper control and execution of the work. He/she shall establish a single

permanent benchmark as directed to which all three (3) coordinates of dimensional

control shall be referred. He/she shall verify all University furnished topographical and

utility survey data and all points, lines, elevations, grades and benchmarks. Should

any discrepancies be found between information given on the drawings and the

actual site or field conditions, the general contractor shall notify the University’s project

manager of such discrepancy and shall not proceed with any work affected until

receipt of written instructions from the University’s project manager.

5.3.3 Maintenance of Construction Access Routes: The general construction contractor

shall be responsible for providing and maintaining unobstructed traffic lanes on the

designed construction access routes either shown on the contract drawings or

reasonably required so as to perform the work and shall provide and maintain all

reasonably required safety devices. He/she shall provide the addition of materials,

their grading and compaction, the removal of snow and debris so as to provide and

maintain the general, serviceable condition of the access roadbed as well as

pedestrian walk ways.

5.3.4 Project Sign: The general construction contractor shall erect and maintain one (1)

sign at the project site as shown on the drawings and located as directed by the

University’s project manager. Painting shall be done by a professional sign painter

with two (2) coats of exterior paint, colors, letter face and layout as shown. No other

signs will be permitted at the site. Upon completion of the project and when directed

by the University’s project manager or the University, the general construction

contractor shall remove the sign. Should there be a change in the listed officials, the

contractor shall make appropriate changes to the sign at his/her expense. Sign is to

be six feet by ten feet (6' x 10') to include, at a minimum, the information shown on

the drawing title sheet. Additional information will be as directed by the owner.

5.3.5 The general construction contractor, at his/her expenses, shall provide and maintain

necessary temporary dustproof partitions or other necessary protection around areas

of work in any existing building or in new building areas as directed by the University’s

project manager or the contracting officer. A dust control plan shall be submitted to

the contracting officer for review and approval, prior to any demolition.

5.3.6 The contractor shall supply dumpster for trash, trash chutes, all debris, clean-up and

all temporary fire protection per OSHA requirements.

5.3.7 Repair of Cracks: The general contractor accepts sole responsibility for repair of

uncontrolled dislodgement, cracking, delaminating and peeling of finished surfaces,

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

such as, concrete, precast concrete, case and natural stone; until masonry,

millwork, plaster, glass and applied finishes; such as, paint and special coatings;

within the contract scope and the limits of specified guarantee periods regardless of

the cause.

5.3.8 The general construction contractor shall be responsible for replacement of all broken

glass installed by him/her or his/her sub-contractors after same has been installed no

matter by whom or what caused same and shall replace all broken, scratched or

otherwise damaged glass before the completion and acceptance of the work or as

required pursuant to any applicable warranty. He/she shall wash all glass on both

sides when directed by University’s project manager and at completion of the Project,

removing all paint spots, stains, plaster, etc.

5.3.9 Nothing herein is intended to limit the right of the contractor to seek payment from

the party who is responsible for the damages.

5.4 PHOTOGRAPHS

5.4.1 With each monthly application for payment the general contractor shall submit

progress photographs of the building in duplicate to the University’s project manager,

giving four (4) views of each area photographed as selected by the University’s

project manager, taken from the same points each month.

5.4.2 The photographs shall be eight inches by ten inches (8" x 10"). Two (2) copies and

color photos shall bear a caption stating the date of the exposure and the name of

the project, the contractor, the Architect/Engineer and the University’s project

manager. Digital files captured at 7.2 megapixels or greater with a minimum 2,400

x 3,000-pixel array shall also be provided in JPEG format submitted on a DVD

labeled with the name of the project, the contractor, the Architect/Engineer and the

University’s project manager. All digital photos shall become the property of the

University.

5.5 GUARANTEE

5.5.1 Neither the final certification of payment nor any provision in the contract documents

nor partial or entire occupancy of the premises by the University shall constitute an

acceptance of work not done in accordance with the contract documents nor shall it

relieve the contractor of liability with respect to any expressed or implied warranties

or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The University will give notice of

observed defects with reasonable promptness. The surety's obligation shall continue

beyond final acceptance to the extent that the contractor would have had such

obligation.

5.5.2 In addition to guarantees otherwise specified in other sections of the specifications,

the contractor and each individual sub-contractor shall guarantee and warrant, in

writing, the work to be performed and all materials to be furnished under this contract

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

against the defects in materials or workmanship and to pay for the value of repair of

any damage to other work resulting there from for a period of one (1) year from the

date of Final Acceptance. All guarantees, bonds, etc. required by the specifications

shall be in writing in requisite legal form and delivered to the contracting officer at the

time of submission of the requisition for final payment. All sub-contractor's

guarantees, bonds, etc. shall be underwritten by the contractor who shall obtain and

deliver same to the contracting officer before the work shall be deemed finished and

accepted.

5.5.3 The contractor shall, at his/her own expense and without cost to the University within

a reasonable time after receipt of written notice thereof, make good any defects in

material or workmanship which may develop during stipulated guarantee periods as

well as any damage to other work caused by such defects or by their repairs. Any

other defects in material or workmanship not reasonably observable or discovered

during the guarantee period shall be repaired and/or replaced at the contractor's

expense and such shall be completed within a reasonable time after written notice is

given to the contractor.

5.5.4 It is anticipated that certain permanent equipment will have to be activated during

construction of the project to support construction operations. This would particularly

be the case with respect to service elevators and those portions of the permanent

heating system, which might be required to provide temporary heat for interior, finish

operations. Regardless of when equipment is activated for use during construction,

all equipment warranties must extend for the time periods required in these

specifications starting as of the date of Final Acceptance, of the project by the

University. The contractor shall include in his/her base bid all costs necessary to

provide extended warranties as necessary for any equipment, which may be

activated prior to final building acceptance by the University.

5.6 INSPECTION OF ROADWAY SUB-GRADES

5.6.1 Where applicable, the general construction contractor shall notify the University’s

project manager forty-eight (48) hours prior to anticipated completion of all roadway

sub-grade work. The University’s project manager may request an inspection by an

appropriate agency to insure that the sub- grade meets the compaction standards.

All sub-grades shall be proof-rolled for such inspection. If compaction soil tests are

required, these tests will be done by soils testing laboratories through the contractor

unless contrary provisions are made elsewhere in the specifications. The contractor

shall not proceed with base course until the results of the compaction tests are

determined and upgrade approved by the University’s project manager.

5.7 WATCHMAN SERVICES

5.7.1 The general construction contractor shall provide watchman services to adequately

protect the work, stored materials and temporary structures located on the premises

and to prevent unauthorized persons from entering upon the construction site. The

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

University or the University’s project manager may require the general construction

contractor to increase the watchman services in terms of hours or number of

watchman, at no cost to the University, in the event that the University and/or

University’s project manager determine that the watchman services are not sufficient.

ARTICLE 6 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES, UTILITIES AND SERVICES

Whenever the term "general construction contractor" is used herein, it is intended to mean either the

contractor for general construction whenever separate prime contracts are involved or the sole

contractor if there are no other prime contracts engaged on the project.

6.1 FIELD OFFICES

6.1.1 The contractor will be provided an area in an existing building to utilize and maintain

a field office during the project construction and shall maintain therein a complete

set of contract documents including plans, specifications, CPM schedules, change

orders, logs and other details and correspondence. The field office shall contain

approved and safe heating facilities and lighting, convenience outlets, fire

extinguisher, a minimum of two (2) operating windows CIF 15 S.F. each, outside

door, handle and hasp.

6.1.2 Deleted

6.1.3 Deleted

6.1.4 The contractor shall provide his/her own telephones. The general construction

contractor, sub-contractors and all workers are prohibited from using University

telephones.

6.2 STORAGE SHEDS, TOOL SHEDS, SHOPS AND EMPLOYEE SHEDS

6.2.1 LEFT BLANK

6.3 STORAGE AREAS, EMPLOYEE VEHICULAR PARKING, EQUIPMENT MARSHALLING

AREAS, EXCAVATION BORROW/SPOILS DESIGNATED AREAS, COMMERCIAL

CANTEEN AREA, ETC.

6.3.1 The contractor shall be responsible for providing his/her own requirements. He/she

shall locate these areas to suit project requirements as indicated in the contract

documents with the University’s project manager's concurrence.

6.3.2 Parking for workers’ personal vehicles is prohibited on campus. The general

construction contractor, at his/her sole expense, shall provide for off-site parking and

transportation to and from the project site. The general construction contractor shall

obtain permission, in writing, from the University’s project manager to obtain up to 10

University parking passes, at his/her sole expense, for company branded vehicles

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

only. The general construction contractor will be held accountable for any citations,

fines or penalties imposed by the University or local authority for failing to comply with

local rules and regulations.

6.4 TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES

6.4.1 The contractor shall provide and pay for suitable temporary toilets at a location

approved by the University’s project manager on the site prior to the start of any

fieldwork. They shall comply with all Federal, State and local laws. The contractor will

be responsible for regular maintenance, removal and relocation as described

hereinafter.

6.4.2 LEFT BLANK

6.4.3 LEFT BLANK

6.4.4 LEFT BLANK

6.4.5 LEFT BLANK

6.4.6 LEFT BLANK

6.4.7 LEFT BLANK

6.4.8 LEFT BLANK

6.4.9 LEFT BLANK

6.4.10 Workmen are not to use the finished bathroom and toilet facilities in the project

buildings or any other bathroom and toilet facilities on campus. Reasonable steps

must be taken by the general construction contractor to enforce this rule.

6.5 TEMPORARY DRIVES AND WALKS

6.5.1 The general construction contractor shall be responsible for keeping all roadways,

drives and parking areas within or proximate to the site free and clear of debris,

gravel, mud or any other site materials by insuring that all measures reasonably

necessary are taken to prevent such materials from being deposited on such

surfaces including, as may be appropriate, the cleaning of vehicle wheels, etc. prior

to their leaving the construction site. Should such surface require cleaning, the

general construction contractor will clean these surfaces without additional cost to the

University. The general construction contractor will be held accountable for any

citations, fines or penalties imposed on the University for failing to comply with local

rules and regulations.

6.5.2 LEFT BLANK

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

6.5.3 The general construction contractor shall obtain permission, in writing, from the

University’s project manager before using any existing driveways or parking areas

not specifically designated for such use in the contract documents for construction

purposes. He/she shall maintain such driveways and areas in good condition during

the construction period and, at completion of the project, shall repair or replace said

driveway or areas in a manner acceptable to the University. Conditions before use

should be carefully photographed or documented by the contractor and a copy

provided to the University prior to the commencement of work.

6.6 TEMPORARY WATER

6.6.1 LEFT BLANK

6.6.2 It is the obligation of the contractor requiring temporary facilities to investigate and

make specific arrangements with the University through the University’s project

manager for such facilities and to include in his/her proposal the cost of any facilities

he/she may require for proper conduct of his/her work.

6.6.3 The contractor shall install his/her temporary and/or permanent water lines to the

boiler room and heating equipment in sufficient time to be available for supplying

water for testing and operation on the heating system when needed to supply heat on

the project.

6.6.4 The contractor is responsible to protect all water lines from damage or freezing be

they permanent or temporary. Should water connections be made to an existing line,

the contractor shall provide a positive shut-off valve at his/her cost and expense.

6.6.5 If the contractor fails to carry out his/her responsibility in supplying the water as set

forth herein, he/she shall be held responsible for such failure and the University’s

project manager shall have the right to take such action as he/she deems proper for

the protection and conduct of the work and may deduct the cost involved in so doing

from any sums due to the contractor.

6.7 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER

6.7.1 LEFT BLANK

6.7.2 LEFT BLANK

6.7.3 LEFT BLANK

6.7.4 If applicable and necessary, the contractor shall provide all electrical service for operation of elevator equipment during construction as well as for permanent installation.

6.7.5 The contractor shall pay for the cost of all electric energy used on distribution lines

installed until the project is accepted by the University.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

6.7.6 The contractor shall provide and pay for all maintenance, servicing, operating and

supervision of the service and distribution facilities. He/she shall also connect,

maintain and service any electrical equipment which may be necessary for

maintaining heat whenever heat is required in the building whether from the

temporary or permanent system.

6.7.7 The contractor failing to carry out his/her responsibility in supplying uninterrupted light

and power or other utility as set forth in the construction documents shall be held

responsible for such failure and the University’s project manager shall have the right

to take such action as he/she deems proper for the protection and conduct of the

work and shall deduct the costs involved from the amount due the contractor at fault.

6.7.8 There shall be no additional cost to the University because of stand-by requirements

due to conflict in the normal working hours of trades. Where overtime work by the

contractor necessitates stand- by electricians or other trades, the contractor shall be

responsible for making appropriate arrangements, financial and otherwise, for such

service at no cost to the University.

6.7.9 LEFT BLANK

6.8 Deleted

6.8.1 Deleted

6.9 TEMPORARY HEAT

6.9.1 Maintenance and safe operation of the temporary heating system and equipment

shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any liability arising out of damage or injury

resulting from the use or operation of heating equipment by the Contractor, sub-

contractors, equipment and material suppliers, consultants, agents of any of them

and anyone employed either directly or indirectly by any of them or anyone for whose

acts they may be liable shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

6.9.2 LEFT BLANK

6.9.3 LEFT BLANK

6.9.4 LEFT BLANK

6.9.5 LEFT BLANK

6.9.6 LEFT BLANK

6.9.7 LEFT BLANK

6.9.8 LEFT BLANK

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

6.9.9 On the (60th) calendar day after the building, buildings or major unit thereof is/are

permanently enclosed & the contracting officer has determined that heat is required

for the proper execution of the construction work, the contractor shall continue to

provide heat. A building or major unit thereof shall be considered "permanently

enclosed" when (a) the exterior & enclosure work including walls, windows, glazing,

louvers and doors have been permanently installed; (b) a permanent building roof

has been completed & satisfactorily tested; (c) the permanent building roof drain

system has been completed and made operational;(d) all building openings have

been closed such that the building is weather tight. Regardless of whether the boiler

room is within the confines of the major unit or not, it must be enclosed & the floor

installed at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to the time when the contractor

becomes responsible to supply heat.

6.9.10 Deleted

6.9.11 Deleted

6.9.12 The University reserves the right to permit the substitution of limited, temporary

enclosures in lieu of permanent construction for the attainment of a permanently tight

building if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the project by the

University’s project manager. This action will not be such as to create a future

jeopardy to the environmental integrity of the building as construction proceeds.

6.9.13 When the permanent heating system is the source of the heat, the contractor shall be

responsible for paying all water, electricity and fuel required for the operation of the

permanent heating system until beneficial occupancy acceptance of the project by

the University except for the cost of fuel during the test period as previously provided.

The contractor shall install adequate controls and shall arrange, at his/her own cost,

for making such temporary connection as required for the operation of the heating

system. Should the heating system be designed for the tie-in to existing steam lines

for source of heat, the University will provide steam for temporary heat through the

project permanent heating system at no cost to the contractor after tie-in is

completed.

6.9.14 LEFT BLANK

6.9.15 Valves, traps and other parts of the heating system, except air filters, which are

permanently installed by the contractor and used for supplying heat during the

construction period, need not be replaced, provided that the system was in acceptable

condition prior to its use and was properly maintained. The system shall be properly

cleaned and adjusted to operate after the permanent system is in use. Seven (7)

days prior to acceptance by the University of the heating system as substantially

complete, the contractor shall replace disposable filters with clean filters of the type

specified or turn over spare sets of filters to the University as directed by the

Construction Manager.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

6.9.16 If plastering, parging or finishing of any surface is necessary to enable the contractor

to install the heating system in a manner as to permit its use for supplying heat during

the construction period, the plastering, parging and finishing of such surfaces shall

be done by the contractor so as not to delay the installation of the permanent system.

In the event this plastering, parging or other finishing work is not completed in ample

time to make possible the installation of permanent piping and heating units, the

contractor shall install temporary/primary heating units. The cost of such temporary

installation and its removal shall be paid by the contractor.

6.9.17 LEFT BLANK

6.9.18 If additional heat is required beyond that specified in the contract documents, the

contractor should arrange and pay the additional costs thereof at no expense to the

University.

6.9.19 The Contractor shall provide a cost to supply heat in accordance with all

requirements of this Section and Division 1; General Requirements, Section 01500

of the Specifications.

6.10 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES

6.10.1 Whenever necessary in order to maintain proper temperatures for the prosecution

of the work or for the protection thereof, the contractor shall furnish and maintain

temporary enclosures for all openings in exterior walls which are not enclosed with

finishing materials. Temporary wood doors shall be provided at door openings.

6.11 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE AND SIGNAGE

6.11.1 As required by the University’s project manager, the contractor shall provide and

maintain an eight foot (8') high temporary chain link fence with necessary posts and

top rails to enclose the area at the job site and to guard and close effectively the

designated area. The contractor shall be responsible for posting appropriate signage

restricting access and shall further be responsible for controlling access to the job

site. The contractor shall provide gates at locations where required for access to the

enclosed area. Gates shall be of chain link material, cross-braced, hung on heavy

strap hinges and shall have suitable hasps and padlocks.

6.11.2 The contractor shall remove the fence upon completion of the work or at such time

before final completion as directed by the University.

6.12 EDGE PROTECTION

6.12.1 The contractor shall be responsible for proper protection for all floor, roof and stair penetrations.

ARTICLE 7 - SUB-CONTRACTORS

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

7.1 CONTRACTOR/SUB-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP

7.1.1 As provided in other sections of the Contract Documents after award of the contract,

the contractor shall notify the contracting officer through the University’s project

manager in writing of the names of sub-contractors, other than those required to be

listed in the bid, proposed to perform the principal parts of the work and of such others

as the contracting officer may direct and shall not employ any sub-contractor without

prior, written approval of the contracting officer or any that the contracting officer may,

within a reasonable time, reject. Failure of the contracting officer to reply within fifteen

(15) days upon receipt of such names shall constitute notice of approval.

7.1.2 If the contracting officer has a reasonable objection to any such proposed person or

firm, the contractor shall substitute another sub-contractor to which the contracting

officer has no reasonable objection. Under no circumstances shall the University be

obligated for additional cost due to such substitution.

7.1.3 The contractor shall make no substitution for any sub-contractor, person or firm

previously selected and approved without written notification to the contracting officer

and receipt of his/her written approval for such substitution.

7.1.4 The contractor acknowledges his/her full responsibility to the University for all acts

and omissions of his/her sub-contractors and of persons and firms either directly or

indirectly employed by them equally to the extent that he/she is responsible for the

acts and omissions of persons and firms directly or indirectly employed by him/her

and the contractor acknowledges he/she remains fully responsible for the proper

performance of his/her contract irrespective of whether work is performed by his/her

own forces or sub-contractors engaged by him/her.

7.1.5 Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relationship

between any sub-contractor and the University.

7.1.6 By an appropriate written agreement the contractor shall require each sub-contractor,

to the extent of the work performed by the sub-contractor, be bound to the contractor

by the terms of the contract documents and to assume toward the contractor all the

obligations and responsibilities which the contractor, by these documents, assumes

toward the University, the contracting officer, the University’s project manager and

the Architect/Engineer. The contractor shall require each sub-contractor to enter into

similar agreement with his/her sub-sub-contractors.

7.1.7 The contractor and all sub-contractors agree that, in the employment of both skilled

and unskilled labor, preference shall be given to residents of the State of New Jersey

if such labor force is available.

7.1.8 Approval by the contracting officer, the University’s project manager or

Architect/Engineer of a sub-contractor or material supplier shall not relieve the

contractor, the sub-contractor or material supplier of the responsibility of complying

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

with all provisions of the contract documents. The approval of a subcontractor does

not imply approval of any material, equipment or supplies.

7.1.9 The contractor shall coordinate and supervise the work performed by sub-contractors

to the end that the work is carried out without conflict between trades and so that no

delay to the general progress of the work occurs. The contractor and all sub-

contractors shall afford each trade, any separate contractor or the owner every

reasonable opportunity for the installation of work and the storage of materials at all

times.

7.1.10 The contractor shall require each sub-contractor to the extent of the work to be

performed by the sub-contractor to be bound to the contractor to the terms of the

University contract documents and to assume toward the contractor all the obligations

and responsibilities which the contractor assumes by the documents to the University

and its contractual parties.

7.1.11 The contractor shall not grant to any sub-contractor terms more favorable than those

extended to the contractor by the University.

7.1.12 The contractor shall not permit his/her sub-contractor to perform sub-contract work

without the express written approval of the contracting officer through the University’s

project manager.

7.1.13 The contractor shall be required in all sub-contracts that the sub-contractor establish,

maintain and make available to the University all records as defined and delineated

herein related to all work performed under the subcontractors including work

performed by a sub-contractor.

ARTICLE 8 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN UNIVERSITY/CONTRACTOR

8.1 UNIVERSITY'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK

8.1.1 The University may and reserves the right to enter upon the premises at any and all

times during the progress of the work or cause others to do so for the purpose of

installing any apparatus or carrying on any construction not included in these

specifications or for any other reasonable purpose.

8.1.2 The contractor shall examine all work or materials installed by other contractors

and/or subcontractors, the installation of which may affect the work in his/her

contract, and should the same be imperfect, incorrect or insecure, he/she shall notify

the contracting officer immediately in order that same be rectified. The contracting

officer shall be responsible for instructing the contractor as to what corrective action

is required of the contractor.

8.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

8.2.1 The contractor shall afford the University, the University’s project manager and all

sub-contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their

materials and equipment and the execution of their work. The contractor shall

coordinate all work with adjacent work with all trades so that no portion of the work is

delayed or not properly undertaken due to lack or failure of cooperation.

8.2.2 The contractor shall lay out and install his/her work at such time or times and in such

manner as to be in compliance with the project schedule and so as to facilitate the

general progress of the project.

8.2.3 Before completion of the work contemplated herein, should it be deemed necessary

by the University to do any work whatsoever in or about the building or structure other

than as provided for in the contract documents, the contractor shall fully cooperate

with such other individual or firm as the University may employ to do such work so

that such additional work may be performed without unreasonable interference. The

contractor shall afford said other individual or firm all reasonable facilities for doing

such work. The Contractor may not seek an extension of the Contract time as a

result of such work. However, Contractor is not entitled to any additional

compensation nor shall be entitled to maintain a claim for additional costs or damages

as a result of such work.

8.2.4 The contracting officer or his/her University’s project manager, and

Architect/Engineer shall have access to the work at all times whether it is in

preparation or in progress and the contractor shall provide proper facilities for such

access and for inspection. The contracting officer reserves the right at his/her option

to employ the services of a professional consultant to evaluate any phase of the work

he/she may deem to be in the best interest of the University but no evaluation

performed shall in any way relieve the contractor of his/her responsibilities under the

contract. The consultant's work product shall be confidential and shall not be

disclosed to the contractor. The contractor shall cooperate with the consultant(s) and

provide access to the work and facilities for inspection. Should any portion of the

work or material be found deficient or defective, the contractor will pay the applicable

fees of such consultant and be responsible for replacing the deficient or defective

work as required by the provisions stated elsewhere herein. In the event that

contractor is required to pay the applicable consultant fees, the contractor shall be

entitled to a copy of the result of the consultant's investigation.

8.2.5 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party

responsible therefore.

8.2.6 If the contractor should destroy, damage or disturb the work of any other contractor

in or about the building or premises, the contractor shall immediately either replace

the destroyed work and make good the damaged or disturbed work to the satisfaction

of the University’s project manager and the contracting officer or shall reimburse the

contractor whose work he/she has destroyed, damaged or disturbed for the expense

of replacing such work.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

8.2.7 Should a contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other

contractor having a contract with the University or through any act or omission of the

Architect/Engineer, the contractor shall have no claims against the University for such

damage but shall have a right of action to recover such damages from the causing

party or parties in accordance with 8.4.2 which is included in the contract with all other

such contractors and the Architect/Engineer.

8.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION/FINAL COMPLETION

8.3.1 At the request of the University, the University’s project manager and/or the

Architect/Engineer, the contractor and the University representative shall make a joint

inspection of the work and, if all determine that the work is substantially completed,

the University shall give notice of Substantial Completion for beneficial use. Such

certification shall in no way relieve the contractor of any contractual obligation or in

any way relieve the contractor from responsibility to promptly complete punch list

work.

8.3.2 Use and Possession Prior to Completion: The University shall have the right to take

possession of or use any complete or partially completed part of the work. Prior to

such possession or use, the contracting officer shall furnish the contractor with an

itemized list of work remaining to be performed or corrected on such portions of the

project as are to be possessed or used by the University provided that failure to list

any item of work shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work under the contract.

While the University has such possession or use, the contractor, not withstanding the

provisions of the article of this contract entitled "Permits - Laws Regulations" shall be

relieved of the responsibility for the loss or damage to the work resulting from

University possession or use. If such prior possession or use by the University delays

the progress of the work or causes additional expense to the contractor, an equitable

adjustment in the contract amount will be made and the contract shall be modified

in writing accordingly. Such an equitable adjustment of cost shall be the sole relief

available to the contractor.

8.4 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES

8.4.1 Any claims made by the contractor against the University for damages or extra costs

are governed by and subject to the New Jersey Contractual Liability Act, N.J.S.A.

59:13-1 et.seq. as well as all the provisions in this contract.

8.4.2 Should any contractor, or Architect/Engineer having or who shall hereafter have a

contract with the University, by his/her own acts, errors or omissions, damage or

unnecessarily delay the work of the owner or other contractors by not properly

cooperating with them or by not affording them reasonably sufficient opportunity or

facility to perform work as may be specified by reason of which act, error or omission

of said contractor, the University’s project manager, the Architect/Engineer or

any other contractor shall sustain damages including delay damages during the

progress of work hereunder, then and in that event, the culpable party agrees to pay

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

all costs and expenses incurred by the damaged contractor(s), the

Architect/Engineer due to any such delays and/or damages whether by settlement,

compromise mediation or arbitration and the injured contractor, Architect/Engineer

shall have a right to redress enforcement in court directly against the culpable party.

In addition, the culpable party further agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless

the University from all such claims and damages. Nothing contained in this

paragraph shall be construed to relieve the culpable contractor, Architect/Engineer

from any liability or damage sustained on account of such acts, errors or omissions.

8.4.3 The University shall not be liable to any contractor for any damages or extra costs

caused by any acts or omissions of any person or entity except the University (as

specified in this paragraph) and the contractor's exclusive remedy shall be against the

culpable party and not the University.

8.5 CONTRACTING OFFICER'S RIGHT TO ACCELERATE

8.5.1 The contracting officer may order and direct the contractor responsible for delay as

described in 8.2.2 or, as may be apparent as a result of his/her observation of the

work, to accelerate that contractor's work at any particular place or places by

increasing his/her forces, working overtime and/or on Saturdays, Sundays and

holidays as may be required to enable others to carry on with their work in accordance

with the project progress schedule. The cost of such acceleration efforts shall be

borne entirely by the contractor and shall not be billed to the University.

8.6 TIME OF COMPLETION - DELAY - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

8.6.1 In the event of the failure of the contractor to complete the said work within the time

stated in the Bid Documents the contractor shall be liable to the University in the sum

amount $5,000 per day for each and every calendar day that the said work shall be

and remains uncompleted which sum shall be treated as liquidated damages, and

not a penalty, for the loss to the University of the use of premises in a completed state

of construction, alteration or repair, as the case may be, and for added administrative

and inspection costs to the University on account of the delay provided, however,

that the liquidated damages provided for herein shall be in addition to other

consequential losses or damages that the University may incur by reason of such

delay such as, but not limited to, added costs of the project and the cost of furnishing

temporary services, if any. The University, from any monies due or to become due

to the contractor, may deduct any such items for which the contractor is liable.

8.6.2 The contractor agrees that said work should be prosecuted regularly, diligently and

uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within

the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the

contractor and the University that the time for the completion of the work herein is a

reasonable time for the completion of same, taking into consideration the average

climatic range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. If the contractor

shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified then

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

the contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding this

contract, to pay the University the amount referred to in paragraph 8.6.1. Liquidated

damages but not as a penalty.

8.6.3 The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the contractor and the

University because of the impracticality and the extreme difficulty of fixing and

ascertaining of the actual damages the University would sustain in such event and

said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the University would

sustain.

8.6.4 It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this

contract and of the specifications wherein a definite and certain length of time is fixed

for the performance of any act whatsoever.

8.6.5 The contractor's reasons for the time extension are listed below. Also the contractor

shall not be charged with liquidated damages when the delay in the completion of

the work is due to the following:

a) to any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the government b) to unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence

of the contractor restricted to, acts of God except inclement weather or of the

public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, freight

embargoes; and

c) to any delays of sub-contractors or suppliers occasioned by any of the causes

specified in sub-sections (a) and (b) of this paragraph.

8.6.6 Delete

8.6.7 Payment of liquidated damages will not release Contractor from liability

for damages sustained by other contractors as set forth in Section 8.4

hereto.

8.6.8 The University shall have the right to defer the beginning or to suspend the whole or

any part of the work herein contracted to be done whenever, in the opinion of the

contracting officer, it may be necessary or expedient for the University to do so.

8.6.9 The contractor shall not be entitled to any damages or extra compensation from the

University on account of any work performed by the University, any other contractor,

the Architect/Engineer, any other party or by reason of any delays whatsoever

whether caused by the University or any other party including, but not limited to, the

delays mentioned in this contract.

8.7 TIME OF COMPLETION – DELAY – OTHER COSTS

8.7.1 In the event of the failure of the contractor to complete the said work within the time

stated in the Bid Documents the contractor shall be liable to the University for all

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

professional fees (i.e. Architect and any other consultants) and associated costs

incurred by Rowan during the delay/extended construction duration. All additional

professional fees will be deducted from the contractor’s contract value via a credit

change order. Professional fees and associated expenses are non-negotiable.

8.7.2 Other costs incurred by Rowan as a result of the contractor’s failure to complete the

said work within the time stated in the Bid Documents are not independent of any

liquidated damages outlined within section 8.6 herein.

8.8 INDEMNIFICATION

8.8.1 The contractor shall assume all risk of and responsibility for and agrees to indemnify,

defend and save harmless the University, the University’s project manager and the

Architect/Engineer, their employees, servants and agents, from and against any and

all claims, demands, suits, actions, recoveries, judgments and costs and expenses

in connection therewith on account of the loss of life, property, injury or damage to

the person, body or property of any person or persons whatsoever resulting from the

performance of the project or through the negligence of the contractor or any of

his/her subcontractors or through any improper or defective machinery, implements

or appliances used by the contractor or his/her sub-contractors in the project or

through any act or omission on the part of the contractor of his/her sub-contracts or

his/her agents, employees or servants which shall arise from or result directly or

indirectly from the work and/or materials supplied under this contract. This

indemnification obligation is not limited by but is in addition to the insurance

obligations contained in this agreement.

8.8.2 In any and all claims against the University, the Architect/Engineer or any of their

agents or employees by any employees of the contractor, any sub-contractor, anyone

directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them

may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Article shall not be limited in

any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by

or for the contractor or any sub-contractor under worker's or workman's

compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

8.9 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

8.9.1 The contract time shall commence on the date of receipt by the contractor of a written

notice to proceed and/or University purchase order and/or fully executed University

contract issued by the contracting officer. The above document(s) shall be promptly

issued by the University. The contractor agrees that contract work shall commence

no later than ten (10) calendar days after receipt of at least one of the documents

listed above in this Section 8.9.1.

8.9.2 Provided the contract is not terminated pursuant to the paragraph contained within

the Instructions to Bidders entitled "Contracts and Bonds", if, in the opinion of the

contracting officer, the contractor's delay in furnishing financial responsibility and

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

performance or payment bonds causes a delay in the issuance of any of the

documents listed in Section 8.9.1 above, the time to complete the work as specified

in the contract may be reduced to reflect such delay.

8.9.3 The contractor shall perform no work under this contract until the required evidence

of financial responsibility, insurance and bonds has been furnished. Thereafter, work

at other than the contract site may be undertaken. The contractor shall perform no

work at the contract site except pursuant to a fully executed contract and/or purchase

order.

8.9.4 The notice to proceed, contract and/or purchase order may be issued by the

University at its convenience. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional

compensation caused by any delay in issuing the issuance of the above mentioned

documents. The Contractor's sole remedy shall be an extension of the scheduled

final completion date in an amount equal to the length of the delay in issuing the

contract, purchase order and/or Notice to Proceed.

ARTICLE 9 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS

9.1 Deleted

9.1.1 Deleted

9.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE

9.2.1 This Project shall be completed within the specified number of calendar days from

the earlier of the date of the Notice to Proceed, the Purchase Order and/or the

Contract.

9.2.2 The project shall be monitored by detailed scheduling system. This system shall be

the basis for the evaluation of all contractors’ performance.

a) The contractor, upon its completion of a project schedule as defined in this

section, agrees that the project network schedule is the designated plan for

completion of all work in the allotted time and the contractor will assume full

responsibility for the prosecution of the work shown. The University shall indicate

formal acceptance of the contractors schedule by signing the finalized schedule.

b) The contractor shall furnish sufficient labor, materials and equipment to insure

the prosecution of the work in accordance with the approved schedule. If, in the

opinion of the contracting officer and/or the University project manager, the

contractor falls behind the approved schedule, the contractor shall take such

steps as may be necessary to improve his/her progress and the contracting

officer may require him/her to increase the number of shifts, days of work and/or

the amount of materials and equipment, all without additional cost to the

University and as provided in section 8.5.1.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

9.2.3 Initial Submittal: The initial schedule, which is submitted to the University by the

contractor, shall show a coordinated plan for work for the contractor thereby providing

a common basis of acceptance, understanding and communication.

9.2.4 LEFT BLANK

9.2.5 The schedule shall accurately reflect the manner in which the contractor intends to

proceed with the project and shall incorporate the impact of all delays and change

orders as soon as these factors can be defined. All changes made to the schedule

shall be subject to approval by the University. If the contractor desires to revise the

logic of the approved schedule so as to reflect a sequence of construction, which

differed from that, originally agreed to, he/she must first obtain the approval of the

University. If this change extends the completion date of the project or delays the

work of other trades, the contractor agrees that these impacts and all associated

costs will be considered a claim to be assessed against the contractor and will not be

the basis for a project time extension.

9.2.6 Payments to the Contractor:

a) The submission of the computer produced calendar dated schedule shall be an

integral part and basic element of the estimate upon which progress payments

shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Article 10. The contractor shall be

entitled to progress payments only upon receipt by the University of an updated

computer produced calendar dated scheduled as outlined in the contract

documents.

b) Wherever required by the University’s project manager, the contractor shall

provide sufficient documentation to confirm reported progress for any costed

items appearing in the scheduling and requisition system; i.e., bills of lading for

delivered materials and equipment, etc.

c) Payment to the contractor shall be dependent upon the contractor furnishing all

of the information and data which, in the judgment of the University, is necessary

to ascertain actual progress and all the information and data necessary to

prepare any necessary revision to the computer produced calendar dated

schedule and the network arrow diagram. The University's determination that the

contractor has failed or refused to furnish the required information and data shall

constitute a basis for withholding payment until the required information and data

is furnished and the schedule and/or diagram is prepared or revised on the basis

of such information and data.

9.2.7 Deleted

9.2.8 LEFT BLANK

9.2.9 The contractor acknowledges and agrees that the evaluation of project delay will be

based upon the project schedule and the following criteria:

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

a) float time shown on the schedule is not for the exclusive use of either the

contractor or the University. It is agreed that float time is available for use by all

parties to facilitate the effective use of available resources and to minimize the

impact of problems or change orders which may arise during construction. The

contractor specifically agrees that the University or its representatives or

consultants in conjunction with their review activities or to resolve project

problems may use float time. The contractor agrees that there will be no basis

for a project time extension as a result of any project problem, change order or

delay which only results in the loss of available positive float on the project

schedule. The contractor further agrees that there will be no basis for a claim for

cost escalation for any activity which is completed on or before its initially

required late end date as shown on the initially approved schedule regardless of

the justification or any delaying factors which might have results in elimination of

float which was originally available for the activity. If the contractor refuses to

perform work which is available to them, the University’s project manager or

contracting officer may, regardless of the float shown to be available for the

work, consider the contractor to be in violation of the contract documents. In

such instances, the contracting officer may, without prejudice to any right or

remedy and after giving the contractor and his/her surety three (3) working days

written notice to forthwith commence and continue with the work with diligence

and promptness, terminate the employment of the contractor by the issuance of

a written notice to that effect to the contractor and his/her surety at any time

subsequent to three (3) working days thereafter should they or either of them fail

to comply with the directive of the original three (3) day notice mentioned above.

9.2.10 The final coordinated schedule shall be signed and dated by all Contractors and

shall become part of the Contract Documents.

9.3 Each Contractor agrees that they will make no claim for, and have no right to, additional

payment or extension of time for completion of the Work, or any other concession

because of any misinterpretation or misunderstanding on its part of the Project Schedule,

its failure to attend the pre- bid conference, or because of any failure on its part to fully

acquaint itself with all conditions relating to the Project Schedule and the manner in which

it will be used on the project or because of any other Contractor's failure to participate

properly in the development of a schedule or to perform its contract in accordance with

the schedule.

ARTICLE 10 - PAYMENTS

10.1 THE UNIVERSITY SHALL PAY THE CONTRACTOR THE CONTRACT PRICE AS

HEREINAFTER PROVIDED

10.1.1 The University will make progress payments monthly as the work proceeds or at more

frequent intervals as determined by the contracting officer on estimates approved by

the contracting officer. Unless otherwise directed, the contractor shall furnish to the

University’s project manager within two (2) weeks after a notice to proceed is issued

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

to the contractor, a schedule of values for contract payments regarding labor and

material breakdown of the total contract price showing the amount included therein for

each principal category of the work in such detail as requested by the University. This

schedule of values shall provide the basis for determining progress payments. The

schedule, as approved, shall be used only as a basis for the contractor's estimates for

progress payments and approval by the contracting officer does not constitute

acceptance of the allocability of costs to a specific element of work. The contractor is

cautioned that no payment requests shall be approved until the contracting officer or

his/her University’s project manager has approved the schedule of values in writing.

The contractor shall use the attachment to the G702 application for payment form.

10.1.2 LEFT BLANK

10.1.3 All material and work covered by progress payments made shall thereupon become

the sole property of the University but this provision shall not be construed as relieving

the contractor from the sole responsibility for the care and protection of all materials

and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged

work or as waiving the right of the University to require the fulfillment of all of the terms

and conditions of the contract.

10.1.4 If performance or payment bonds are required under this contract, the University shall

pay the total premiums paid by the contractor to obtain the bonds to the contractor.

This payment shall be paid at one time to the contractor together with the first

progress payment unless otherwise due after the contractor has (1) furnish the

bonds, including co-insurance and reinsurance agreements when applicable, (2)

furnished evidence satisfactory to the University (such evidence being in the form of

a receipt from the bonding company) of full payment to the surety company and (3)

submitted a request for such payment. The payment by the University of the bond

premiums to the contractor shall not be made as increments of the individual progress

payments and shall be in addition to the contract price.

10.1.5 In addition to other warranties required by provisions of the contract and

specifications, the contractor warrants that title to all work, materials and equipment

covered by an application for payment will pass to the University, either upon

incorporation into the construction or upon receipt of payment by the contractor,

whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and

encumbrances. This provision shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from

sole responsibility for the care and protection of materials and work upon which

payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work or as a waiver

by the University of its rights to require fulfillment of all terms of the contract.

10.1.6 Recommendation for approval of a requisition for payment will constitute a

representation by the University’s project manager and/or the Architect/Engineer to

the contracting officer based on his/her inspections at the site and data contained in

the requisition for payment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that,

to the best of his/her knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the work is in

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

accordance with the contract documents and that the contractor is entitled to payment

in the amount certified. By recommending approval of a requisition for payment,

however, the University’s project manager and/or Architect/Engineer shall not thereby

be deemed to represent that he/she has made exhaustive or continuous on-site

inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that he/she has reviewed

the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures or that

he/she has made any examination to ascertain how and for what purpose the

contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the contract sum.

10.1.7 If any corporation licensed to do business in New Jersey shall be or become

delinquent in the payment of taxes due the State, unless under an active appeal

process, the contracting officer may withhold monies due to the said corporation for

the purpose of assuring the payment to the State of such taxes.

10.2 INVOICES

10.2.1 LEFT BLANK

10.2.2 LEFT BLANK

10.2.3 LEFT BLANK

10.2.4 For the purpose of determining if interest begins to accrues under the State's

Prompt Payment Act:

a) A proper invoice will be deemed to have been received when it is received in the

proper form and with all required attachments by the office designated for receipt

of invoices and acceptance of the supplies delivered or services rendered has

occurred.

b) Payment shall be considered made on the date on which a check for such

payment is dated.

c) Payment terms; i.e., "net 20"; offered by the contractor will not be deemed a

"required payment date."

d) The following period of time will not be included: 1) After receipt of an improper invoice and prior to notice of any defect or

impropriety but not to exceed sixty (60) calendar days;

2) Between the date of a notice of any defect or impropriety and the date a

proper invoice is received; when the notice is in writing, it shall be considered

made on the date shown on the notice.

10.3 INTEREST

10.3.1 Interest shall be paid on the amount due to the contractor pursuant to a properly

executed State invoice in reference to Supplemental General Condition 10.2 if the

required payment is not made on or before the required payment date.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

10.3.2 Payment shall be made in accordance N.J.S.A. 2A:30A-2. As set forth in N.J.S.A.

2A:30A-2(a), all payments must be approved by the board of trustees, which

convenes on a quarterly basis.

10.3.3 Interest on amounts due shall be paid to the contractor for the period beginning on

the day after the required payment date and ending on the date on which the check

for payment is drawn.

10.3.4 If payment is not timely made under NJSA 2A:30A-2(c) Owner shall be liable for the amount of money owed under the contract plus interest at the rate equal to the prime rate plus 1%.

10.3.5 Interest may be paid by separate payment to the contractor but shall be paid within thirty (30) calendar days of payment of the original invoice.

10.3.6 The State Treasurer shall have the right to waive the interest payment for

delinquencies due to circumstances beyond the control of the contracting officer or

other State or University representatives involved in the processing of contractor

invoices including, but not limited to, strikes and natural disasters.

10.3.7 Nothing in this provision nor the New Jersey Prompt Payment Act shall be construed

as permitting the accrual of prejudgment interest in the case of a disputed contract

for which a notice of claim has been filed pursuant to N.J.S.A. 59:13-3 et.seq. as

provided in N.J.S.A. 59:13-8.

10.4 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT FOR NON-DELIVERY OF DATA:

(a) If technical data, such as "as-built" drawings, reports, spare parts lists, repair

parts lists or the like or instruction books including operational and maintenance

manuals or any part thereof are not delivered within the time specified by this

contract or are deficient upon delivery, the contracting officer shall withhold from

each invoice a percentage in addition to any other retainage required by the

contract or the contract price in accordance with the following table

When Total Contract Price Is: Percentage to be Withheld Is: Less than $250,000 10% $250,000 to $1,000,000 5% Over $1,000,000 2%

(b) The withholding of any sums pursuant to this section shall not be construed as

or constitute in any manner a waiver by the University of the contractor's

obligation to furnish the data required under this contract. In the event the

contractor fails to furnish these items, the University shall have those rights and

remedies provided by law and pursuant to this contract in addition to and not in

lieu of the sums withheld in accordance with this section.

10.5 FINAL PAYMENT

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

10.5.1 LEFT BLANK.

10.5.2 LEFT BLANK

10.5.3 LEFT BLANK

ARTICLE 11 - UNCOVERING AND INSPECTION OF WORK

11.1 UNCOVERING AND INSPECTION OF WORK

11.1.1 If any portion of the work is covered prior to inspection conducted by the contracting

officer or the University’s project manager or Architect/Engineer or any other person,

it shall be uncovered for observation. Uncovering and replacement of covering shall

be at the installation contractor's expense. The contractor is obligated to advise the

contracting officer and the University’s project manager of all work scheduled to be

covered which is reasonably subject to prior inspection before actual covering.

11.2 CORRECTION OF WORK

11.2.1 The contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the contracting officer the

University’s project manager or the Architect/Engineer as defective or as failing to

conform to the contract documents whether observed before or after final

acceptance and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The contractor

shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected work including the University’s project

manager's or Architect's/Engineer's additional services, if any.

11.2.2 The contractor shall remove from the site all portions of the work, which are defective,

or nonconforming and which have not been corrected unless the contracting officer

waives removal.

11.2.3 If the contractor does not proceed with the correction of such defective or non-

conforming work within a reasonably time, fixed by written notice from the contracting

officer, University’s project manager or the Architect/Engineer. The contracting

officer may make arrangements for such correction by others and charge the cost

of doing so to the contractor and/or his/her sureties. The contracting officer may also

remove the defective or non-conforming work and may store the materials or

equipment at the expense of the contractor. If the contractor does not pay for the

cost of such removal and storage within ten (10) additional days written notice, the

contracting officer shall sell such material and equipment at auction or at private

sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof after deducting all of the costs

which are the responsibility of the contractor including compensation for the

University’s project manager or Architect's/Engineer's additional services, if any. If

such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs, which the contractor should have borne,

the difference shall be charged to the contractor and an appropriate credit change

order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the contractor are not

sufficient to cover such amount, the contractor and/or his/her surety shall pay the

difference to the University.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

11.2.4 The contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of making good all work

destroyed or damaged by such correction or removal.

11.2.5 Nothing contained herein shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with

respect to any other obligation, which the contractor might have under the contract

documents.

11.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING WORK

11.3.1 If the contracting officer determines that the best interests of the University will be

served by accepting defective or non-conforming work, he/she may do so instead of

requiring its removal and correction. In such instance, a change order will be issued

to reflect an appropriate and equitable reduction in the contract sum. Such

adjustment shall be effected regardless of final payment having been previously

made and the contractor and/or his/her surety shall be responsible for promptly

providing any funds due the University as a result thereof.

ARTICLE 12 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

12.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS

12.1.1 The contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all

safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. He/she shall designate

a responsible member of his/her organization at the site whose duty shall be the

prevention of accidents. This person shall be the contractor's superintendent unless

otherwise designated by the contractor in writing to the University and the University’s

project manager.

12.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

12.2.1 The contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinance,

rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of

persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss, including but not

limited to OSHA.

12.2.2 The contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide

all necessary protection to prevent damage, injury and loss to:

(a) Every employee on the work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; (b) All the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein

whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of

the contractor or any of his/her sub-contractors or sub-sub-contractors.;

(c) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns,

walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designed for

removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

12.2.3 As required by existing conditions and progress of work, the contractor shall erect

and maintain all necessary safeguards for safety and protection, including but not

limited to rails, night lights, the posting of danger signs and other warnings against

hazards, promulgating safety regulations, notifying owners and users of adjacent

utilities and other means of protection against accidental injury or damage to persons

and property.

12.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is

necessary for the execution of the work, the contractor shall exercise the utmost care

and shall only carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified

personnel.

12.2.5 The contractor shall not load or permit any part of the work to be loaded so as to

endanger the work or any person.

12.2.6 The contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss to any property caused in

whole or in part by the contractor, any of his/her sub-contractors, sub-sub-contractors

or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of these or by anyone for whose acts

any of them may be liable and for which the contractor is responsible except damage

or loss attributable solely to the acts or omissions of the University, the

Architect/Engineer or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them or by

anyone of whose acts either of them may be liable and not attributable to the fault or

negligence of the contractor. The foregoing obligations of the contractor are in addition

to his/her obligations stated elsewhere herein.

12.2.7 The contractor shall provide and maintain in good operating condition suitable and

adequate fire protection equipment and services and shall comply with all reasonable

recommendations regarding fire protection made by the representatives of the

property insurance company carrying insurance on the work or by the local fire chief

or fire marshal and other entity with jurisdiction over the site. The area within the site

limits and surrounding areas shall be kept orderly and clean and all combustible and

other rubbish shall be promptly removed from the site.

12.2.8 At all times, the contractor shall protect excavations, trenches, buildings and materials

from rain water, ground water, back-up or leakage of sewers, drains and other piping

and from water of any other origin and shall promptly remove any accumulation of

water. The contractor shall provide and operate all pumps, piping and other

equipment necessary to this end.

12.2.9 The contractor shall remove snow and ice, which might result in damage or delay.

12.2.10 In the event that contractor fails to comply with the provisions of the Section 12.2, the

University may withhold from each invoice a percentage in addition to any other

retainage required by the contract or the contract price in accordance with the

following table:

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

When Total Contract Price Is: Percentage to be Withheld Is: Less than $250,000 10% $250,000 to $1,000,000 7% Over $1,000,000 5%

The withholding of any sums pursuant to this section shall not be construed as or

constitute in any manner a waiver by the University of the contractor's obligation to

comply with the provisions of this Section 12.2. In the event the contractor fails to

comply with the provisions of this Section 12.2, the University shall have those rights

and remedies provided by law and pursuant to this contract in addition to and not in

lieu of the sums withheld in accordance with this section.

12.3 EMERGENCIES

12.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the contractor shall act

with diligence at his/her discretion to prevent threatening injury, damage or loss. In

such case, he/she shall immediately notify those individuals or entities designated at

the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor shall immediately thereafter notify the

contracting officer through the University’s project manager of the action taken and

shall forthwith prepare and submit a detailed and documented report of the

occurrence and all actions taken in response thereto.

ARTICLE 13 - INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

13.1 CONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

13.1.1 The Contractor shall secure and maintain in force for the term of the Contract,

insurance coverage provided herein. All insurance coverage is subject to the

approval of the University and shall be issued by an insurance company

authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey and which maintains an

A.M. Best rating of A- (VII) or better.

13.1.2 The Contractor shall provide the University with current Certificates of Insurance

for all coverage and renewals thereof which must contain the provision that the

insurance provided in the certificate shall not be canceled for any reason except

after thirty (30) days written notice to the University. All insurance required herein

shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of the University. All insurance

required herein, except Workers' Compensation and Owners and Contractors

Protective, shall name ROWAN University, the State of New Jersey, the

architect/engineer and University’s Project Manager as additional insureds.

13.1.2 Commercial General Liability insurance written on an occurrence form including

independent contractor liability, products/completed operations liability, contractual

liability, covering but not limited to the liability assumed under the indemnification

provisions of this contract. Coverage for bodily injury and property damage claims

arising out of the professional acts of the general contractor and subcontractors

shall also be included. The policy shall not include any endorsement that restricts

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

or reduces coverage as provided by the ISO CG0001 form without the approval of

the University. The minimum limits of liability shall not be less than a combined

single limit of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars

($2,000,000) general aggregate, three million dollars ($3,000,000)

product/completed operations aggregate. The Products and Completed Operations

insurance shall be maintained for two (2) years after final payment. A “per project

endorsement” shall be included, so that the general aggregate limit applies solely

to the project that is the subject of this contract.

13.1.3 Comprehensive Automobile Liability covering owned, non-owned, and hired

vehicles. The limits of liability shall not be less than a combined single limit of one

million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence.

13.1.4 Worker's Compensation Insurance applicable to the laws of the State of New

Jersey and other State or Federal jurisdiction required to protect the employees

of the Contractor and any Subcontractor who will be engaged in the

performance of this Contract. The certificate must so indicate that no proprietor,

partner, executive officer or member is excluded. This insurance shall include

Employers' Liability Protection with a limit of liability not less than one million dollars

($1,000,000) bodily injury, each occurrence, one million dollars ($1,000,000)

disease, each employer, and two million dollars ($2,000,000) disease, aggregate

limit. Including the employer’s liability insurance under the umbrella insurance can

satisfy the limit requirements.

13.1.5 The Contractor shall obtain and maintain a separate Owners and Contractor's

Protective Liability Insurance Policy for the same limits of liability as specified for

the Commercial General Liability Insurance in the name of the University, the State

of New Jersey. The Architect/Engineer, and the University’s Project Manager are to

be the named as additional insured. The policy shall be maintained in force for the

term of the Project or one year, whichever is longer.

13.1.6 Excess Liability, umbrella insurance form, applying excess of primary to the

commercial general liability, commercial automobile liability and employer’s liability

insurance shall be provided with minimum limits of three million dollars

($3,000,000) per occurrence, three million dollars ($3,000,000) general aggregate,

and three million dollars ($3,000,000) products/completed operations.

13.1.6.1 The General Liability insurance General Aggregate and Umbrella Excess Liability

limits shall apply and be written exclusively, in total, to this Project only. A per

project endorsement for all coverage’s and limits must be included in each policy.

a) Bodily injury and property damage insurance policies shall be so

written as to provide coverage for special hazards where such

hazards will be incidental to subcontractors’ work.

13.1.7 The contractor shall require all its subcontractors and sub-subcontractors and any

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

other company employed by the contractor working on this project to maintain during

the life of the contract agreement(s) between itself and its sub-contractors, along with

agreements between its subcontractors and their subcontractors, until final

acceptance of the work by the University the insurance limits and requirements as

defined above. It is a contractor option to determine the amount of excess liability it

will require its subcontractors to carry however all insurance shall be written on

a “per project” basis. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining certificates

of insurance from all of its subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, etc. for all coverage

and renewals thereof for each company either hired directly by the contractor or

hired by the contractors subcontractors working on this project prior to each

company beginning work on the project. The contractor shall provide copies of all

subcontractor certificates of insurance to the University.

a) ALL SUBCONTRACTOR CERTIFICATES MUST BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO

THE START OF WORK ON THE SITE.

13.1.8 Prior to commencement of construction, the contractor shall provide four (4) certified

copies of such insurance policy or certificate of such insurance to be delivered to the

University’s project manager and the University.

13.1.9 Should the contractor fail to comply with all insurance requirements indicated in the

contract documents and provide satisfactory evidence of such compliance to the

University within seven (7) calendar days of the issuance of a Notice to Proceed,

contract and/or receipt by the contractor of a University purchase order on this project

from the University, the contracting officer will consider the contractor to be in

violation of the contract documents. Upon such declaration of a breach of contract,

the contracting officer through the University’s project manager without prejudice to

any other right or remedy available to the University and after giving the contractor

and/or its surety three (3) working days written notice can either terminate the

employment of the contractor for this project or purchase the required insurance. If

the University chooses to purchase the required insurance it will deduct the cost of

said insurance from the contact amount agreed upon with the contractor. Under

either option selected by the University the contractor will have no recourse against

the University.

13.2 INSURANCE TO BE CARRIED BY THEUNIVERSITY

13.2.1 The University shall provide insurance protection in the form of a Builders Risk

Insurance or similar Policy upon the structure for which the Work on this Contract

is to be done. The structure will be insured for 100% of the insurable replacement

value thereof including materials, owned by the University, in place or to be used

as part of the permanent construction including surplus materials. Should the

structure be damaged or destroyed as a result of the contractors’ negligence the

University will subrogate against the contractor for the cost to repair or replace the

damage to bring the structure back to the condition intended under this contract.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

13.2.2 This insurance shall not protect against damage or loss to any of the Contractor's

or sub-contractor's property including but not limited to tools, equipment,

scaffolding, staging towers or forms, Contractor's materials and sheds or other

temporary structures erected for used by the Contractor or Subcontractors. It is

understood that the Contractor will at their own expense, carry all insurance which

may be required to provide the necessary protection against such loss or damage

herein described which insurance shall contain a waiver of any right of subrogation

against the University.

13.2.3 The insurance procured by the University under this paragraph may provide for a

deductible. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for any deductible for

any builder’s risk loss it may make claim for under this policy.

13.2.4 The Contractor shall immediately notify the University, in writing and take any other

appropriate steps as may be required under the standard Builder's Risk Insurance

Policy in effect in the event of any loss. Prior to the acceptance of the building by

the University, the Contractor shall, at the University's option, replace and repair

the damaged Work as originally provided in the drawings and specifications at no

additional compensation to that provided in the original contract.

13.2.5 All losses will be adjusted with, and payable to, the University.

13.2.6 The Contractor shall not include any cost for Builders Risk insurance premiums as

described herein. However, this provision shall not relieve the Contractor from their

obligation to complete, according to plans and specifications, the project covered by

the contract, and the Contractor and their Surety shall be obligated to full

performance of the Contractor's undertaking.

ARTICLE 14 - CHANGES IN THE WORK

14.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK

14.1.1 Changes to this Contract may only be accomplished by a Change Order issued in

accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 14 and Division 1 of the

Specifications. The Change Order may result in an increase, decrease or have no

effect upon the Contract Price only. The contract time cannot and will not be adjusted

for any reason.

14.1.2 LEFT BLANK

14.1.3 Change Orders shall include all impacts that the change to the work may have upon

the performance of the job and shall resolve all issues between the parties related,

either directly or indirectly, to the change. By executing the Change Order, the

Contractor waives the right to assert any future claims of any kind caused in whole

or in part by the change.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

14.2 OWNER DIRECTED CHANGES

14.2.1 At any time after execution of this contract by all parties the contracting officer may

make any change in the work within the general scope of the contract including, but

limited to, changes as follows:

a) in the specifications, including drawings and designs; b) in the method or manner of performance of the work; c) in the University furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services or site; d) directing acceleration in the performance of the work.

14.2.2 LEFT BLANK

14.3 LEFT BLANK

14.3.1 LEFT BLANK

14.4 FAILURE TO PROVIDE NOTIFICATION

14.4.1 In the event that the Contractor fails to provide the immediate notification to the

University’s project manager and/or to complete the "Change Order Request"

pursuant to and as specified elsewhere in the contract documents with the supporting

documentation as set forth in the Specifications, the Contractor shall have waived

any and all claims for additional compensation related to said changes or conditions

encountered.

14.5 LEFT BLANK

14.5.1 LEFT BLANK

14.5.2 LEFT BLANK

14.5.3 In the event that the parties cannot agree to a lump sum amount for a Change Order,

the University’s contracting officer shall be permitted to order the Contractor to

completed the work covered by the Change Order on a time and material basis,

under procedures established by the University’s project manager to ensure the

proper accounting of direct labor and direct material costs. The Contractor shall be

allowed the same allowance for overhead and profit as set forth in the contract

documents.

14.6 LEFT BLANK

14.6.1 LEFT BLANK

14.6.2 LEFT BLANK

14.7 CONTINUATION OF THE WORK

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

14.7.1 In order to avoid delays in the progress of work or when, in the best interest of the

University, the contracting officer may, at his/her discretion, direct the contractor in

writing to proceed with a change without a prior or final agreement on costs and/or

scope of work. Such direction shall be in the form of an unpriced Change Order or

written direction. If the contractor has or intends to assert a request for additional

compensation under this article, he/she shall turn over to the University’s project

manager in sufficient detail and in accordance with all contract document

requirements hereof all necessary information and costs as required by the

contacting officer after receipt of an unpriced change order or written direction.

14.7.2 Where the cost of property made obsolete or excess as a result of a change is

included in the contractor's request for adjustment, the contracting officer shall have

the right to prescribe the manner of deposition of such property.

ARTICLE 15 - ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CLAIM(S)

15.1 ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CLAIM(S)

15.1.1 The contractor recognizes that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting

from antitrust violations are, in fact, usually borne by the ultimate purchaser.

Therefore, and as a consideration for executing this contract, the contractor, acting

herein by and through its duly authorized agent, hereby conveys, sells, assigns and

transfers to the University all right, title and interest to all claims and causes of action

it may now of hereafter acquire under the antitrust laws of the United States or the

State of New Jersey relating to the particular goods or services purchased or acquired

by the University pursuant to this contract.

In connection with this agreement, the following are the express obligations of the contractor:

a) it will take no action, which will in any way diminish the value of the rights

conveyed or assigned hereunder.

b) it will advise the University: (1) in advance of its intention to commence any action on its own behalf

regarding such claim or cause(s) of action.

(2) immediately upon becoming aware of the fact that action has been

commenced on its behalf by some other person(s) of the pendency of such

action.

c) it will notify the defendants in any antitrust suit of the fact of the within

assignment at the earliest practicable opportunity after the contractor has

initiated an action on its behalf or becomes aware that such an action has been

filed on his/her behalf by any other person; a copy of such notice will be sent to

the University.

Furthermore, it is understood and agreed that in the event any payment under any

such claim or cause of action is made to the contractor, it shall promptly pay over to

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

SECTION II


Bunce Hall

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

the University the aliquot share thereof, if any, assigned to the University herein.

ARTICLE 16 - AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS

16.1 POLICY STATEMENT

It has long been the policy of the University to promote equal employment opportunity by

prohibiting discrimination in employment and requiring affirmative action in the performance

of contracts funded by the University. This policy has been reinforced and expended by an

act of the legislature. P.L. 1975, c. 127 provides that no public works contractor can be

awarded nor any monies paid until the prospective contractor has agreed to contract

performance, which complies with the approved affirmative action plan. The law applies to

each political subdivision and agency of the State and includes procurement and service

contracts as well as construction contracts. This section was prepared to explain the

affirmative action requirements and procedures for public agencies awarding contracts and

for contractors bidding on contracts. To assure effective implementation of the affirmative

action law while allowing the business operations of a government to proceed efficiently, these

regulations are designed to minimize administrative paperwork and delays.

END OF SECTION II

BID FORMS

SAMPLE PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT

5/9/2019

1

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT FOR RENOVATIONS OF BUNCE HALL AT ROWAN

UNIVERSITY

ARTICLE 1 - PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, Rowan University (“University”) is undertaking a large scale renovation project

of Bunce Hall (“Project”) to be constructed on the Rowan University Campus in the Borough of

Glassboro, NJ, (Project Site); and

WHEREAS, the Rowan desires to provide for the efficient, safe, quality, and timely

completion of the Project; and

WHEREAS, this Project Labor Agreement will foster the achievement of these goals, inter

alia by:

the Project;

(1) ensuring a reliable source of skilled and experienced labor;

(2) standardizing the terms and conditions governing the employment of labor on

(3) permitting wide flexibility in work scheduling and shift hours and times; from

those which otherwise might obtain;

(4) receiving negotiated adjustments as to work rules and staffing requirements

from those which otherwise might obtain;

(5) providing comprehensive and standardized mechanisms for the settlement of

work disputes, including those relating to jurisdiction;

(6) avoiding the costly delays of potential strikes, slowdowns, walkouts, picketing

and other disruptions arising from work disputes, and promote labor harmony and peace for the

duration of the Project.

(7) furthering public policy objectives as to improved employment opportunities for

minorities, women and the economically disadvantaged in the construction industry;

(8) expediting the construction process;

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

2

WHEREAS, the signatory Unions desire the stability, security and work opportunities afforded

by a Project Labor Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to maximize Project safety conditions for both workers and the

public,

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties enter into this Agreement:

SECTION 1. PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT

This is a Project Labor Agreement ("Agreement") entered into by and between the University

and its successors and assigns, Contractors to be named for certain construction work to be performed

on the Project in the State of New Jersey (such Contractors joining by Letters of Assent in the form of

Schedule B attached), and by the United Building Trades Council of Southern New Jersey, AFL-CIO,

on behalf of itself and its affiliates and members.

ARTICLE 2 - GENERAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

Throughout this Agreement, the Union party and the United Building Trades Council of

Southern New Jersey, AFL-CIO are referred to singularly and collectively as the (“Union(s)") where

specific reference is made to "Local Unions" that phrase is sometimes used; the term ("Contractor(s)")

shall include all signatory Contractors, and their subcontractors of whatever tier, engaged in on-site

Project construction work within the scope of this Agreement as defined in Article 3; Rowan

University is referenced as (“University”) or (“Owner”); the term “Construction Project Manager”

refers to New Road Construction Management. which has been engaged by the University to act on its

behalf in connection with the Project Contract Documents and this Agreement; the United

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

3

Building Trades Council of Southern New Jersey, AFL-CIO is referenced as the (“BTC”), and the

work covered by this Agreement (as defined in Article 3) is referred to as the ("Project").

SECTION 2. CONDITIONS FOR AGREEMENT TO BECOME EFFECTIVE

The Agreement shall not become effective unless executed by the BTC, Unions and the

University , and will remain in effect until the completion of the Project.

SECTION 3. ENTITIES BOUND & ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall be binding on all signatory Unions, the University and all signatory

Contractors performing on-site Project work, including site preparation and staging areas, as defined in

Article 3. The Contractors shall include in any subcontract that they let, for performance during the

term of this Agreement, a requirement that their subcontractors, of whatever tier, become signatory and

bound by this Agreement with respect to subcontracted work performed within the scope of Article 3.

SECTION 4. SUPREMACY CLAUSE

This Agreement, together with the local Collective Bargaining Agreements appended hereto as

Schedule A represents the complete understanding of all signatories and supersedes any national

agreement, local agreement or other collective bargaining agreement of any type which would

otherwise apply to this Project, in whole or in part. Where a subject covered by the provisions, explicit

or implicit, of this Agreement is also covered by a Schedule A, the provisions of this Agreement shall

prevail. It is further understood that no Contractors shall be required to sign any other agreement

related to the subject matter of this agreement as a condition of performing work on this Project. No

practice, understanding or agreement between a Contractor and Local Union, which is not explicitly set

forth in this Agreement, shall be binding on this Project.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

4

SECTION 5. LIABILITY

The liability of any Contractor and the liability of any Union under this Agreement shall be

several and not joint. The Owner, the Construction Project Manager, any other Project Consultant

engaged by the Owner, and any Contractor shall not be liable for any violations of this Agreement by

any other Contractor. Further, the BTC and the Local Unions shall not be liable for any violations of

this Agreement by any other Union.

SECTION 6. AWARD OF CONTRACTS AND SUSPENSION OF WORK

The University shall require in its bid specifications for all work within the scope of Article 3

that all successful bidders, and their subcontractors of whatever tier, become bound by, and signatory

to, this Agreement. It is understood that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as limiting the

sole discretion of the University in determining which Contractors shall be awarded contracts for

Project work. It is further understood that the University has sole discretion at any time to terminate,

delay or suspend the work, in whole or part, on this Project.

SECTION 7. AVAILABILITY AND APPLICABILITY TO ALL SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS

The Unions agree that this Agreement will be made available to, and will fully apply to any

successful bidder for Project work who becomes signatory thereto, without regard to whether that

successful bidder performs work at other sites on either a union or non-union basis and without regard

to whether employees of such successful bidder are, or are not, members of any unions. This

Agreement shall not apply to the work of any Contractor which is performed at any location other than

the Project site, as defined in Article 3, Section 1.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

5

ARTICLE 3 - SCOPE OF THE AGREEMENT

The Project work covered by this Agreement shall be as defined and limited by the following

sections of this Article.

SECTION 1. THE WORK

This Agreement shall only apply to the following construction conducted at the Project Site in

the Borough of Glassboro , County of Gloucester, in the State of New Jersey:

Project Description:

Bunce Hall Renovations

The Bunce Hall Renovation scope of work is identified as an alteration per the rehab code. The

renovation scope of work includes altering existing office and classroom spaces into new offices spaces, adding

additional A-3 assembly spaces and the replacement of existing cooling tower servicing the south campus

chilled water plant. The scope of work entails removal of existing wall between the corridor and exterior walls

and installation of new partitions for the office space as well as 2 new presentations rooms on the Second level

of Bunce Hall. New lighting will replace existing lighting. The sprinkler system will be extended from the first

level one up into the new area of work on the second and third levels. Four-(4) of the existing AHU’s in the

attic space will be replaced in kind and new branch ductwork from the existing main ductwork will be installed.

The Bunce Hall building is of type IIIB construction and mixed-use group A-3 and B. The Building is 3 stories

high, 42 feet tall and is 81,103 gross square feet.of public and collaboration spaces, and administrative

offices. The building is a steel framed structure, type IIA non- combustible construction, and fully-

sprinklered. The building occupancy is B and A-3, non-separated mixed use. The building materials

palette is brick masonry, metal panel, and curtain wall systems.

well as the health and well-being of the campus community at large.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

6

SECTION 2. EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES

The following persons are not subject to the provisions of this Agreement, even though

performing work on the Project:

A. Superintendents, supervisors (excluding superintendents and general supervisors

and forepersons specifically covered by a craft's Schedule A), engineers, inspectors and testers

(excluding divers specifically covered by a craft’s Schedule A), quality control/assurance personnel,

timekeepers, mail carriers, clerks, office workers, messengers, guards, non-manual employees, and all

professional, engineering, administrative and management persons;

B. Employees of Rowan University, the University or any State agency, University

or entity or employees of any county, municipality or other public employer performing work within

the scope of their ordinary employment, such as installation, programming and managing the

information technology infrastructure and equipment for the new building;

C. Employees and entities engaged in off-site manufacture, modifications, repair,

maintenance, assembly, painting, handling or fabrication of project components, materials, equipment

or machinery, unless such offsite operations are covered by the New Jersey Prevailing Wage Act by

being dedicated exclusively to the performance of the public works contract or building project and are

adjacent to the site of work, or involved in deliveries to and from the Project site, excepting local

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

7

deliveries of all major construction materials including fill, ready mix, asphalt and Item 4 which are

covered by this Agreement.

D. It is recognized that specialized or unusual equipment may be installed on the

Project and in such cases, the Union recognizes the right of the Contractor and the Owner to involve

the equipment supplier or vendor’s personnel in supervising the setting of the equipment, making

modifications and final alignment which may be necessary prior to and during the start-up process, in

order to protect factory warranties.

E. Employees of the Contractors, excepting those performing manual, on-site

construction labor who will be covered by this Agreement;

F. Employees engaged in on-site equipment warranty repairs.

G. Employees engaged in geophysical testing (whether land or water) other than

boring for core samples;

H. Employees engaged in laboratory or specialty testing or inspections;

I. Employees of the Construction Project Manager or any Consultant engaged by

Owner, excepting those who are performing manual, on-site construction labor.

J. Employees engaged in ancillary Project work performed by third parties such as

electric utilities, gas utilities, telephone utility companies, and railroads.

SECTION 3. NON-APPLICATION TO CERTAIN ENTITIES

This Agreement shall not apply to the parents, affiliates, subsidiaries, or other joint or sole

ventures of any Contractor which do not perform work at this Project. It is agreed, for the purposes of

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

8

this Agreement only, that this Agreement does not have the effect of creating any joint employment,

single employer or alter ego status among the University , its Construction Project Manager,

Consultants and/or any Contractor. The Agreement shall further not apply to the University , its

construction management firm, or any other state or county agency, University, or other municipal or

public entity, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit or restrict the University or its

employees, or the employees of any other state University, agency,r public entity or Rowan University

from performing on or off-site work related to the Project. As the contracts which comprise the Project

work are completed and accepted, the Agreement shall not have further force or effect on such items or

areas except where inspections, additions, repairs, modifications, check-out and/or warranty work are

assigned in writing (copy to Local Union involved) by any Contractors for performance under the

terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 4. LETTER OF ASSENT

It is agreed that the University shall require all Contractors of whatever tier, who have been

awarded contracts for work covered by this Agreement to accept and be bound by the terms and

conditions of this Agreement by executing the Letter of Assent (Exhibit C) prior to commencing work.

Owner shall not be liable for any violation by any Contractor, unless the Owner directly caused and is

solely responsible for such violation.

SECTION 5. SELF-CONTAINED AGREEMENT

It is understood that this is a self-contained, stand-alone Agreement and that by virtue of having

become bound to this Agreement, neither the University nor any Contractor of whatever tier will be

obligated to sign any other local, area, or national agreement.

SECTION 6. SELECTIONS OF QUALIFIED BIDDERS

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

9

The University has the absolute right to select any qualified bidder for the award of contracts

on this Project without reference to the existence or non-existence of any Agreement between such

bidders and any party to this Agreement; provided, however, only that such bidder is willing, ready,

and able to become a party to and comply with this Agreement, should it be designated the successful

bidder, by executing the Letter of Assent (Exhibit C).

ARTICLE 4 - UNION RECOGNITION AND EMPLOYMENT

SECTION 1. PRE-HIRE RECOGNITION

The Contractors recognize the signatory Unions as the sole and exclusive bargaining

representatives of all craft employees who are performing on-site Project work within the scope of this

Agreement as defined in Article 3.

SECTION 2. UNION REFERRAL

1. The Contractors agree to hire Project, craft employees covered by this

Agreement through the job referral systems and hiring halls (where the referrals meet the qualifications

set forth in items 1,2, and 4 subparagraph B) established in the Local Unions' area collective

bargaining agreements (attached as Schedule A to this Agreement).

Notwithstanding this, the Contractors shall have sole rights to determine the competency of all

referrals; the number of employees required (except with regard to piledriving); the selection of

employees to be laid-off (subject to the applicable procedures in Schedule A for permanent and/or

temporary layoffs and except as provided in Article 5, Section 3); and the sole right to reject any

applicant referred by a Local Union, subject to the show-up payments required in the applicable

Schedule A. In the event that a Local Union is unable to fill any request for qualified employees

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

10

within a 48-hour period after such requisition is made by the Contractor (Saturdays, Sundays, and

holidays excepted), the Contractor may employ qualified applicants from another competent source.

In the event that the Local Union does not have a job referral system, the Contractor shall give the

Local Union first preference to refer applicants, subject to the other provisions of this Article. The

Contractor shall notify the Local Union of the Project, craft employees hired within its jurisdiction

from any source other than referral by the Union.

2. A Contractor may request by name, and the Local will honor, referral of

persons who have applied to the Local for Project work and who meet the following qualifications as

determined by a Committee of 3 designated, respectively, by the applicable Local Union, the Authoirty

and a mutually selected third party or, in the absence of agreement, the permanent arbitrator (or

designee) designated in Article 7:

(1) possess any license required by New Jersey law for the Project work to

be performed;

(2) have worked a total of at least 1000 hours in the Construction craft

during the prior 3 years;

(3) were on the Contractor's active payroll for at least 60 out of the 180

calendar days prior to the contract award;

(4) have demonstrated ability to safely perform the basic function of the

applicable trade.

No more than 12 per centum of the employees covered by this Agreement, per Contractor by

craft, shall be hired through the special provisions above (any fraction shall be rounded to the next

highest whole number).

3. A certified MBE/WBE contractor may request from the Workforce

Coordinator, through the University, an exception to, and waiver of, the above per centum limitation

upon the number of its employees to be hired through the special provision of Section 2.B above. This

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

11

exception is based upon hardship and demonstration by the contractor that the Project work would be

the contractor’s only job and that it would be obliged to lay off qualified minority and female

employees in its current workforce moving from the last job.

The exception and waiver are also conditioned upon the employees meeting the qualifications as set

forth in Section 2.B above.

SECTION 3. NON-DISCRIMINATION IN REFERRALS

The Unions represent that their hiring halls and referral systems will be operated in a non-

discriminatory manner and in full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and

regulations, which require equal employment opportunities. Referrals shall not be affected in any way

by the rules, regulations, bylaws, constitutional provisions or any other aspects or obligations of union

membership, policies or requirements and shall be subject to such other conditions as are established in

this Article. No employment applicant shall be discriminated against by any referral system or hiring

hall because of the applicant's union membership, or lack thereof.

SECTION 4. MINORITY AND FEMALE REFERRALS

In the event a Union either fails, or is unable, to refer qualified minority or female applicants in

percentages equaling Project affirmative action goals as set forth in the University bid specifications,

the Contractor may employ qualified minority or female applicants from any other available source as

Apprentice Equivalents. Apprentice Equivalents will have completed a Department of Labor approved

training program, applied to take a construction Apprenticeship test, and will be paid at not less then

the applicable equivalent Apprentice rate. With the approval of the Local Administrative Committee

(LAC), experience in construction related areas may be accepted as meeting the above requirements.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

12

SECTION 5. CROSS AND QUALIFIED REFERRALS

The Unions shall not knowingly refer to a Contractor an employee then employed by another

Contractor working under this Agreement. The Local Unions will exert their utmost efforts to recruit

sufficient numbers of skilled and qualified craft employees to fulfill the requirements of the

Contractor.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

13

SECTION 6. UNION DUES/WORKING ASSESMENTS

All employees covered by this Agreement shall be subject to the union security provisions

contained in the applicable Schedule A local agreements, as amended from time to time, but only for

the period of time during which they are performing on-site Project work and only to the extent of

rendering payment of the applicable union dues and assessments uniformly required for union

membership in the Local Union, signatory to this Agreement, which represents the craft in which the

employee is performing Project work. No employee shall be discriminated against at the Project site

because of the employee's union membership or lack thereof. In the case of unaffiliated employees,

the dues payment can be received by the Unions as a working assessment fee.

SECTION 7. CRAFT FOREPERSONS AND GENERAL FOREPERSONS

The selection of craft forepersons and/or general forepersons and the number of

forepersons required shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor except where otherwise provided

by specific provisions of an applicable Schedule A. All forepersons shall take orders exclusively from

the designated Contractor representatives. Craft foreperson shall be designated as working forepersons

at the request of the Contractor, except when an existing local Collective Bargaining Agreement prohibits

a foreperson from working when the craftsperson he is leading exceed a specified number.

ARTICLE 5 - UNION REPRESENTATION

SECTION 1. LOCAL UNION REPRESENTATIVE

Each Local Union representing on-site Project employees shall be entitled to designate in

writing (copy to Contractors involved and the s Construction Project Manager) one representative, and

the Business Manager, who shall be afforded access to the Project.

SECTION 2. STEWARDS

A. Each Local Union shall have the right to designate a working journey person as

a Steward and an alternate, and shall notify the Contractor and the Construction Project manager of

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

14

the identity of the designated Steward (and alternate) prior to the assumption of such duties. Stewards

shall not exercise supervisory functions and will receive the regular rate of pay for their craft

classifications. There will be no non-working Stewards on the Project.

B. In addition to their work as an employee, the Steward shall have the right to

receive complaints or grievances and to discuss and assist in their adjustment with the Contractor's

appropriate supervisor. Each Steward shall be concerned with the employees of the Steward's

Contractor and, if applicable, subcontractors of that Contractor, but not with the employees of any

other Contractor. The Contractor will not discriminate against the Steward in the proper performance

of Union duties.

C. The Stewards shall not have the right to determine when overtime shall be

worked, or who shall work overtime, except pursuant to a Schedule A provision providing procedures

for the equitable distribution of overtime.

SECTION 3. LAYOFF OF A STEWARD

Contractors agree to notify the appropriate Union 24 hours prior to the layoff of a Steward,

except in cases of discipline or discharge for just cause. If a Steward is protected against layoff by a

Schedule A, such provisions shall be recognized to the extent the Steward possesses the necessary

qualifications to perform the work required. In any case in which a Steward is discharged or

disciplined for just cause, the Local Union involved shall be notified immediately by the Contractor.

ARTICLE 6 - MANAGEMENT'S RIGHTS

SECTION 1. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS

Except as expressly limited by a specific provision of this Agreement, Contractors retain full

and exclusive University for the management of their Project operations including, but not limited

to:

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

15

the right to direct the work force, including determination as to the number to be hired and the

qualifications therefore; the promotion, transfer, layoff of its employees; or the discipline or discharge

for just cause of its employees; the assignment and schedule of work; the promulgation of reasonable

Project work rules; and, the requirement, timing and number of employees to be utilized for overtime

work. No rules, customs, or practices, which limit or restrict productivity or efficiency of the

individual, as determined by the Contractors , and/or joint working efforts with other employees shall

be permitted or observed.

SECTION 2. MATERIALS, METHODS & EQUIPMENT

The Project documents alone shall govern choice of materials, techniques, methods, technology

or design, or, regardless of source or location, upon the use and installation of equipment, machinery,

package units, pre-cast, pre-fabricated, pre-finished, or pre-assembled materials, tool, or other labor-

saving devices. Contractors must install or use materials, supplies or equipment pursuant to the Project

Documents unless Contractor requests and receives written authorization from the Project Architect.

The on-site installation or application of such items shall be performed by the craft having jurisdiction

over such work; provided, however, it is recognized that other personnel having special qualifications

may participate, in a supervisory capacity, in the installation, check-out or testing of specialized or

unusual equipment or facilities as designated by the Contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing

statements, prefabrication issues relating to work traditionally performed at the job site shall be

governed pursuant to the terms of the applicable Schedule A. There shall be no restrictions as to work,

which is performed off-site for the Project, except for work done in a fabrication center, tool yard, or

batch plant dedicated exclusively to the performance of work on the Project, and located adjacent to

the “site of work”.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

16

ARTICLE 7 - WORK STOPPAGES AND LOCKOUTS

SECTION 1. NO STRIKES-NO LOCKOUT

There shall not be strikes, sympathy strikes, picketing, work stoppages, slowdowns, hand

billing, demonstrations or other disruptive activity at the Project for any reason by any Union or

employee against any Contractor or employer while performing work at the Project. There shall be no

other Union, or concerted or employee activity which disrupts or interferes with the operation of the

existing free flow of traffic in the project area. Failure of any Union or employee to cross any picket

line established by any union, signatory or non-signatory to this Agreement, or the picket or

demonstration line of any other organization, at or in proximity to the Project site is a violation of this

Article. There shall be no lockout at the Project by any signatory Contractor. Contractors and Unions

shall take all steps necessary to ensure compliance with this Section 1 and to ensure uninterrupted

construction and the free flow of traffic in the project area for the duration of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. DISCHARGE FOR VIOLATION

A Contractor may discharge any employee violating Section 1, above, and any such employee

will not be eligible thereafter for referral under this Agreement for a period of 100 days.

SECTION 3. NOTIFICATION

If a Contractor contends that any Union has violated this Article, it will notify the appropriate

district or area council of the Local Union involved advising of such fact, with copies of the

notification to the Local Union and the BTC. The district or area council, and the BTC shall each

instruct, order and otherwise use their best efforts to cause the employees, and/or the Local Unions to

immediately cease and desist from any violation of this Article. A district or area council, or the BTC

complying with these obligations shall not be liable for the unauthorized acts of a Local Union or its

members.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

17

SECTION 4. EXPEDITED ARBITRATION

Any Contractor or Union alleging a violation of Section 1 of this Article may utilize the

expedited procedure set forth below (in lieu of, or in addition to, any actions at law or equity) that may

be brought.

A. A party invoking this procedure shall notify J.J. Pierson Jr, Esq., who shall serve

as Arbitrator under this expedited arbitration procedure. Copies of such notification will be

simultaneously sent to the alleged violator and, if a Local Union is alleged to be in violation, its

International, the District, the Construction Project Manager, the BTC, and the Contractor involved.

B. The Arbitrator shall thereupon, after notice as to time and place to the

Contractor and the Local Union involved, the BTC, and the Construction Project Manager , hold a

hearing within 48 hours of receipt of the notice invoking the procedure it is contended that the

violation still exists. The hearing will not, however, be scheduled for less than 24 hours after the

notice to the district or area council required by Section 3 above.

C. All notices pursuant to this Article may be by telephone, telegraph, hand

delivery, or fax, confirmed by overnight delivery, to the arbitrator, Construction Project Manager,

Contractor or Union involved. The hearing may be held on any day including Saturdays or Sundays.

The hearing shall be completed in one session, which shall not exceed 8 hours duration (no more than

4 hours being allowed to either side to present their case, and conduct their cross examination) unless

otherwise agreed. A failure of any Union or Contractor to attend the hearing shall not delay the

hearing of evidence by those present or the issuance of an award by the Arbitrator.

D. The sole issue at the hearing shall be whether a violation of Section 1, above,

occurred. If a violation is found to have occurred, the Arbitrator shall issue a Cease and Desist Award

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

18

restraining such violation and serve copies on the Contractor and Union involved. The Arbitrator shall

have no University to consider any matter in justification, explanation or mitigation of such violation

or to award damages, which issue is reserved solely for court proceedings, if any. The Award shall be

issued in writing within 3 hours after the close of the hearing, and may be issued without an Opinion.

If any involved party desires an Opinion, one shall be issued within 15 calendar days, but its issuance

shall not delay compliance with, or enforcement of, the Award.

E. An Award issued under this procedure may be enforced by any court of

competent jurisdiction upon the filing of the Agreement together with the Award. Notice of the filing

of such enforcement proceedings shall be given to the Union or Contractor involved. In any court

proceeding to obtain a temporary or preliminary order enforcing the arbitrator's Award as issued under

this expedited procedure, the involved Union and Contractor waive their right to a hearing and agree

that such proceedings may be ex parte, provided notice is given to opposing counsel. Such agreement

does not waive any party's right to participate in a hearing for a final court order of enforcement or in

any contempt proceeding.

F. Any rights created by statue or law governing arbitration proceedings which are

inconsistent with the procedure set forth in this Article, or which interfere with compliance thereto, are

hereby waived by the Contractors and Unions to whom they accrue.

G. The fees and expenses of the Arbitrator shall be equally divided between the

involved Contractor and Union.

SECTION 5. ARBITRATION OF DISCHARGES FOR VIOLATION

Procedures contained in Article 9 shall not be applicable to any alleged violation of this Article,

with the single exception that an employee discharged for violation of Section 1, above, may have

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

19

recourse to the procedures of Article 9 to determine only if the employee did, in fact, violate the

provisions of Section 1 of this Article; but not for the purpose of modifying the discipline imposed

where a violation is found to have occurred.

ARTICLE 8 - LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE (LAC)

SECTION 1. THE LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE WILL MEET ON A

REGULAR BASIS TO:

1) Implement and oversee the Agreement procedures and initiatives; 2) monitor the

effectiveness of the Agreement; and 3) identify opportunities to improve efficiency and work

execution.

SECTION 2. COMPOSITION

The LAC will be co-chaired by the President of the Building Trades Council or his designee,

and designated official of the District. It will be comprised of representatives of the Local Unions

signatory to the Project Labor Agreement (PLA) and representatives of the University or its

designee and other Contractors on the Project.

ARTICLE 9 - GRIEVANCE & ARBITRATION PROCEDURE

SECTION 1. PROCEDURE FOR RESOLUTION OF GRIEVANCES

Any question, dispute or claim arising out of, or involving the interpretation or application of

this Agreement (other than jurisdictional disputes or alleged violations of Article 7, Section 1) shall be

considered a grievance and shall be resolved pursuant to the exclusive procedure of the steps described

below; provided, in all cases, that the question, dispute or claim arose during the term of this

Agreement.

BID FORMS


5/9/2019

Step 1:

20

A. When any employee covered by this Agreement feels aggrieved by a claimed

violation of this Agreement, the employee shall, through the Local Union business representative or

job steward give notice of the claimed violation to the work site representative of the involved

Contractor. To be timely, such notice of the grievance must be given within five (5) working days

after the act, occurrence, or event giving rise to the grievance, or after the act, occurrence or event

became known or should have become known to the Union. The business representative of the Local

Union or the job steward and the work site representative of the involved Contractor shall meet and

endeavor to adjust the matter within three (3) working days after timely notice has been given. The

representative of the Contractor shall respond to the Union representative in writing (copy to the

Construction Project Manager) at the conclusion of the meeting but not later than twenty-four (24)

hours thereafter. If they fail to resolve the matter within the prescribed period, the grieving party, may,

within two (2) working days thereafter, pursue Step 2 of they grievance procedure by serving the

involved Contractor with written copies of the grievance setting forth a description of the claimed

violation, the date on which the grievance occurred, the provisions of the Agreement alleged to have

been violated. Grievances and disputes settled at Step 1 are non-precedential except as to the specific

Local Union, employee and Contractor directly involved, unless the settlement is accepted in writing,

by the Contractor, as creating a precedent.

B. Should any signatory to this Agreement have a dispute (excepting jurisdictional

disputes or alleged violations of Article 7, Section 1) with any other signatory to this Agreement and, if

after conferring, a settlement is not reached within three (3) working days, the dispute shall be reduced

to writing and proceed to Step 2 in the same manner as outlined in subparagraph (a) for the adjustment

of employee grievances.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

21

Step 2:

The Business Manager or designee of the involved Local Union, together with representatives

of the BTC and the involved Contractor, shall meet in Step 2 within 5 calendar days of the written

grievance to arrive at a satisfactory settlement.

Step 3:

A. If the grievance shall have been submitted but not resolved in Step 2, any of the

participating Step 2 entities may, within 14 calendar days after the initial Step 2 meeting, submit the

grievance in writing (copies to other participants) to J.J. Pierson Jr., Esq., who shall act as the

Arbitrator under this procedure. The Labor Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association

shall govern the conduct of the arbitration hearing, at which all Step 2 participants shall be parties.

The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the involved Contractor, Local Union and

employees and the fees and expenses of such arbitration's shall be borne equally by the involved

Contractor and Local Union(s).

B. Failure of the grieving party to adhere to the time limits set forth in this Article

shall render the grievance null and void. These time limits may be extended only by written consent of

the involved Contractor and involved Local Union at the particular step where the extension is agreed

upon. The Arbitrator shall have University to make decisions only on the issues presented to him and

shall not have the University to change, add to, delete or modify any provision of this Agreement.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

22

SECTION 2. LIMITATION AS TO RETROACTIVITY

No arbitration decision or award may provide retroactivity of any kind exceeding 30 calendar

days prior to the date of service of the written grievance on the Construction Project Manager and the

involved Contractor or Local Union.

SECTION 3. PARTICIPATION BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OWNER

The General Contractor, the University and the Construction Project Manager shall be notified

by the involved Contractor of all actions at Steps 2 and 3 and, at their election, through their authorized

representatives may participate in full in all proceedings at these Steps, including Step 3 arbitration.

ARTICLE 10 - JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES

SECTION 1. NO DISRUPTIONS

There will be no strikes, sympathy strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, picketing or other

disruptive activity of any kind arising out of any jurisdictional dispute. Pending the resolution of the

dispute, the work shall continue uninterrupted and as assigned by the Contractor. No jurisdictional

dispute shall excuse a violation of Article 7.

SECTION 2. ASSIGNMENT

A. There shall be a mandatory pre-job markup / assignment meeting prior to the

commencement of any work. Attending such meeting shall be designated representatives of the Union

signatories to this Agreement, the Construction Project Manager , and the involved Contractors. Best

efforts will be made to schedule the pre-job meeting in a timely manner after Notice to Proceed is

issued but not later then 30 days prior to the start of the Project.

B. All Project construction work assignments shall be made by the Contractor

according to the criteria set forth in Section 3, Subsection D 1-3.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

23

C. When a Contractor has made an assignment of work, he shall continue the

assignment without alteration unless otherwise directed by an arbitrator or there is agreement between

the National or International Unions involved. Claims of a change of original assignment shall be

processed in accordance with Article I of the Procedural Rules of the Plan for the Settlement of

Jurisdictional Disputes in the Construction Industry (“the Plan”).

D. In the event that a Union involved in the change of original assignment dispute

is an affiliate of a National or International Union that is not affiliated with the Building and

Construction Trades Department and does not wish to process a case through the Plan, the parties shall

mutually select one of the following Arbitrators: J.J. Pierson, Arbitrator Paul Greenberg or Arbitrator

Walter Kardy and submit the dispute directly to the Arbitrator. The selected Arbitrator shall determine

whether the case requires a hearing or may be decided upon written submissions. In rendering his

determination on whether there has been a change of original assignment, the Arbitrator shall be

governed by the following:

1. The contractor who has the responsibility for the performance and

installation shall make a specific assignment of the work which is included in his contract to a

particular union(s). For instance, if contractor A subcontracts certain work to contractor B, then

contractor B shall have the responsibility for making specific assignments for the work included in his

contract. If contractor B, in turn, shall subcontract certain work to contractor C, then contractor C shall

have the responsibility for making specific assignment for the work included in his contract. After

work has been so assigned, such assignment will be maintained even though the assigning contractor is

replaced and such work is subcontracted to another contractor. It is a violation of the Agreement for

the contractor to hold up disputed work or shut down a project because of a jurisdictional dispute.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

24

2. When a contractor has made an assignment of work, he shall continue

the assignment without alternation unless otherwise directed by an arbitrator or there is agreement

between the National or International Unions involved.

a. Unloading and/or handling of materials to stockpile or storage by

a trade for the convenience of the responsible contractor when his

employees are not on the job site, or in an emergency situation, shall not

be considered to be an original assignment to that trade.

b. Starting of work by a trade without a specific assignment by an

authorized representative of the responsible contractor shall not be

considered an original assignment to that trade, provided that the

responsible contractor, or his authorized representative, promptly, and, in

any event, within eight working hours following the start of work, takes

positive steps to stop further unauthorized performance of the work by

that trade.

SECTION 3. PROCEDURE FOR SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

A. Any Union having a jurisdictional dispute with respect to Project work assigned

to another Union will submit through its International the dispute in writing to the Administrator of the

Plan within 72 hours and send a copy of the letter to the other Union involved, the Contractor involved,

the General Contractor, the Construction Project Manager, the BTC, and the district or area councils of

the unions involved. Upon receipt of a dispute letter from any union, the Administrator will invoke the

procedures set forth in the Plan to resolve the jurisdictional dispute. The jurisdictional dispute letter

shall contain the information described in Article IV of the Procedural Rules of the Plan.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

25

B. Within 5 calendar days of receipt of the dispute letter, there shall be meeting of

the General Contractor, the Contractor involved, the Construction Project Manager, the Local Unions

involved and designees of the BTC and the district or area councils of the Local Unions involved for

the purpose of resolving the jurisdictional dispute.

C. In order to expedite the resolution of jurisdictional disputes, the parties have

agreed in advance to mutually select one of the following designated Arbitrators: Arbitrator J.J.

Pierson, Arbitrator Paul Greenberg or Arbitrator Walter Kardy to hear all unresolved jurisdictional

disputes arising under this Agreement. All other rules and procedures of the Plan shall be followed. If

none of the three Arbitrators is available to hear the dispute within the time limits of the Plan, the

Plan’s arbitrator selection process shall be utilized to select another arbitrator.

D. In the event that a Union involved in the dispute is an affiliate of a National or

International Union that is not affiliated with the Building and Construction Trades Department and

does not wish to process a case through the Plan as described in paragraphs A-C above, the parties to

the dispute shall mutually select one of the following Arbitrators: J.J. Pierson, Arbitrator Paul

Greenberg or Arbitrator Walter Kardy to hear the dispute and shall submit the dispute to the selected

arbitrator. The time limits for submission and processing disputes shall be the same as provided

elsewhere in this Section. The selected Arbitrator shall schedule the hearing within seven business

days from the date of submission. If he cannot heat the case within the required timeframe, one of the

other Arbitrators will be selected to hear the case unless all parties to the dispute agree to waive the

seven day time limit. In rendering his decision, the Arbitrator shall determine:

BID FORMS


1.16.20

26

1. First whether a previous agreement of record or applicable agreement,

including a disclaimer agreement, between the National and International Unions to the dispute

governs;

2. Only if the Arbitrator finds that the dispute is not covered by an

appropriate or applicable agreement of record or agreement between the crafts to the dispute, he shall

then consider the established trade practice in the industry and prevailing practice in the locality.

Where there is a previous decision of record governing the case, the Arbitrator shall give equal weight

to such decision of record, unless the prevailing practice in the locality in the past ten years favors one

craft. In that case, the Arbitrator shall base his decision on the prevailing practice in the locality.

Except, that if the Arbitrator finds that a craft has improperly obtained the prevailing practice in the

locality through raiding, the undercutting of wages or by the use of vertical agreements, the Arbitrator

shall rely on the decision of record and established trade practice in the industry rather than the

prevailing practice in the locality.

3. Only if none of the above criteria is found to exist, the Arbitrator shall

then consider that because efficiency, cost or continuity and good management are essential to the well

being of the industry, the interests of the consumer or the past practices of the employer shall not be

ignored. The Arbitrator shall set forth the basis for his decision and shall explain his findings

regarding the applicability of the above criteria. If lower-ranked criteria are relied upon, the Arbitrator

shall explain why the higher-ranked criteria were not deemed applicable. The Arbitrator’s decision

shall only apply to the job in dispute. Each party to the arbitration shall bear its own expense for the

arbitration and agrees that the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator shall be borne by the losing party or

parties as determined by the Arbitrator.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

27

E. The Arbitrator shall render a short-form decision within 5 days of the hearing

based upon the evidence submitted at the hearing, with a written decision to follow within 30 days of

the close of the hearing.

F. This Jurisdictional Dispute Resolution Procedure will only apply to work

performed by Local Unions that represent workers employed on the Project.

G. Any Local Union involved in a jurisdictional dispute on this Project shall

continue working in accordance with Section 2 above and without disruption of any kind.

SECTION 4. AWARD

Any award rendered pursuant to this Article and the Plan shall be final and binding on the

disputing Local Unions and the involved Contractor on this Project only and may be enforced in

accordance with the provisions of Article VII of the Plan. Any award rendered pursuant to the

alternate procedures of this Article shall be final and binding on the disputing Local Unions and the

involved Contractor on this Project only, and me be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.

Such award or resolution shall not establish a precedent on any other construction work not covered by

this Agreement. In all disputes under this Article, the General Contractor, the Owner, the Construction

Project Manager and the involved Contractors shall be considered parties in interest.

SECTION 5. LIMITATIONS

The Arbitrator shall have no University to assign work to a double crew, that is, to more

employees than the minimum required by the Contractor to perform the work involved; nor to assign

work to employees who are not qualified to perform the work involved; nor to assign work being

performed by non-union employees to union employees. This does not prohibit the establishment,

with the agreement of the involved Contractor, of composite crews where more than 1 employee is

BID FORMS


1.16.20

28

needed for the job. The aforesaid determinations shall decide only to whom the disputed work

belongs.

SECTION 6. NO INTERFERENCE WITH WORK

A. There shall be no interference or interruption of any kind with the work of the

Project while any jurisdictional dispute is being resolved. The work shall proceed as assigned by the

Contractor until finally resolved under the applicable procedure of this Article. The award shall be

confirmed in writing to the involved parties. There shall be no strike, work stoppage or interruption in

protest of any such award. Any claims of a violation of this section shall be submitted and processed

in accordance with the impediment to job progress provisions of the Plan.

B. In the event a Union alleged to have engaged in an impediment to job progress

is an affiliate of a National or International Union that is not affiliated with the Building and

Construction Trades Department and does not wish to have the impediment to job progress charge

processed through the Plan, the parties to the dispute shall mutually select one of the three Arbitrators

designated in this Article to hear the dispute. The selected Arbitrator shall schedule the hearing within

two business days from the date of submission. If he cannot hear the case within the required

timeframe, one of the other Arbitrators shall be selected by the parties to hear the case unless all parties

to the dispute agree to waive the two day time limit. The sole issue at the hearing shall be whether or

not a violation of this Section has in fact occurred, and the Arbitrator shall have not University to

consider any matter in justification, explanation or mitigation of such violation or to award damages.

The Arbitrator’s decision shall be issued in writing within 3 hours after the close of the hearing, and

may be issued without an opinion. If any party desires an opinion, one shall be issued within 15 days,

but its issuance shall not delay compliance with, or enforcement of, the decision. The Arbitrator may

order cessation of the violation of this Section and other appropriate relief, and such decision shall be

BID FORMS


1.16.20

29

served on all parties by facsimile upon issuance. Each party to the arbitration shall bear its own

expense for the arbitration and agrees that the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator shall be borne by the

losing party or parties as determined by the Arbitrator.

ARTICLE 11 - WAGES AND BENEFITS

SECTION 1. CLASSIFICATION AND BASE HOURLY RATE

All employees covered by this Agreement shall be classified in accordance with the work

performed and paid the base hourly wage rates for those classifications as specified in the attached

Schedules A, as amended during this Agreement. Recognizing, however, that special conditions may

exist or occur on the Project, the parties, by mutual agreement may establish rates and/or hours for one

or more classifications, which may differ from Schedules A. Parties to such agreements shall be the

Contractors involved, the involved Local Unions and the BTC.

SECTION 2. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT FUNDS

A. The Contractors agree to pay contributions on behalf of all employees covered

by this Agreement to the established employee benefit funds in the amounts designated in the

appropriate Schedule A; provided, however, that the Contractors and the Union agree that only such

bona fide employee benefits as are explicitly required under NJ Stat. § 34:11-56.30 of the New Jersey

State Labor Law shall be included in this requirement and paid by the Contractor on this Project. Bona

fide jointly trusted fringe benefit plans established or negotiated through collective bargaining during

the life of this Agreement may be added if similarly protected under NJ Stat. § 34:11-56-30.

Contractors shall not be required to contribute to non-NJ Stat. § 34:11-56.30 benefits, trusts or plans.

B. The Contractor agrees to be bound by the written terms of the legally established

Trust Agreements specifying the detailed basis on which payments are to be paid into, and benefits

BID FORMS


1.16.20

30

paid out of, such Trust Funds but only with regard to work done on this Project and only for those

employees to whom this Agreement requires such benefit Payments.

C. Should any contractor or sub-contractor become delinquent in the payment of

contributions to the fringe benefit funds, then the subcontractor at the next higher tier, or upon notice

of the delinquency claim from the Union or the Funds, agrees to withhold from the subcontractor such

disputed amount from the next advance, or installment payment for work performed until the dispute

has been resolved.

ARTICLE 12 - HOURS OF WORK, PREMIUM PAYMENTS, SHIFTS AND HOLIDAYS

SECTION 1. WORK WEEK AND WORK DAY

A. The standard work week shall consist of 40 hours of work at straight time rates

per one of the following schedules:

1. Five-Day Work Week: Monday-Friday, 5 days, 8 hours plus 1/2 hour

unpaid lunch period each day.

2. Four-Day Work Week: Monday-Thursday; 4 days, 10 hours plus ½ hour

unpaid lunch period each day.

B. The Day Shift shall commence between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. and

shall end between the hours of 2:30 p.m. and 7:30 p.m. Starting and quitting times shall occur at the

employees' place of work as may be designated by the Contractor.

C. Scheduling - The Contractor, with the approval of the Owner or Construction

Project Manager, shall have the option of scheduling either a five-day work week, or four-day work

week (when mutually agreed upon on a craft-by-craft basis). The Contractor, with the approval of the

Owner or Construction Project Manager, shall also has the option to set the work day hours consistent

BID FORMS


1.16.20

31

with Project requirements, the Project schedule, and minimization of interference with school

operations traffic flow. When conditions beyond the control of the Contractor, such as severe weather,

power failure, fire or natural disaster, prevent the performance of Project work on a regularly

scheduled work day, the Contractor may, with the approval of the Owner or Construction Project

Manager, and with mutual agreement of the Local Union on a craft-by-craft basis, schedule Friday

(where on 4, 10's) during the calendar week in which a workday was lost, at straight time pay;

providing the employees involved work a total of 40 hours or less during that work week.

D. Notice - Contractors shall provide not less than 5 days prior notice to the Local

Union involved as to the work week and work hours schedules to be worked or such lesser notice as

may be mutually agreed upon.

SECTION 2. OVERTIME

Overtime pay for hours outside of the standard work week and work day, described in

paragraph A above, shall be paid in accordance with the applicable Schedule A. There will be no

restriction upon the Contractor's scheduling of overtime or the non-discriminatory designation of

employees who shall be worked, except as noted in Article 5, Section 2. There shall be no pyramiding

of overtime pay under any circumstances. The Contractor shall have the right to schedule work so as

to minimize overtime.

SECTION 3. SHIFTS

A. Flexible Schedules - Scheduling of shift work shall remain flexible in order to

meet Project schedules and existing Project conditions. It is not necessary to work a day shift in order

to schedule a second shift. Shifts must be worked a minimum of five consecutive work days, must

BID FORMS


1.16.20

32

have prior approval of the Owner or Construction Project Manager and the Contractor and must be

scheduled with not less than five work days notice to the Local Union.

B. Second/Third Shifts - The Contractor, as permitted by the Project Contract

Documents and with the approval of the Project Construction Manager, shall have the right to establish

second and third shift work arrangements for all or any portion of the work. The second/third shifts

shall consist of 8 hours work (or 10 hours of work) for the number of hours pay and hourly rate

established in the applicable Collective Bargaining Agreements. The shift differential for second shift

on this Project will be 10% for all the Unions and the differential for any third shift will be 15% for all

the Unions.

C. Flexible Starting Times – Shift starting times will be adjusted by the Contractor,

with the approval of the Construction Project Manager, as necessary to fulfill Project requirements

subject to the notice requirements of Paragraph A.

D. Four Tens - When working a four-day work week, the standard work day shall

consist of 10 hours work for 10 hours of pay at the straight time rate exclusive of an unpaid 1/2 hour

meal period and regardless of the starting time. This provision is applicable to night shifts only, and

such night shifts are subject to the shift differential in paragraph B above.

E. It is agreed that when project circumstances require a deviation form the above

shifts, the involved unions and Contractors, with the approval of the Construction Project Manager,

shall adjust the starting times of the above shifts or establish shifts which meet the project

requirements. It is agreed that neither party will unreasonably withhold their agreement.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

33

SECTION 4. HOLIDAYS

A. Schedule - There shall be 8 recognized holidays on the Project:

New Years Day Labor Day

Presidents Day Veterans Day

Memorial Day Thanksgiving Day

Fourth of July Christmas Day

*Work shall be scheduled on Good Friday pursuant to the craft’s

Schedule A.

All said holidays shall be observed on the dates designated by New Jersey State Law. In the

absence of such designations, they shall be observed on the calendar date except those holidays which

occur on Sunday shall be observed on the following Monday. Holidays falling on Saturday are to be

observed on the preceding Friday.

B. Payment - Regular holiday pay, if any, and/or premium pay for work performed

on such a recognized holiday shall be in accordance with the applicable Schedule A.

C. Exclusivity - No holidays other than those listed in Section 4-A above shall be

recognized nor observed except in Presidential Election years when Election Day is a recognized

holiday.

SECTION 5. REPORTING PAY

A. Employees who report to the work location pursuant to regular schedule and

who are not provided with work or whose work is terminated early by a Contractor, for whatever

reason, shall receive minimum reporting pay in accordance with the applicable Schedule A.

B. When an employee, who has completed their scheduled shift and left The

Project site, is "called back" to perform special work of a casual, incidental or irregular nature, the

BID FORMS


1.16.20

34

employee shall receive pay for actual hours worked with a minimum guarantee, as may be required by

the applicable Schedule A.

C. When an employee leaves the job or work location of their own volition or is

discharged for cause or is not working as a result of the Contractor's invocation of Section 7 below,

they shall be paid only for the actual time worked.

D. Except as specifically set forth in this Article there shall be no premiums,

bonuses, hazardous duty, high time or other special payments of any kind.

E. There shall be no pay for time not actually worked except as specifically set

forth in this Agreement and except where an applicable Schedule A requires a full weeks pay for

forepersons.

SECTION 6. PAYMENT OF WAGES

A. Payday - Payment shall be made by check, drawn on a New Jersey bank with

branches located within commuting distance of the job site. Paychecks shall be issued by the

Contractor at the job site by 10 a.m. on Thursdays. In the event that the following Friday is a bank

holiday, paychecks shall be issued on Wednesday of that week. Not more than 3 days wages shall be

held back in any pay period. Paycheck stubs shall contain the name and business address of the

Contractor, together with an itemization of deductions from gross wages.

B. Termination-Employees who are laid-off or discharged for cause shall be paid in

full for that which is due them at the time of termination. The Contractors shall also provide the

employee with a written statement setting forth the date of lay off or discharge.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

35

SECTION 7. EMERGENCY WORK SUSPENSION

A Contractor may, if considered necessary for the protection of life and /or safety of employees

or others, suspend all or a portion of Project Work. In such instances, employees will be paid for actual

time worked; provided, however, that when a Contractor request that employees remain at the job site

available for work, employees will be paid for "stand-by" time at their hourly rate of pay.

SECTION 8. INJURY/DISABILITY

An employee who, after commencing work, suffers a work-related injury or disability while

performing work duties, shall received no less than 8 hours wages for that day. Further, the employee

shall be rehired at such time as able to return to duties provided there is still work available on the

Project for which the employee is qualified and able to perform.

SECTION 9. TIME KEEPING

A Contractor may utilize brassing or other systems to check employees in and out. Each

employee must check in and out. The Contractor will provide adequate facilities for checking in and

out in an expeditious manner.

SECTION 10. MEAL PERIOD

A Contractor shall schedule an unpaid period of not more than 1/2 hour duration at the work

location between the 3rd and 5th hour of the scheduled shift. A Contractor may, for efficiency of

operation, establish a schedule which coordinates the meal periods of two or more crafts. If an

employee is required to work through the meal period, the employee shall be compensated in a manner

established in the applicable Schedule A.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

36

SECTION 11. BREAK PERIODS

There will be not rest periods, organized coffee breaks or other non-working time established

during working hours. Individual coffee containers will be permitted at the employee's work location.

Local area practice will prevail for coffee breaks that are not organized.

ARTICLE 13 - APPRENTICES

SECTION 1. RATIOS

Recognizing the need to maintain continuing supportive programs designed to develop

adequate numbers of competent workers in the construction industry and to provide craft entry

opportunities for minorities, women and economically disadvantaged non-minority males, Contractors

will employ apprentices in their respective crafts to perform such work as is within their capabilities

and which is customarily performed by the craft in which they are indentured. Contractors may utilize

apprentices and such other appropriate classifications as are contained in the applicable Schedule A in

a ratio not to exceed 25% of the work force by craft (without regard to whether a lesser ratio is set

forth in Schedule A), unless the applicable Schedules A provide for a higher percentage. Apprentices

and such other classifications as are appropriate shall be employed in a manner consistent with the

provisions of the appropriate Schedule A.

SECTION 2. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR

To assist the Contractors in attaining a maximum effort on this Project, the Unions agree to

work in close cooperation with, and accept monitoring by, the New Jersey State and Federal

Departments of Labor to ensure that minorities, women, or economically disadvantaged are afforded

opportunities to participate in apprenticeship programs which result in the placement of apprentices on

this Project. To further ensure that this Contractor effort is attained, up to 50% of the apprentices

placed on this Project should be first year, minority, women or economically disadvantaged

BID FORMS


1.16.20

37

apprentices. The Local Unions will cooperate with Contractor request for minority, women or

economically disadvantaged referrals to meet this Contractor effort.

ARTICLE 14 - SAFETY PROTECTION OF PERSON AND PROPERTY

SECTION 1. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Each Contractor will ensure that applicable OSHA requirements and other requirements set

forth in the contract documents are at all times maintained on the Project and the employees and

Unions agree to cooperate fully with these efforts. Employees must perform their work at all times in

a safe manner and protect themselves and the property of the Contractor and the Owner from injury or

harm. Failure to do so will be grounds for discipline, including discharge.

SECTION 2. CONTRACTOR RULES

Employees covered by this Agreement shall at all times be bound by the reasonable safety,

security, and visitor rules as established by the Contractors and the University or its Construction

Project Manager for this Project. Such rules will be published and posted in conspicuous places

throughout the Project.

SECTION 3. INSPECTIONS

The Contractors, District, Architect and University or its Construction Project Manager retain

the right to inspect incoming shipments of equipment, apparatus, machinery and construction materials

of every kind.

ARTICLE 15 - NO DISCRIMINATION

SECTION 1. COOPERATIVE EFFORTS

The Contractors and Unions agree that they will not discriminate against any employee or

applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin or age in any manner

BID FORMS


1.16.20

38

prohibited by law or regulation. It is recognized that special procedures maybe established by

Contractors and Local Unions and the New Jersey State Department of Labor for the training and

employment of persons who have not previously qualified to be employed on construction projects of

the type covered by this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement will assist in such programs and

agree to use their best efforts to ensure that the goals for female and minority employment are met on

this Project.

SECTION 2. LANGUAGE OF AGREEMENT

The use of the masculine or feminine gender in this Agreement shall be construed as including

both genders.

ARTICLE 16 - GENERAL TERMS

SECTION 1. PROJECT RULES

The University and/or its Construction Project Manager and the Contractors shall establish such

reasonable Project rules as are appropriate for the good order of the Project, provided they do not

violate the terms of this Agreement. These rules will be explained at the pre-job conference and posted

at the Project site and may be amended thereafter as necessary. Failure of an employee to observe these

rules and regulations shall be grounds for discipline, including discharge. The fact that no order was

posted prohibiting a certain type of misconduct shall not be a defense to an employee disciplined or

discharged for such misconduct when the action taken is for cause.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

39

SECTION 2. TOOLS OF THE TRADES

The welding/cutting torch and chain fall, are tools of the trade having jurisdiction over the work

performed. Employees using these tools shall perform any of the work of the trade. There shall be no

restrictions on the emergency use of any tools or equipment by any qualified employee or on the use of

any tools or equipment for the performance of work within the employee's jurisdiction.

SECTION 3. SUPERVISION

Employees shall work under the supervision of the craft foreperson or general foreperson.

SECTION 4. TRAVEL ALLOWANCES

There shall be no payments for travel expenses, travel time, subsistence allowance or other

such reimbursements or special pay except as expressly set forth in this Agreement and in Schedule A

limited to travel expenses.

SECTION 5. FULL WORK DAY

Employees shall be at their staging area at the starting time established by the Contractor and

shall be returned to their staging area by quitting time after performing their assigned functions under

the supervision of the Contractor. The signatories reaffirm their policy of a fair day's work for a fair

day's wage.

SECTION 6. COOPERATION

The University, Contractors and the Unions will cooperate in seeking any NJ Department

of Labor approvals that may be required for implementation of any terms of this Agreement.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

40

SECTION 7. EATING, DRINKING AND SMOKING

At no time are any employees or work crews permitted to eat, drink (except for water), or

smoke within the building. This will only be allowed outside of the building in areas

designated by the Construction Project Manager.

ARTICLE 17 - SAVINGS AND SEPARABILITY

SECTION 1. THIS AGREEMENT

In the event that the application of any provision of this Agreement is enjoined, on either an

interlocutory or permanent basis, or otherwise found in violation of law, the provision involved shall

be rendered, temporarily or permanently, null and void but the remainder of the Agreement shall

remain in full force and effect. In such event, the Agreement shall remain in effect for contracts

already bid and awarded or in construction where the Contractor voluntarily accepts the Agreement.

The parties to this Agreement will enter into negotiations for a substitute provision in conformity with

the law and the intent of the parties for contracts to be let in the future.

SECTION 2. THE BID SPECIFICATIONS

In the event that the Contractors’ bid specifications, or other action, requiring that a successful

bidder become signatory to this Agreement is enjoined, on either an interlocutory or permanent basis,

or otherwise found in violation of law such requirement shall be rendered, temporarily or permanently,

null and void but the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect to the extent allowed by law. In

such event, the Agreement shall remain in effect for contracts already bid and awarded or in

constructions where the Contractor voluntarily accepts the Agreement. The parties will enter in to

negotiations as to modifications to the Agreement to reflect the court action taken and the intent of the

parties for contracts to be let in the future.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

41

SECTION 3. NON-LIABILITY

In the event of an occurrence referenced in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article, neither the

University, the University’s Construction Manager (if applicable) , or any Contractor, or any signatory

Union shall be liable, directly or indirectly, for any action taken, or not taken, to comply with any court

order, injunction or determination. Project bid specifications will be issued in conformance with court

orders in effect and no retroactive payments or other action will be required if the original court

determination is ultimately reversed.

SECTION 4. NON-WAIVER

Nothing in this Article shall be construed as waiving the prohibitions of Article 7 as to

signatory Contractors and signatory Unions.

ARTICLE 18 – HELMETS TO HARDHATS

SECTION 1.

The Employers and the Unions recognize a desire to facilitate the entry into the building and

construction trades of veterans who are interested in careers in the building and construction industry.

The Employers and Unions agree to utilize the services of the Center for Military Recruitment,

Assessment and Veterans Employment (hereinafter “Center”) and the Center’s “Helmets to Hardhats”

program to serve as a resource for preliminary orientation, assessment of construction aptitude, referral

to apprenticeship programs or hiring halls, counseling and mentoring, support network, employment

opportunities and other needs as identified by the parties.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

42

SECTION 2.

The Unions and Employers agree to coordinate with the Center to create and maintain an

integrated database of veterans interested in working on this Project and of apprenticeship and

employment opportunities for this Project. To the extent permitted by law, the Unions will give credit

to such veterans for bona fide, provable past experience.

ARTICLE 19 - FUTURE CHANGES IN SCHEDULE A AREA CONTRACTS

SECTION 5. CHANGES TO AREA CONTRACTS

A. Schedules A to this Agreement shall continue to full force and effect until the

Contractor and/or Union parties to the Area Collective Bargaining Agreements which are the basis for

Schedules A notify the Contractors in writing of the mutually agreed upon changes in provisions of

such agreements which are applicable to the Project, and their effective dates.

B. It is agreed that any provisions negotiated into Schedules A collective

bargaining agreements will not apply to work on this Project if such provisions are less favorable to

this Project than those uniformly required of contractors for construction work normally covered by

those agreements; nor shall any provisions be recognized or applied on this Project if it may be

construed to apply exclusively, or predominantly, to work covered by this Project Agreement.

C. Any disagreement between signatories to this Agreement over the incorporation

into Schedules "A" of provisions agreed upon in the renegotiations of Area Collective Bargaining

Agreements shall be resolved in accordance with the procedure set forth in Article 9 of this

Agreement.

BID FORMS


1.16.20

43

SECTION 6. LABOR DISPUTES DURING AREA CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS

The Unions agree that there will be no strikes, work stoppages, sympathy actions, picketing,

slowdowns or other disruptive activity or other violations of Article 7 affecting the Project by any

Local Union involved in the renegotiations of Area Local Collective Bargaining Agreements nor shall

there by any lock-out on the Project affective a Local Union during the course of such renegotiations.

ARTICLE 20 - DURATION OF AGREEMENT AND SIGNATURES

SECTION 1.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the _ day of , 2014, and shall remain

in full force and effect during the entire period of the construction of the Project described in Article 3,

Section 1 hereof. As areas and systems of the Project are inspected and construction tested by the

Construction Project Manager or Contractors and accepted by the Owner, the Agreement will not have

any further force or effect on such areas, except when the Construction Project Manager or Contractors

are directed by the Owner to engage in repairs, modifications, check-out and warranty functions

required by its contract with the Owner during the term of this Agreement. Upon completion of the

Project, this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and

effective as of the day of _ , 2014.

ROWAN UNIVERSITY

JOSEPH F. SCULLY, Senior Vice President of Finance

BID FORMS


1.16.20

44

UNITED BUILDING TRADES COUNCIL

OF SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY

By:_

Daniel Cosner, President

Asbestos Workers #14

Bricklayers #2

Bricklayers #5

Carpenters #393

Cement Masons #592

Electrical Workers #351

Glazier #225

Laborers #172

BID FORMS


1.16.20

45

Laborers 222

Operating Engineers #825

Painters #711

Plasterers #8

Plumbers/Pipe Fitters #322

Roofers #30

Sheet Metal Workers #19

Signmakers #194

Sprinkler #692

Teamsters #676

Tile, Marble #7

BID FORMS


1.16.20

46

ARTICLE 21 - LETTER OF ASSENT

PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT

The undersigned, as a Prime Contractor or Subcontractor on a Contract which is part of the

(Project) for and in consideration of the award of a

(Name of Project)

Contract to perform work on said Project, and in further consideration of the mutual

promises made in the Project Labor Agreement, a copy of which is available for

review, and is acknowledged, hereby:

(1) On behalf of itself and all its employees, accepts and agrees to be bound

by terms and conditions of the Project Labor Agreement, together with

any and all amendments and supplements now existing or which are later

made thereto, and understands that any act of non-compliance with all

such terms and conditions, including but not limited to, evidence of

compliance with the pre-employment controlled substance testing, will

subject the non- complying Contractor or employee(s) to being prohibited

from the Project Site until full compliance is obtained.

(2) Certified that it has no commitments or agreements, which would

preclude its full compliance with the terms and conditions of said Project

Labor Agreement.

(3) Agrees to secure from any Contractor(s) (as defined in said Project Labor

Agreement) which is or becomes a Subcontractor(s) (of any tier), a duly

executed Letter of Assent in form identical to this document prior to

commencement of any work.

Dated:

Name of Contractor/Company

Signature of Authorized Representative

BID FORMS


1.16.20

47

Print Name and Title

Revised 1/6/09 Contract Number

AIA®

Document A101TM – 2017

Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor

where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum

AIA Document A101™ – 2017. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997, 2007 and 2017

by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and

International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil

and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at

10:13:38 on 03/14/2018 under Order No.4072535657 which expires on 03/14/2019, and is not for resale.

User Notes: (1834509656)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS:

The author of this document

has added information

needed for its completion.

The author may also have

revised the text of the

original AIA standard form.

An Additions and Deletions

Report that notes added

information as well as

revisions to the standard

form text is available from

the author and should be

reviewed.

This document has important

legal consequences.

Consultation with an

attorney is encouraged with

respect to its completion

or modification.

The parties should complete

A101™–2017, Exhibit A,

Insurance and Bonds,

contemporaneously with this

Agreement. AIA Document

A201™–2017, General

Conditions of the Contract

for Construction, is

adopted in this document by

reference. Do not use with

other general conditions

unless this document is

modified.

ELECTRONIC COPYING of any

portion of this AIA® Document

to another electronic file is

prohibited and constitutes a

violation of copyright laws

as set forth in the footer of

this document.

AGREEMENT made as of the __day of ____________________in the year 2018

(In words, indicate day, month and year.)

BETWEEN the Owner:

Rowan University

201 Mullica Hill Road

Glassboro, NJ 08028

and the Contractor:

for the following Project:

Bunce Hall Renovation Project

The Architect:

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.






User Notes: (1834509656)

2

TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4 CONTRACT SUM 5 PAYMENTS 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXHIBIT A INSURANCE AND BONDS

ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and other

Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed

in this Agreement, Bid Solicitation, Bid Submission and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all

of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated

herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior

negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents,

other than a Modification, appears in Article 9.

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in

the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.

ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be

[ « » ] The date of this Agreement.

[ X ] A date set forth in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner.

[ « » ] Established as follows:

(Insert a date or a means to determine the date of commencement of the Work.)

« »

If a date of commencement of the Work is not selected, then the date of commencement shall be the date of this

Agreement.

§ 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement of the Work. TIME IS OF THE

ESSENCE.

§ 3.3 Substantial Completion






User Notes: (1834509656)

3

§ 3.3.1 Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall

achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work:

(Check one of the following boxes and complete the necessary information.)

[ ] Not later than () calendar days from the date of commencement of the Work.

[ X ] By the following date:

§ 3.3.2 Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents, if portions of the Work

are to be completed prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, the Contractor shall achieve Substantial

Completion of such portions by the following dates:

Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date

Entire Scope of Work

§ 3.3.3 If the Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion as provided in this Section 3.3, liquidated damages,

if any, shall be assessed as set forth below:

Liquidated damages of $5000 per day for each calendar day substantial completion is not achieved.

Liquidated damages of $5000 per day for each calendar day work on the closeout/punch list is incomplete

§ 3.4 By submission of the its Bid and execution of the Contract, the Contractor agrees that the time specified for

Final Completion of the Work is a reasonable period for completion of the Work taking into consideration the

average climatic range, material delivery time experience in the Contractor’s industry.

§ 3.5 Should the Contractor fail to substantially complete the Work by the date set for Substantial Completion set

forth above, the Contractor shall and hereby agrees to pay the Owner the sum of $1000 per day for each

consecutive calendar day which elapses between the above-referenced date set for Substantial Completion and the

date of actual Substantial Completion as certified to and approved by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to fully

complete the Work in conformity with all provisions of the Contract by the date set for Final Completion set forth

above, the Contractor shall and hereby agrees to pay the Owner the sum of $1000 per day for each consecutive

calendar day which elapses between the above-referenced date set for Final Completion and the date of actual Final

Completion as certified to and approved by the Owner.

§ 3.6 The per day liquidated damages sum referenced herein is hereby agreed to be a reasonable and proper measure

of damages which the Owner will sustain per diem by failure of Contractor to complete Work within time as

stipulated; it being recognized by Owner and Contractor that the damages suffered by Owner which could result

from a failure of the Contractor to complete the Work on schedule is uncertain and cannot be calculated with any

degree of mathematical certainty. In no way shall costs of Liquidated Damages be construed as a penalty to the

Contractor. In addition to liquidated damages, Owner shall have the right to recover the actual damages as are

capable of being ascertained and which are not duplicative of elements covered by the liquidated damages

provisions. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of Owner to complete the Work following the Contractor’s

breach of contract.

ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the

Contract. The Contract Sum shall be ($ ), subject to additions and deductions as provided

in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2 Alternates § 4.2.1 Alternates, if any, are inclusive of the total Contract Sum:

Item Price

§ 4.2.2 Subject to the conditions noted below, the following alternates may be accepted by the Owner following

execution of this Agreement. Upon acceptance, the Owner shall issue a Modification to this Agreement.






User Notes: (1834509656)

4

(Insert below each alternate and the conditions that must be met for the Owner to accept the alternate.)

Item Price Conditions for Acceptance

§ 4.3 Allowances, if any, included in the total Contract Sum reflected in Section 4.1:

(Identify each allowance.)

Item Price

§ 4.4 Unit prices, if any:

(Identify the item and state the unit price and quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.)

Item Units and Limitations Price per Unit ($0.00)

§ 4.5 Liquidated damages, if any:

(Insert terms and conditions for liquidated damages, if any.)

See Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.6 above.

§ 4.6 Other:

(Insert provisions for bonus or other incentives, if any, that might result in a change to the Contract Sum.)

Not Applicable.

ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS § 5.1 Progress Payments § 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for

Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the

Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of

the month.

§ 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the last day of a month,

the Owner shall make payment of the amount certified to the Contractor not later than the last day of the following

month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment of

the amount certified shall be made by the Owner not later than Forty Five ( 45 ) days after the Architect receives the

Application for Payment.

(Federal, state or local laws may require payment within a certain period of time.)

§ 5.1.3.1 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: The form for Applications for Payment shall be a notarized AIA

Document G702, Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA document G703 Continuation

Sheets. Each Application for Payment must be accompanied by three (3) sets of Certified Payroll Records for the

period covered by the Application. The payroll records shall indicate the proper classification of employees and the

payment of overtime, if any. These records shall include each Contractor’s subcontractor’s certified payroll.

Payment will not be authorized if the required payroll records have not been submitted.

§ 5.1.3.2 All Applications for Payment, Certified Payroll Records and Manning Reports shall include the relevant

purchase order number and project number.

§ 5.1.4 The Owner may decide to disapprove an Application for Payment, or withhold payment, in whole or in part,

to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner if, in its opinion, the representations as described in Section

5.1.4.1 below cannot be made. If the Owner withholds a Certificate for Payment, the Owner will notify the






User Notes: (1834509656)

5

Contractor as provided in Article 5 hereof. The Owner may also decide to withhold certifying payment in whole or

in part, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, to such extent as may be necessary

to protect the Owner from loss because of:

1. Defective Work which has not been remedied;

2. Third party claims filed or reasonable belief probable filing of such claims;

3. Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to vendors, subcontractors or for labor, materials

and equipment;

4. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract sum;

5. Damage to the Owner or another contractor;

6. Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the

unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;

7. Failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;

8. Avoidable delay in the progress of the Work;

10. Failure to maintain the Project Site in a safe and satisfactory condition in accordance with good

construction practices as recommended by the Engineer after consultation with the Contractor; and

11. Failure to submit updates as requested by the Owner or as required by the General Conditions.

When the foregoing reasons for withholding payment are resolved, certification will be made for amounts

previously withheld in the manner set forth in Section 5.1.3 above.

§ 5.1.4.1 The issuance of a separate Certificate for Payment will constitute representations by the Owner’s Project

Manager to the Owner, based on its individual observations at the Site and the data comprising the Application for

Payment submitted by the Contractor, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the

Owner’s knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The

foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents

upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract

Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Engineer. The issuance of

a separate Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contactor is entitled to payment in

the amount certified. However, the issuance of a separate Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that

the Owner has: (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work;

(2) reviewed the Contractor’s construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures; (3) reviewed

copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to

substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the

Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contact Sum.

§ 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the

Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract

Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form, and supported

by such data to substantiate its accuracy, as the Architect may require. This schedule of values shall be used as a

basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

§ 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end

of the period covered by the Application for Payment.

§ 5.1.6 In accordance with AIA Document A201™–2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, and

subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as

follows:

§ 5.1.6.1 The amount of each progress payment shall first include:

.1 That portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work;

.2 That portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and

suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction, or, if approved

in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing; and

.3 That portion of Construction Change Directives that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s

professional judgment, to be reasonably justified.






User Notes: (1834509656)

6

§ 5.1.6.2 The amount of each progress payment shall then be reduced by:

.1 The aggregate of any amounts previously paid by the Owner;

.2 The amount, if any, for Work that remains uncorrected and for which the Architect has previously

withheld a Certificate for Payment as provided in Article 9 of AIA Document A201–2017;

.3 Any amount for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier,

unless the Work has been performed by others the Contractor intends to pay;

.4 For Work performed or defects discovered since the last payment application, any amount for which

the Architect may withhold payment, or nullify a Certificate of Payment in whole or in part, as

provided in Article 9 of AIA Document A201–2017; and

.5 Retainage withheld pursuant to Section 5.1.7.

§ 5.1.7 Retainage § 5.1.7.1 For each progress payment made prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, the Owner may withhold the

following amount, as retainage, from the payment otherwise due:

(Insert a percentage or amount to be withheld as retainage from each Application for Payment. The amount of

retainage may be limited by governing law.)

Retainage shall be determined as follows:, the Owner will withhold Five percent (5%) of the amount due on each

partial payment when the outstanding balance of the Contract is more than $500,000. When the outstanding balance

of the Contract is Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or less, Owner will withhold five percent (10%) as

retainage. Retainage shall be withheld until the Owner determines that the work has been satisfactorily completed

and no unsettled claims exist. The final acceptance shall not be binding or conclusive upon the Owner should it

subsequently discover that the contractor has supplied inferior material or workmanship or has departed from the

terms of his contract. Should such a condition appear the Owner shall have the right, notwithstanding final

acceptance and payment, to cause the work to be properly done in accordance with the drawings and specifications

at the cost and expense of the contractor.

§ 5.1.7.1.1 The following items are not subject to retainage:

(Insert any items not subject to the withholding of retainage, such as general conditions, insurance, etc.)

None.

§ 5.1.7.2 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows:

(If the retainage established in Section 5.1.7.1 is to be modified prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work,

including modifications for Substantial Completion of portions of the Work as provided in Section 3.3.2, insert

provisions for such modifications.)

None.

§ 5.1.7.3

Intentionally Omitted.

§ 5.1.8 If final completion of the Work is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall pay

the Contractor any additional amounts in accordance with Article 9 of AIA Document A201–2017.

§ 5.1.9 Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for

materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.

§ 5.2 Final Payment § 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the

Contractor when

.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct

Work as provided in Article 12 of AIA Document A201–2017, and to satisfy other requirements, if

any, which extend beyond final payment; and

.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect.

§ 5.2.2 The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 45 days after the issuance of the

final Certificate for Payment.






User Notes: (1834509656)

7

« »

§ 5.3 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear no interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated

below.

ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION § 6.1 Initial Decision Maker The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Article 15 of AIA Document A201–2017, unless

the parties appoint below another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as the Initial Decision Maker.

§ 6.2 Binding Dispute Resolution For any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Article 15 of AIA Document A201–2017, the

method of binding dispute resolution shall be as follows:

(Check the appropriate box.)

[ « » ] Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201–2017

[X] Litigation in New Jersey Superior Court, Gloucester County.

[ « » ] Other (Specify)

« »

If the Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution, or do not subsequently agree in

writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court

of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION § 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document

A201–2017.

« »

§ 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2017.

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2017 or another Contract

Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract

Documents.

§ 8.2 The Owner’s representative:

(Name, address, email address, and other information)

_______________________ Project Manager

Rowan University


Glassboro, NJ 02028

@rowan.edu

§ 8.3 The Contractor’s representative:

(Name, address, email address, and other information)






User Notes: (1834509656)

8

§ 8.4 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days’ prior notice to the

other party.

§ 8.5 Insurance and Bonds § 8.5.1 The Owner and the Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance as set forth in AIA Document A101™–

2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum,

Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 8.5.2 The Contractor shall provide bonds as set forth in AIA Document A101™–2017 Exhibit A, and elsewhere in

the Contract Documents.

§ 8.6 Notice in electronic format, pursuant to Article 1 of AIA Document A201–2017, may be given in accordance

with AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, if completed, or as

otherwise set forth below:

(If other than in accordance with AIA Document E203–2013, insert requirements for delivering notice in electronic

format such as name, title, and email address of the recipient and whether and how the system will be required to

generate a read receipt for the transmission.)

« »

§ 8.7 Other provisions:

§8.8 It is the obligation of the Contractor to provide a full and complete copy of all insurance policies held by it at

the Contractor’s sole expense, upon reasonable request by the Owner, in the amounts specified in the Bid

Documents ( see Article 11 of modified AIA Document A201-2007 General Conditions of the Contract for

Construction). The Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain adequate insurance coverage shall result in the

immediate termination of this Agreement. The Owner will have the right to request copies of the Contractor’s

insurance policies or any part thereof for the duration of the contract period.

§8.9 This Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract as modified or supplemented in writing, and the

Supplemental General Conditions

shall control in the case of conflict between these documents and the Project Specifications, the Project Manual and

any other exhibits incorporated by reference into this Agreement in Article 9 herein.

ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 9.1 This Agreement is comprised of the following documents:

.1 AIA Document A101™–2017, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor

.2 AIA Document A101™–2017, Exhibit A, Insurance and Bonds

.3 AIA Document A201™–2017, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction

.4 Drawings: None

.5 Project Manual

Section Title Date Pages






User Notes: (1834509656)

9

DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DATED October 4, 2018

Section Title Date Pages

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Section Title Date






User Notes: (1834509656)

10

.7 Addenda, if any:

Number Date Pages

Portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements are not part of the Contract

Documents unless the bidding or proposal requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9.

.8 Other Exhibits:

(Check all boxes that apply and include appropriate information identifying the exhibit where

required.)

[ « » ] AIA Document E204™–2017, Sustainable Projects Exhibit, dated as indicated below:

(Insert the date of the E204-2017 incorporated into this Agreement.)

« »

[ « » ] The Sustainability Plan:

Title Date Pages

[ « » ] Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract:

Document Title Date Pages

.9 Other documents, if any, listed below:

(List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. AIA

Document A201™–2017 provides that the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders,

sample forms, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal

requirements, and other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or

proposals, are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. Any such

documents should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.)

The Bid Package attached hereto as Exhibit “A”

Contractor’s Bid attached hereto as Exhibit “B”

Affirmative Action Attachment (Exhibit B) attached hereto as Exhibit “C”

Project Labor Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “D”

This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.

OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature)

Joseph Scully, CFO

AIA®

Document A201TM – 2017

General Conditions of the Contract for Construction






User Notes: (1651668086)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS:

The author of this document

has added information

needed for its completion.

The author may also have

revised the text of the

original AIA standard form.

An Additions and Deletions

Report that notes added

information as well as

revisions to the standard

form text is available from

the author and should be

reviewed.

This document has important

legal consequences.

Consultation with an

attorney is encouraged with

respect to its completion

or modification.

For guidance in modifying

this document to include

supplementary conditions,

see AIA Document A503™,

Guide for Supplementary

Conditions.

ELECTRONIC COPYING of any

portion of this AIA® Document

to another electronic file is

prohibited and constitutes a

violation of copyright laws

as set forth in the footer of

this document.

for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address)

Bunce Hall Renovations

THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address)

Rowan University


Glassboro, NJ 08028

THE ARCHITECT: (Name, legal status and address)

KSS Architects, LLP

337 Witherspoon Street

Princeton, New Jersey 08542

TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES






User Notes: (1651668086)

2

INDEX (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.)

Acceptance of Nonconforming Work

9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3

Acceptance of Work

9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3

Access to Work

3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1

Accident Prevention

10

Acts and Omissions

3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5,

10.2.8, 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2

Addenda

1.1.1

Additional Costs, Claims for

3.7.4, 3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5

Additional Inspections and Testing

9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4

Additional Time, Claims for

3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.6

Administration of the Contract

3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5

Advertisement or Invitation to Bid

1.1.1

Aesthetic Effect

4.2.13

Allowances

3.8

Applications for Payment

4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.4, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.10

Approvals

2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.5, 3.1.3, 3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9,

3.12.10.1, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.1

Arbitration

8.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4

ARCHITECT

4

Architect, Definition of

4.1.1

Architect, Extent of Authority

2.5, 3.12.7, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.4, 7.4, 9.2,

9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1,

13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1

Architect, Limitations of Authority and

Responsibility

2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2,

4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4,

9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2

Architect’s Additional Services and Expenses

2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4

Architect’s Administration of the Contract

3.1.3, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5

Architect’s Approvals

2.5, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7

Architect’s Authority to Reject Work

3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1

Architect’s Copyright

1.1.7, 1.5

Architect’s Decisions

3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3,

7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1,

13.4.2, 15.2

Architect’s Inspections

3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4

Architect’s Instructions

3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.4.2

Architect’s Interpretations

4.2.11, 4.2.12

Architect’s Project Representative

4.2.10

Architect’s Relationship with Contractor

1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2,

3.5, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16,

3.18, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5,

9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2

Architect’s Relationship with Subcontractors

1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3

Architect’s Representations

9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1

Architect’s Site Visits

3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4

Asbestos

10.3.1

Attorneys’ Fees

3.18.1, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3

Award of Separate Contracts

6.1.1, 6.1.2

Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for

Portions of the Work

5.2

Basic Definitions

1.1

Bidding Requirements

1.1.1

Binding Dispute Resolution

8.3.1, 9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5,

15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1

Bonds, Lien

7.3.4.4, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.3

Bonds, Performance, and Payment

7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.5

Building Information Models Use and Reliance

1.8

Building Permit

3.7.1

Capitalization

1.3

Certificate of Substantial Completion

9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5

Certificates for Payment

4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7,

9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4






User Notes: (1651668086)

3

Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval

13.4.4

Certificates of Insurance

9.10.2

Change Orders

1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3,

7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1,

9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2

Change Orders, Definition of

7.2.1

CHANGES IN THE WORK

2.2.2, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1,

11.5

Claims, Definition of

15.1.1

Claims, Notice of

1.6.2, 15.1.3

CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4

Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims

15.4.1

Claims for Additional Cost

3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 7.3.9, 9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5

Claims for Additional Time

3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6

Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for

3.7.4

Claims for Damages

3.2.4, 3.18, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3,

11.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7

Claims Subject to Arbitration

15.4.1

Cleaning Up

3.15, 6.3

Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to

2.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3,

6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5

Commencement of the Work, Definition of

8.1.2

Communications

3.9.1, 4.2.4

Completion, Conditions Relating to

3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1,

9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2

COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND

9

Completion, Substantial

3.10.1, 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1,

9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2

Compliance with Laws

2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 10.2.2,

13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3,

15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3

Concealed or Unknown Conditions

3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3

Conditions of the Contract

1.1.1, 6.1.1, 6.1.4

Consent, Written

3.4.2, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 13.2,

15.4.4.2

Consolidation or Joinder

15.4.4

CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY

SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

1.1.4, 6

Construction Change Directive, Definition of

7.3.1

Construction Change Directives

1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3,

7.3, 9.3.1.1

Construction Schedules, Contractor’s

3.10, 3.11, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2

Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts

5.4, 14.2.2.2

Continuing Contract Performance

15.1.4

Contract, Definition of

1.1.2

CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR

SUSPENSION OF THE

5.4.1.1, 5.4.2, 11.5, 14

Contract Administration

3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5

Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating

to

3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1

Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of

1.5.2, 2.3.6, 5.3

Contract Documents, Definition of

1.1.1

Contract Sum

2.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.8, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.3, 7.4,

9.1, 9.2, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2,

12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5

Contract Sum, Definition of

9.1

Contract Time

1.1.4, 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.5,

7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.3.6, 7, 7, 7.3.10, 7.4, 8.1.1,

8.2.1, 8.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2,

14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5

Contract Time, Definition of

8.1.1

CONTRACTOR

3

Contractor, Definition of

3.1, 6.1.2

Contractor’s Construction and Submittal

Schedules

3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2

Contractor’s Employees

2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6,

10.2, 10.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1

Contractor’s Liability Insurance

11.1






User Notes: (1651668086)

4

Contractor’s Relationship with Separate Contractors

and Owner’s Forces

3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3, 12.2.4

Contractor’s Relationship with Subcontractors

1.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.4, 5, 9.6.2,

9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4

Contractor’s Relationship with the Architect

1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2,

3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2, 5.2,

6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6,

10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1

Contractor’s Representations

3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2

Contractor’s Responsibility for Those Performing the

Work

3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.5.1, 10.2.8

Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents

3.2

Contractor’s Right to Stop the Work

2.2.2, 9.7

Contractor’s Right to Terminate the Contract

14.1

Contractor’s Submittals

3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2,

9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3

Contractor’s Superintendent

3.9, 10.2.6

Contractor’s Supervision and Construction

Procedures

1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4,

7.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4

Coordination and Correlation

1.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1

Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications

1.5, 2.3.6, 3.11

Copyrights

1.5, 3.17

Correction of Work

2.5, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3,

15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1

Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents

1.2

Cost, Definition of

7.3.4

Costs

2.5, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3,

7.3.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6,

11.2, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14

Cutting and Patching

3.14, 6.2.5

Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate

Contractors

3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4

Damage to the Work

3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4

Damages, Claims for

3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2,

11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7

Damages for Delay

6.2.3, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2

Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of

8.1.2

Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of

8.1.3

Day, Definition of

8.1.4

Decisions of the Architect

3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 6.3, 7.3.4,

7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2,

14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2

Decisions to Withhold Certification

9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3

Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance,

Rejection and Correction of

2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.3, 9.5.1, 9.5.3, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3,

9.10.4, 12.2.1

Definitions

1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.5, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 5.1,

6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1, 15.1.1

Delays and Extensions of Time

3.2, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7,

10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5

Digital Data Use and Transmission

1.7

Disputes

6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2

Documents and Samples at the Site

3.11

Drawings, Definition of

1.1.5

Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of

3.11

Effective Date of Insurance

8.2.2

Emergencies

10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5

Employees, Contractor’s

3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2,

10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1

Equipment, Labor, or Materials

1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,

4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,

9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2

Execution and Progress of the Work

1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.6, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1,

3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 9.5.1,

9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4

Extensions of Time

3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2,

10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5

Failure of Payment

9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2

Faulty Work

(See Defective or Nonconforming Work)

Final Completion and Final Payment

4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3






User Notes: (1651668086)

5

Financial Arrangements, Owner’s

2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1

Governing Law

13.1

Guarantees (See Warranty)

Hazardous Materials and Substances

10.2.4, 10.3

Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers

5.2.1

Indemnification

3.17, 3.18, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3

Information and Services Required of the Owner

2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10.1, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5,

9.6.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2,

14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4

Initial Decision

15.2

Initial Decision Maker, Definition of

1.1.8

Initial Decision Maker, Decisions

14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5

Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority

14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5

Injury or Damage to Person or Property

10.2.8, 10.4

Inspections

3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3,

9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4

Instructions to Bidders

1.1.1

Instructions to the Contractor

3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2

Instruments of Service, Definition of

1.1.7

Insurance

6.1.1, 7.3.4, 8.2.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.5,

11

Insurance, Notice of Cancellation or Expiration

11.1.4, 11.2.3

Insurance, Contractor’s Liability

11.1

Insurance, Effective Date of

8.2.2, 14.4.2

Insurance, Owner’s Liability

11.2

Insurance, Property

10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5

Insurance, Stored Materials

9.3.2

INSURANCE AND BONDS

11

Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy

9.9.1

Insured loss, Adjustment and Settlement of

11.5

Intent of the Contract Documents

1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13

Interest

13.5

Interpretation

1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 15.1.1

Interpretations, Written

4.2.11, 4.2.12

Judgment on Final Award

15.4.2

Labor and Materials, Equipment

1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,

5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1,

10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2

Labor Disputes

8.3.1

Laws and Regulations

1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4,

9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8,

15.4

Liens

2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8

Limitations, Statutes of

12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1

Limitations of Liability

3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.10, 3.12.10.1, 3.17, 3.18.1, 4.2.6,

4.2.7, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3,

11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1

Limitations of Time

2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7,

5.2, 5.3, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3,

9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15,

15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5

Materials, Hazardous

10.2.4, 10.3

Materials, Labor, Equipment and

1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,

5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2,

10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2

Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and

Procedures of Construction

3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2

Mechanic’s Lien

2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8

Mediation

8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1,

15.4.1.1

Minor Changes in the Work

1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13

Modifications, Definition of

1.1.1

Modifications to the Contract

1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.5, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7,

10.3.2

Mutual Responsibility

6.2






User Notes: (1651668086)

6

Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of

9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3

Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of

2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4,

12.2

Notice

1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2, 2.1.2, 2.2.2., 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.5, 3.2.4,

3.3.1, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 7.4,

8.2.2 9.6.8, 9.7, 9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1,

13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5,

15.1.6, 15.4.1

Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance

11.1.4, 11.2.3

Notice of Claims

1.6.2, 2.1.2, 3.7.4, 9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 15.1.5,

15.1.6, 15.2.8, 15.3.2, 15.4.1

Notice of Testing and Inspections

13.4.1, 13.4.2

Observations, Contractor’s

3.2, 3.7.4

Occupancy

2.3.1, 9.6.6, 9.8

Orders, Written

1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2,

14.3.1

OWNER

2

Owner, Definition of

2.1.1

Owner, Evidence of Financial Arrangements

2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4

Owner, Information and Services Required of the

2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5,

9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1,

13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4

Owner’s Authority

1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.32.4, 2.5, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2,

4.1.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1,

7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2,

10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4,

15.2.7

Owner’s Insurance

11.2

Owner’s Relationship with Subcontractors

1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2

Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work

2.5, 14.2.2

Owner’s Right to Clean Up

6.3

Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to

Award Separate Contracts

6.1

Owner’s Right to Stop the Work

2.4

Owner’s Right to Suspend the Work

14.3

Owner’s Right to Terminate the Contract

14.2, 14.4

Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications

and Other Instruments of Service

1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.2.2, 3.11, 3.17, 4.2.12,

5.3

Partial Occupancy or Use

9.6.6, 9.9

Patching, Cutting and

3.14, 6.2.5

Patents

3.17

Payment, Applications for

4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.8.5, 9.10.1,

14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3

Payment, Certificates for

4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1,

9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4

Payment, Failure of

9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2

Payment, Final

4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3

Payment Bond, Performance Bond and

7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2

Payments, Progress

9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4

PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

9

Payments to Subcontractors

5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2

PCB

10.3.1

Performance Bond and Payment Bond

7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2

Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws

2.3.1, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.4.4, 10.2.2

PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION

OF

10

Polychlorinated Biphenyl

10.3.1

Product Data, Definition of

3.12.2

Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings

3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7

Progress and Completion

4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4

Progress Payments

9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4

Project, Definition of

1.1.4

Project Representatives

4.2.10

Property Insurance

10.2.5, 11.2

Proposal Requirements

1.1.1

PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10






User Notes: (1651668086)

7

Regulations and Laws

1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 9.9.1,

10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8,

15.4

Rejection of Work

4.2.6, 12.2.1

Releases and Waivers of Liens

9.3.1, 9.10.2

Representations

3.2.1, 3.5, 3.12.6, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1

Representatives

2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.10, 13.2.1

Responsibility for Those Performing the Work

3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, 10

Retainage

9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3

Review of Contract Documents and Field

Conditions by Contractor

3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3

Review of Contractor’s Submittals by Owner and

Architect

3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2

Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and

Samples by Contractor

3.12

Rights and Remedies

1.1.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1,

6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.1, 12.2.2,

12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4

Royalties, Patents and Copyrights

3.17

Rules and Notices for Arbitration

15.4.1

Safety of Persons and Property

10.2, 10.4

Safety Precautions and Programs

3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4

Samples, Definition of

3.12.3

Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and

3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7

Samples at the Site, Documents and

3.11

Schedule of Values

9.2, 9.3.1

Schedules, Construction

3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2

Separate Contracts and Contractors

1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2

Separate Contractors, Definition of

6.1.1

Shop Drawings, Definition of

3.12.1

Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples

3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7

Site, Use of

3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1

Site Inspections

3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2, 9.9.2, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.4

Site Visits, Architect’s

3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4

Special Inspections and Testing

4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4

Specifications, Definition of

1.1.6

Specifications

1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14

Statute of Limitations

15.1.2, 15.4.1.1

Stopping the Work

2.2.2, 2.4, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1

Stored Materials

6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4

Subcontractor, Definition of

5.1.1

SUBCONTRACTORS

5

Subcontractors, Work by

1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4,

9.3.1.2, 9.6.7

Subcontractual Relations

5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1

Submittals

3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.4, 9.2, 9.3,

9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3

Submittal Schedule

3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7

Subrogation, Waivers of

6.1.1, 11.3

Substances, Hazardous

10.3

Substantial Completion

4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3,

12.2, 15.1.2

Substantial Completion, Definition of

9.8.1

Substitution of Subcontractors

5.2.3, 5.2.4

Substitution of Architect

2.3.3

Substitutions of Materials

3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8

Sub-subcontractor, Definition of

5.1.2

Subsurface Conditions

3.7.4

Successors and Assigns

13.2

Superintendent

3.9, 10.2.6

Supervision and Construction Procedures

1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4,

7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4






User Notes: (1651668086)

8

Suppliers

1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6,

9.10.5, 14.2.1

Surety

5.4.1.2, 9.6.8, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2,

15.2.7

Surety, Consent of

9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3

Surveys

1.1.7, 2.3.4

Suspension by the Owner for Convenience

14.3

Suspension of the Work

3.7.5, 5.4.2, 14.3

Suspension or Termination of the Contract

5.4.1.1, 14

Taxes

3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.4.4

Termination by the Contractor

14.1, 15.1.7

Termination by the Owner for Cause

5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7

Termination by the Owner for Convenience

14.4

Termination of the Architect

2.3.3

Termination of the Contractor Employment

14.2.2

TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE

CONTRACT

14

Tests and Inspections

3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3,

9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4

TIME

8

Time, Delays and Extensions of

3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7,

10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5

Time Limits

2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2,

5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3,

9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14,

15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.4

Time Limits on Claims

3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3

Title to Work

9.3.2, 9.3.3

UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF

WORK

12

Uncovering of Work

12.1

Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown

3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3

Unit Prices

7.3.3.2, 9.1.2

Use of Documents

1.1.1, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.12.6, 5.3

Use of Site

3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1

Values, Schedule of

9.2, 9.3.1

Waiver of Claims by the Architect

13.3.2

Waiver of Claims by the Contractor

9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7

Waiver of Claims by the Owner

9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7

Waiver of Consequential Damages

14.2.4, 15.1.7

Waiver of Liens

9.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4

Waivers of Subrogation

6.1.1, 11.3

Warranty

3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 12.2.2,

15.1.2

Weather Delays

8.3, 15.1.6.2

Work, Definition of

1.1.3

Written Consent

1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.10.3,

13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2

Written Interpretations

4.2.11, 4.2.12

Written Orders

1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1






User Notes: (1651668086)

9

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 Basic Definitions § 1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the

Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other

Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor’s Bid, Bid

Solicitation other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A

Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a

Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. The

Contract Documents shall include the Requirements as outlined specifically in the Bid Solicitation.

§ 1.1.2 The Contract

The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated

agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either

written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall

not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Architect or the

Architect’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner

and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants, or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the

Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the

Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect’s duties.

§1.1.2.1 The Contractor acknowledges and warrants that it has closely examined all of the Contract Documents, that

they are suitable and sufficient to enable the Contractor to complete the Work in a timely manner for the Contract

Sum, and that they include all Work, whether or not shown or described, which reasonably may be inferred to be

required or useful for the completion of the Work in full compliance with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances and

regulations and that questions regarding the bid documents and any interpretation(s) regarding same have been

asked by the contractor, in the form and manner required in the instructions to bidders.

§ 1.1.3 The Work The term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or

partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by

the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.

§1.1.3.2 Nothing in these General Conditions shall be interpreted as imposing on the Owner, or its respective agents,

employees, officers, directors or consultants, any duty, obligation or authority with respect to any items that are not

intended to be incorporated into the completed project, including but not limited to shoring, scaffolding, hoists,

temporary weatherproofing, or any temporary facility or temporary activity, since these are the sole responsibility of

the Contractor.

§ 1.1.4 The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole

or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors.

§ 1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and

dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams.

§ 1.1.6 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,

equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.

§ 1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the

tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants under their

respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies,

surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials.






User Notes: (1651668086)

10

§ 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the Architect. The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or

Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith.

§ 1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and

completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by

one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent

consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the

indicated results.

§ 1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining

provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law, or is otherwise invalid

or unenforceable, then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and

enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to give

effect to the parties’ intentions and purposes in executing the Contract.

§ 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall

not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be

performed by any trade.

§ 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction

industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.

§ 1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of

numbered articles, or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects.

§ 1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as “all” and “any” and

articles such as “the” and “an,” but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in

another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.

§ 1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications, and Other Instruments of Service § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect’s consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective

Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and retain all common law, statutory, and other

reserved rights in their Instruments of Service, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-

subcontractors, and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or

distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be

construed as publication in derogation of the Architect’s or Architect’s consultants’ reserved rights.

§ 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the

Instruments of Service provided to them, subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8, solely

and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice,

if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers may

not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work

without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect, and the Architect’s consultants.

§ 1.6 Notice § 1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2, where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or

give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to

whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person, by mail, by

courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement.

§ 1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been

duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by

certified or registered mail, or by courier providing proof of delivery.






User Notes: (1651668086)

11

§ 1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other

information or documentation in digital form. The parties will use AIA Document E203™–2013, Building

Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, to establish the protocols for the development, use, transmission,

and exchange of digital data.

§ 1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of, or reliance on, all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols

governing the use of, and reliance on, the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set

forth in AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, and the requisite

AIA Document G202™–2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form, shall be at the using or

relying party’s sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants, the authors of, or

contributors to, the building information model, and each of their agents and employees.

§ 1.9 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

§ 1.9.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. The Agreement shall be signed in not

less than quadruplicate by the Owner and Contractor.

§ 1.9.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that said Contract Documents are full and

complete, are sufficient to have enabled the Contractor to determine the cost of the Work therein to enter

into the Contract and that the Contract Documents are sufficient to enable it to perform the Work outlined

therein, and otherwise to fulfill all its obligations hereunder, including, but not limited to, Contractor's

obligation to perform the Work for an amount not in excess of the Contract Sum on or before the date(s) of

Substantial Completion established in the Agreement. The Contractor further acknowledges and declares

that it has visited and examined the site, examined all physical, legal, and other conditions affecting the

Work and is fully familiar with all of the conditions thereon and thereunder affecting the same. In

connection with the foregoing, and having carefully examined all Contract Documents, as aforesaid, and

having visited the site, the contractor acknowledges and declares that it has no knowledge of any

discrepancies, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts in said Contract Documents and that if it becomes aware

of any such discrepancies, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts, it will promptly notify Owner and Engineer

of such fact.

1.9.3. The term "reasonably inferable" includes work necessary to "provide" work indicated or specified, as

defined in section: Definitions and Standards; that is: furnish and install, complete, in place and ready for

use.

1.9.3.1 Details referenced to portions of the Work shall apply to other like portions of the Work not otherwise

detailed.

1.9.3.2 The Contractor shall request, from the Owner interpretation of apparent discrepancies, conflicts, or

omissions in the Specifications and Drawings. Subcontractors shall forward such requests through the

Contractor. Such requests, and the Engineer's interpretation, shall be in written form; other forms of

communications shall be used to expedite resolution of concerns, but will not be binding.

§1.9.4 Explanatory notes shall take precedence over conflicting drawn note indications. Large scale drawings

shall take precedence over small scale drawings. Figured dimensions shall take precedence over scaled

measurements. Should contradictions be found, the Engineer shall determine which indication is correct.

§1.9.5 Where it is required in the specifications that materials, products, processes, equipment, or the like be

installed or applied in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, directions, or specifications, or words to

this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance

with printed material concerned for use under conditions similar to those at the job site. Three copies of

such instructions shall be furnished to the Engineer and his written approval thereof obtained before work

is begun.






User Notes: (1651668086)

12

§1.9.6 Any material specified by reference to the number, symbol, or title of a Commercial Standard, Federal

Specification, ASTM Specification, trade association standard, or other similar standards, shall comply

with the requirements in the latest revision thereof and any amendments or supplements thereto in effect

one month prior to the date on which bids are opened and read, except as limited to type, class, or grade, or

modified in such reference. The standards referred to, except as modified in the specifications, shall have

full force and effect as though printed in the specifications. The Engineer will furnish upon request

information as to how copies of the standards referred to may be obtained.

§ 1.8 The word "contractor" shall mean the prime contractor(s) with whom the contract has been executed.

ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 General § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the

Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have

express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term “Owner” means

the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative. Contractor understands and acknowledges that the authority

for all decisions required to be made resides with Owner. Architect and/or Contractor shall not rely upon or request

from owner’s Representatives any decision which requires Owner’s determination

§ 2.2 Intentionally Omitted.

§ 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner § 2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,

including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements,

assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent

changes in existing facilities.

§ 2.3.2 Intentionally Omitted.


§ 2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for

the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The furnishing of these surveys and the legal description of

the site shall not relieve the Contractor from its duties under the Contract Documents. Neither Owner nor the

Engineer shall be required to furnish Contractor with any information concerning subsurface characteristics or

conditions of the areas where the Work is to be performed. When the Owner or Engineer has made investigations of

subsurface characteristics or conditions of the areas where the Work is to be performed, such investigations, if any,

were made solely for the purposes of Owner's study. Neither such investigations nor the records thereof are a part of

the Contract between Owner and Contractor. To the extent such investigations or the records thereof are made

available to Contractor by the Owner or Engineer, such information is furnished solely for the convenience of

Contractor. Neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility whatsoever in respect of the sufficiency or

accuracy of the investigations thus made, the records thereof, or of the interpretations set forth therein or made by

the Owner or Engineer in its use thereof, and there is no warranty or guaranty, either express or implied, that the

conditions indicated by such investigations or records thereof are representative of those existing throughout the

areas where the Work is to be performed, or any part thereof, or that unforeseen developments may not occur, or that

materials other than or in proportions different from those indicated may not be encountered. The Contractor shall

undertake such further investigations and studies as may be necessary or useful to determine subsurface

characteristics and conditions. In connection with the foregoing, Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating

(and shall locate prior to performing any Work) all utility lines, telephone company lines and cables, sewer lines,

water pipes, gas lines, electrical lines, including, without limitation, all buried pipelines and buried telephone cables

and shall perform the Work in such a manner so as to avoid damaging any such lines, cables, pipes, and pipelines.


§ 2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of

the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2.






User Notes: (1651668086)

13

§ 2.4 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as

required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or fails

or refuses to provide a sufficient amount of properly supervised and coordinated labor, materials, or equipment so as

to be able to complete the Work within the Contract Time or fails to remove and discharge (within ten days) any lien

filed upon Owner's property by anyone claiming by, through, or under Contractor, or disregards the instructions of

Architect or Owner when based on the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written

order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated;

however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise

this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity.

§ 2.5 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails

within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default

or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,

correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to

prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may, pursuant to Section 9.5.1, withhold or nullify a Certificate for

Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of

correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Architect’s additional services

made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such

amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the

Owner or the Architect, or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner, the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to

Article 15.

ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 General § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the

Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the

jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have

express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term “Contractor” means

the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative.

§ 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract

Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect’s administration of the Contract, or by tests,

inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor.

§ 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,

become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated personal

observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the

Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as

the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4, shall take field measurements of any existing

conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. In addition to

Contractor's duties under this Agreement, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents

with each other and shall at once report to the Owner errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. If the

Contractor performs any construction activity involving an error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract

Documents that the Contractor recognized or reasonably should have recognized without such notice to the Owner,

the Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for such performance and shall bear the full amount of the

attributable costs for correction. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as

a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract

Documents.






User Notes: (1651668086)

14

§ 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable

laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor

shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a

request for information in such form as the Architect may require.

§ 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the

Architect issues in response to the Contractor’s notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or

3.2.3, the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations

of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner, subject to Section 15.1.7,

as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those

obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors,

inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions

and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes,

ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities; unless the Contractor recognized

such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Owner.

§ 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The

Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques,

sequences, and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract

Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or

procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite

safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means,

methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner

and Architect, and shall propose alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect

shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction.

Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor’s proposed alternative, the Contractor shall perform the Work using

its alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures.

§ 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees,

Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or

on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.

§ 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that

such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.

§ 3.3.4 Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means and methods of the work performed. Owner shall have

no obligation, responsibility and/or liability with respect to any issues, claims or controversies arising out of the

manner in which work is performed, nor shall the Owner be responsible and/or liable for any issue, claim or

controversy arising out of Contractor’s failure to operate consistent with OSHA or other safety standards.

§ 3.4 Labor and Materials § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,

materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other

facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent

and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.

§ 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with

Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions

only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or

Construction Change Directive.

§ 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other

persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly

skilled in tasks assigned to them.






User Notes: (1651668086)

15

§ 3.5 Warranty § 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the

Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The

Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be

free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit.

Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s

warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the

Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If

required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials

and equipment.

§ 3.5.2 All material, equipment, or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in

the name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner, and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4.

§ 3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are

legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled

to go into effect.

§ 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building

permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper

execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally

required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded.

§ 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes,

rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.

§ 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes,

rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility

for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to the correction thereof or related thereto, including all fines and

penalties.

§ 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions

that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an

unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in

construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly

provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days

after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect

determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required

for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum

or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from

those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect

shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect’s

determination or recommendation, that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15.

§ 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial

markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately

suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such

notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume

the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but

shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the

Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in

Article 15.






User Notes: (1651668086)

16

§ 3.8 Allowances § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items

covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct,

but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable

objection.

§ 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,

.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and

all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;

.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly

by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual

costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1.

§ 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness.

§ 3.9 Superintendent § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a full time competent superintendent, acceptable to the Owner, and necessary

assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work and until final completion of

all work, including all corrective and punch list items. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and

communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.

§ 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of

the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Architect

may notify the Contractor, stating whether the Owner or the Architect (1) has reasonable objection to the proposed

superintendent or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day

period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.

§ 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made

reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s consent,

which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed.

§ 3.10 Contractor’s Construction and Submittal Schedules § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall submit for the Owner’s and Architect’s

information a Contractor’s construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the

Project, including (1) the date of commencement of the Work, interim schedule milestone dates, and the date of

Substantial Completion; (2) an apportionment of the Work by construction activity; and (3) the time required for

completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to

completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at

appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project.

§ 3.10.2 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current

submittal schedule, shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect’s approval. The Architect’s approval shall not

be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s

construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to

submit a submittal schedule, or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule, the

Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time

required for review of submittals.

§ 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to

the Owner and Architect.

§ 3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available, at the Project site, the Contract Documents, including Change Orders,

Construction Change Directives, and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field

changes and selections made during construction, and the approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and

similar required submittals. These shall be in electronic form or paper copy, available to the Architect and Owner,

and delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as

constructed.






User Notes: (1651668086)

17

§ 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the

Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of

the Work.

§ 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams,

and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.

§ 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and establish standards

by which the Work will be judged.

§ 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose

is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed

in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals.

Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the

Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that

are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.

§ 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve, and submit to the

Architect, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents, in

accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal

schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of

the Owner or of Separate Contractors.

§ 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to

the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified

materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and (3) checked and

coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract

Documents.

§ 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal

and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, until the respective submittal has been

approved by the Architect.

§ 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved

of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect’s approval of

Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically notified the

Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific

deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued

authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop

Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, by the Architect’s approval thereof.

§ 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data,

Samples, or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the

absence of such notice, the Architect’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.

§ 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of

architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of

the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor’s

responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. The Contractor shall not be

required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.

§ 3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or

equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will

specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely

upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The

Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design






User Notes: (1651668086)

18

professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop

Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings, and other submittals related to the

Work, designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written

approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy

and accuracy of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals,

provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such

services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review and approve or take other

appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given

and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor’s design professional to certify that the Work has been

performed in accordance with the design criteria, the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at

the time and in the form specified by the Architect.

§ 3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes,

rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities, and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably

encumber the site with materials or equipment.

§ 3.13.1 Location and weights of all equipment and materials and the Contractor intends to place on the site shall be

submitted to the Owner for review.

§ 3.13.2 Only materials and equipment which are to be used directly in the Work shall be brought to and stored on

the Project site by the Contractor. After equipment is no longer required for the Work, it shall be promptly removed

from the Project site. Protection of construction materials and equipment stored at the Project site from weather,

theft, damage and all other adversity is solely the responsibility of the Contractor.

§ 3.13.3 The Contractor and any entity for whom the Contractor is responsible shall not erect any sign on the

Project site without the prior written consent of the Owner with the exception of those directed to be erected through

the contract documents and those necessary for site safety or in an emergency.

§ 3.13.4 Contractor shall ensure that the Work, at all times, is performed in a manner that affords reasonable access,

both vehicular and pedestrian, to the site of the Work and all adjacent areas. The Work shall be performed, to the

fullest extent reasonably possible, in such a manner that public areas adjacent to the site of the Work shall be free

from all debris, building materials and equipment likely to cause hazardous conditions. Without limitation of any

provision of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall use its best efforts to minimize any interference with the

occupancy or beneficial use of (1) any areas and buildings adjacent to the site of the Work.

§ 3.13.5 Without prior approval of the Owner, the Contractor shall not permit any workers to use any existing

facilities at the Project site, including without limitation, lavatories, toilets, entrances and parking areas other than

those designated by the Owner. Without limitation of any other provision of the Contract Documents, the

Contractor shall use its best efforts to comply with all rules and regulations promulgated by the Owner in connection

with the use and occupancy of the Project site and the Building, as amended from time to time.

The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner in writing if during the performance of the Work, the Contractor

finds compliance with any portion of such rules and regulations to be impracticable, setting forth the problems of

such and suggest alternatives through which the same results can be achieved. The Owner may, in the Owner's sole

discretion, adopt such suggestions, develop new alternatives or require compliance with the existing requirement of

the rules and regulations. The Contractor shall also comply with all insurance requirements and collective

bargaining agreements applicable to use and occupancy of the Project site and the Building.

§ 3.14 Cutting and Patching § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting, or patching required to complete the Work or to

make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting, or patching shall be restored to the condition

existing prior to the cutting, fitting, or patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents.

§ 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed

construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting, patching, or otherwise altering such construction, or

by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor






User Notes: (1651668086)

19

except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably

withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold, from the Owner or a Separate Contractor, its consent to

cutting or otherwise altering the Work.

§ 3.15 Cleaning Up § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and

rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste

materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from and about

the Project.

§ 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the

Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor.

§ 3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever

located.

§ 3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement

of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but

shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer

or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in

Drawings, Specifications, or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if an infringement of a

copyright or patent is discovered by, or made known to, the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the

loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect.

§ 3.18 Indemnification § 3.18.1

§ 3.18.1To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,

Architect, Architect’s consultants, and their respective agents and employees of any of them from and against

claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from

performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,

sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to

the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly

employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage,

loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,

abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person

described in this Section 3.18.

.1 Contractor, for itself, its successors and assigns, agrees to indemnify and save Owner, the individual

members (past, present and future), its successors, assigns, employees, agent, Engineers, and/or the

harmless from, and against any and all claims, demands, damages, actions or causes of action by any

party, together with any and all losses, costs or expenses in connection therewith or related thereto,

including, but not limited to, attorney fees and costs of suit, for bodily injuries, death or property

damage arising in or in any manner growing out of the work performed, or to be performed under

this Contract. Contractor and its successors and assigns agree to indemnify the Owner, its individual

members (past, present and future), its successors, assigns, employees, agents, and Engineers and

against all fines, penalties or losses incurred for, including, but not limited to, attorney fees and costs

of suit, or by reason of the violation by Contractor in the performance of this Contract, or any

ordinance, regulation, rule of law of any political subdivision or duly constituted public authority.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, at the request of Owner, its individual members (past

and present), its successors, assigns, employees, agents, or Engineers, agrees to defend at the

Contractor's expense any suit or proceeding brought against Owner, its individual members (past,

present and future), its successors, assigns, employees, agents, Engineers due to, or arising out of the

work performed by the Contractor.

.2 The Contractor assumes the entire risk, responsibility, and liability for any and all damage or

injury of every kind and nature whatsoever (including death resulting therefrom) to all persons, whether employees






User Notes: (1651668086)

20

of the Contractor or otherwise, and to all property (including the Work itself) caused by, resulting from, arising out

of or occurring in connection with the execution of the Work, or in preparation for the Work, or any extension,

modification, or amendment to the Work by the Change Order or otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by law,

the Contractor and its Surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the Architect, the Architect’s

consultants, and the respective agents and employees of any of them (herein collectively called the Indemnitees)

from and against any and all liability, loss, damages, interest, judgments, and liens growing out of, and any and all

costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, counsel fees and disbursements) arising out of, relating to or

incurred in connection with the Work including, any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, or proceedings which

may be made or brought against any of the Indemnitees for or in relation to any breach of the Contract for

Construction or any violation of the laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, or executive orders relating to or in

any way affecting the performance or breach of the Contract for Construction, whether or not such injuries to

persons or damages to property are due or claimed to be due, in whole or in part, to any negligence of the Contractor

or its employees, agents, subcontractors, or materialmen, excepting only such injuries and/or damages as are the

result of the sole gross negligence of the Owner or Architect.

§ 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the

Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be

liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of

damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers’

compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.

ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 General § 4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in

the Agreement.

§ 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents

shall not be restricted, modified, or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor, and Architect.

Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

§ 4.2 Administration of the Contract § 4.2.1 The Owner will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be

an Owner’s representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment.

The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract

Documents.

§ 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed

with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,

and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when

fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to

make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will

not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or

procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the

Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and

quality of the portion of the Work completed, and promptly report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the

Contract Documents, (2) known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor,

and (3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor’s

failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not

have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of, the Contractor, Subcontractors,

or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect’s

services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any

direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by

and with the Architect’s consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and






User Notes: (1651668086)

21

suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the

Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols.

§ 4.2.5 Based on the Architect’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Architect will review

and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.

§ 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the

Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the

Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.

However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to

exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors,

suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals

such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance

with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect’s action will be

taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved

submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect’s professional

judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the

accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for

installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as

required by the Contract Documents. The Architect’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the

Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5, and 3.12. The Architect’s review shall not constitute approval

of safety precautions or of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect’s

approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.

§ 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may order minor

changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and

recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4.

§ 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date

of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the

Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and

assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to

Section 9.10.

§ 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in

carrying out the Architect’s responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the

duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives.

§ 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the

Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect’s response to such requests

will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.

§ 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable

from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations

and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not

show partiality to either, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith.

§ 4.2.13 The Architect’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent

expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The

Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with

reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and

Specifications in response to the requests for information.






User Notes: (1651668086)

22

ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 Definitions § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of

the Work at the site. The term “Subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in

number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term “Subcontractor”

does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor.

§ 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to

perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Sub-subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract

Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-

subcontractor.

§ 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the

Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the

Work, including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design. Within 14 days of

receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect (1) has

reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the

Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.

§ 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made

reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the

Contractor has made reasonable objection.

§ 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the

Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but

rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall

be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order

shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract

Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively

in submitting names as required.

§ 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person, or entity for one previously selected if the Owner

or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution.

§ 5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be

performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume

toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the

Subcontractor’s Work that the Contractor, by these Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect.

Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract

Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not

prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract

agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies, and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract

Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into

similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor,

prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor

will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of

the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will

similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-

subcontractors.

§ 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided

that

.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to

Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the

Subcontractor and Contractor; and






User Notes: (1651668086)

23

.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the

Contract.

When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor’s rights and

obligations under the subcontract.

§ 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor’s

compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.

§ 5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a

successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity,

the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor’s obligations under the

subcontract.

ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts § 6.1.1 The term “Separate Contractor(s)” shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate

agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the

Owner’s own forces, and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar

to those of this Contract, including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and

waiver of subrogation.

§ 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations

on the site, the term “Contractor” in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes

each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.

§ 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s own forces and of each Separate

Contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with

any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any

revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction

schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner until

subsequently revised.

§ 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations

related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces or with Separate Contractors, the Owner or its Separate

Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract,

including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6, and Articles 10, 11, and 12.

§ 6.2 Mutual Responsibility § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and

storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the

Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.

§ 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by

the Owner or a Separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,

promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or

Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor’s Work.

Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the

Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or Separate Contractor’s completed or partially

completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s Work. The Contractor shall not be responsible

for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not

apparent.

§ 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate

Contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner

shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor’s delays,

improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction.






User Notes: (1651668086)

24

§ 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or

partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5.

§ 6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are

described for the Contractor in Section 3.14.

§ 6.3 Owner’s Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner as to the responsibility under their

respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the

Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible.

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 General § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the

Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the

limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

7.1.1.1 A field directive or field order shall not be recognized as having any impact upon the Contract Sum or the

Contract Time and the Contractor shall have no claim therefor unless it shall, prior to complying with same and in

no event no later than 10 working days from the date such direction or order was given, submit in writing to the

Owner for the Owner's approval its change proposal.

7.1.1.2 When submitting its change proposal, the Contractor shall include and set forth in clear and precise detail

breakdowns of labor and materials for all trades involved and the estimated impact on the construction schedule.

The Contractor shall furnish spread sheets from which the breakdowns were prepared, plus spread sheets if

requested of any Subcontractors.

§ 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. A

Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by

the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.

§ 7.1.2.1 Neither this Contract nor the Work to be performed hereunder can be changed by oral agreement. No

course of conduct or dealings between the parties, nor express or implied acceptance of alterations or additions to

the Work and no claims that the Owner has been unjustly enriched by any alteration or addition to the Work,

whether there is, in fact, any unjust enrichment to the Work, shall be the basis for any alleged implied agreement by

the Owner to the change, any alleged waiver of the Owner's right under this Contract or any increase in any amounts

due under the Contract or any or a change in any time period provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. The

Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,

Construction Change Directive, or order for a minor change in the Work.

§ 7.1.4 A directive or order from the owner or the Engineer, other than a change order, a construction change

directive or any order for a minor change pursuant to this article 7, shall not be recognized as having any impact on

the contract sum or the contract time and the contractor shall have no claim therefore. If the contractor believes that

a directive or order would require it to perform work not required by the contract documents, the contractor shall so

inform the owner in writing prior to complying with the same and in no event any later than five (5) working days

from the day such direction or order was given, and shall submit to the owner for the owner's approval its change

proposal.

§ 7.2 Change Orders § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor, and

Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following:

.1 The change in the Work;

.2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and

.3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time.






User Notes: (1651668086)

25

§ 7.2.2 Change Order shall include all costs, including cost of preparation of the change order, all impact and ripple

costs associated with modifications or delays to the work an assessment of the amount and impact of any perceived

potential delays, and all costs associated with modifications to other work.

.1 The Prime Contractor shall furnish all necessary documentation to support the additional cost,

including but not limited to the following:

.1 Copy of subcontractor's proposal.

.2 Complete breakdown for all costs for labor and material.

.3 Complete breakdown of related costs.

.4 Other information as may be requested by the Owner.

§ 7.2.3 The overall cost of the Change Order shall be inclusive and once accepted by the Owner it shall be

considered full and final.

§ 7.2.4 No additional time will be granted to the Contractor for minor change orders unless each individual change

order totals more than $50,000.

§7.2.5 When a Change Order involves both additions and deletions in material, the net quantity is to be determined

and the appropriate overhead and profit is to be applied to the net quantity.

§7.2.6 When any change in the Work, regardless of the reason therefore, requires or is alleged to require an

adjustment in Contract Time, such request for time adjustment shall be submitted by the Contractor as part of the

change proposal. Any Change Order approved by the Owner and for which payment is accepted by the Contractor,

in which no adjustment in Contract Time is stipulated, shall be understood to mean that no such adjustment is

required by reason of the change, and any and all rights of the Contractor or any subsequent request for adjustment

of Contract Time by reason of the change is waived.

§7.2.7 Request by the Contractor for adjustment of the Contract Amount regardless of the reason therefore, shall be

submitted to the Engineer and the Owner with itemized labor and material quantities and unit prices to permit proper

evaluation of the request. A submission by the Contractor containing unsubstantiated lump sum requests for

adjustment of the Contract Amount will not be considered by the Owner and Engineer. The Owner and Engineer

will not be liable for any delay incurred by reason of the Contractor’s failure to submit satisfactory justification and

back-up with any request for adjustment to the Contract Amount.

§7.2.8 Agreement on any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters relating to the change in the

initial Work which is the subject to the Change Order, including, but not limited to, all direct, indirect and impact

costs associated with such change and any and all adjustment to the Contract Sum and the Construction Schedule.

The Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for additional work, impact costs or delays in the

Construction Schedule not included in the Change Order.

§ 7.3 Construction Change Directives § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and

Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract

Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes

in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the

Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.

§ 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change

Order.

§ 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be

based on one of the following methods:

.1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to

permit evaluation;

.2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;






User Notes: (1651668086)

26

.3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or

percentage fee; or

.4 As provided in Section 7.3.4.

§ 7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract

Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those

performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for

overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable

amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the

Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise

provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following:

.1 Costs of labor, including applicable payroll taxes, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom,

workers’ compensation insurance, and other employee costs approved by the Architect;

.2 Costs of materials, supplies, and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or

consumed;

.3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the

Contractor or others;

.4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use, or similar taxes, directly

related to the change; and

.5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change.

§ 7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a Claim in

accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15.

§ 7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in

the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any,

provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or

Contract Time.

§ 7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement therewith,

including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall

be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.

§ 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a

net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and

credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall

be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change.

§ 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor

may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment.

The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs

and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s professional judgment, to be

reasonably justified. The Architect’s interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis

as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15.

§ 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the

adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such

agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be

issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive.

§ 7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents

and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Architect’s order

for minor changes shall be in writing. If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will

affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to

implement the change in the Work. If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect’s order for a minor

change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the

Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time.






User Notes: (1651668086)

27

§ 7.5 OVERTIME AUTHORIZED BY OWNER §7.5.1 When work beyond the normal working hours for the trade is authorized by the Owner, for his own reasons,

in writing, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted by Change Order on the basis of premium payment for labor only plus

the actual extra cost for insurance and taxes based on this premium payment. Overhead and profit will not be paid

by the Owner for overtime so authorized.

ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 Definitions § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in

the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.

§ 8.1.2 The work to be performed under this Contract shall commence on October 22, 2018.

§ 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8.

§ 8.1.4 The term “day” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically

defined.

§ 8.2 Progress and Completion § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the

Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.

§ 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, commence

the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.

§ 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion

within the Contract Time.

§ 8.2.4 Owner, or his representative, in coordination with the Contractor, shall set work hours. Contractor may be

required to work nights, weekends or holidays as necessary to complete the work in accordance with the Schedule or

in coordination with School Activities. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor begin or continue with work

that is adversely impacting School activity or operations. All utility shutdowns, interruptions, work in or adjacent to

existing buildings will be coordinated through the Owner, or his representative, and may have to be performed

during hours when the School is not in operation. All cutting, hammering or other activity that is noisy, produces

smoke or fumes or is otherwise disruptive to the School may have to be done during hours when the School is not in

operation. Work required to be performed during non-school operating hours, as determined by the Owner or his

representative, will be performed at no additional cost to the Owner.

§ 8.2.5 Contractor agrees to increase manpower, increase work hours, and to increase equipment necessary to

maintain the Project Construction Schedule, and when also requested by the Engineer and the Owner, and shall be

without additional cost or charge to the Owner.

§8.2.5 Work shall commence immediately and shall proceed uninterrupted to Final Completion. The

Contractor acknowledges and recognizes that the Owner is entitled to full and beneficial occupancy and use

of all or part of the completed Work in accordance with the Milestone Dates set forth in other sections of the

Contract Documents, as per approved Schedule, and that the Owner has made arrangements to discharge its

public obligations based upon the Contractor’s achieving Substantial Completion of all of the Work within

the Contract Time. The Contractor further acknowledges and agrees that if the Contractor fails to complete

substantially or cause the Substantial Completion of any portion of the Work as required by the Project

Construction Schedule and/or within the Contract Time, the Owner will sustain extensive damages and

serious loss as a result of such failure. The exact amount of such damages will be extremely difficult to

ascertain. Therefore, the Owner and the Contractor agrees as set forth below.

.1 If the Contractor fails to achieve partial completion within the requirements of the Milestone Dates

or the approved Schedule or to achieve Substantial Completion of all or part of the Work when and

as required by the Project Construction Schedule and/or within the Contract Time, the Owner shall

be entitled to retain or recover from the Contractor and its Surety, as liquidated damages and not as a






User Notes: (1651668086)

28

penalty, the amounts indicated in other sections of the Contract Documents and commencing upon

the first day following expiration of the Project Construction Schedule and/or the Contract Time, as

the case may be, and continuing until the actual Date of Substantial Completion.

§8.2.6 Adherence to Schedule

.1 The Owner reserves the right to withhold monthly progress payments if the Contractor is behind

schedule, unless the Contractor documents, in writing, any delays that are not the fault of the

Contractor and to which the Owner and Engineer agree.

.2 Monthly progress payments will only be released after the Contractor reaches the status of

completion for that month contemplated by the construction schedule.

§ 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by (1) an act or

neglect of the Owner or Architect, of an employee of either, or of a Separate Contractor; (2) by changes ordered in

the Work; (3) by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions

documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2, or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control; (4) by delay

authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution; or (5) by other causes that the

Contractor asserts, and the Architect determines, justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such

reasonable time as the Architect may determine.

§ 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15.

§ 8.3.2.1 Any claim for extension of time should be made in writing to the Owner not more than five (5) days after

the commencement of the delay, otherwise, it shall be waived. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of the

probable effect of such delay on the progress of the work. No claim made beyond the five (5) days shall be

considered valid.

§ 8.3.2.2 The Contractor agrees that if any delay in the Contractor's works unnecessarily delays the work of any

other Contractor or Contractors, the Contractor shall in that case pay all costs and expenses incurred by such parties

due to such delays and hereby authorizes the Owner to deduct the amount of such costs and expenses from any

moneys due or to become due the Contractor under this Contract. The Owner shall be responsible for ascertaining

whether the Contractor is responsible for delaying any of the work of any other Contractor. His decision shall be

final.

§ 8.3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Contract Documents, any extension of the Contract Time, to

the extent permitted under Paragraph 8.3.1., shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any (1) delay in the

commencement, prosecution or completion of the Work, (2) hindrance or obstruction in the performance of the

Work, (3) loss of productivity or (4) other similar claims (collectively referred to in this Paragraph 8.3.3. as

"delays"), whether or not such delays are foreseeable, unless a delay is caused by acts of the Owner constituting

active interference with the Contractor's performance of the Work and only to the extent such acts continue after the

Contractor furnishes the Owner with written notice of such interference. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled

to any compensation or recovery of any damages in connection with any delay including without limitation

consequential damages, lost opportunity cost, impact damages or other similar remuneration. The Owner's exercise

of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the

Work or directing suspension, rescheduling or correction of the Work) regardless of the extent or frequency of the

Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies shall not be construed as an act of interference with the Contractor's

performance of the Work

§ 8.3.4 The Contractor agrees that the Owner can deduct from the Contract Sum, any wages paid by the Owner to

any Inspector or Engineer or other professional necessarily employed by the Owner for any number of days in

excess of the number of days allowed in the specifications for completion of work..

§ 8.3.5 Where the cause of delay is due to weather conditions, an extension of time shall be granted only for

unusually severe weather, as determined by reference to historical data. The term "historical data" as used in the

previous sentence shall be construed according to this formula: Average rainfall (or snow or low temperature) for

the past five years.






User Notes: (1651668086)

29

§ 8.3.3 The Contractor shall be precluded from the recovery of damages for delay or for any impacts resulting from

delay. This preclusion shall apply for any delays described in paragraph 8.3.1, including (but not limited to) delays

caused by an act or neglect on the part of the Owner or Engineer or of an employee of either. The Contractor's sole

remedy for any delay (or resulting impacts) shall be an appropriate extension of time for the completion of the

Contract. In the event that a Contractor asserts in an arbitration, lawsuit or proceeding of any type, an entitlement to

money damages or other damages other than an extension of time in violation of this provision, the Owner and the

Engineer shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees and costs incurred in the defense of that matter. Anything

contained in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201-2007 or as amended, the

Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications, the Contract, the Drawings or any other document to the contrary

notwithstanding, the Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or to extra compensation by reason of delays

occasioned by the proceedings to review the awarding of the Contract to the Contractor or to review the awarding of

any other Contract to any other Contractor.

ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 Contract Sum § 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount

payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.

§ 9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally

contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial

inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.

§ 9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit a

schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment, allocating the entire Contract Sum to

the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form, and supported by the data to

substantiate its accuracy, required by the Architect. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used

as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. Any changes to the schedule of values shall be

submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require, and

unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s subsequent Applications

for Payment.

§ 9.3 Applications for Payment § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the

Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under

Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by all

data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment that the Owner or Architect require, such as copies of

requisitions, and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if

provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in

the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the

Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders.

§ 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the

Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others

whom the Contractor intends to pay.

§ 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and

equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance

by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location

agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon

compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such

materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest, and shall include the costs of applicable

insurance, storage, and transportation to the site, for such materials and equipment stored off the site.

§ 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner

no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for

Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the






User Notes: (1651668086)

30

Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information, and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims,

security interests, or encumbrances, in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons or entities

that provided labor, materials, and equipment relating to the Work.

§ 9.4 Certificates for Payment § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within Fourteen days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either (1)

issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment, with a copy to the

Contractor; or (2) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is

properly due, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reasons for withholding certification in part as

provided in Section 9.5.1; or (3) withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment, and notify the

Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1.

§ 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,

based on the Architect’s evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the

Architect’s knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the

Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount

certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract

Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor

deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by the

Architect. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1)

made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2) reviewed

construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received

from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to

payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously

paid on account of the Contract Sum.

§ 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary

to protect the Owner, if in the Architect’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot

be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the

Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised

amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to

make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of

subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to

such extent as may be necessary in the Architect’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor

is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of

.1 defective Work not remedied;

.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims, unless

security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;

.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor,

materials or equipment;

.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;

.5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor;

.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the

unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;

or

.7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect’s decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1,

in whole or in part, that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15.

§ 9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts

previously withheld.

.1 If the Contractor disputes any determination by the Owner with regard to any Certificate of Payment, the

Contractor nevertheless expeditiously shall continue to prosecute the Work.






User Notes: (1651668086)

31

.2 The failure of the Owner to retain any percentage payable to the Contractor or any change in or variation of

the time, method or condition of payments to the Contractor shall not release or discharge to any extent whatsoever

the Surety upon any bond given by Contractor hereunder. The Owner shall have the right, but not the duty, to

disregard any schedule of items and costs that the Contractor may have furnished and defer or withhold in whole or

in part any payment if it appears to the Owner, in its sole discretion, that the balance available in the Contract Sum

as adjusted and less retained percentages, may be insufficient to complete the Work.

.3 Notwithstanding any provision of any law to the contrary, the Contractor agrees that the time and

conditions for payment under the Contract for Construction shall be as stated in the Contract for Construction and in

the Contract Documents. The Contractor specifically agrees that Owner’s failure to give, or timely give, notice of:

.1 any error in an invoice or application for payment submitted by the Contractor for payment; or

.2 any deficiency or non-compliance with the Contract Documents with respect to any Work for

which payment is requested, shall not waive or limit any of the Owner’s rights or defenses under the Contract for

Construction and the Contract Documents, or require the Owner to make a payment in advance of the time, or in an

amount greater than, as provided by the Contract for Construction.

.4 The Contractor shall make payments to its subcontractors in accordance with the provisions of any

applicable law governing the time, conditions, or requirements for payment to its Subcontractors, and shall comply

with the provisions of any such law.

.1 The Contractor will pay its Subcontractors no later than (15) fifteen days after receipt of a

payment from the Owner which includes payment for the work of any such Subcontractors.

.2 The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors, by appropriate agreement, to pay their

subcontractors and suppliers (of any tier) within the same time.

.3 The Contractor and its Surety shall indemnify and defend the Owner any loss, cost, expenses, or

damages including attorney’s fees, arising from or relating to the Contractor’s failure to comply with such law.

§ 9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option,

issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make

payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by

joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next

Application for Payment.

§ 9.6 Progress Payments § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and

within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect.

§ 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the

Owner, the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to

the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate

agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar

manner.

§ 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages

of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on

account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor.

§ 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly

paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the

Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors

and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an

obligation to pay, or to see to the payment of money to, a Subcontractor or supplier, except as may otherwise be

required by law.

§ 9.6.5 The Contractor’s payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections

9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4.

§ 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the

Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.






User Notes: (1651668086)

32

§ 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum,

payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall

be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both,

under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall

require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, create any

fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust, or entitle any person or entity to an

award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision.

§ 9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall

defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability, damage or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees

and litigation expenses, arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of

any tier. Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment, the Owner shall notify the Contractor. If

approved by the applicable court, when required, the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property

against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted.

§ 9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after

receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days

after the date established in the Contract Documents, the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding

dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the

Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and

the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-

up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 9.8 Substantial Completion § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof

is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the

Work for its intended use.

§ 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept

separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of

items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the

responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or

designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not

included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so

that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor

shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification

by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to

determine Substantial Completion.

§ 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a

Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish

responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and

insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the

Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion

of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

§ 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written

acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such acceptance, and consent of surety if

any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment

shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when

such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented






User Notes: (1651668086)

33

to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or

use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have

accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security,

maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for

correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor

considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided

under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The

stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if

no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect.

§ 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor, and Architect shall jointly

inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of

the Work.

§ 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not

constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon

receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect

finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will

promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and

belief, and on the basis of the Architect’s on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance

with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final

Certificate is due and payable. The Architect’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation

that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been

fulfilled.

§ 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits

to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected

with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts

withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the

Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect, (3) a written statement that the

Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract

Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, (5) documentation of any special warranties, such as

manufacturers’ warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties, and (6) if required by the Owner, other data

establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens, claims,

security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated

by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may

furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien, claim, security interest, or

encumbrance. If a lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the

Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien,

claim, security interest, or encumbrance, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

§ 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault

of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the

Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the

Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed, corrected, and accepted. If

the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract

Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for

that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to

certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment,

except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims.

§ 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from

.1 liens, Claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled;

.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;

.3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; or






User Notes: (1651668086)

34

.4 audits performed by the Owner, if permitted by the Contract Documents, after final payment.

§ 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a supplier, shall constitute a waiver of

claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of

final Application for Payment.

9.11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

§ 9.11.1 The Contractor understands and agrees that all work must be performed in an orderly and closely

coordinated sequence so that the date for substantial completion is met.

§ 9.11.2 If the Contractor fails to complete his work or fails to complete a portion of his work, he shall pay the

Owner, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum as specified in the technical portion of the contract

documents. Such amount is agreed upon as a reasonable and proper measure which the Owner will sustain each

calendar day by failure of the Contractor to complete work within the stipulated time. Liquidated damages shall also

apply to all Phased construction milestone dates as established by the phasing plan

§ 9.11.3 Substantial completion will be determined by the Owner.

§ 9.11.4 For damage occurring at the time of delay, the Owner may retain the amount due to him under this clause

from any payments due to the Contractor.

§ 9.11.5 The Owner will suffer financial loss if the project is not substantially complete on the date set forth in the

Contract Documents. The Contractor (and the Contractor's Surety) shall be liable for and pay to the Owner the sum

of $500.00 stipulated and fixed, agreed as liquidated damages for each calendar day of delay until the work is

substantially complete.

§ 9.11.6 FIVE HUNDRED ($500.00) PER DAY CALENDAR DAY FOR PUNCH LIST ITEMS.

ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs

in connection with the performance of the Contract.

§ 10.1.1 The Contractor must fully comply with the job safety requirements in addition to all Federal, State and

Local safety guidelines. All cost associated with complying with all safety requirements shall be included in the

Contract.

§ 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to

prevent damage, injury, or loss to

.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;

.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the

site, under care, custody, or control of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a Sub-subcontractor; and

.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,

roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course

of construction.

§ 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with, and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes,

rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities, bearing on safety of persons or property or their

protection from damage, injury, or loss.

§ 10.2.2.1Contractor shall comply with all regulations required by the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act

(OSHA).






User Notes: (1651668086)

35

§ 10.2.2.2 The Contractor shall conform to all applicable New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection

regulations.

§ 10.2.2.3 Contractors must comply with Construction and Environmental Standards contained in Federal and State

Regulations and other applicable laws.

§ 10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement, erect, and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of

the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings

against hazards; promulgating safety regulations; and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities

consistent with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations and lawful orders of public

authorities, and prevailing industry practice.

§ 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment, or unusual methods are

necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under

supervision of properly qualified personnel.

§ 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property

insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in

whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed

by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under

Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the

extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or

indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable

to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the

Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18.

§ 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty

shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise

designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect.

§ 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or

create an unsafe condition.

§ 10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of

others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, notice of the injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall

be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide

sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.

§ 10.2.9 The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good operating condition suitable and adequate fire

protection equipment, and shall comply with all reasonable recommendations regarding fire protection made by the

representatives of the fire insurance company carrying insurance on the Work or by the local fire chief or fire

marshal. The area within the site limits under the Contractor's control shall be kept orderly and clean, and all

combustible rubbish shall be promptly removed from the site. Contractor will comply with all reasonable requests

of the Owner and Engineer with respect to additional security and protections required for work interfacing with

School Operations. Safety is of utmost importance on this project and all issues relative to safety and protection of

the School, Staff and Students will be treated as emergency needs and will not be subject to the 7-day notice

requirements of Article 14.

§ 10.2.10 The Contractor shall remove snow or ice which may accumulate on the site within areas under his control

which might result in damage or delay.

§ 10.2.11 The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to prevent loss or damage caused by vandalism, theft,

burglary, pilferage, or unexplained disappearance of property of the Owner and Contractor, whether or not forming

part of the Work, located within those areas of the Project to which the Contractor has access. Whenever

unattended, including nights and weekends, mobile equipment and operable machinery shall be kept locked and

made inoperable and immovable.






User Notes: (1651668086)

36

§ 10.2.12 Neither the Owner and/or the Engineer shall be responsible for providing a safe working place for the

Contractor, the Subcontractors or their employees, or any individual responsible to them for the work.

§ 10.2.13 The Contractor shall conform to requirements of OSHA, the Construction Safety Code of the State

Department of Labor and those of the AGC Manual. The requirements of the New Jersey and Local Building

Construction Codes shall apply where there are equal to or more restrictive than the requirements of the Federal Act.

§ 10.2.14 When all or a portion of the Work is suspended for any reason, the Contractor shall securely fasten down

all coverings and protect the Work as necessary from injury or any cause.

§ 10.2.15 The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Owner and Engineer all accidents arising out of or

in connection with the Work which caused death, personal injury or property damage giving full details and

statements of any witnesses. In addition, if death, serious personal injury or serious property damage is caused, the

accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Owner and Engineer.

§ 10.2.16 Contractor is required to follow and enforce the work rules set forth below. Failure to comply with or

enforce any of these rules will be grounds for suspension and/or termination of this Contract:

.1 No use of alcoholic beverages prior to or during working hours. Anyone found impaired after

lunch will be escorted from the Project site.

.2 No use of illegal drugs or prescription medications which could induce drowsiness or otherwise

impair perception or performance. Use of illegal drugs may result in prosecution to the fullest

extent of the law. Any warning associated with use of prescription drugs must be complied with,

particularly warning against operation of machinery and equipment.

.3 No horseplay or rough-housing will be allowed.

.4 No sexual, racial, or ethnic harassment, or similar conduct will be tolerated.

.5 All employees shall use proper sanitation habits including use of toilet facilities and garbage cans.

.6 All employees shall dress in clothing appropriate for the work they are to perform. All personnel

are to wear hardhats, safety shoes, glasses, gloves, masks or respirators, noise protection devices,

and other protective clothing and equipment as required by OSHA standards.

.7 All equipment is to be property stored and/or secured at the end of the work day or if it is to

remain idle for greater than one hour.

.8 All personnel are to be made aware of the availability of Material Safety Data Sheets for materials

used at the Project site. This information is available from the Contractor using the product. The

Contractor shall maintain a copy of all MSDS forms at the construction site office for all

personnel to review.

§ 10.2.17 Contractor shall protect adjoining private or municipal property and shall provide barricades, temporary

fences and covered walkways required by prudent construction practices, local building codes, ordinances or other

laws, or the Contract Documents.

§ 10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents

regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not

addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily

injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or

polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing

the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition.

§ 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to

verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material

or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract

Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of

persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are

to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect

will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or

entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed






User Notes: (1651668086)

37

by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable

objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon

written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended

appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs

of shutdown, delay, and start-up.

§ 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the

Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents.

§ 10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of

hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the

Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are

due to the Owner’s fault or negligence.

§ 10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to

prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor

on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7.

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 Contractor’s Insurance and Bonds § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability, containing the

endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract

Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or

insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The

Owner, Architect, and Architect’s consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor’s

commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents.

§ 11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types, for such penal sums, and subject to such terms and

conditions as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds

from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is

located.

§ 11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment

of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall

authorize a copy to be furnished.

§ 11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor’s Required Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the

date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by

the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation

or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner shall, unless the lapse in coverage arises from

an act or omission of the Owner, have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the

procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve

the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage.

§ 11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent

to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment

property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring

the Project during the construction period, to the extent permissible by such policies, the Owner waives all rights in

accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this

separate property insurance.

§ 11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption, and Delay in Completion Insurance






User Notes: (1651668086)

38

The Owner, at the Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of

use of the Owner’s property, or the inability to conduct normal operations, due to fire or other causes of loss.

§11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss § 11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as

fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to

requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and

Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner, and by appropriate agreements the

Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner.

§ 11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed

settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from

receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds. If the Contractor does not object,

the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation. Upon receipt, the

Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions. Thereafter,

if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, the Owner and

Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount

allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the

allocation of the proceeds, the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss, and any dispute between the Owner and

Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15.

Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of

the damaged or destroyed Work.

ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 Uncovering of Work § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect’s request or to requirements specifically

expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the

Architect’s examination and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time.

§ 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior

to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such

Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to

the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract

Documents, the costs of uncovering the Work, and the cost of correction, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 12.2 Correction of Work § 12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of

the Contract Documents, discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or

completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of

uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby,

shall be at the Contractor’s expense. If prior to the date of Substantial Completion the Contractor, a subcontractor or

anyone for whom either is responsible, uses or damages any portion of the Work, including without limitation,

mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other building systems, machinery, equipment or other mechanical device, the

Contractor shall cause each such item to be restored to "like new condition" at no expense to the Owner.

§ 12.2.2 After Substantial Completion § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Final

Acceptance of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established

under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the

Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct

it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a

written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. If

the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of

notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5.






User Notes: (1651668086)

39

§ 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first

performed after Final Acceptance by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion

of that portion of the Work.

§ 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the

Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2.

§ 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner.

§ 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or

Separate Contractors, whether completed or partially completed, caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of

Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to

other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for

correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct

the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents

may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the

Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.

§ 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the

Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as

appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the State of New Jersey and any dispute regarding the Contract shall

be venued in Superior Court of New Jersey, Gloucester County.

§ 13.2 Successors and Assigns § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal

representatives to covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided

in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the

other. If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain

legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.

§ 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction

financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment.

§ 13.3 Rights and Remedies § 13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder

shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available

by law.

§ 13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty

afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a

breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing.

§ 13.4 Tests and Inspections § 13.4.1 Tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract

Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public

authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and

approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public

authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect

timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such

procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections, or approvals that do not become requirements until






User Notes: (1651668086)

40

after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests, inspections, or

approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require.

§ 13.4.2 If the Architect, Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require

additional testing, inspection, or approval not included under Section 13.4.1, the Architect will, upon written

authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection,

or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of

when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such

costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3, shall be at the Owner’s expense.

§ 13.4.3 If procedures for testing, inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the

portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary

by such failure, including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses,

shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 13.4.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection, or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract

Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect.

§ 13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections, or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the

Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing.

§ 13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid

unreasonable delay in the Work.

§ 13.5 Interest § 13.5.1. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment of interest for any reason, action or inaction by the

Engineer or the Owner.

§ 13.5.2 Any payments withheld for time delays, faulty materials, or workmanship, shall not bear interest for

period of delay or non-acceptance.

§ 13.6 Anti Discrimination

§ 13.6.1 Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 10:2-1, Contractor agrees:

a. In the hiring of persons for the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract hereunder, or

for the procurement, manufacture, assembling or furnishing of any such materials, equipment, supplies or

services to be acquired under this contract, no contractor, nor any person acting on behalf of such

contractor or subcontractor, shall, by reason of race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status,

gender identity or expression, affectional or sexual orientation or sex, discriminate against any person who

is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates;

b. No contractor, subcontractor, nor any person on his behalf shall, in any manner, discriminate against or

intimidate any employee engaged in the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract

hereunder, or engaged in the procurement, manufacture, assembling or furnishing of any such materials,

equipment, supplies or services to be acquired under such contract, on account of race, creed, color,

national origin, ancestry, marital status, gender identity or expression, affectional or sexual orientation or

sex;

c. There may be deducted from the amount payable to the contractor by the contracting public agency,

under this contract, a penalty of $ 50.00 for each person for each calendar day during which such person is

discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of the contract; and

d. This contract may be canceled or terminated by the contracting public agency, and all money due or to

become due hereunder may be forfeited, for any violation of this section of the contract occurring after

notice to the contractor from the contracting public agency of any prior violation of this section of the

contract.

§ 13.7 Conflict of Interest § 13.7.1






User Notes: (1651668086)

41

a. No vendor shall pay, offer to pay, or agree to pay, either directly or indirectly, any fee, commission,

compensation, gift, gratuity, or other thing of value of any kind to any State officer or employee or special

State officer or employee, as defined by N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13b. and e., in the Department of the Treasury or

any other agency with which such vendor transacts or offers or proposes to transact business, or to any

member of the immediate family, as defined by N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13i., of any such officer or employee, or

any partnership, firm, or corporation with which they are employed or associated, or in which such officer

or employee has an interest within the meaning of N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13g.

b. The solicitation of any fee, commission, compensation, gift, gratuity or other thing of value by any State

officer or employee or special State officer or employee from any State vendor shall be reported in writing

forthwith by the vendor to the Attorney General and the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards.

c. No vendor may, directly or indirectly, undertake any private business, commercial or entrepreneurial

relationship with, whether or not pursuant to employment, contract or other agreement, express or implied,

or sell any interest in such vendor to, any State officer or employee or special State officer or employee

having any duties or responsibilities in connection with the purchase, acquisition or sale of any property or

services by or to any State agency or any instrumentality thereof, or with any person, firm or entity with

which he is employed or associated or in which he has an interest within the meaning of N.J.S.A. 52:13D-

13g. Any relationships subject to this provision shall be reported in writing forthwith to the Executive

Commission on Ethical Standards, which may grant a waiver of this restriction upon application of the

State officer or employee or special State officer or employee upon a finding that the present or proposed

relationship does not present the potential, actuality or appearance of a conflict of interest.

d. No vendor shall influence, or attempt to influence or cause to be influenced, any State officer or

employee or special State officer or employee in his official capacity in any manner which might tend to

impair the objectivity or independence of judgment of said officer or employee.

e. No vendor shall cause or influence, or attempt to cause or influence, any State officer or employee or

special State officer or employee to use, or attempt to use, his official position to secure unwarranted

privileges or advantages for the vendor or any other person.

f. The provisions cited above in paragraph a. through e shall not be construed to prohibit a State officer or

employee or special State officer or employee from receiving gifts from or contracting with vendors under

the same terms and conditions as are offered or made available to members of the general public subject to

any guidelines the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards may promulgate under paragraph 3c.

§ 13.8 Equal Pay § 13.8.1 Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.14(b), any employer, regardless of the location of the employer, who enters

into a contract with a public body to perform any public work for the public body shall provide to the Commissioner

of the New Jersey Department of Labor and Workforce Development, through certified payroll records required

pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.25 et seq., information regarding the gender, race, job title, occupational category, and

rate of total compensation of every employee of the employer employed in the State in connection with the contract.

The employer shall provide the Commissioner, throughout the duration of the contract or contracts, with an update

to the information whenever payroll records are required to be submitted pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.25 et seq.

§ 13.9 PREVAILING WAGE

§ 13.89.1 to the New Jersey Prevailing Wage Act, NJSA 34:11-56.27 et seq., is hereby made a part of this contract,

which designates the workers employed in the performance of this contract shall be paid not less than such

prevailing wage rateIn the event it is found that any worker, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor

covered by said contract, has been paid a rate of wages less than the prevailing wage required to be paid by such

contract, the University may terminate the contractor’s or subcontractor’s right to proceed with the work, or such

part of the work as to which there has been a failure to pay required wages and to prosecute the work to completion

or otherwise. The contractor and his sureties shall be liable for any excess costs occasioned thereby to the public

body, any lessee to whom the public body is leasing a property or premises or any lessor from whom the public

body is leasing or will be leasing a property or premises.






User Notes: (1651668086)

42

§ 13.10 Contractor shall maintain all documentation related to products, transactions or services under this contract

for a period of five years from the date of final payment. Such records shall be made available to the New Jersey

Office of the State Comptroller upon request

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 Termination by the Contractor § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days

through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any

other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, for any of the following reasons:

.1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to

be stopped;

.2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, that requires all Work to be

stopped;

.3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of

the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not

made payment on a Certificate for Payment (without cause) within the time stated in the Contract

Documents; or

§ 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exist, the Contractor may, upon fourteen (14) days written notice to the Owner,

terminate the Contract, unless this reason is cured prior to the expiration of the notice, and recover from the Owner

payment of work properly executed in accordance with the Contract Documents (the basis for such payment shall be

as provided in the Contract) and for payment for cost directly related to work thereafter performed by Contractor in

terminating such work including reasonable demobilization and cancellation charges provided said work is

authorized in advance by Architect and Owner.

§ 14.1.3 The Owner shall not be responsible for damages for loss of anticipated profits on work not performed on

account of any termination described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 and 14.1.2.

§ 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a

Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing

portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract

Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional

days’ notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in

Section 14.1.3.

§ 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor

.1 refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials and/or equipment;

.2 fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective

agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers;

.3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful

orders of a public authority; or

.4 disregards the instructions of Owner (when such instructions are based on the requirements of the

Contract Documents).

.5 Is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of Contractor's

creditors, or a trustee or a receiver is appointed for Contractor or for any of its property, or files a

petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to recognize under bankruptcy or similar laws; or

.6 Breaches any warranty made by the Contractor under or pursuant to the Contact Documents.

.7 Fails to furnish the Owner with assurances satisfactory to the Owner evidencing the Contractor's

ability to complete the Work in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

.8 Fails after the commencement of the Work to proceed continuously with the construction and

completion of the work for more than 10 days except as permitted under the Contract Documents.

.9 Otherwise does not fully comply with the Contract Documents.

§ 14.2.2 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall

not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.

§ 14.2.4 If the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the services of any consultants and the

Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and the other costs and expenses identified hereinafter,






User Notes: (1651668086)

43

exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, the contractor and its Surety shall pay the difference to the Owner

upon demand. The costs of finishing the Work include, without limitation, all reasonable attorney’s fees, additional

title costs, insurance, additional interest because of any delay in completing the Work, and all other direct and

indirect consequential costs, including, without limitation, Liquidated Damages for untimely completion as specified

in the Contract Documents, incurred by the Owner by reason of, or arising from, or relating to the termination of the

Contractor as stated herein

§ 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work, in

whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.

§ 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by

suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include

profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent

.1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause

for which the Contractor is responsible; or

.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.

§ 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause.

§ 14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor

shall

.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;

.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work;

and

.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the

notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts

and purchase orders.

§ 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to Owner payment

for Work performed as of the date of termination in accordance with the contract Documents. The Contractor shall,

as a condition of receiving the payments referred to herein, execute and deliver all such papers, turn over all plans,

documents and files of whatsoever nature required by the Owner, and take all such steps, including the legal

assignment of its contractual rights, as the Owner may require for the purpose of fully vesting in the Owner the

rights and benefits of the Contractor. The Contractor warrants that it will enter into no subcontracts or other

agreements that would adversely impact the Owner’s rights or increase the Owner’s obligations under this

paragraph. In no event shall the Owner be liable to the Contractor for lost or anticipated profits or consequential

damages, or for any amount in excess of the compensation due to the Contractor in accord with the Contract

Documents for the Work performed as of the date of termination. The warranty and indemnity obligations of the

Contractor and Surety shall survive and continue, notwithstanding any termination pursuant to this paragraph, with

respect to the Work performed as of the date of termination.

§ 14.4.4 If Owner terminates the Contract for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and it is subsequently determined

that the Owner was not authorized to terminate the Contract as provided in Paragraph 14.2, the Owner's termination

shall be treated as a termination for convenience under this Paragraph 14.4 and the rights and obligations of the

parties shall be the same as if the Owner has issued a notice of termination to the Contractor as provided in this

Paragraph 14.4

ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 Claims § 15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, a change in

the Contract Time, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other

disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The

responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This Section 15.1.1 does not require

the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents.






User Notes: (1651668086)

44

§ 15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims Issues involving the applicable statute of limitations shall be governed by New Jersey Law.

§ 13.7.1 No act or omission by the Owner or Engineer, or by anyone acting on behalf of either shall be

deemed or construed as a waiver or limitation of any right or remedy under the Contract Documents, or as an

admission, acceptance, or approval with respect to any breach of the Contract for Construction or failure to

comply with the Contract Documents by the Contractor, unless the Owner expressly agrees, in writing.

§ 13.7.2 The Owner’s exercise, or failure to exercise, any rights, claims or remedies it may have arising out of or

relating to the Contract documents shall not release, prejudice, or discharge the Owner’s other rights and remedies,

nor shall it give rise to any right, claim, remedy or defense by any other person, including the Contractor, its Surety,

any Subcontractor, or any other person or entity.

§ 13.7.3 Whenever possible, each provision of the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in a manner as to be

effective and valid under applicable law, If, however, any provision of the Contract Documents, or portion thereof,

is prohibited or found invalid by law, only such invalid provision or portion thereof shall be ineffective, and shall

not invalidate or affect the remaining provision of the Contract Documents or valid portions of such provision,

which shall be deemed severable. Further, if any provision of this Contract is deemed inconsistent with applicable

law, applicable law shall control.

§ 13.8 Contractor shall promptly pay to Owner all costs and reasonable attorneys fees incurred in connection with

any action or proceeding in which Owner prevails, based on a breach of the Contract or other dispute arising out of

or in connection with the Contract.

§ 13.9 In the event of the appointment of a trustee and/or receiver or any similar occurrence affecting the

management of the account of the Contractor pertaining to the Work, it shall be the obligation of the Contractor, its

representatives, receivers, sureties, or successors in interest to continue the progress of the Work without delay and

specifically to make timely payment to Subcontractors and Suppliers of all amounts that are lawfully due them and

to provide the Owner and all Subcontractors and Suppliers whose work may be affected with timely notice of the

status of receivership, bankruptcy, etc., and the status of their individual accounts.

§ 13.10 Regularly scheduled job meetings shall be held at a location and time convenient to the Owner's

representatives, the Engineer and the Contractor. The Contractor shall attend such meetings, or be represented by a

person in authority who can speak for and make decisions for the Contractor.

§ 15.1.3 Notice of Claims § 15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered

prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to

the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as

the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after

occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition

giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.

§ 15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered

after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the

other party. In such event, no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required.

§ 15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance § 15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7

and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall

continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker’s

decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15. The Architect will issue

Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker.






User Notes: (1651668086)

45

§ 15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, notice as provided in Section 15.1.3

shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim. Prior notice is

not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4.

§ 15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time § 15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, notice as provided in

Section 15.1.3 shall be given. The Contractor’s Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of

delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary.

§ 15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be

documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have

been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.

§ 15.2 Initial Decision § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of

the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, and 11.5, shall

be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker,

unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial

decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If an initial decision has not been

rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker, the party asserting the

Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered. Unless the

Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the

Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner.

§ 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or

more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting

data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise,

or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker

lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the

Initial Decision Maker’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the

Claim.

§ 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek

information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial

Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of

such persons at the Owner’s expense.

§ 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional

supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of the request, and shall either (1) provide a

response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting

data will be furnished, or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon

receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim

in whole or in part.

§ 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating

that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state

the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision

Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding

on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding

dispute resolution.

§15.2.5.1 All claims and disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of

or relating to the Contract Documents or a breach thereof with regard to the Engineer's decision, shall be decided

through suit in New Jersey Superior Court, Camden County, and Contractor consents to the jurisdiction of the New

Jersey Superior Court. The Contractor shall carry on all work and maintain its progress during such suit and the






User Notes: (1651668086)

46

Owner shall continue to make payments not related to the dispute of the Contractor in accordance with Contract

Documents.

§ 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if

any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner

may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy.

§ 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic’s lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in

accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines.

Revision 1 – October 2010

PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE AUTHORIZATION

Project:

Vendor:

Allowance Authorization Number: Date: RU Project Number: PO Number:

You are authorized to perform the following item(s) of work and to adjust the Allowance Sum accordingly: This authorization is due to: Owners Request Field Condition Requirement Unforeseen Condition Design Error/Omission DCA Request Explain: THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER AND DOES NOT INCREASE OR DECREASE THE CONTRACT AMOUNT Original Allowance ............................................................................................................. $ Allowance Expenditures prior to this Authorization ............................................................ $ Allowance Balance prior to this Authorization .................................................................... $ Allowance will be [increased] [decreased] by this Authorization ........................................ $ New Allowance Balance ...................................................................................................... $ APPROVAL RECOMMENDED Rowan Project Manager Date ____________________________________________________ AVP Facilities Date (amounts > $6,019.99)

VP Administration and Finance Date (amounts >$30,099.99)

Attachments Copies: Owner Contractor Consultants File

Revision 0 – September 2010

PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE CHARGE REQUEST (PROPOSAL)

Project:

To:

Re:

Allowance Charge Request Number: From (Contractor): Date: ________________________________________________ RU Project Number: PO Number:

This Allowance Charge Request contains charges to be made against the contract allowance

Description of Proposed Charge:

Attached supporting information from: � Subcontractor �Supplier � � Reason for Charge: Attached pages: � Proposal Worksheet Summary: � Proposal Worksheet Details: Signed by: Date: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Copies: Owner Contractor Consultants File

Facilities Planning & Construction

RFI No:

Rowan Project No./Description: Date Submitted:

Requested Response Date:

Actual Response Date:

Rowan Project Manager:

Submitted to:

Company:

Contract Document Reference:

RFI DISCUSSION Individually number each separate topic or question

Submitted by (Name & Company): Title: Date:

RFI RESPONSE

Answered by (Name & Company): Title: Date:

REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

CHANGE OWNER

ORDER ARCHITECT

REQUEST CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER

PROJECT: (name, address) CHANGE ORDER REQUEST NUMBER:

DATE OF ISSUANCE:

ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NO:

CONTRACT FOR:

OWNER: (name, address) CONTRACT DATE:

ARCHITECT: (name, address) FROM CONTRACTOR: (name, address)

The contractor must submit this proposal with all appropriate documentation and/or notify the Architect or Owner, in writing, of the date on which proposal submission is anticipated.

THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, A CONSTRUCTION DIRECTIVE OR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE PROPOSED MODIFICTIONS.

DESCRIPTION: (Insert a written description of the Work)

ATTACHMENTS: (List attached documents that support description)

REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR:

(Signature) (Printed Name and title)

CHANGE OWNER

ORDER ARCHITECT

CONTRACTOR

FIELD

OTHER

PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: (name, address) DATE: TO CONTRACTOR: ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NO: (name, address) CONTRACT DATE: CONTRACT FOR: PURCHASE ORDER NO: The Contract is changed as follows:

Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor.

The original (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) was New change by previously authorized Change Orders The (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) prior to this Change Order was The (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order in the amount of

The new (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum Price) including this Change Order will be The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by ( ) days. The date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is NOTE: This summary does not reflect changes in the Contract Sum, Contract Time or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have

been authorized by Construction Change Directive. _ _ Rowan University ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR OWNER _ ________ 201 Mullica Hill Road Address Address Address _ Glassboro, NJ 08028-1701 BY______________________________ BY_____________________ BY_____________________________________ DATE____________________________ DATE___________________ DATE__________________________________

PROJECT NAME PROJECT NO.

CONTRACTOR CONTRACT NO.

SUBCONTRACTOR DATE

TRADE: CLASSIFICATION:

Rate Prevailing Wage RatePer $100

Base Labor Rate

Benefit

Paid

Benefit

Provided

Fringe Benefits:

Pension 1

Annuity Fund 1

Health/Welfare 1

Training/Certification 1

Vacation 1

Paid Holiday 1

Associate Dues 1

Other 1

Fringe Benefits Subtotal

Total PW Hourly Rate

Benefits Paid

Total Paid Hourly Rate

Burden: Taxes & Insurance 2

FICA

Medicare

Federal Unemployment

State Unemployment

Workers Compensation 1

Other 1

Other 1

Burden Subtotal

Contractor Liability Insurance

Small Tools

Other (warranty, record drawings,

payment bonds, performance bonds, etc.)

1 Costs for Overtime and Double Time are same as for Regular Time.

2 Taxes & Insurance apply to Total Paid Hourly Rate which includes Base Labor Rate plus benefits paid in cash.

By signing below, the submitter certifies and declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of New Jersey that the foregoing is true and correct.

Rates certified by: Company Name:(print name)

Signature: Date:

HOURLY LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN FORMAll Contractors (Including sub-subcontractors) need to include a detailed breakdown of all wage rates, payroll burden costs and material costs for lump sum and time and material extras.

Payroll burden items, FICA, FUI, SUI, and Workmen’s Compensation will be reimbursed on an average annualized basis. This information must be provided for all trade to be utilized

on the project by any and all contractors at the time of contractors bid submission. The required format is as follows:

(Reference 'Change Orders' in AIA 201 General Conditions. Certified payrolls required for all workers on Project.)

Item Notes

Use certified payroll to verify.

Double Time

TOTAL HOURLY RATE (Total Hourly Rate + Burden)

(put X in appropriate box)

= Base Labor Rate + Benefits

Included in OH&P


Note: For change order work, mark-ups for overhead and profit shall be applied to the above rates (these rates are subject to audit) in accordance with the provisions of

AIA 201 General Conditions, under 'Change Orders'.

Included in OH&P

= Amount Contractor paid to

employee

Usually less than 11%; can

Included in OH&P

Regular Time Overtime

Maximum - 0.062.

N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/A

PROJECT NAME Superiority Hall Renovation Project PROJECT NO.

CONTRACTOR Cut No Corners Contractors CONTRACT NO.

SUBCONTRACTOR Don Write Electrical DATE

TRADE: CLASSIFICATION:

Rate Prevailing Wage RatePer $100

Base Labor RateBenefit

Paid

Benefit

Provided

Fringe Benefits:

Pension 1 X

Annuity Fund 1 X

Health/Welfare 1 X

Training/Certification 1 X

Vacation 1 X

Paid Holiday 1 X

Associate Dues 1 X

Other 1 X

Fringe Benefits Subtotal

Total PW Hourly Rate

Benefits Paid

Total Paid Hourly Rate

Burden: Taxes & Insurance 2

FICA 0.0620

Medicare 0.0145

Federal Unemployment 0.0080

State Unemployment

Workers Compensation 1

Other 1

Other 1

Burden Subtotal

Contractor Liability Insurance

Small Tools

Other (warranty, record drawings,

payment bonds, performance bonds, etc.)

1 Costs for Overtime and Double Time are same as for Regular Time.2 Taxes & Insurance apply to Total Paid Hourly Rate which includes Base Labor Rate plus benefits paid in cash.

By signing below, the submitter certifies and declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of New Jersey that the foregoing is true and correct.

Rates certified by: Company Name:(print name)

Signature: Date:

Electrical Forman

HOURLY LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN FORMAll Contractors (Including sub-subcontractors) need to include a detailed breakdown of all wage rates, payroll burden costs and material costs for lump sum and time and material extras.

Payroll burden items, FICA, FUI, SUI, and Workmen’s Compensation will be reimbursed on an average annualized basis. This information must be provided for all trade to be utilized

on the project by any and all contractors at the time of contractors bid submission. The required format is as follows:

(Reference 'Change Orders' in AIA 201 General Conditions. Certified payrolls required for all workers on Project.)

RU00000

PO000000

1/1/2019

Electrical

Item Notes

Use certified payroll to verify.

0.41

TOTAL HOURLY RATE (Total Hourly Rate + Burden)

(put X in appropriate box)


Included in OH&P


0.70

-

-

-

Note: For change order work, mark-ups for overhead and profit shall be applied to the above rates (these rates are subject to audit) in accordance with the provisions of

AIA 201 General Conditions, under 'Change Orders'.

Included in OH&P

= Amount Contractor paid to

employee

Usually less than 11%; can

Included in OH&P

5.65

-

Double Time

74.80$

5.65

-

Regular Time Overtime

37.40$ 56.10$

0.41

17.16$

5.65

-

10.40

0.70

-

-

-

0.41

17.16$

10.40

0.70

-

-

-

17.16$

10.40

58.66$ 78.94$ 99.22$

Maximum - 0.062.

N/A N/A N/A

4.10$ 5.68$ 7.26$

- - -

N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/A

-

0.39 0.54 0.69

- - -

- - -

Don Write

Don Write Electrical

1/1/2019

Don Write

54.56$ 73.26$ 91.96$

11.10$ 11.10$ 11.10$

48.50$ 67.20$ 85.90$

0.70 0.97 1.25

3.01 4.17 5.33

- -

SAMPLE

DAILY JOB REPORT

Project #

CONTRACTORS ON SITE:

SUPER

ON SITE

(Y/N):

NO. OF

WORKE

RS

MATERIALS DELIVERED: EQUIPMENT ONSITE:

NOTEWORTHY PHONE CALLS:

PROBLEMS/STATUS/CAUSES FOR DELAY:

WORKFORCE ON SITE:

(Foreman, Tradesmen,

Laborers, etc.)

VISITORS:

WORK BEING DONE:

DATE:

WEATHER CONDITIONS:

4/4/2016 8:55 AM

Attachment to G702 (or equivalent) Certification for Payment

Project Name: Project Number: Payment Number:-

1, , a prime contractor working for Rowan University on the above-mentioned project, hereby certify as required by P.L. 191, c.507 of the State of . New Jersey that: (you must check one under "A" and one under ","I

A. . With respect to previous progress payments:

( ) all my sub-contractors and suppliers have been paid all amounts due from all previous progress payments I have received from Rowan University for my work on this project

( ) all my sub-contractors and suppliers have been paid all amounts due from all previous progress payments with the exception of those listed below for which payment is being withheld as there exists a valid basis for those sub-contractors and suppliers listed below under the terms of their contract(s) to withhold payment from each such sub-contractor and supplier:

For each such sub-contractor and supplier for which payment is being withheld, I further c e m that written notice detailing the specific reason(s) for withholding payment has been provided to each such sub-contractor and supplier with copies

thereof provided to my performance bond company and Rowan University.

B. With respect to this payment number

( ) all my sub-contractors and suppliers shall be paid all amounts due from this progress payment

( ) all my sub-contractors and suppliers shall be paid all amounts due from this progress payment with the exception of those listed below for which payment will be withheld as there exists a valid basis for those sub-contractors and suppliers listed below under the terms of their contract(s) to withhold payment from each such sub-contractor and supplier:

For each sub-contractor and supplier for which payment is being withheld, I further ce& that written notice detailing the specific' reason@) for withholding payment has been provided to each sub-contractor and supplier with copies thereof provided to my performance bond company and Rowan University.

I certify that the above statements are true. I am aware that if any of the above statements are willfully false, I am subject to punishment.

Dated: Signature

Please Print Name

CONTRACTOR’S PARTIAL OR FINAL RELEASE AND WAIVER OF LIENS

OWNER: CONTRACT FOR:

OWNER’S AGENT:

PROJECT: CONTRACT DATE:

Upon receipt by the undersigned Contractor of a check from Owner in the sum of $ ,

which check will consume payment of all sums due the Contractor for labor, equipment and/or materials supplied

in connection with the Project, and when said check has been paid by the bank upon which it is drawn, this

document shall become effective to fully and finally waive and release any and all liens, claims, liabilities,

actions, and demands that this Contractor and all its subcontractors have or might have against Owner, Lender,

the Project, the real property upon which the Project is located and any and all other property owned by Owner

on account of or in connection with labor, equipment and/or materials supplied by the undersigned to the Project.

The undersigned Contractor does hereby further acknowledge and represent that through the date hereof

the undersigned has received payments totaling $ for labor, equipment and/or materials

supplied to the Project.

This instrument has been executed as of the ________ day of _______________________, 20__.

CONTRACTOR:

By:

Name:

Title:

STATE OF ____________

COUNTY OF ___________________

Sworn to and subscribed before me the undersigned authority on this ________ day of

__________________, 20__.

[ S E A L ]

Notary Public, State of _________________

My Commission Expires:

________________________

Printed Name of Notary Public

CONSENT OF O\Z~NCE AF,CHITCCT

D

SURETY COMPANY 0

CONTRACTOR D

TO FINAL PAYMENT sufim 0 1 1 i c f i

nrA DOCUMCNT C707

PROJECT: (name, address)

L CONTRACTOR:

1 ARCIHITECT'S PROJECT NO:

CONTRACT FOR:

C O N T R A 0 DATE:

In accordance with the provisions of tlic Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the

(here anscrl name and address ol Surely Comprnyl

, SUREN COMPANY,

on bond 01 there insrtr name m d addrrs ol Con! r~ to t l

CONTRACTOR,

hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surely Company o f any o f its obligations to lltrrc in%rrl name m d addresr oi Owncrl

, OWNER,

as set fortfi in the said Surety Company's bond

IN WITNESS WIiIRCOF, the Surety Company l i a s liereunto set its hand this

Attest: (Scall:

Surety Company

-. - - - . - . . . -. . . . Signature 01 Autliorized Represenlalive

- - -. - - - . .- - . - . . - - - . - - - - Title

NOT[: l l n i s (o,m i r to bc u,rd 2 % 1 comnrnion datvmrnt l o AIA DOCUMINT C7L%. CONTRACIOR'S A l 1 l l ~ A V l l 01 PAYMCNT 0 1 f)[DTS A N 0 CLAIMS, Curten[ Cdilion

AIA OOCUM[NT C707. C O N S l N I 0 1 SURITY COMPANY TO r i N A l PAYMlNI ' AI'RII 1970 CDITION ' AIAQ O N [ PAC[ 6 3 1970. Ill[ AMCRICAN INSTITUT[ Or ARCIIITICTS. 1715 NtW YOHI: AVI.. NW. WASIIINCTON, O.C >OM(,

gallagherp

Text Box

2017

Summary Section 011000- Page 1

Issued For Bid – 01-13-2020

Bunce Hall (Bunce CIF)

Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Work covered by the Contract Documents 2. Use of premises.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section “Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls” for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner’s premises.

1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification:

1. Project Location: Rowan University, Glassboro, New Jersey

a. Bunce CIF Project – Bunce Hall Renovation

2. Owner: Rowan University

B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents were prepared for Project by: KSS Architects 337 Witherspoon Street Princeton, New Jersey 08542




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. The Work consists of the following:

1. The contractor will be permitted to conduct their building surveys once the letter of award is is-

sued. Contractor shall also begin the submittal process. 2. Contractor must outline in their bid any long lead items that may impact their ability to meet the

deadlines of the schedule. 3. Rowan University has submitted the Plans and Specification to DCA for the Plan Review Pro-

cess.

4. Contract is responsible to submit all permits excluding Only Fire Suppression permits.

5. Bid shall include all systems improvements as shown on the following design documents

BUNCE CIF – BUNCE HALL RENOVATIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ROWAN BUNCE CIF - BUNCE HALL – Bid Set – Issued on 01-13-2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS

Section I Instructions to Bidders 01/13/2020 Pages 1 through 7

Section II General Conditions 01/13/2020 Pages 1 through 60

Section III Construction Contract 01/13/2020 Pages 1 through 9

Allowance Authorization Form dated October 2010 Page 1

Allowance Charge Request Form dated September 2010 Page 1

Request for Information Form --- Page 1

Change Order Request Form --- Page 1

Change Order Form --- Page 1

Hourly Labor Rate Breakdown Form --- Page 1

Daily Job Report Form --- Page 1

Application and Certificate for --- Pages 1 through 2

Payment Form (AIA G702)

Attachment to G702 Certification --- Pages 1 through 2

For Payment

Contractor’s Partial or Final Release --- Page 1

And Waiver of Liens

Rowan Tax Exempt Letter --- Page 1

Consent of Surety Company to Final --- Page 1

Payment (AIA G707)

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 011100 Summary of Work 011400 Work Restrictions 012200 Unit Price 012300 Alternates 012400 Procedures and Controls




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

012500 Contract Modification Procedures 012600 Modification Procedures 012900 Payment Procedures 013100 Coordination 013113 Project Management and Coordination 013119 Project Meetings 013200 Construction Progress Documentation 013300 Submittal Procedures 014000 Quality Control Requirements 014100 Testing Laboratory Services 014200 Reference Standards 014523 Testing and Inspection 015000 Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls 016000 Product Requirements 017300 Execution Requirements 017329 Cutting and Patching 017700 Contract Closeout 017820 Operation and Maintenance Data 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data 018200 Demonstration and Training

DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS

SECTION

024118 Selective Demolition and Alteration Work

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY – NOT USED 042000 Unit Masonry Assemblies

DIVISION 5 – METALS

SECTION 051200 Structural Steel Framing 055000 Miscellaneous Metals

DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

SECTION

062000 Carpentry 064023 Architectural Woodwork




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 076200 Sheet Metal Work 078413 Firestops and Smokeseals 079200 Joint Sealers

DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS

SECTION

080671 Door Hardware Schedule

081113 Steel Doors and Frames 081416 Wood Doors 083113 Access Doors 084123 Fire Rated Glass, Framing and Door Systems 084428 All Glass Doors and Entrances 087100 Door Hardware

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

SECTION

092900 Gypsum Drywall 093013 Ceramic Tiling 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 095126 Acoustical Wood Ceilings 095133 Acoustical Metal Ceilings 096400 Wood Strip Flooring 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring 096623 Thin Set Epoxy Terrazzo 096813 Carpet Tile 099000 Painting and Finishing

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

SECTION

101100 Visual Display Surfaces 101400 Signage 102114 Toilet Partitions 102813 Toilet Accessories 104416 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets DIVISION 21 – FIRE PROTECTION 210517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING 210529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

AND EQUIPMENT 210553 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 211313 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211316 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 213113 ELECTRIC-DRIVE, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS 213400 PRESSURE MAINTENANCE PUMPS 213900 CONTROLLERS FOR FIRE PUMP DRIVERS NJAR DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.10 GENERAL-DUTYVALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING ANDEQUIPIMENT 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER PUMPS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 224213.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224216.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS 224223 COMMERCIAL SHOWERS DIVISION 23 – HEATING VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 230500 ROOF ACCESSORIES

230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

230515 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS

230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING

230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING

230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING

230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING

230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC

230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230553.Z IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

230593.Z TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

230713 DUCT INSULATION

230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION

230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION

230719.Z HVAC PIPING INSULATION




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

230800.Z TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC

230969.Z VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS

232113 HYDRONIC PIPING

232113.Z HYDRONIC PIPING

232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES

232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS

232213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING

232216 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING SPECIALTIES

232223 STEAM CONDENSATE PUMPS

232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING

232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

233113 METAL DUCTS

233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS

233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES

235700 HEAT EXCHANGERS FOR HVAC

236533.Z LIQUID COOLERS

237313 MODULAR INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR HANDLING UNITS

238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS

238236 FINNED-TUBE RADIATION HEATERS

238239 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS

238239.13 CABINET UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

260505.Z SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL

260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260519.Y LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260519.Z LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526.Y GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526.Z GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260529.Y HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260529.Z HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260533.13.Z CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260533.16.Z BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260534.Y CONDUIT

260544 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS

AND CABLING

260548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

260553.Y IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260553.Z IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260583.Z WIRING CONNECTIONS

260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

262200 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

262200.Y LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

262416 PANELBOARDS

262416.Y PANELBOARDS

262550.Y GENERATOR DOCKING STATION

262717.Y EQUIPMENT WIRING

262726 WIRING DEVICES

262726.Y WIRING DEVICES

262726.Z WIRING DEVICES

262813 FUSES

262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

262933.Z ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING FOR PIPING

263213.Y ENGINE GENERATORS

263600.Y TRANSFER SWITCHES DIVISION 27 – INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND AUDIO VISUAL 270000 COMMUNICATIONS 270526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270528 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 271100 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS 271300 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 274100 AUDIO VISUAL SPECIFICATION DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY 280000 ELECTRONIC SECURITY 283111 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

DRAWINGS BUNCE HALL RENOVATION – ROWAN BUNCE CIF – BID SET 01/13/2020 GENERAL Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

C001 COVERSHEET 01/13/2020

G001 CODE NOTES 01/13/2020

G002 CODE NOTES 01/13/2020

G003 ALTERATION EGRESS PLANS 01/13/2020

G004 FINAL EGRESS PLANS 01/13/2020

G005 FINAL EGRESS PLANS 01/13/2020

G006 PHASING PLANS 01/13/2020




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

G007 PHASING PLANS CONT. 01/13/2020

G008 PHASING PLANS CONT. 01/13/2020

G009 SIGN TYPES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS 01/13/2020

G010 SIGN TYPES AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS 01/13/2020

DEMOLITION Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date D101 DEMO PLAN – LEVEL 1 01/13/2020 D102 DEMO PLAN – LEVEL 2 01/13/2020 D103 DEMO PLAN – LEVEL 3 01/13/2020 D104 DEMO PLAN – ATTIC LEVEL 01/13/2020 D301 ELEVATION DEMO 01/13/2020 ARCHITECTURAL Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date A101 BUNCE LEVEL 1 01/13/2020 A102 BUNCE LEVEL 2 01/13/2020 A103 BUNCE LEVEL 3 01/13/2020 A104 EXISTING ATTIC LEVEL 01/13/2020 A105 ROOF PLAN – REFERENCE 01/13/2020 A201 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 01/13/2020 A202 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 01/13/2020 A203 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 01/13/2020 A204 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS 01/13/2020 A205 CEILING DETAILS 01/13/2020 A401 ENLARGED PLANS - PRESIDENTS SUITE 01/13/2020 A402 ENLARGED ELEVATIONS PRESIDENTS SUITE 01/13/2020 A402a PRESIDENTS SUITE PERSPECTIVES 01/13/2020 A403 ENLARGED PLANS - ADMISSIONS ASSEMBLY SPACE 01/13/2020 A404 ENLARGED SUITE DRAWINGS 01/13/2020 A405 ENLARGED PLANS KITCHENETTE 01/13/2020 A406 ADMISSION PRESENTATION ROOM 01/13/2020 A411 WALL SECTIONS 01/13/2020 A501 ENLARGED PLAN AND ELEVATIONS - TOILET ROOMS 01/13/2020 A710 MILLWORK DETAILS 01/13/2020 A711 SECTION - DETAILS 01/13/2020 A712 MILLWORK DETAILS 01/13/2020 A801 DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE, TYPES AND TRANSITIONS 01/13/2020 A802 DOOR & FRAME TYPES 01/13/2020 A810 INTERIOR GLAZING DETAILS 01/13/2020 A900 INTERIOR PARTITION TYPES 01/13/2020 A901 LEVEL 1 FINISH PLAN 01/13/2020 A902 LEVEL 2 FINISH PLAN 01/13/2020 A903 LEVEL 3 FINISH PLAN 01/13/2020 STRUCTURAL Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date S100.Z STRUCTURAL PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 01/13/2020 S101 FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 01/13/2020 S102 SECOND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 01/13/2020 S103 THIRD FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 01/13/2020 S201 TYPICAL DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES 01/13/2020

S201.Z STRUCTURAL DETAILS 01/13/2020 S202.Z STRUCTURAL NOTES 01/13/2020




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

MECHANICAL Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

H000.Z MECHANICAL NOTES LEGEND AND ABBREVIATONS 01/13/2020 H001 HVAC COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 H101 HVAC LEVEL 1 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 H102 HVAC LEVEL 2 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 H103 HVAC LEVEL 3 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 H104 HVAC ATTIC PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 H201 HVAC LEVEL 1 PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 H202A HVAC LEVEL 2A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 H202B HVAC LEVEL 2B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 H203A HVAC LEVEL 3A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 H203B HVAC LEVEL 3B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 H204A HVAC ATTIC A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 H204B HVAC ATTIC B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020

H300.Z MECHANICAL PIPING AND DEMOLITION PLANS 01/13/2020 H301.Z MECHANICAL PIPING DIAGRAM 01/13/2020

H400.Z MECHANICAL COOLING TOWER CONTROLS 01/13/2020 H501 HVAC HEATING HOT WATER FLOW DIAGRAM 01/13/2020 H601 HVAC DETAILS 01/13/2020 H602 HVAC DETAILS 01/13/2020 H701 HVAC SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 H702 HVAC SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 H801 HVAC CONTROL DIAGRAMS 01/13/2020 H802 HVAC CONTROL DIAGRAMS 01/13/2020 PLUMBING Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

P001 PLUMBING COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 P201B PLUMBING LEVEL 1B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P201C PLUMBING LEVEL 1C PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P202B PLUMBING LEVEL 2B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P203A PLUMBING LEVEL 3A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P203B PLUMBING LEVEL 3B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P204A PLUMBING ATTIC A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P204B PLUMBING ATTIC B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 P501 PLUMBING DIAGRAMS 01/13/2020 P701 PLUMBING SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 FIRE PROTECTION Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

FP001 FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 FP201 FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 1 PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 FP202 FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 2 PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 FP203 FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 3 PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 FP204 FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL ATTIC PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 FP501 FIRE PROTECTION FIRE PUMP ROOM PLAN AND NOTES 01/13/2020 FP601 FIRE PROTECTION DETAIL 01/13/2020 FIRE ALARM Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

FAD-1 FIRST FLOOR 01/13/2020 FAD-2 SECOND FLOOR 01/13/2020




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

FAD-3 THIRD FLOOR 01/13/2020 FAD-4 ATTIC FLOOR 01/13/2020 FA-1 FIRST FLOOR 01/13/2020 FA-2 SECOND FLOOR 01/13/2020 FA-3 THIRD FLOOR 01/13/2020 FA-4 ATTIC FLOOR 01/13/2020 FA-5 NOTES AND LEGENDS 01/13/2020 ELECTRICAL Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

E001 ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 E001Z ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 E001Y LEVEL 1 EMERGENCY & STANDBY POWER PLAN 01/13/2020 E101Y ELECTRICAL PHASE 1 AND PHASE 2 POWER PLANS 01/13/2020 E101Z ELECTRICAL PHASE 1 AND PHASE 2 POWER PLANS 01/13/2020 E102 ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 E102Y LEVEL 2 EMERGENCY & STANDBY POWER PLAN 01/13/2020 E103 ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 E103Y LEVEL 3 EMERGENCY & STANDBY POWER PLAN 01/13/2020 E201A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1A PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E201B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1B PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E201C ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1C PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E202A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2A PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E202B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2B PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E202C ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2C PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E203A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3A PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E203B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3B PLAN LIGHTING 01/13/2020 E301A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1A PLAN POWER 01/13/2020 E301C ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1C PLAN POWER 01/13/2020 E302A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2A POWER 01/13/2020 E302B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2B POWER 01/13/2020 E303A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3A POWER 01/13/2020 E303B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3B POWER 01/13/2020 E401 ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1 PLAN MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E402A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2A MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E402B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 2B MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E403A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3A MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E403B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 3B MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E404A ELECTRICAL LEVEL 4A PLAN MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E404B ELECTRICAL LEVEL 4B PLAN MECHANICAL POWER 01/13/2020 E501 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS 01/13/2020 E601 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 E601Y LIGHTING, PANEL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 01/13/2020 E601Z ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 E602 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 E602Y ELECTRIC EMERGENCEY SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM 01/13/2020 E701 ELECTRICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES 01/13/2020 E702 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 01/13/2020

AUDIO VISUAL Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

AV001 AUDIO VISUAL - COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 AV102 AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 2 PLAN – DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 AV103 AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 3 PLAN – DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 AV201B AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 1B PLAN - NEW WORK 01/13/2020 AV201C AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 1C PLAN - NEW WORK 01/13/2020 AV202A AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 2A PLAN - NEW WORK 01/13/2020




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

AV202A-C AUDIO VISUAL LEVEL 2A PLAN PARTIAL CEILING PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 AV202B AUDIO VISUAL LEVEL 2B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 AV203A AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 3A PLAN - NEW WORK 01/13/2020 AV203B AUDIO VISUAL - LEVEL 3B PLAN - NEW WORK 01/13/2020 AV501 AUDIO VISUAL – DETAILS 01/13/2020 AV502 AUDIO VISUAL – DETAILS 01/13/2020 AV503 AUDIO VISUAL – DETAILS 01/13/2020 AV504 AUDIO VISUAL – DETAILS 01/13/2020 AV505 AUDIO VISUAL – DETAILS 01/13/2020 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

IT001 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 IT102 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - LEVEL 2 PLAN – DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 IT103 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - LEVEL 3 PLAN – DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 IT201A INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 1A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT201B INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 1B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT201C INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 1C PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT202A INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 2A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT202B INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 2B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT202C INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 2C PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT203A INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 3A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT203B INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 3B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT203C INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LEVEL 3C PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 IT501 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – DETAILS 01/13/2020 IT502 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – DETAILS 01/13/2020

IT503 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DETAILS 01/13/2020

SECURITY Sheet No. Sheet Name Sheet Issue Date

SEC001 SECURITY - COVER SHEET 01/13/2020 SEC102 SECURITY LEVEL 2 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 SEC103 SECURITY LEVEL 3 PLAN DEMOLITION 01/13/2020 SEC202A SECURITY LEVEL 2A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 SEC203A SECURITY LEVEL 3A PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 SEC203B SECURITY LEVEL 3B PLAN NEW WORK 01/13/2020 SEC501 SECURITY DETAILS 01/13/2020

6. Contractor is responsible to furnish pre-installation storage, and install all window air conditioning units. Window AC units to be installed.

7. Contractor must follow all OSHA and Rowan safety guidelines and procedures. 8. Contractor shall Schedule and Coordinate all work activities with IT contractor performing work

under separate contract. 9. Contractor shall Schedule and Coordinate all work activities with fire suppression contractor per-

forming work under separate contract. 10. Contractor must bid the project to meet the schedule outlined in the bid documents which may in-

clude weekend and/or shift work. Contractor must staff the project accordingly to meet the schedule since the end date is firm. Rowan will not entertain change orders for contractor’s ina-bility to meet this schedule or time extensions.

11. Contractor is responsible to schedule and manage all required inspections, including but not lim-ited to Final Certificate of Occupancy inspection.

12. Contractor is required to maintain a clean job site and to turn over the building back to the owner in the condition is was received.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

13. Contractor is responsible to perform final cleaning prior to Final Turn Over and Owner’s Final Ac-ceptance.

1.4 CONTRACT

A. Project will be constructed under a single prime general construction contract.

1.5 USE OF PREMISES

A. General Construction Operations: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations, including a limited use of the Project site (outside the facilities exterior walls) during the period of construction activity. Contractor’s use of the premises is limited by Rowans right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of the Project or to limit access for events or other functions as the University might require. The Contractor will be given notice of any such events well in advance so that arrangements can be made to insure the prosecution of the work continues as scheduled.

B. Contractor shall arrange use of site and premises to allow:

1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by others. 3. Work by Owner.

C. Use of Site: Contractor shall limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Contractor shall not disturb portions of Project site beyond the building perimeter unless prior approval of the University is received prior to conduction such work or operations.

1. Limit site disturbance, as approved by Rowan University. 2. REFER TO SECTION 011400 FOR WORK HOURS. 3. Contractor shall not store construction materials and equipment inside the existing

building. 4. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and

available to Rowan University, Rowan’s employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of the driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of

materials and equipment on-site. c. Contractor may NOT have a trash dumpster nor a storage shed on the Owner’s

property.

D. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weather tight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period.

E. The Contractor will be responsible for photographing the entire area of work, adjacent spaces where incidental work may occur, corridors and elevators accessing the area of work, the loading area, and contractor parking area. The Contractor will provide the Owner with digital copies of all the photographs prior to mobilization as a record of the existing conditions PRIOR to the start of the work. Digital format will be in PDF format.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.6 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.

1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.

1.7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. WORK REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING MILESTONES AND COMPLETION DATES. CONTRACTORS MUST INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS ALL COSTS INCLUDING OVERTIME ASSOCIATED WITH INSURING THAT THE PROJECT IS COMPLETED BY THE MILESTONE DEADLINES LISTED HEREIN.

B. Summary of Milestones:

1. Notice to Proceed/Authorization by: The University intends to issue Notice to Proceed,

Notice to Proceed/Authorization by: The University intends to issue Notice to Proceed, Construction Contract, and/or University purchase order as evidence of contract award.

2. Contractors Submittal schedule to Architect: one (1) week after Notice to Proceed. 3. Architect return of reviewed of submittals by: two (2) week after receipt. 4. Substantial Completion. 5. Final Completion of work on site by Ten (10) BUSINESS DAYS FROM

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. All construction including punch list work will be completed by this date.

6. Final Completion by Ten (10) BUSINESS DAYS FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE. All closeout documentation, final payment application, etc.

C. Weather Conditions:

1. Unfavorable weather conditions shall not be justification for delays in completion or final completion dates as specified. No change orders will be issued or approved for extensions of time due to weather conditions. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered in the planning and scheduling of all work influenced by high or low ambient temperatures for the completion of all contract work within the allotted contract time. In addition, appropriate allowances shall be made for anticipated time losses due to normal rain and snow conditions by statistically expanding the estimated time durations for weather sensitive activities with the constraint that the substantial completion deadline cannot change.

2. The University may at its sole discretion entertain extensions of time from the contractor for weather related delays. However no extensions of time shall be considered by the University until at least twenty-five (25) lost project schedule days have accrued. Lost time will accrue on a proportionate basis – ¼ lost day will be charged as ¼ lost day, 1/2 lost day




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

will be charged as ½ lost day, and so forth. A lost project schedule day is considered a day or any portion of a day when all members of the construction workforce on the project cannot work due to inclement weather conditions. Whether or not the contractors’ workforce fails to begin work or leaves the project site on any given day due to a claim of inclement weather a lost project schedule day will not be recognized by the University until it is approved in writing by the University’s project manager.

3. Should the University approve an extension of time the contractor may only submit reimbursement for the cost of the extension of rental equipment agreements; bond premium and insurance adjustments at actual cost with no mark up; and general conditions directly impacted by the approved extension. Appropriate back up documentation as requested by the University project manager must accompany any submission for reimbursement. Appropriate back up can be anything from copies of contractor’s rental agreements showing rental durations, unit costs, rental rates, etc. to copies of superintendents pay stubs.

D. Intent of Contract: The drawings and specifications of the contract are intended to require the contractor to provide for everything reasonably necessary to accomplish the proper and complete finishing of the work. All work and materials included in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings and not in the specifications, shall be performed and/or furnished by the contractor as if described in both. Any incidental materials and/or work not specified in the drawings and/or the specifications which are, nevertheless, necessary for the true development thereof and reasonably inferable therefrom, the contractor shall understand the same to be implied and required, and shall perform all such work and furnish all such materials as if particularly delineated or described therein. Should there be an obvious error between the drawings and specifications, the most stringent constraints of the conflicting information shall be assumed by the contractor and it shall be the contractor’s responsibility to complete the work as reasonably required, consistent with the intent of such drawings and specifications as may be interpreted by the University.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011000

Work Restrictions Section 011400 - Page 1 Bid Set 04-16-2019


Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

SECTION 011400 – WORK RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 USE OF PREMISES

A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Limits: No hours restrictions must work hours required to meet schedule requirements.

2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of building, site and use by the public.

3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep streets, driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to owner, Owner’s employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage

of materials and equipment on-site.

B. Use of Existing Building: Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period.

1.3 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building during entire construction period. Cooperate with owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner’s operations.

1.4 WORK SEQUENCE

A. Work shall be completed within the schedule as outlined in Section 011000 – Summary. University intends to issue Notice to Proceed, Construction Contract, and/or University Purchase Order as evidence of contract award on or before Project start date listed.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1.5 CONTRACTOR WORK AREAS, WORKING CONDITIONS AND EQUIPMENT STORAGE REGULATIONS

A. The Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the facilities with its equipment or work to be performed. Work conducted by the Contractor, Subcontractor, or any other person and/or firm affiliated with the Contractor shall be contained within pre-designated working areas established by the documents.

B. The Contractor shall, at all times during the progress of the work, keep the site free from the accumulation of all rubbish and debris caused by its performance. The Contractor shall remove all debris and rubbish related to its work at the end of each workday to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. Tool storage boxes shall not be permitted inside the building on the first floor or outside the building.

C. The Contractor shall adequately secure and protect its equipment, materials and vehicles. The University assumes no liability for any damage to, or theft of, the Contractor’s property. The Contractor shall have the use of a designated area for storage and staging of construction materials and equipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for adhering to security procedures outlined by the Project Manager.

D. The Contractor is responsible for all safety precautions for all of its employees and property while performing its services.

E. The Contractor shall strictly limit its employees’ use of the facilities for lunch, smoking or rest time usage to only those areas designated by the Project Manager. Use of facility telephones will not be allowed. Use of building toilet facilities shall not be permitted. Smoking is not allowed inside the building.

1.6 WORK STOPPAGES, EXISTING UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS, NOISE AND ODOR RESTRICTIONS, AND MATERIAL APPROVALS

A. Work Stoppages – DOES NOT APPLY.

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner not less than three (3) days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Project Manager’s written permission.

C. Consideration shall be given by the Contractor regarding odors emanating from adhesives and sealants, etc and excessive noise. If the odors or noise are such that they may disturb the employees and guests then such work shall be performed while the building is not occupied. This determination shall be at the sole discretion of the Project Manager. The playing of radios and other unnecessary noise will not be permitted at any time.

D. All material safety data sheets shall be submitted and approved by the Project Manager prior to use of the material.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1.7 PROTECTION OF INTERIOR FINISHES

A. The Contractor shall take extra care to avoid damage or soiling to any part of the facility. The Contractor is responsible for all damages or destruction caused directly or indirectly by its performance to any part of the building or adjoining property. Any damage or destruction caused by the Contractor or its employees will be repaired or replaced as the Project Manager directs and to their satisfaction with all costs charged to the Contractor. The costs may be deducted from any and all amounts due to the Contractor.

B. Any of the Contractor’s employees found defacing, damaging or marring the building or its finishes or contents shall be immediately removed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be charged for all remedial work to restore the damaged area or contents to their original condition to the satisfaction of the State.

C. The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to ensure adequate protection of all building furniture, equipment and building finishes, including but not limited to: floors, walls, ceilings, windows, draperies, blinds, carpeting, doors, doorways and contents. In this endeavor, all workers are to take precautions to protect rugs and floors. The Contractor shall be charged for all remedial work to clean, repair and/or replace items damaged by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the State.

D. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of cleanup of dust, dirt and stains caused by the work to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to keep dust, dirt and debris to a minimum both within the construction area and throughout the buildings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)


ALLOWANCES Section 012100 – Page 1


Bunce CIF (Bunce Hall) Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

SECTION 012100 – ALLOWANCES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for allowances.

1. Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to the Contractor. If necessary, additional requirement shall be issued by Change Order.

B. Types of Allowances:

1. Lump-Sum allowances for un-foreseen conditions - $500,000.00 2. Abatement allowance for un-foreseen conditions - $70,000.00

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012500 “Contract Modification Procedures” for procedures for submitting and handling

Change Orders. 2. Section 014000 “Quality Control Requirements” for general testing and inspection

requirements. 1.03 SELECTIONS AND PURCHASE:

A. At architect request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.

1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.

B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance

items that include installation as part of the allowance.

C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowances items in the same manner as for other portions of the Work.


UNIT PRICES Section 012200 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

SECTION 012200 – UNIT PRICES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012500 “Contract Modification Procedures” for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.

2. Section 014000 “Quality Control Requirements” for general testing and inspection requirements.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.04 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment

of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor’s measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner’s expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in

the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION

UNIT PRICES Section 012200 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

3.01 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Duplex outlet plus wiring to nearest panel box ____per Outlet

B. Quad outlet plus wiring to nearest panel box____ per outlet

C. Data Drops plus cabling to nearest IDF / MDF closet ____per Data Drop

D. Smoke Detector ____per Smoke Detector

E. Sprinkler Head and piping to the nearest piping main____ per Sprinkler

F. 12” X 12” Floor Tile removal, disposal and replacement ____per sq. ft.

G. 9” X 9” Floor tile removal, disposal and replacement ____per sq. ft.

H. Carpet Tile removal, disposal and replacement____ per Carpet Title . END OF SECTION 012200

ALTERNATES Section 012300 – Page 1



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 012300

ALTERNATES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.2 SECTION INCLUDES

A. To allow the Owner to compare total costs where alternate materials and methods might be used, and to enable the Owner's decision prior to awarding the Contract,

certain alternates have been established as described in this Section of these

Specifications.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Where noted herein, pertinent Sections of these Specifications describe the materials

and methods required under the various alternates.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Alternates described in this Section are required to be submitted on appropriate form

as approved by the Owner.

B. Any additional costs to the Contractor due to the inclusion of alternates shall be included in the amount to be added to the Contract Sum, so that no additional costs

shall be borne by the Owner due to the inclusion of the additive alternates.

C. Any deductive costs to the Contractor due to the inclusion of alternates shall be

included in the amount to be deducted from the Contract Sum, so that all deductive

costs will accrue to the Owner due to the inclusion of deductive alternates.

1.5 PROCEDURES FOR ALTERNATE BIDS

A. Each Bidder shall submit on the Proposal Form all Alternate Bids stated herein. Alternate Bids shall state the difference in price as "additions to" or "deductions from"

the Base Bid, unless otherwise noted, for the substitution, omission, or addition to the alternate materials, items or construction from that shown and specified.

B. The Alternate Bids, when accepted, become part of the Contract.

C. Bidder shall carefully check the Drawings and Specifications to determine the extent

of each Alternate Bid required.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Alternate Bids shall include all overhead and profit applicable thereto.

E. Alternate Bids shall reflect the increase or decrease in cost of all work of every name and nature which may be affected thereby and no subsequent claims for extras by

reason of the Contractor's failure to observe this requirement will be considered.

F. The description herein for each Alternate Bid is recognized to be incomplete and

abbreviated, but implies that each change must be complete for the scope of the work

affected. Refer to the applicable Specification Sections, and to applicable drawings, for the specific requirements of the work, regardless of whether references are so

noted in the description of each Alternate. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate with the work of each Alternate. It

is recognized that the descriptions of Alternate Bids are primarily scope definitions, and do not necessarily detail the full range of materials and processes needed to

complete the work as required. Any change of details, construction, etc., as required

to accommodate the Alternate shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in his Alternate Bid Price.

G. Except as otherwise described or approved, materials and workmanship of the Alternate Bids shall conform to the requirements specified under the various Sections

of the Specifications for similar items of work.

H. Where methods of construction, materials, finishes, or details of installation required

by the various Alternate Bids differ from the requirements shown on drawings or specified for corresponding items, the Alternate construction, materials, etc., will be

subject to approval by the Architect.

I. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and samples for the work under each

accepted Alternate Bid for approval in conformance with requirements of Section

013300.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ALTERNATES (*DENOTES DEDUCT ALTERNATES WITH MODIFICATIONS TO THE CURRENT

BUILDING PROGRAM)

A. Deduct Alternates (see C001 for further notes and scope description):

1. SHELLING THE SVP FOR THE DIVISION OF STUDENT AFFAIRS OFFICE SUITE ROOM 209.

2. SHELLING OF MEETING SPACES ROOMS 204 AND 206.

3. SHELLING OF ADMISSIONS SPACE ROOM 208.

4. ELIMINATING IRT UPGRADES ON THE 1ST FLOOR (BASEMENT). EXISTING SYSTEM WILL REMAIN INTACT.

5. ELIMINATING THE REPLACEMENT OF THE FOUR (4) AIR HANDLING UNITS THAT WILL SERVE THE NEW EXECUTIVE OFFICES ON THE 3RD FLOOR. EXISTING UNITS WILL




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

REMAIN IN PLACE.

6. REDUCED SPRINKLER SCOPE. A) FIRST FLOOR: ELIMINATE SPRINKLER HEAD REPLACEMENT ONLY. B) SECOND FLOOR: ELIMINATE DRY SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ROOM 214 TOHILL

THEATER C) THIRD FLOOR: ELIMINATE DRY SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ROOM 214 TOHILL THEATER

AND 315 PROJECTION BOOTH D) ATTIC: ELIMINATE DRY SPRINKLER SYSTEM.

.PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 ADVANCE COORDINATION

A. Immediately after award of Contract, and to the maximum extent practicable,

thoroughly and clearly advise all necessary personnel and suppliers as to the nature and extent of Alternates as selected by the Owner; use all means necessary to alert those

personnel and suppliers involved as to all changes in the work caused by the Owner's

selection of alternates.

3.2 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Prior to installation of the Alternate items, verify that all surfaces have been modified

as necessary to accept the installation and the item or items may be installed in complete accordance with their manufacturer's current recommendations; in the event

of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and proceed as he directs.

3.3 APPROVAL OF ALTERNATE

A. Approval of the Alternate makes all requirements of scope, performance, submissions,

service and guarantee binding as if that material name appeared in the Specifications for the Base Bid. All necessary changes in building design or construction to

accommodate the alternate materials shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor without extra cost to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Procedures and Controls Section 012400 - Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 012400 – PROCEDURES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, General Conduct of the Work and Special Requirements, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The types of minimum requirements for procedures and performance or control work of a general nature, to be fulfilled collectively by contractors, include but are not necessarily limited to the following categories:

1. Coordination and meetings. 2. Administration/supervisory personnel. 3. Examination and checking of contract drawings. 4. Surveys and records or reports. 5. Limitations for use of site. 6. Protection of Persons and Property. 7. Special reports. 8. Subcontractor, material approval. 9. Tradesmen and workmanship standards. 10. Inspections, tests and reports. 11. Progress photographs. 12. General installation provisions. 13. Control Wiring. 14. Chases, recesses and openings. 15. Sleeves, built-in items. 16. Cutting and patching. 17. Uncovering and correction of work. 18. Cleaning and protection. 19. Conservation and salvage.

1.3 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS

A. General: Contractor shall prepare a written memorandum of general instructions on required coordination activities including notices/reports/meetings, and distribute memorandum to each engaged entity performing work at project site, with copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Coordination Drawings: Where work by separate entities requires off-site fabrication of products and materials which must be accurately interfaced and closely intermeshed to produce required results, prepare coordination drawings to indicate how work shown by separate shop drawings will be interfaced, intermeshed, and sequenced for installation.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Comply with submittal requirements of "Submittals" section, and other requirements outlined in the other Divisions.

C. Biweekly Job Meeting: The Contractor’s Project Manager and Superintendent, the Owner's Project Manager and the Architect shall attend biweekly job meetings convened by the Owner for the purpose of affording the opportunity to review Contractor's coordination efforts, to expedite the performance of administrative tasks, and to generally assess the work progress. Contractor shall require representation (at each meeting) by every entity currently involved in coordination or planning for the work (of the entire project). Contractor shall participate in meetings in a manner, which will resolve coordination problems.

1. Time and location of job meetings shall be designated by the mutual agreement of the Contractor, Architect and Owner.

2. Job meetings shall be chaired by the Architect, who shall record the proceedings in the form of minutes and shall be responsible for proper distribution thereof to all parties. Initial minutes will be distributed within three (3) business days after the meeting.

3. Any and all corrections or clarifications to these minutes shall be received by the Architect in writing within three (3) days of their issuance. After the interval allowed for corrections and clarifications, Job Meeting Minutes will stand as part of the project record.

4. All decisions, instructions and interpretations given by Owner, with concurrence of the Architect, at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on Contractor.

5. Architect and Owner shall have the right to schedule Special Job Meetings or increase the frequency of job meetings if, in his opinion, the progress and condition of the work warrant it. Attendance at such meetings is mandatory.

6. Subcontractors and suppliers shall attend at the request of the Architect or Owner as appropriate to the agenda topics at each meeting.

7. Agenda:

a. Review of Work progress. b. Field observations, problems, and decisions. c. Identification of problems, which impede planned progress. d. Maintenance of Progress Schedule- updated by Contractor and

discussed at every meeting. e. Corrective measures to regain projected schedule milestones and

deadlines. f. Planned progress during succeeding work period and two (2) week look

ahead. g. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. h. Review and update Submittal Log for every meeting. i. Other business relating to the Work.

D. Pre-Construction Meeting: Owner will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award.

1. Attendance Required:

a. Owner. b. Architect. c. Contractor.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2. Agenda:

a. Execution of Owner/Contractor Agreement. b. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. c. Distribution of Contract Documents. d. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values,

etc. e. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals,

substitutions, applications for payment, proposal requests, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.

f. Scheduling (Preliminary Progress Schedule by Contractor).

The above Agenda is a comprehensive list of items that could be discussed at the Pre- Construction Meeting. Some items will be included while the Owner may choose to handle other items by other means.

3. Architect will record minutes and distribute copies within two (2) days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Contractor, Owner, and those affected by any decisions made.

E. Pre-Installation Conferences:

1. When required by individual specification sections, contractor shall convene a pre- installation conference prior to the start of installation for the portion of work in question.

2. Require attendance of all Subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers (if necessary), Owner Architect (at the Owners request), Engineers (at the Owners request) directly affecting of affected by the Work in question.

F. Application for Payment “PENCIL COPY” review meeting:

1. Contractor to schedule a Pencil Copy Review Meeting five (5) working days prior to payment period deadline stipulated in the Agreement.

2. Contractor will be responsible to incorporate all agreed upon changes to the Pencil Copy version of the Application and submit the revised Application in accordance with all Contract requirements.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE/SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL

A. General: In addition to a Home Office Project Manager and a Field Construction Superintendent and other administrative and supervisory personnel required for performance of the work, the Contractor shall provide specific coordinating personnel as may be required for proper interface between the trades and other work of the total project.

B. Project Superintendent: The Contractor shall provide a full-time Project Superintendent, who is experienced in administration and supervision of building construction of a type similar in nature and scope to this Project, including mechanical and electrical work, and who is hereby authorized to act as the general coordinator of interfaces between the work of all the trades. For purpose of this provision, "interface" is defined to include the scheduling and sequencing of work,




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

sharing of access to work spaces, installations, each trade's protection of work by other trades, cutting and patching, tolerances, preparation of coordination drawings, inspections, tests, and temporary facilities and services.

C. Submittal of Staff Names, Duties: Within 15 days of contract date, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and Architect a listing of Contractor's principal staff assignments and consultants, naming persons and listing their addresses, telephone numbers and past construction experience.

1.5 EXAMINATION AND CHECKING OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the contract documents in accordance with the requirements specified herein.

1. Contractor shall examine and check all quantities and dimensions given on contract drawings, and shall be responsible for noting any errors which can be discovered by such examination and check, and shall be responsible for satisfactory joining and fitting of all parts of the work; any check or observation by Architect/Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility as to correctness of the work.

2. Field verification of dimensions on drawings is specifically directed and required of the Contractor as a matter of course, because locations, distances and elevations will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor shall review plans, site plans and details of construction on the drawings, and adjust his work to conform to all conditions indicated thereon or reasonably inferable therefrom.

3. Discrepancies shown on different plans and details, or between drawings, and actual field conditions, or between drawings and specifications, shall promptly be brought to the attention of the Architect for interpretation and resolution.

4. If, in Contractor's opinion, any work is indicated on drawings or specified in such a manner as will make it impossible to produce such in conformance with the contact, he shall refer same to Architect for interpretation. If additional and supplementary instructions are necessary, Architect/Engineer will prepare and issue same in an appropriate form to the Contractor, with a copy being forwarded to the Owner.

5. Contractor is directed never to scale dimensions or locations from contract drawings. Consult Architect/Engineer for dimensions and locations of all items.

1.6 SURVEYS AND RECORDS/REPORTS

A. General: Working from lines and levels established by property survey, and as shown in relation to the work, the Contractor shall establish and maintain bench marks and other dependable markers to set lines and levels for the work at each story of construction and elsewhere on site as needed to properly locate each element of entire project. Contractor shall calculate and measure required dimensions as shown (within recognized tolerances if not otherwise indicated); and shall not scale drawings to determine dimensions. Advise tradesmen performing the work, of marked lines and levels provided for their use in layout of work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.7 LIMITATIONS FOR USE OF SITE

A. General: It is the intent of the Owner to preserve the present character of the campus to the greatest extent possible, both during and after the period of construction. To this end the Contractor will be subject to certain operational controls in the movement of personnel and equipment on and off the construction site. The Contractor's cooperation with the general goal of protecting and preserving the Institute campus, and with the specific controls specified hereinafter, shall be mandatory. The following general controls shall be observed:

1. Construction activities, including location of temporary support facilities, stockpiling of materials, loading and unloading, parking for construction personnel and other related activities shall be restricted to areas as specified by the Owner.

2. The accumulation or stockpiling of debris, rubbish or other material resulting from demolition or construction operations will not be permitted. Removal and off-site disposal must proceed concurrent with demolition and construction activities, to the end that the site shall at all times present a neat, orderly and workmanship appearance. No liquid or solid material of any kind is to be disposed of on campus property. No burning of trash or debris will be permitted on the site.

3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prevention, abatement and control of any environmental pollution arising from demolition or construction activities in the performance of the work, in full compliance with all applicable Federal and State laws and regulations.

a. Existing trees and other vegetation on and adjacent to the project site shall be protected. Refer to Section 015000 - "Temporary Facilities" - for specific requirements concerning fencing. Under no circumstances shall materials be stored or heavy equipment operated beneath the drip lines of existing trees.

4. Contractor shall be responsible for the control of dust arising from demolition or construction operations within the project site or along the Access Routes.

B. Allocation of Space: In addition to site utilization limitations and requirements shown on drawings, and indicated by other contract documents, Contractor shall administer allocation of available space equitably among separate subcontractors and other entities needing access and space, so as to produce overall efficiency in performance of total work of project.

C. Deliveries: Contractor shall schedule deliveries so as to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site.

D. Construction Access:

1. Contractor shall plan, coordinate and execute all construction activities in such manner as to avoid traffic disruption over local streets.

a. Prior to the start of work, Contractor shall contact the Police Department and determine approved travel routes for delivery vehicles




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

on local streets. b. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits in connection

with the operation of overweight and over length vehicles on City streets.

2. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling all traffic entering and leaving the Owner's property including provision of flagmen as necessary. Contractor shall be responsible to require mud removal from rubber-tired vehicles departing the immediate project site. Operation of tracked vehicles shall be restricted to the project site as defined by the contract limit lines, and is not permitted on paved areas.

3. Whenever and wherever the project work must be performed outside the contract limit lines, and after the necessary permits have been secured from local authorities, Contractor shall erect and maintain barricades, danger signals and warning signs at working sites, closed roads, intersections and other places of danger to traffic, the work, or the public. Barricades and obstructions of any kind shall be marked with lights or flares at not more than five (5) foot intervals visible for a distance of not less than 500 feet. Contractor shall provide sufficient watchmen and traffic directors and shall take all necessary precautions for the proper protection of the work and the safety of the public.

4. Contractor shall be responsible for identification, control and maintenance of construction traffic within the contract limit lines. Identification and control shall include the provision of temporary traffic signs and the installation of barricades and warning lights to protect the work and to identify excavations or other hazards, all as may be required. Maintenance shall include the provision and placing of ballast materials as may be required, grading and compaction, removal of debris, removal of snow, and general care to insure a serviceable roadbed at all times.

a. The Owner shall be responsible for snow removal from paved roadways and parking lots in the vicinity of the project area, but not within the work areas or areas immediate to the Contractor's temporary facilities.

5. Prior to final completion, perform all cleaning and repairs as necessary to restore all existing areas within the limits of any and all work required as a part of the scope of these contract documents, to their original condition.

E. Temporary Parking for Construction Personnel: The Owner shall designate available areas for parking.

1. Offsite parking will be available for employee parking, in an area to be designated by the Owner on RUI property. Construction personnel will not be permitted to park in campus parking lots, except as specifically designated and authorized by the Owner. The designated parking area may change due to seasonal demands of the Owner.

F. Staging and Storage Area: The Contractor shall have the authority and responsibility to plan and locate storage areas, equipment marshaling areas, and temporary field facilities. Staging and storage areas shall be so located and utilized




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

as to afford unrestricted access to all of the work at all times. Such areas shall not encroach upon access routes to the work, nor shall they be so located or utilized as to impede free access of emergency vehicles. Such areas must be approved by the Owner prior to use by the contractor.

1. Staging and storage areas shall be located wholly within the contract limit lines and site enclosure fence.

2. All loading and unloading operations shall occur inside the contract limit lines and behind the site enclosure fence.

3. Storage of materials and equipment outside the site enclosure fence or on City streets is absolutely prohibited.

4. Prior to final completion, perform all cleanup, disposal, grading, topsoiling, seeding and other work as necessary to restore the entire staging/storage area to its original condition.

G. Verification of Underground Utilities: Contractor shall have the responsibility to verify the actual locations of existing underground utility lines. Should verified underground utility locations conflict with excavation required in connection with the work, Contractor shall notify the Owner's project manager immediately. Hand excavation shall be required at locations in close proximity to verified existing utilities.

1. The Owner does not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of information shown on any contract drawings for underground utilities; Contractor must be responsible for ascertaining all facts concerning utility locations.

2. Damage to existing underground utilities, caused as a result of Contractor's negligence or failure to comply with the requirements listed herein, shall be repaired and/or replaced at Contractor's expense, to the complete satisfaction of the Owner and utility company by close of business of the day of damage.

H. Cleaning and Trash Disposal: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01500, "Temporary Facilities".

1.8 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

A. Safety Precautions and Programs: Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. He shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent, unless otherwise designated by the Contractor, in writing, to the Owner.

B. Protection of Persons: Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work, and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal and State safety laws, union safety regulations, and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. Particular attention is called to the requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). In connection with the work of its own forces, Contractor shall direct and properly maintain, at all times, as




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and the public and shall post danger signs warning against the hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, window openings, stairways and falling materials.

1. Security/protection provisions are specified in "Temporary Facilities" section.

C. Protection of Work and Property: Contractor shall take all precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1. All the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors, or Sub-subcontractors; and

2. Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

a. Refer to "Temporary Facilities" section for specific requirements concerning fencing around existing trees.

D. Emergencies: In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, Contractor shall act with diligence, at his discretion, to prevent threatening injury, damage or loss. In such case, he shall immediately notify the Owner, of the action taken and shall forthwith prepare and submit a detailed and documented report to the Owner and the Architect.

E. Insurance and Indemnification: Comply with requirements of the Contract Agreement.

1.9 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of occurrence requiring special report, with copy to Architect/Engineer and others affected by occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of unusual and significant nature occurs at site, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a special report listing chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluations of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. When such events are known or predictable in advance, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the Owner in advance at earliest possible date.

C. Reporting Accidents: Contractor shall prepare and submit reports of significant accidents, at site and anywhere else work is in progress. Record and document data and actions; comply with industry standards. For this purpose, a significant accident is defined to include events where bodily injury is sustained, or property loss of substance is sustained, or where the event posed a significant threat of loss or personal injury.

1.10 SUBCONTRACTOR, MATERIAL APPROVAL




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

A. Material Approval: Contractor shall submit to the Owner and Architect, for approval, a list of all vendors and manufacturers for the supply of materials and equipment, whether specified or not, starting within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of contract; said list shall be complete within forty-five (45) days thereafter. In instances where specified materials and equipment are subject to the Owner’s and Architect's approval by way of the submittal process, no contract shall be entered into with any vendor, supplier or manufacturer before the Owner and Architect have approved his name in writing.

B. Subcontractor Approval: Contractor shall, beginning within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of contract and ending within forty-five (45) days thereafter, notify the Architect and Owner in writing of the names of all subcontractors proposed for the work, and shall not employ any without prior written approval of the Owner, or any that Owner may within a reasonable time reject.

1.11 TRADESMEN AND WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS

A. General: Contractor shall instigate and maintain procedures to ensure that tradesmen performing work at site are skilled and knowledgeable in methods and craftsmanship needed to produce required quality-levels for workmanship in completed work. Remove and replace work, which does not comply with workmanship standards as specified and as recognized in the construction industry for applications indicated. Remove and replace other work damaged or deteriorated by faulty workmanship or its replacement.

B. Availability of Tradesmen: At each progress or job meeting, Contractor shall review availability of tradesmen and projected needs to accomplish work as scheduled. Require each entity employing tradesmen to report on current and pending trade actions and jurisdictional matters, which might affect progress of work. Where possible dispute or delay is identified, consider alternatives and take actions to avoid disputes and delays.

C. Labor Peace Clause:

1. The Contractor agrees that in the performance of the work called for under these Contract Documents, it will employ only such labor as will not delay or interfere with the speedy and diligent progress of the project and as will be acceptable to and work in harmony with all other workmen employed by the Owner.

2. In the event of labor difficulties (including, but not limited to, strikes, walkouts, picketing, boycotts, shutdowns, or inability to obtain a sufficient number of competent laborers or mechanics), which interfere with the work, or any part thereof, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take all measures necessary and possible to insure the projects progress and completion as prescribed by the time schedule including, but not limited to, seeking injunctive relief in an appropriate Court of Common Pleas, filing an unfair labor practices charge(s) with the National Labor Relations Board, discharging employees who engage in an unprotected strike or work stoppage, or any other applicable legal or equitable action related to the aforesaid labor difficulty which occurs in connection with the performance of this contract.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. In the event of a strike or stoppage of work resulting from a dispute involving or affecting the labor employed by the contractor (including subcontractors and suppliers), the Owner may, at its option, terminate this contract. However, where practicable the contractor will give subcontractors 24 hours to resolve the strike or stoppage of work before terminating its contract. In the event there is a conflict between this clause and any other agreement between contractor and the Owner, including but not limited to other provisions of this contract, other written agreements and verbal agreements, this clause will take precedent. In the event of such termination, the Owner shall have the right to take possession, for the purpose of completing such work, of all materials, tools, and appliances on its premises and employ any person or persons to finish the work and provide the materials and labor for such work. The Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payments under this agreement until the work shall be finished completely, at which time the contractor shall be paid whatever balance is found to be due to contractor for amounts expended by it either for labor, materials, or otherwise, plus contractors percentage of profit as provided in this agreement, less, however such expenses or damages as the Owner may suffer by so completing the work. The Contractor shall not be entitled to prospective profits on portions of the project not performed by it or with respect to the materials not furnished by it. Further, it is understood and agreed that should the expenses to the Owner in completing the contract be increased by reason of such discontinuance of the services of this contractor, then this contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for such entire increase in addition to the other expenses or damages referred to above.

1.12 INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND REPORTS

A. General: Required inspection and testing services are intended to assist in determination of probable compliances of the work with requirements, but do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for those compliances, or for general fulfillment of requirements of contract documents. Specified inspections and tests are not intended to limit Contractor's quality control program. Afford reasonable access to agencies performing tests and inspections.

B. Inspection and Testing by Independent Agencies: General requirements are specified in "Quality Control Services" section of these specifications (Section 01400). Particular requirements are specified in the technical sections (Divisions 2 through 16).

C. Inspection and Testing by Authorities with Jurisdiction: If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or order of any public authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner not less than five (5) working days notice in writing of its readiness for inspections or testing. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities.

D. Inspection and Testing by Contractors: When inspections and tests are required by the technical sections of these specifications to be performed by Contractors on installed materials and equipment, all such inspections and tests shall be conducted in the presence of, and upon timely notice to, the Owner, and the results




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

thereof approved prior to acceptance of the installation. Fuel, power and any other items or services required for the proper inspecting and testing of equipment and for the period of instructing the Owner's operating personnel shall be at the cost and expense of the Contractor furnishing such equipment.

E. Special Inspection and Testing: If the Owner or Architect/Engineer determines that any Work requires special inspection, testing or approval, not otherwise required herein, he will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provided in subparagraph C. If such special testing or inspection reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including compensation for the Architect/Engineer's additional services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear all costs and an appropriate Change Order will be issued.

1.13 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Refer to Specification Section 01300, “Submittals” for requirements pertaining to Progress Photographs.

B. Provide photographs of the site and construction throughout progress of Work produced by an experienced photographer or job superintendent experienced in taking construction photographs, acceptable to the Owner.

C. Take photos in a timely fashion to allow for their submission with each application for a payment and/ as follows (as applicable):

1. Installation of site utilities. 2. Installation of footings. 3. Installation of foundations. 4. Building pad proof roll. 5. Building pad sub grade (vapor barrier and stone). 6. Installation of concrete floors, decks, walls, etc. 7. Installation of masonry for stair towers, elevator, exterior walls, etc. 8. Installation of structural steel, steel deck and joist, etc. 9. Rough grading. 10. Installation of parking lot paving, parking lot lighting, line stripping, etc. 11. Installation of interior and exterior framing. 12. Plumbing and electrical rough-ins. 13. HVAC ductwork and units. 14. Installation of telecommunications cabling and devices. 15. Installation of roofing. 16. Installation of windows, doors, hardware, etc. 17. Enclosure of walls and ceilings. 18. Interior and exterior finishes. 19. Installations of millwork, casework, trim work, etc. 20. Landscaping 21. Final Completion.

D. Digital PDFs: Color; three (3) prints of each view. 4” X 8” or larger of each view. Provide enough photos at each stage of construction to give someone not familiar with the Project a clear understanding of the progress of the work. Review photos




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

with the Owner’s representative at each stage of construction requiring photographs. The Owner will determine if additional photos will be needed.

1. PDF format. 2. Identify each print. Identify name of Project, orientation of view, date and

time of view.

E. Deliver prints with each Application for Payment or at times specified by Owner with transmittal letter.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS

A. Pre-Installation Conference: Well in advance of installation of every major unit of work which requires coordination and interfacing with other work, Contractor shall meet at project site with subcontractors, installers and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by unit of work, and in its coordination or integration with other work which has preceded or will follow. Contractor shall advise Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. At each meeting review progress of other work and preparations for particular work under consideration, including requirements of contract documents, options, related change orders, purchases, deliveries, shop drawings, product data, quality control samples, possible conflicts, compatibility problems, time schedules, weather limitations, temporary facilities, space and access limitations, structural limitations, governing regulations, safety, inspection and testing requirements, required performance results, recording requirements, and protection. Contractor shall record significant discussions of each conference, and agreements and disagreements, along with final plan of action. Distribute record of meeting promptly to everyone concerned, including Architect/Engineer and Owner.

1. Do not proceed with the work if associated pre-installation conference cannot be concluded successfully. Instigate actions to resolve impediments to performance of the work, and reconvene conference at earliest date feasible.

B. Installer's Inspection of Conditions: Require Installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate to receive the work, and conditions under which the work will be performed, and to report (in writing to Contractor) unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in contract documents.

D. Inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

E. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work properly as it is installed; true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances if not otherwise indicated. Allow for expansions and building movements. Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work, organized for best possible visual effect. Refer questionable visual-effect choices to Architect for final decision.

F. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each installation.

G. Install work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of project completion, which will ensure best possible results for each unit of work, in coordination with entire work. Isolate each unit of work from non-compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration.

H. Coordinate enclosure (closing-in) of work with inspections and tests, so as to minimize necessity of uncovering work for that purpose.

I. Mounting Heights: Except as otherwise indicated, mount individual units of work at industry- recognized standard mounting heights, for applications indicated. Refer questionable mounting height choices to Architect/Engineer for final decision.

3.2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS/HER PROPOSAL THE COST OF ALL CONTROL WIRING AND ITS INSTALLATION FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS, ATC SYSTEMS, BOILERS, REMOTE MONITORING SYSTEMS, ETC. WHICH SYSTEMS REQUIRE ELECTRICAL CONTROL WIRING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A SUB-CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY THE UNIVERSITY FOR ALL SUCH CONTROL WIRING. THE SUB-CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A FINAL CERTIFICATE OF ELECTRICAL INSPECTION OF THE CONTROL WIRING. INSTALLED OR CONTROL WIRING MUST CONNECT TO A POINT OF ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

3.3 CHASES, RECESSES AND OPENINGS

A. Contractor shall build chases, recesses, openings, channels and flues, and shall leave or create holes where shown on drawings, or where directed for piping, electrical conduits, switchboxes, panelboards, flues and ducts, or any other feature of the mechanical and electrical work. All trades requiring chases, recesses, openings, etc. shall furnish to the Contractor, complete detailed drawings for all chases, recesses and openings required in connection with such work in ample time to allow the construction to proceed without interruption or delay. Comply with requirements of "Submittals" section of these specifications.

1. Contractor shall close, build in and finish around or over all chases, recesses, openings, etc. after installation of mechanical and electrical work has been completed. Should any fail to furnish the above required information in time, he shall, at his own expense, arrange for all cutting, rebuilding, patching and finishing, but shall employ the Contractor whose work must be cut to do so.

2. Contractor shall obtain prior written approval from the Architect/Engineer and the Owner before cutting or boring through beams, floor construction or supporting members.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.4 SLEEVES, BUILT-IN ITEMS

A. Each trade shall be responsible for furnishing and setting of sleeves, built-in items, anchors, inserts, etc. for his work. Contractor shall build these items into the construction.

1. Comply with requirements of "Submittals" section in the preparation of sleeve drawings.

3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. General: Do not cut-and-patch structural work in a manner resulting in reduction of load- carrying capacity or load/deflection ratio; submit proposed cutting and patching to Architect/Engineer for structural approval before proceeding. Do not cut-and-patch operational elements and safety-related components in a manner resulting in reduction of capacities to perform in manner intended or resulting in decreased operational-life, increased maintenance, or decreased safety. Do not cut-and-patch work which is exposed on exterior or exposed in occupied spaces of building, in a manner resulting in reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial evidence of cut-and-patch work, both as judged solely by Architect. Remove and replace work judged by Architect to be cut-and-patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

1. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, adjusting and patching as may be required to permit the several parts to properly come together as intended and indicated.

2. Engage original Fabricator/Installer to perform cutting-and-patching of structural work, operational/ safety-related components, and visually exposed work; or, if not available, engage only recognized experts; employ only proven methods.

3. Do not cut or alter work performed under separate contracts without the Architect’s written permission.

4. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specific requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.

5. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Beginning new work means acceptance of existing conditions.

6. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached.

7. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.

8. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.

9. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Materials: Except as otherwise indicated or approved by Architect/Engineer, provide materials for cutting-and-patching which will result in equal-or-better work than work being cut-and- patched, in terms of performance characteristics and including visual effect where applicable. Use materials identical with original materials where feasible and where recognized that satisfactory results can be produced thereby.

C. Temporary Support and Protection: Provide adequate temporary support for work to be cut, to prevent failure. Do not endanger other work. Provide adequate protection of other work during cutting-and-patching, to prevent damage; and provide protection of the work from adverse weather exposure.

D. Cut work using methods least likely to damage work to be retained and work adjoining.

1. Where physical cutting action is required, cut work with sawing and grinding tools, not with hammering and chopping tools. Core drill openings through concrete work. Comply with the requirements of applicable sections of Division 2 where cutting-and-patching requires excavating and backfilling.

2. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

3. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated materials in accordance with Section 07841 to full thickness of the penetrated elements.

4. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.

E. Patch with seams, which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work.

1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of work.

F. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas; and, where necessary extend finish restoration onto retained work adjoining, in a manner, which will eliminate evidence of patching.

1. Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch, after patched area has received prime and base coats.

G. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide opening in the work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work.

H. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original conditions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

I. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE BASE BID PRICE WHEN THE WORK IS REQUIRED AS PART OF THE OVERALL PROJECT. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION UNLESS ALL APPLICABLE PARTIES OBTAIN PRIOR AUTHORIZATION OR WRITTEN APPROVAL.

3.6 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions of the Contract, and with additional requirements specified herein.

1. Subsequent Disclosure of Faulty Work: Failure of Owner or Architect/Engineer to exercise powers of rejection or condemnation against the work of the Contractor during construction shall not be construed as an acceptance on Owner's part or Architect/ Engineer's part that Contractor's work has been faithfully performed, if the fact be otherwise.

3.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion.

B. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

C. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and air from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction activities. Comply with all governmental and code requirements.

3.8 PREPERATION FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING AND/OR NEW WORK.

A. Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of work and finishes.

B. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.

C. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.

D. Apply manufacturers required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.

3.9 LAYING OUT THE WORK

A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.

B. Promptly notify Owner’s Representative and Architect of any discrepancies discovered.

C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Promptly report to Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.

E. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.

F. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:

1. Site improvements including but not limited to pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations, etc.

2. Building foundation, column locations, all floor elevations, stairwells, elevator shafts, machine and mechanical rooms, etc.

3. All other work as necessary to complete all the requirements of the contract documents.

G. Periodically verify layouts by same means.

H. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.

3.10 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install Products as specified in individual sections and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition.

C. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new Work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendations to the Architect and Owner.

3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. General: During handling and installation of work at project site, Contractor shall clean and protect work in progress and adjoining work on a basis of perpetual maintenance. Apply suitable protective covering on newly installed work where reasonably required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion; otherwise, clean and perform maintenance on newly installed work as frequently as necessary through remainder of construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

B. REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS AND RUBBISH RESULTING FROM OR RELATING TO THE CONSTRUCTION WORK; RUBBISH SHALL NOT BE THROWN FROM BUILDING OPENINGS ABOVE THE GROUND FLOOR UNLESS CONFINED WITHIN CHUTES.

1. Progress Cleaning:




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Maintain areas free of waste material, debris, and rubbish (on a daily basis). Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition, as determined by the Owner.

b. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

c. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

d. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose of off-site.

e. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.

f. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity during and after installation in the immediate work area to prevent damage.

g. Protect finished floors and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials appropriate for the task involved.

C. Limiting Exposures of Work: To extent possible through reasonable control and protection methods, Contractor shall supervise performance of work in a manner and by means which will ensure that none of the work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposures during construction period. Such exposures include (where applicable, but not by way of limitation) static loading, dynamic loading, internal pressures, external pressures, high or low temperatures, thermal shock, high or low humidity, air contamination or pollution, water, ice, solvents, chemicals, light, radiation, puncture, abrasion, heavy traffic, soiling, bacteria, insect infestation, combustion, electrical current, high speed operation, improper lubrication, unusual wear, misuse, incompatible interface, destructive testing, misalignment, excessive weathering, unprotected storage, improper shipping/handling, theft and vandalism.

D. Construction Debris: The Contractor shall intermittently remove waste and rubble so that at no time shall there be undue accumulations. Upon completion, the Contractor shall dress up all areas affected by this work whether inside or outside the boundary of the Project. Loading, crating, hauling and dumping will be at the contractor's expense.

E. Rubbish: The Contractor shall provide covered metal trash cans in sufficient quantity to accept the accumulation of rubbish and garbage from lunch and the like of employees of all Contractors working on site.

1. The Contractor shall instruct his and his subcontractors’ employees to deposit their trash and garbage in these containers and not elsewhere about the site; and also not to use the containers for construction scraps, rubbish, trash and surplus materials.

2. The Contractor shall empty these containers daily and haul the rubbish to a legal disposal site off the property.

F. Roads and Pathways:

1. The Contractor is responsible for the removal of construction dirt and




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

debris in public areas on the site and in the surrounding areas serving the site.

2. Dirt and mud tracked onto streets by the Contractor or its subcontractors is to be immediately cleaned up by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner and the local municipal authorities.

G. Trucks: All trucks leaving the construction area are to be covered in accordance with NJDOT over the road requirements. Trucks leaving the site are to be clean and free of mud or other materials.

H. Quality Assurance: University streets and pathways are to be maintained in a clean safe condition at all times. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor leave the site each day without inspecting and verifying that streets and paths to the construction site, access areas, lay down areas, and gates in the area of the site are clean of all construction related materials and are clean and sage for use by the Rowan University population. The Contractor will immediately correct any violation of this provision upon notification by the Owner.

3.12 CONSERVATION AND SALVAGE

A. General: It is a general procedural requirement for Contractor's supervision and administration of the work that construction operations be carried out with maximum practical consideration for conservation of energy, water and materials; and with maximum practical consideration for salvaging materials and equipment involved in performance of the work but not incorporated therein.


Contract Modification Procedures Section 012500 - Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 012500 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION

PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.


1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and processing allowances.

2. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.

3. Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect may issue through Owners project manager supplemental instructions authorizing Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Time, as “Architects Supplemental Instructions” (ASI). Architects Supplemental Instructions may or may not involve adjustments to the contract sum. THERE WILL BE NO ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONTRACT TIME ALLOWED FOR THIS PROJECT.

1. For ASI’s involving no adjustment to the contract sum or time, the contractor is authorized to execute the change or clarification immediately.

2. For ASI’s resulting in an adjustment to the contract sum, do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change without obtaining written authorization from the Owner. Written authorization can include the provisions of the general conditions, Article 14, paragraphs 14.5.3 and 14.7.1, an approved change order or a Construction Change Directive.

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. In the event the Contractor believes that any change directed by the Owner or Architect would entitle it to additional compensation to complete its work under this contract, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owners project manager of this fact WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RECEIPT OF THE CHANGE REQUESTED.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

The contractor shall then prepare and submit an original of the Change Order Request (COR) with all supporting documentation to the Owners project manager and submit two (2) copies of the Change Order Request (COR) with all supporting documentation to the Architect and University within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of the directive by the Owner and/or Architect.

B. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Owner may issue proposal requests or may have the Architect issue such requests. In any event a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work will be submitted to the contractor that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum. THERE WILL BE NO ADJUSTMENTS TO TIME FOR ANY GIVEN CHANGE ORDER REQUESTED. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. For ASI’s resulting in adjustments to the contract sum, do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change without first obtaining written authorization from the Owner.

2. If the contractor feels the ASI or proposal request requires a change to the contract sum then the contractor shall notify the Owners project manager of this fact within 48 hours of receipt of the ASI or OIPR directive.

3. Within five (5) business days after receipt of directive, ASI or proposal request from the Owner, submit a Change Order Request estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum necessary to execute the change. The contractor shall then prepare and submit an original of the Change Order Request (COR) with all supporting documentation to the Owners project manager and submit two (2) copies of the COR with all supporting documentation to the architect.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor directly attributable to the change. 1) Labor shall be broken down by man-hours, hourly wages, fringe

benefits per hour and any other benefits payable. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the

effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float however the date of Substantial and Final Completion cannot be extended.

C. In the event that the Contractor encounters a condition that it considers a change, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owners Project Manager prior to disturbing the condition and shall then prepare and submit an original of the COR with all supporting documentation to the Owners project manager and two (2) copies of a Change Order Request with all required supporting documentation to the architect within five (5) calendar days of encountering the condition. The condition shall not be disturbed until the Project Manager has inspected the condition.

D. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a Change Order Request (COR) to Owners project manager. The contractor shall prepare and submit one (1) original of the COR with all supporting documentation to the Owners project manager and submit two (2) copies of the COR with all supporting documentation to the architect.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the

effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float however the date of Substantial and Final Completion cannot be extended.

6. Comply with requirements in General Conditions Article 4.15 if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

E. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests.

1.5 ALLOWANCES (IF APPLICABLE ON A GIVEN PROJECT)

A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Allowance Request Proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. Only allowances included as part of the Bid Price will be considered for an Allowance Authorization. All other Proposals must be hard costed.

1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.

2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed.

3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to allowances.

4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count.

B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within ten (10) business days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than ten (10) business days after such authorization.

1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.

2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower- priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.

C. Use the same procedure(s) followed for handling Change Order Requests (COR’s) and Change Orders with Allowances (except use Allowance Forms rather than Change Order Forms).

1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. Upon the Owner’s approval of a Change Order Request (COR), the Owner will direct the Architect to issue a Change Order for signatures of the Contractor and Owner on AIA Document G701.

1. The Change Order breakdown shall be in sufficient detail to permit an analysis of all material, labor, equipment, sub-contract and overhead costs as well as profit. Any amount proposed for sub-contracts shall be supported by a similar price breakdown.

B. Each Change Order must contain a detailed description of the change and the amount by which the Contract Price will be increased or decreased.

C. COMPUTATION OF ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION

1. In connection with any request for additional compensation the Contractor shall furnish a price breakdown, as follows:

a. Labor shall be broken down by the man-hour, hourly wages, fringe benefits per hour and any other benefits payable by the Contractor;

b. Materials shall be broken down by quantity and unit prices.

2. Unless otherwise directed, the breakdown shall cover all work involved in the change whether such work was deleted, added or changed.

3. The breakdown shall be in sufficient detail to permit an analysis of all material, labor, equipment, sub-contract and overhead costs as well as profit. Any amount proposed for sub-contracts shall be supported by a similar price breakdown.

4. The following rates shall apply in computing indirect costs and profit for the negotiation of additional compensation under all provisions of this contract, which provide for such adjustments that do not exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00). The resulting change in the contract amount will include the indirect impact cost of extended performance computed in accordance with the terms of this article and no further consideration of such costs arising from the specific modification will be given. The percentages for overhead and profit shall be negotiated and may vary according to the nature, extent and complexity of the work involved. If not negotiated prior to the start of construction then the rates herein designated shall apply. The percentages shall be applicable for deleted work as well as additional work. When a change consists of both added and deleted work, the applicable percentages shall be applied to the net cost or credit. In any event, the percentages shall not exceed the sum of the following:




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Overhead will be the sum of ten percent (10%) of direct labor costs. 1) For the purpose of the article, the term direct labor shall include all

labor by contractor’s employees necessary to perform the actual work on site. Foremen, equipment operators and skilled, semi-skilled and common laborers directly assigned to the specific operation are direct labor; project managers, superintendents, office personnel, and subcontractors are not direct labor.

2) The term direct labor costs shall consist of the contract or actual payroll rate of wage per hour and fringe benefits paid for each and every hour that such employees are actually engaged in the performance of the work. Overhead will be the sum of ten percent (10) % of direct material costs.

b. Overhead will be the sum of ten percent (10%) of direct material costs. 1) For the purpose of the article, the term direct material costs shall

consist of the actual costs of the materials, including applicable tax and transportation charges

c. For rented equipment, an hourly rental rate will be used which will be determined by using the monthly rental rates taken from the current edition of the rental rate blue book for construction equipment and dividing it by one hundred seventy-six (176). An allowance will be made for operating costs for each and every hour the equipment is actually operating in accordance with the rate listed in the aforesaid rental book. The contractor will be allowed only sixty-five percent (65%) of the rental rate on contractor owned equipment.

d. Bond premiums, insurance, payroll taxes and travel subsistence, if applicable, will be allowed at actual cost (only) for the equitable adjustment allowed. No mark-up will be allowed for overhead on these indirect cost items.

e. The contractor's profit on the sub-contractor's work will be five percent (5%) of the sub-contractor's costs. Sub-contractor indirect costs will be computed in the same manner as for the contractor. The contractor agrees to incorporate this article in each of it sub-contracts.

f. A profit of six percent (6%) where profit is allowable by the terms of the applicable contract provision shall be added to the contractor's total cost for the equitable adjustment allowed for the work conducted by the contractors own workforce. Indirect costs will not be duplicated in direct costs.

g. When more than one (1) tier of sub-contractors exists, they shall be treated as one (1) sub-contractor for the purpose of mark-ups.

D. ANY CONTRACTOR PERFORMING CHANGE ORDER WORK WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER DOES SO AT ITS OWN RISK.

1. ONLY THE SIGNATURE OF AN ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT OR ABOVE IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE APPROVAL OF A CHANGE ORDER REQUEST (COR) OR CHANGE ORDER (CO). THE OWNERS PROJECT MANAGER IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO APPROVE CHANGE ORDERS. THE PROJECT MANAGER IS ONLY AUTHORIZED TO VERIFY THE WORK IN QUESTION IS IN ADDITION TO OR OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF WORK DELINEATED ON THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

A. Construction Change Directive: Architect at the direction of the Owners project manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

(Not Used) PART 3 -

EXECUTION

3.1 PERFORMANCE OF CHANGE ORDER WORK

A. A contractor who performs any scope of work associated with a change order or allowance (if allowances are applicable on a given project) without receiving proper approval in accordance with all contract document requirements hereof does so at its own risk. The Contractor shall have waived any and all claims for additional compensation related to said changes or conditions encountered.


Modification Procedures Section 012600 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 012600

MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Minor Changes in the Work: The Architect will issue instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work on AIA Form G710.

B. Owner-Initiated Change Order Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a description of proposed changes in the Work that require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Time. The description may include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal requests are for information only. Do not consider them an instruction to stop work or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within 3 days of receipt, submit an estimate of cost necessary to execute the change for the Owner's review.

a. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of purchases.

b. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Indicate the effect the change will have on the Contract Time.

3. Contractor shall endeavor to solicit reasonable prices from high quality Subcontractors for any additional work required.

C. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: When unforeseen conditions require modifications, the Contractor may submit a request for a change to the Architect.

1. Describe the proposed change. Indicate reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Contract Sum and Time.

2. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of purchases.

3. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

D. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709.

E. Allowance Adjustment: Base Change Order Proposals on the difference between the purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the measurement of work in-place. Allow for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.

1. Include installation costs only where indicated as part of the allowance.

2. Prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate margins claimed.

Modification Procedures Section 012600 – Page 2



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. Submit substantiation of a change in work claimed in the Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances.

F. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in the allowance, whether for purchase order amount or handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 7 days of receipt of authorization to proceed. The Owner will reject claims submitted later than 14 days.

G. Construction Change Directive: When Owner and Contractor disagree on the terms of a Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714 instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change.

1. The Construction Change Directive contains a description of the change and designates the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Time.

H. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completing the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data to substantiate Contract adjustments.

I. Change Order Procedures: Upon the Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, the Contractor will issue a Change Order on AIA Form G701.

END OF SECTION

Payment Procedures Section 012900 - Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT

PROCEDURES PART 1 -

GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.


1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and processing of allowances.

2. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit prices.

3. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract.

4. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.

1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2. Submit the Schedule of Values submission to Architect and Owners Construction Manager in accordance with the general conditions and general conduct of work.

3. Sub schedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide sub schedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar values h. Cost totals.

1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.

3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. a. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in

each column for each line item for portion of work performed. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the

Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

b. The University may, in its sole discretion, pay the Contractor for material delivered on the site and preparatory work done to be taken into consideration. Material delivered to the contractor at locations other than the site may also be taken into consideration if (1) such consideration is specifically authorized by the contract and (2) the contractor furnishes a form entitled "Contractor's Summary of Stored Materials" and agreement and bill of sale certification, respectively, for stored materials and (3) the contractor furnishes evidence of insurance for said materials or a bonded warehousing agreement.

6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. Allowances will only be accepted for items listed in the Bid Documents.

8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost

of actual work-in-place must be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values.

9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. a. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing

Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

2. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment, at least five (5) business days prior to the actual submission date as specified. This Application will be reviewed and adjusted by all parties (Architect, Owner and Contractor) at a “PENCIL COPY REVIEW” meeting prior to final approval.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is per the General Conditions. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the end of the preceding period and ends 15 days before the date for each progress payment.

D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets

E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Project Manager will return incomplete applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

F. Transmittal: Submit 3 (three) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Project Manager by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. All copy’s shall include ‘Attachment to G702- Certification for Payment”, Release of Liens Forms (included in the Contract Documents) entirely completed for the contractor, all subcontractors and anyone else whose payment is listed in the Schedule of Values for the application being requested, AIA G706 A-Contractors Affidavit…, Certified Payrolls and Monthly Work Force Reports, updated and current Construction Schedule, updated and current Submittal Log, and current Project Photograph’s.

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

G. Release of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit partial or final releases of mechanic's lien (as may apply) from every entity that is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work

must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or proceeded by final waivers from

every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application that is lawfully entitled to a lien.

5. Release Forms: Submit release of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. (Use Form listed in Division 0 of the Specifications).

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). a) A final schedule must be submitted prior to Owners payment of the second (2nd)

progress payment. 4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for

performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report.

12. Report of preconstruction conference.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14. Performance and payment bonds. 15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. 16. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required. 17. Current construction photographs as specified herein.

I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required

and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar

data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.

K. When Owner or Architect/Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one (1) copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description.

1. Any other information or documentation required by other provisions of the contract documents shall be supplied.

L. In order to be proper an Application for Payment must include the following as applicable:

1. Total amount, payee name and address, department/agency, payee declaration, payee reference number and identification number.

2. contract number, contractor’s name, period of the Application, completion date, number of sheets, amount due this period, amount to date, retainage, certification by payee, certification signed by the Project Manager and Architect and approval of payment signed by the contracting officer or




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

his/her designee, previous payment requests, total deductions and additions. 3. In making progress payments for work, the University will retain two percent

(2%) of the approved invoice of payment until final acceptance and completion of all work covered by the contract.

4. After fifty percent (50%) of the work has been completed, upon written request by the contractor and provided the contracting officer determines that the contractor's performance and progress have been satisfactory, the University will make partial payments thereafter in full of the approved payment amount. If, however, progress is not maintained in accordance with the approved schedule, the contracting officer may elect to reinstitute retainage of two percent (2%) of amounts due to the contractor. The contracting officer shall have the sole authority to determine whether contractor’s performance and progress warrant waiver of two percent (2%) retainage.

M. Upon acceptance and completion of each building or other clearly definable severable portion of the contract work for which the price is stated separately within the contract, payment may be made in full at the discretion of the contracting officer including retained percentages thereon less authorized deductions.

N. All authorized Applications are to be sent to the Owners authorized representative at the address provided at the pre-construction conference. Receipt shall start the prompt payment clock unless returned to the contractor for correction within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt. Reference section 10.2.4 (d) of the General Conditions.

1.6 FINAL PAYMENT

A. Upon final acceptance, the amount due the contractor under this contract shall be paid upon satisfactory completion by the contractor of all contract close-out requirements as required by the University, completion of a University audit on all contract values and payments and after the contractor shall have furnished the University with a final release of liens from the contractor and all subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, vendors, suppliers and any other entity affiliated with the contractor for completion of this project of any and all claims against the University arising by virtue of this contract other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the contractor from the release.

B. Upon satisfying the above conditions, the contractor shall submit a properly executed Application for Final Payment to the University through the Project Manager. The University Controller shall date stamp the Application. This action by the University Controller shall constitute receipt of a properly executed State invoice application.

C. If, for any reason, the contractor refuses final payment, the project shall be closed-out by the University unilaterally processing a final acceptance certificate. The University will hold all residual funds in escrow until all claims of the University and all contractors are satisfied.


Coordination Section 013100 - Page 1 Bid Set 04-16-2019


Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

SECTION 013100 - COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, general conduct of the Work and Special Requirements, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures.

2. Conservation.

3. Coordination Drawings.

4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.

5. Cleaning and protection.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 1 Section "Field Engineering" specifies procedures for field

engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control

points.

2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for preparing and submitting the

Contractor's Construction Schedule.

3. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" for coordinating contract closeout.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the

best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on

installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

B. The mechanical. electrical and fire protection drawings are diagrammatic only and are not intended to show the alignment, physical locations or configurations of such work. Such work shall be coordinated by the Contractor and shall be installed to clear all obstructions, permit proper clearances for the work of other trades, satisfv all code requirements and present an orderlv appearance where exposed a t no additional cost to the Owner.

C. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required.

D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Prepare and coordinate scheduling, delivery and processing of submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

2. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

3. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work, which are indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance and for repairs.

4. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.

5. Progress meetings. 6. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and

wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

7. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. 8. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction

of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.

9. Project closeout activities.

E. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the Work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components.

1. Show the relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.

2. Indicate required installation sequences.

3. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals."

a. Note the coordination drawing submittal requirements under Section 013300 "Submittals", paragraph 2.3.9

B. Staff Names: Within fifteen (15) days of commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers.

1. Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room, and the temporary field

office.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS

A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.

B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize

the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.


A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects.

C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.


Project Management and Coordination Section 013113 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 013113

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.


A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the project coordination as specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures.

2. Conservation.

3. Coordination drawings.

4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.

5. Cleaning and protection.


A. Project Meetings - Section 013119.

B. Submittal Procedures - Section 013300.

C. Product Requirements - Section 016000.

D. Closeout Procedures - Section 017700.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate construction operations included in various sections of these specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work. Coordinate construction operations included under different sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of schedules.

2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.

3. Delivery and processing of submittals.

4. Progress meetings.

5. Project closeout activities.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated in, the work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components.

1. Show the relationship of components shown on separate shop drawings.

2. Indicate required installation sequences.

3. Comply with requirements contained in Section 013300, "Submittal Procedures."

B. Staff Names: Within 15 days of commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers.

1. Post copies of the list in the project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary telephone.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

(Not Applicable)




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS

A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Architect.

B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose.


A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at substantial completion.

B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects.

C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.

2. Excessive internal or external pressures.

3. Excessively high or low temperatures.

4. Thermal shock.

5. Excessively high or low humidity.

6. Air contamination or pollution.

7. Water or ice.

8. Solvents.

9. Chemicals.

10. Light.

11. Radiation.

12. Puncture.

13. Abrasion.

14. Heavy traffic.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

15. Soiling, staining, and corrosion.

16. Bacteria.

17. Rodent and insect infestation.

18. Combustion.

19. Electrical current.

20. High-speed operation.

21. Improper lubrication.

22. Unusual wear or other misuse.

23. Contact between incompatible materials.

24. Destructive testing.

25. Misalignment.

26. Excessive weathering.

27. Unprotected storage.

28. Improper shipping or handling.

29. Theft.

30. Vandalism.

END OF SECTION

Project Meetings Section 013119 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

15SECTION 013119

PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Work of this section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.


A. To enable orderly review of progress during construction and to provide for systematic discussions of problems, the Contractor will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period.

B. In general, project meetings will be held at the job site in accordance with a mutually acceptable schedule.

C. The purpose of the project meetings is analysis of problems that might arise relative to execution of the work.


A. The Contractor's relations with his subcontractors and materials suppliers, and discussions relative thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility as described in the General Conditions, and are not part of the agenda of project meetings.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate in project meetings shall have all required authority to commit the Contractor to solutions as agreed upon in the project meetings.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Agenda Items: To the maximum extent possible, advise the Architect at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the project meeting regarding all items to be added to the agenda.

B. Minimum Agenda

1. Review work progress since last meeting.

2. Note field observations, problems and decisions.

3. Identify problems which impede planned progress.

4. Review off-site fabrication problems.

5. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain schedule.

Project Meetings Section 013119 – Page 2



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

6. Coordinate projected progress with other prime contractors.

7. Review submittal schedules, expedite as required to maintain schedule.

C. Minutes: The Contractor shall compile minutes of each project meeting and shall distribute copies to the Owner and the Architect. The Contractor shall make and distribute such other copies as he wishes. The Architect and/or Owner may issue amendments to the minutes as necessary. Contractor shall issue same to other interested parties.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

(Not Applicable)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 MEETING SCHEDULE

A. Coordinate with the Architect as required to establish a mutually acceptable schedule for project meetings.

3.2 MEETING LOCATION

A. To the maximum extent practicable, project meetings shall be held at the job site. Provide adequate space and facility including table, chairs, and lighting for proper conduct of meeting.

3.3 ATTENDANCE

A. To the maximum extent practicable, assign the same person or persons to represent the Contractor at project meetings throughout the construction period. Subcontractors, materials suppliers, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspects of the work are involved.

END OF SECTION

Construction Progress Documentation Section 013200 - Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 013200 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS

SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions (Contract Administration Division Section D), General Conduct of the Work and Special Requirements, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Within three (3) days after the date established in the Notice to Proceed, University Contract and/or purchase order submit preliminary schedule indicating the scope of work for the duration of the project. A Gantt chart format will be acceptable however the final approved schedule must be in both a Gantt chart and CPM schedule format. If another method other than CPM is used the critical path and float time must be established and programmed into the schedule.

B. Initial Working CPM Schedule Submittal: To the extent necessary for the Contractor to reflect in the arrow diagram the plan for completion of this contract, the contractor shall meet with and furnish all necessary information for the preparation of the scheduling system within ten (10) calendar days after award of this contract. This information shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, logical sequencing of work operations; activity time estimated, intended crew flow, activity costs and estimated manpower requirements of each activity.

1. The contractor shall be responsible to reflect all sub-contractor work as well as his/her own work in proper coordinated sequence on the network diagram. The contractor shall be prepared to meet as many times as necessary with the Project Manager for the timely development of the project schedule.

1.3 SCHEDULE FORMAT

A. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number. At a minimum provide the following.

1. Include a separate bar for each portion of work or operation. 2. Identify the first workday of each week. 3. Identify each critical path task or portion of work. 4. Identify task durations, predecessors and dependent tasks. 5. Identify milestone dates for completion/start of each critical path element.

B. The contractor shall utilize the earliest scheduled start and finish dates in planning, coordinating and performing the work under this contract including all activities of sub-contractors, equipment vendors and suppliers.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT

USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTENT

A. Construction logic and activity time durations shall be established by the contractor subject to approval by the Owner’s Project Manager consistent with contract requirements and reflective of proper coordination between trades.

B. The Owner’s Project Manager shall establish the specific level of detail to be reflected in the scheduling system.

C. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered in the planning and scheduling of all work influenced by high or low ambient temperatures for the completion of all contract work within the allotted contract time. In addition, appropriate allowances shall be made for anticipated time losses due to normal rain and snow conditions by statistically expanding the estimated time durations for weather sensitive activities with the constraint that the substantial completion deadline cannot change.

D. The coordinated combined Progress Schedule the Contractor will develop shall incorporate the schedules of all Prime Contractors engaged on the project. The Schedule shall be in a form as specified herein and elsewhere in the contract documents and in sufficient detail to satisfy the Architect/Engineer and the University.

E. If applicable, the Contractor shall submit copies of his initial draft of this Schedule to all Prime Contractors. Each Prime Contractor shall then prepare a Progress Schedule for his own work, properly coordinated with the General Construction Contractor's initial draft and then submit it to the General Construction Contractor for his preparation of the final draft of a Single Coordinated Progress Schedule. Contract Requisitions will not be processed by the University until and unless such a single coordinated Progress Schedule shall have been submitted to and approved by the University Project Manager and/or Contracting Officer. This submission shall be no later than thirty (30) colander days after the award of the Contract. If any Prime Contractor delays his submission, the Project Schedule will be submitted without his input and any payments otherwise due him will be withheld until he complies.

F. The Progress Schedule based upon the Contractor's logic and time estimates shall indicate, in suitable detail for display, all significant features of the Work of each Contractor, including the placing of orders and anticipated delivery dates for critical items and all other critical path activities, submissions and approvals of Shop Drawings, all work activities to be performed by each Contractor and the beginning




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

and time durations thereof, float time and the dates of substantial and final completion of the various branches of the Work.

1. Show complete sequence of construction activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction.

2. Identify each item by specification section number or per bid form breakdown.

3. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month.

4. Indicate delivery dates as milestones for Owner-furnished items and any critical path items.

5. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. 6. Show critical path tasks; differentiate them from other construction tasks. 7. Schedule will be based upon a five-day workweek.

3.2 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE

A. Review and Approval of Initial Working Schedule: Within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the initial arrow diagram and computer produced schedule, the University's representative shall meet with the contractor and for joint review, correction or adjustment of the proposed plan and schedule to evaluate the cost values assigned to each activity. Within ten (10) calendar days after the joint review, the Contractor will revise the arrow diagram and the computer- produced schedule in accordance with agreement reached during the joint review and shall submit two (2) copies each of the revised arrow diagram, computer produced schedule and cost requisition to the University. The resubmission will be reviewed by the University and, if found to be as previously agreed upon, will be approved. An approved copy of each will be returned to the Contractor. The contractor shall review the schedule to insure that it reflects all changes agreed to and, if all changes have been made, the contractor shall approve and sign the network diagrams, computer produced schedule and cost requisition listing at that time. Approval will be without reservation and the contractor will be deemed to have accepted the schedule as adequate, proper and binding in all respects and shall not raise objections to the schedule. After the network diagrams, computer-produced schedule and cost requisition listing have been signed, the Contractor shall forward one (1) set of signed copies of all scheduling documents to the University Project Manager. The arrow diagram and the computer-produced schedule with approved signatures shall constitute the project work schedule until subsequently revised in accordance with the requirements of this section.

B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. Submit revised recovery schedule with action plan to bring “behind schedule” tasks and milestones back into original timeline.

3.3 UPDATING SCHEDULES

A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities.

1. Updated schedules must be submitted at each progress meeting and with each application for payment or as required by Architect or Owner. These schedules must include the following: a. approved changes in activity sequencing; b. changes in activity durations for unstarted or partially completed activities




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

where agreed upon; c. the effect to the network of any delays in any activities in progress and/or

the impact of known delays, which are expected to affect future work; d. the effect of contractor modifications; i.e., activity durations, logic and

cost estimates; to the network; e. changes to activity logic where agreed upon to reflect revision in the

contractor's work plan; i.e., changes in activity duration, cost estimates and activity sequences for the purpose of regaining lost time or improving progress;

f. changes to milestones, and due dates (except substantial completion) which have been agreed upon by the University since the last revision of the schedule.

B. At the same time the network is updated, the contractor and the University's representative shall jointly make entries on the preceding network diagram schedule to show actual progress, to identify those activities started by date and those completed by date during the previous period to show the estimated time required to complete each activity started but not yet completed, to show activity percent completed and to reflect any changes in the arrow diagram approved in accordance with the preceding paragraph. After completion of the joint review and the University's approval of all entries, the Contractor will submit updated network diagrams and an updated computer produced calendar dated schedule to the University and the contractor.

1. The resultant computer print-out and network diagrams shall be recognized by the contractor as solely his/her updated construction schedule to complete all remaining contractor work except that portion affected by interim University decisions.

3.4 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES

A. Upon approval at each level of schedule development (preliminary, final for Contractors work and Single Coordinated including all Prime Contractors work) the Contractor shall prepare and distribute (10) copies of the schedule at each level to the University. The Contractor shall also prepare and distribute two (2) copies of the final schedule showing Prime Contractors work to each Prime Contractor. In the event a new Prime Contractor is added to the job the General Construction Contractor shall furnish a revised schedule immediately with copies as indicated. The final coordinated schedule shall be signed and dated by all Prime Contractors involved and shall become part of the contract documents.

B. Distribute copies of updated (current) schedules to Contractors project site file, subcontractors, suppliers, Architect and Owner at each bi-weekly progress meeting. Also submit an updated (current) schedule with each Application for Payment or more often as required by the Architect and/or Owner.

3.5 SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENTS

A. Upon Owner and/or Architects request, if Contractor falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor must submit a revised schedule to show how the Contractor intends to accomplish the completion of the work within the original contract time.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Within seven (7) days after receipt of notice from the Owner, the contractor shall submit to the University in writing an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. The contracting officer shall make a decision binding on all parties after reviewing the written submissions.

B. Responsibility for Completion: The contractor agrees that whenever it becomes apparent from the current monthly computer produced calendar dated schedule that any contract completion date will not be met, he/she will take some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the University.

1. increase construction manpower in such trades and numbers as will substantially eliminate the backlog of work in the opinion of the Construction Manager and contracting officer

2. increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per working days, working days per week or the amount of construction equipment of any combination of the foregoing sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work in the judgment of the Construction Manager and contracting officer

3. reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of accomplishment of activities

C. Lost time due to weather conditions will not accrue nor be credited to Contractor for weather delays with time added to the Substantial Completion milestone deadline. No weather delays will be granted once the building is under roof.

3.6 BI-WEEKLY REPORTING

A. Upon request from the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish for approval, his proposed operating schedule for the next immediate two-week period of time. This schedule will be submitted at each bi-weekly progress meeting along with the overall updated schedule.

1. Every two (2) weeks, the Architect will conduct a coordination and scheduling meeting on the job site. At this meeting, the contractor shall provide detailed information in the form of a bar chart schedule regarding the work schedule to be performed during the upcoming two (2) weeks. Bi-weekly scheduling by the contractor shall be in accordance with the priorities and degree of concurrent work required by the official schedule for the project. The contractor shall be prepared to explain a difference between the contractor's bi-weekly schedules and the priorities required by the latest updating of the official schedule.

2. At the bi-weekly scheduling meeting, the Owner and Architect shall review the bar charts for the preceding two (2) weeks and the contractor shall report the progress actually achieved for each activity, which was scheduled to be performed during the two (2) weeks, including the actual dates on which the work was performed. The contractor agrees that this information shall constitute the official historical record of project progress. At each bi-weekly scheduling meeting, the contractor shall document any current delays to work operations. In addition, the contractor shall provide any available information regarding any potential delays, which they anticipate; i.e., procurement delays, expected strikes, etc.

3. Following the bi-weekly scheduling meeting, the Contractor shall issue to the Owner and Architect a new set of bi-weekly bar charts as developed at the




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

meeting, which shall constitute the construction schedule for the upcoming two (2) weeks. The Contractor shall also issue a narrative bi-weekly progress analysis documenting progress achieved during the preceding two (2) weeks and analyze delays reported to constitute current or anticipated impacts to timely construction. The revised bar chart schedule and progress narrative shall agree with the meeting minutes and items discussed and agreed to at the bi-weekly meeting.

4. The contractor shall be represented at the bi-weekly scheduling meeting by their Construction Manager who shall have complete authority to provide the information required for the development of the next two (2) weeks bar chart schedule, documentation of past progress and documentation of delays. The contractor representatives shall also be authorized to discuss correction action planned to overcome delaying conditions at these meetings.

3.7 DAILY REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at the Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (refer to special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial Completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with requests for interpretation. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.


Submittal Procedures Section 013300 - Page 1



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL

PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, General Conduct of the Work, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section augments requirements set forth in the General Conditions and specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including:

1. Contractor’s Use of Architect’s CAD Files. 2. Shop Drawings. 3. Product Data. 4. Samples. 5. Informational Submittals. 6. Delegated Design.

B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to General Conditions, other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to:

1. Permits. 2. Contractor’s Construction Schedule. 3. Submittal Schedule. 4. Schedule of Values. 5. Applications for payment. 6. List of Subcontractors.

C. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.

2. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and for mockup requirements.

3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. 4. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation

and maintenance manuals. 5. Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting videotapes of

demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in

those Sections.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect and Construction Manager's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

C. Concurrent Review: Simultaneous review by Architect and other discipline(s).

D. Shop Drawings: Original fabrication drawings.

E. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard product literature and samples.

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring

coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with General Conditions and other requirements of the Contract Administration Division. A submittal schedule will be developed by the Contractor within 10 working days of Notice to Proceed and approved by the Architect within 10 working days after receipt for review.

1. Follow the submittal requirements listed in this Section and elsewhere throughout the Contract Documents however and in addition to submittals required in other specification sections, one (1) copy of all HVAC, sprinkler, plumbing, electrical, and control system submittal must be forwarded to the Owners Project Manager. At minimum, for submittals other than those listed under this item a transmittal must be forwarded to the Project Manager.

C. Contractor shall record all submittal information on the required “Submittal Log”. Distribute Log at each progress meeting.

D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 20 working days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 5 working days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that

submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 20 working days for initial review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Contractor, through Architect. Submittals in the following sections require concurrent consultant review: a. Division 3: All Sections. b. Division 5: Sections 05120 “Structural Steel”, 05310 “Steel Deck”, 05300

“Steel Joists. c. Division 9: Acoustic Sections d. Division 13: All Sections. e. Division 15: All Sections. f. Division 16: All Sections.

5. Concurrent Transmittal to Consultant: Where indicated above and acceptable to Architect, Contractor may transmit submittals directly to Architect’s consultants in the required number of copies, while at the same time transmitting two additional copies of the entire submittal including the transmittal to the Architect.

6. Concurrent Transmittal to Owner: a. Transmit two (2) additional copies of all shop drawings, product data and

coordination drawings and coordination drawings and one (1) set of each sample submittal to Owner’s Project Manager.

E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.

2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer.

h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Architect will assign own numbers to each submittal, which may be

different than those assigned by the Contractor. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section, and Keynote

reference where applicable. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Other necessary identification.

F. Deviations: Encircle or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Documents on submittals.

G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.

1. Submit specified number of copies of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to one complete copy and transmittal to Architect.

2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and will be returned.

H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor.

1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. k. Remarks. l. Signature of transmitter.

2. On the transmittal record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor’s Certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements.

I. Contractor’s Certification: All scale and full-size shop, erection or setting drawings, roughing drawings, sleeve and opening drawings, product data, and samples shall be examined and checked by qualified technical employees of Contractor as to accuracy, completeness and compliance with all contract documents prior to submission to the Architect for his review. These drawings, data and samples shall be stamped and signed by Contractor certifying to such examination and compliance. Any drawings, data and samples not checked, stamped, and signed by Contractor will be returned unchecked, to Contractor. Contractor will be held responsible for any delay in the progress of the work due to his failure to observe these requirements, and the time for the completion of his contract will not be extended on account of his failure to submit drawings, data and samples promptly in accordance herewith.

J. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate

extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked “No Exceptions Taken", or “Make




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Corrections Noted”.

K. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, and authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Furnish one (1) copy of final submittals to Owner. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

L. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "No Exceptions Taken” or “Make Corrections Noted” by Architect.

M. In instances where sepias, shop drawings and/or erection of drawings of a scale larger than the contract drawings are prepared by a contract, such drawings and sepias will be accepted in lieu of marked-up contract drawings provided they are updated according to the contract documents. A master sheet of the same dimensions as the contract drawings shall be prepared by the contractor on a tracing which shall indicate, sheet by sheet, a cross-reference to all shop drawings pertaining to that drawing. All drawings and sepias as required by Section 2.8 F below, shall be labeled "as-built" and dated above the tile block.

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES

A. General: Architect may provide electronic copies of CAD files of the Contract Drawings for Contractor’s use in preparing submittals subject to execution by the Contractor of a waiver and payment to the Architect for this service in the amount of $250. In accordance with the language of the waiver, the agreement is non-transferable by the Contractor to any Subcontractor, from any Subcontractor to the Contractor or from any Subcontractor to another Subcontractor. A separate waiver and payment is required for each individual contractor or subcontractor requesting electronic copies of CAD Drawings.

1. A sample copy of the waiver is included at the end of this Section. Upon request, Architect will provide an original.

2. This service is not available prior to the award of the contract. 3. Architect’s consultants may or may not provide CAD files under the above

agreement. Such consultants reserve the right to refuse to provide CAD files, regardless of whether or not the aforementioned waiver and fee agreement is executed. Consultants may, if they agree to provide CAD files, attach additional conditions to those listed above and below. Architect’s consultants include the following disciplines: civil, landscape, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and fire protection. Architect will advise Contractor if any consultants will not provide CAD files prior to executing above agreement.

4. CAD files will be provided in AutoCcad 2002 format or newer version only. 5. CAD files will be provided in Architect’s office standard conventions for file

structure, file names, layering standards, drafting standards, etc. Architect will not make revisions to these standards for the convenience of the Contractor.

6. CAD files may or may not contain differences from the Contract Documents, including work and information related, but not limited to, alternate designs, obsolete designs, addenda, bulletins, construction sketches, and informational sketches. Such differences may or may not be clearly indicated. Where such differences are found, they do not supersede the Contract Documents.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.

B. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:

1. Shop drawings. 2. Samples for selection. 3. Samples for verification. 4. HVAC Test and Balance Reports.

C. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.

D. Architect will consult with the Owner prior to rendering a decision or approval.

2.2 PRODUCT DATA

A. Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with specified referenced standards. l. Testing by recognized testing agency. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements.

4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. Each item of materials listed shall be marked “as specified” or “unspecified” as the case may be.

5. Number of Copies: Submit one original and three copies. For color charts submit four original color charts. One original and one copy will be returned. Reproduction for distribution to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators and suppliers is the responsibility of the Contractor. a. Concurrent Submittals to Consultants: Submit one original and three




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

copies to concurrent reviewer and two copies to Architect. In the case of color charts and other non-reproducible information, submit four originals to concurrent reviewer and two original to Architect.

b. Concurrent Submittals to Owner: Submit one (1) copy. c. Copy Owner with any transmittals for Product data sent to Architect or

Consultants.

2.3 SHOP DRAWINGS:

A. Shop Drawings:

1. Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

2. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal,

and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-

installed wiring. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings,

submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 36 by 48 inches.

4. Number of Copies: Submit one original (Contractor’s option of bond print or correctable translucent reproducible print) and three additional copies. One original and one copy will be returned. Reproduction for distribution to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators and suppliers is the responsibility of the Contractor. a. Concurrent Submittals: Submit one original and three copies to

concurrent reviewer and two copies to Architect. b. Concurrent Submittals to Owner: Submit one (1) copy to Owner c. Copy Owner with any transmittals for Product data sent to Architect or

Consultants. 5. Special Types of Shop Drawings:

a. Sleeve and Opening Drawings: Comply with requirements set forth in the General Conditions. 1) Comply with shop drawing requirements for submittal and review as

specified in this Section. b. Roughing Drawings: Furnish manufacturers certified roughing drawings,

indicating accurate locations and sizes of all service utility connections,




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

for machinery and equipment requiring such connections. Submit roughing drawings together with shop drawings for respective machinery and equipment.

6. Mechanical/Electrical Shop Drawing Minimum Requirements: Shop Drawings prepared by mechanical specialty trades shall comply with the following minimum requirements: a. The accurate dimensions locate all horizontal ducts from column

centerline. Locate all offsets, transitions, elbows, fire dampers, registers, grilles and diffusers.

b. All components shall be located to avoid recessed lighting, piping, conduits, cable trays and other in-plenum assemblies and where required shall be located so as to provide access to the component through removable ceiling material panels or access doors.

c. Vertical riser ducts shall be located and dimensioned from column centerlines in two (2) directions. Each vertical duct riser shall be shown in its total length when concealed inside of a shaft.

d. Each horizontal duct run shall be drawn to scale and size (width and depth noted) and an ELEVATION (bottom of duct) be clearly noted. This elevation shall clear all beams in the floor above and the ceiling construction below.

e. Sheet metal shop drawings shall be made using not less than ¼" scale per foot; increase scale as required in congested areas or as directed by the Contractor.

7. All piping, including fire protection, storm, sanitary, domestic, heating and cooling systems. a. Give location of lines from column centerlines, indicate size, indicate

centerline ELEVATION of piping and indicate drainage pitch as required. b. Where a piping line is indicated locate centerline ELEVATION and pitch

at intervals not to exceed twenty (20) feet. c. Priority status shall be accorded preparation of dimensioned piping

drawings for all piping below slabs-on-grade. Show all line pitches, critical inverts, in-slab fixtures as drains, floor sinks, troughs, cleanouts, etc. and outfall tie-in to site plumbing. Coordinate under slab piping with arrangement(s) of equipment furnished by others where applicable.

8. Electrical Trade: a. Plan layouts, not less than ¼" scale, of transformer vaults, main electrical

rooms, satellite electrical and/or communications closets, emergency generator spaces showing equipment to scale and locations thereof.

b. Main feeder distribution routing, horizontal and vertical sweep transitions to scale, of conduit over 1" showing ceiling plenum to scale.

9. Coordination: a. Coordination of the work of the several trades and the fitting and routing

of the systems within concealed areas to avoid conflicts is the responsibility of the contractor(s). The Architect reserves the right to request coordinated drawings of congested areas showing all systems in plan and section to appropriate scale to insure the proper fitting of the work. The Contractor shall comply if so requested by the Architect.

b. Provide coordinated drawings of all main mechanical, electrical, communications, and other rooms listed below showing equipment required by all trades including structure, piping, hanger assemblies, HVAC ductwork, conduit, electrical devices, fire alarm devices, control centers, pipe grids, acoustic enclosures, other devices. Drawings dimensioned in both plan and section(s); not less than 3/8"=1’-0” scale.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.4 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Prepare and submit Coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is

required for installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate

entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of

space for efficient installation of different components. See paragraph 2.3.9 above.

1. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Refer to Division-15 and Division-16 "General Provisions" Sections for

specific Composite Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations.

B. Role of Expediter: Contractor shall be responsible for expediting the preparation of the Coordination Drawings. Actual preparation of the drawings is described below. Contractor shall meet with subcontractors to develop a format for the Coordination Drawings (e.g. CAD, pin-register drafting, conventional drafting on Mylar using multiple pencil colors, etc.) such that reproductions obtained from the final Coordination Drawings can distinguish between the work of the various trades. Contractor shall resolve all conflicts arising in the coordination process.

C. Preparation Responsibility: Preparation of Coordination Drawings is the responsibility of the Contractor and all subcontractors principally involved. Production of the drawings shall proceed as follows:

1. HVAC subcontractor shall initiate the drawings by indicating his work, drawn at a scale of 3/8" per foot, showing dimensions, layouts, elevations and sections, all in relation to building construction (all steel structure, floor / roof slabs, ceilings, beams and columns).

2. Where applicable, the GWB subcontractor shall indicate the layout of all acoustic ceiling construction extent including all hanger devices and locations. AC ceiling construction indicated as well.

3. Fire Protection subcontractor shall then indicate the layout, sizes, dimensions and elevations of his work, using the HVAC subcontractor's drawings as a base, with dimensions in reference to fixed building construction.

4. Electrical subcontractor shall add his work to the base drawings begun by HVAC and Fire Protection subcontractors. Indicate locations and dimensions of light fixtures and electrical equipment conduit/cable-tray infrastructure, fire alarm equipment with reference to fixed building construction.

5. Plumbing subcontractor shall then add layouts, sizes and elevations of his work to the drawings of the above-mentioned trades, also dimensioned with reference to building structure.

D. Conflicts arising between the work of several trades shall be resolved between the respective trades, with the assistance of the General Contractor as expediter; and the drawings revised. Final Coordination Drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect as required for submittals.

2.5 SAMPLES:

A. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as

Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of

units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit three full set(s) of available choices where

color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit four sets of Samples. Architect will retain

one Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample.

1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

2.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.

1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies.

2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. An officer shall sign certificates and certifications or other individual authorized to sign documents




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

on behalf of that entity. 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division

1 Section "Quality Requirements."

B. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Coordination."

C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names.

D. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

E. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

F. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

G. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

I. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

J. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

K. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

L. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

M. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

N. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

O. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

P. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."

Q. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

R. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

S. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

T. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

2.7 DELEGATED DESIGN

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

2.8 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor’s Construction Schedule: Comply with the General Conditions and other requirements of the Contract Administration Division.

1. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 5 business days.

2. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.

B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with the General Conditions and other requirements of the Contract Administration Division.

1. Submit updated Submittal Log with each Application for Payment.

C. Application for Payment: Comply with the General Conditions and other requirements of the Contract Administration Division.

D. Schedule of Values: Comply with the General Conditions and other requirements of the Contract Administration Division.

E. Subcontract List: Comply with the General Conditions and other requirements of the Contract Administration Division. Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise

indicated. Architect will return two copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.

5. Submit one (1) copy of initial subcontractor list to Owner within (10) business days after Owner’s Notice to Proceed. No portion of the work shall be started until the Contractor has furnished the Owner with a list showing the sub-contractor and/or material supplier responsible for the portion of the actual work needing to be started. The list will be updated until the list reflects the complete group of all subcontractors, suppliers, vendors, etc. employed to carry out the work.

F. The contractor shall keep one (1) set of drawings on the project at all times which are to be marked "as-built". During the course of the project, they shall mark these drawings with colored pencils to reflect any changes as well as dimension, the location of all pipe runs, conduits, traps, footing depths or any other information not already shown on the drawings or differing there from. All buried utilities outside the building shall be located by a metes and bounds survey performed by a licensed surveyor who shall certify as to its accuracy. These marked-up drawings and surveys shall be made available to the contracting officer, the Construction Manager and the Architect/Engineer at any time during the progress of the work upon their request. These shall include the drawings of principal sub-contractors as well. The Owner’s Project Manager as well as the Architect on a monthly basis as a prerequisite to the review of the contractor’s payment applications will review as-built drawings.

2.9 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSE OUT

A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout:

1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds (if and when required by the Owner). 5. Other types as indicated.

B. Manufacturers’ Instructions, Product Literature, Certificates, and Reports.

1. All instructions, literature, certificates, test reports, other technical data and correspondence shall be submitted in four (4) copies. The Owner shall retain Two (2) copies, and the other two (2) returned to the Contractor.

C. Written Certifications

1. Provide written certifications where required, in the following formats:




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Manufacturer’s Written Certifications: Shall be submitted in letter form on the manufacturer’s letterhead, signed by an authorized representative, indicating that all required components and elements of their manufacture are in conformity with the requirements so stated under the individual sections of these Specifications. Technical data, additional support material, or other information may be submitted with the certification letter.

b. Installer’s Written Certifications: Shall be submitted in letter form on the installer’s company letterhead, signed by a legal authorized company officer, indicating that their respective installation and/or Work are in conformity with the requirements so stated under the individual sections of these Specifications.

D. Submit all of the above items in this Section for the Owner’s benefit during and after project completion.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. The Architect / Consultants will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:

1. Final Unrestricted Release: When submittals are marked “No Exceptions Taken” (NET), that part of the Work covered by the submittal may precede provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon compliance.

2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked “Make Corrections Noted” (MCN), that part of the Work covered by the submittal may precede provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance.

3. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked “Amend and Resubmit”




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

(AR), do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark.

a. Do not permit submittals marked “Amend and Resubmit” to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.

4. Disapproved for Non-Compliance: When submittal is marked “Rejected - See Remarks” (R), Architect’s explanation for rejection will be included. Do not proceed with the work. Prepare a completely new submission.

5. Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, the submittal will be returned, marked “Action Not Required”.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.

F. Architect's Review: Review of shop and setting drawings, roughing drawings, sleeve and opening drawings, product data and samples by Architect will be a general review for conformance with design concept and compliance with information given in contact documents only, and shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accuracy of such submissions, nor for proper fitting, construction of work, or for furnishings of materials or work required by the contract and not indicated on submissions. Field dimensions, fabrication details, and job fitting are entirely Contractor's responsibility. Review shall not be construed as approving departures from contract requirements. Any proposed deviations from contract requirements, together with Contractor's explanations thereof, shall be stated in the letter of transmittal. Approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an entire assembly of which the item is a component. Should contractor check and certify submissions which indicate changes or deviations from the contract documents, and such changes are found acceptable to Architect, any and all additional costs resulting therefrom, including any cost for changes required to adjacent work or the work of other trades shall be the sole responsibility of Contractor.

RELEASE AGREEMENT – DIGITAL INFORMATION – SAMPLE

Architects and sub-consultants have prepared design documents for the project identified as:

These design documents are instruments of the Architect’s and sub-consultants’ service and they retain all rights to such work. The design documents requested have been issued in hard copy form, which is the basis of a contract with the project Owner.

The undersigned has requested copies of these design documents in digital

format. Architect provides the digital files under the following understandings and




Rowan University

KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

conditions:

1. The digital files provided are not the contract documents. The digital files provided may differ from the contract documents and have not been verified against the actual (hard-copy) contract documents.

2. The digital files can deteriorate undetected or be altered without the knowledge of Architect. The use of the digital information is wholly at the risk of the undersigned.

3. Architect is under no obligation to provide any software, hardware, any supplemental files, linked data or operational support required to read and/or manipulate the digital files.

4. Architect is under no obligation to correct, modify, update or to notify the undersigned of the need to correct, modify or update the digital files.

5. The undersigned agrees to indemnify, release and hold Architect and their consultants and the Owner harmless from any responsibility or obligation as to the accuracy or completeness of the digital information and further waives any claim it may have for compensation for additional work, delay costs, losses, consequential damages, and expenses including but not limited to attorney fees resulting from the undersigned relying upon or utilizing the digital information.

6. The digital files are provided for the exclusive use of the undersigned personnel only. The information will not be transferable or transmitted by the undersigned for use by others.

7. The above shall constitute an agreement between Architect and the undersigned for providing a service.

8. This agreement does not constitute a waiver of copyright or transfer of ownership of the said information and documents.

This agreement accepted by: By:

Witness: Title:

Date:

Company:

Address:


Quality Control Requirments Section 014000 - Page 1 Bid Set 04-16-2019


Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, general conduct of the Work and Special Requirements, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1. In Divisions 1 through 16 Sections:

a. The term "Architect" shall be synonymous with the term “Professional”.

b. The terms “Subcontractor”, “Sub-subcontractor”, “Installer”, “Applicator”, “Erector” and similar terms are synonymous with the term “Trade Contractor”.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control services.

B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.

D. Requirements of this Section relate to fabrication and installation procedures.

1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

E. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Testing by the Contractor of installed materials and equipment is specified in the Technical Sections (Divisions 2 through 17) of these Specifications.

F. Testing requirements for real property installed equipment (RPIE) to be furnished by the contractor when such testing is required by code, contract or the



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

manufacturer shall be performed in a pre-approved testing laboratory or in the absence of such by the manufacturer or its authorized representative at its place of business. The contractor shall provide a five (5) days’ notice to the University and Architect/Engineer through the Project Manager. The University and the Architect/Engineer shall have the right to witness all tests.

G. The contractor will hire and pay for a qualified testing agency.

1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and/or required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.

1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality-control services are to be done these services will be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.

B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility.

1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. The contractor shall pay for all costs including administrative cost incurred by the University.

2. When the University and/or Architect/Engineer require special or additional

inspections, testing or approvals due to Contractor's failure to comply with

contract specifications, industry standards, good building practices, any

applicable code procedures including but not limited to ASIC, ASTM, etc.,

whether or not testing is required by the contract documents for any individual

component, entire system or process, the Contractor will secure the service

of such special or additional inspections, testing or approvals. In the event

such special or additional inspections and testing reveal a failure of the work

to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, the contractor shall

also bear all costs necessary to repair or replace the work as required by the

Architect/Engineer.

C. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Provide access to the Work. 2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and

tests.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assist the agency in taking samples.

4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples. 5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories. 6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for

materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project

Site.

D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect, the Contractor and the Owner in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.

1. The agency shall notify the Architect, the Contractor, and the Owner promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.

E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.

1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit a certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar service.

1. Distribute copies of each report to Owner, Architect and Engineer. Distribution of reports shall be made promptly, upon the completion of each test or inspection. A field report will be distributed to the Owner’s Project Manager prior to the Inspector leaving the jobsite on any day during which a test or inspection has been done. A final inspection report will be required from the inspection agency to all parties within five (5) business days following the inspection. Test reports will be required within (5) business days following the actual test date.

2. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs.

3. Report Data: Refer to specification sections of Divisions 2 through 17 for submittal requirements applicable to inspection and test reports. In general, each report shall include: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the Work and test method.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work

complies with Contract Document requirements. l. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting.

4. All submittals of inspections and test reports or requests for approval shall be accompanied by a certification signed by the contractor attesting to his/her knowledge of the submittal, acceptance of its findings and acknowledgement that material tested meets the required standards and certify the report's representation of the facts. Failure to provide the written certification shall be grounds for rejection of the submittal.


A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.

1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located.

2. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be prequalified by the Division of Building and Construction of the State of New Jersey to perform the types of tests and inspections required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction.

C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.


Testing Laboratory Services Section 014100 - Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 014100 - TESTING LABORATORY

SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELEATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general conditions, general conduct of the work and special requirements, supplementary conditions, and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.


A. Selection and payment.

B. Contractor submittals.

C. Laboratory responsibilities.

D. Laboratory reports.

E. Limits on testing laboratory authority.

F. Contractor responsibilities.


A. General Conditions: Inspections, testing, and approvals required by public authorities.

B. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards for testing.

C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, General Conduct of the Work and Special Requirements, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):ASTM C802 - Practice for Conducting an Interlaboratory Test Program to Determine the Precision of Test Methods for Construction.

B. ASTM C1077 - Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation.

C. ASTM D290 - Recommended Practice for Bituminous Mixing Plant Inspection.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.

E. ASTM D4561 - Practice for Quality Control Systems or an Inspection and Testing Agency for Bituminous Paving Materials.

F. ASTM E329 - Practice for Use in the Evaluation of Inspection and Testing Agencies as Used in Construction.

G. ASTM E548 - Practice for Preparation of Criteria for Use in the Evaluation of Testing Laboratories and Inspection Bodies.

H. Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E6.

1.5 SELECTION AND PAYMENT

A. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent Testing Laboratory, and Balancing Laboratory/Organization, approved by Owner and Architect/Engineer, to perform all specified inspecting and testing.

B. Employment of testing laboratory in NO WAY relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.


A. Comply with requirements of ASTM C802, ASTM C1077, ASTM D290, ASTM D3740, ASTM D4561, ASTM E329, ASTM E548, and ASTM E699.

B. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Shall have been inspected by a nationally recognized inspection agency, acceptable to Owner and Architect/Engineer. Evidence of such inspection and current status shall be provided to Owner and Architect/Engineer. In addition, the approved lab shall document participation in a nationally recognized soils and concrete reference testing program during the twelve (12) months preceding the start of work on this project. Results of reference testing shall indicate an acceptable rating for the laboratory to be considered by the Owner and Architect/Engineer.

C. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the State in which Project is located.

D. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Professional Engineer on staff to review services.

E. Testing Equipment: Shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.

1.7 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

A. PRIOR TO START OF WORK, submit testing laboratory name, address, and




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

telephone number, and names of full time registered Engineer and responsible officer.

B. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection.

1.8 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Test samples of required items submitted by Contractor.

B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor in performance of services.

C. Perform specified inspecting, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards.

D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.

E. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products.

F. Perform additional inspection and tests required by Architect/Engineer.

1.9 LABORATORY REPORTS

A. After each inspection and test within five (5) business days, promptly submit three (3) copies of laboratory report to Owner, Architect/ Engineer, and to Contractor. Include:

1. Date issued 2. Project title and number 3. Name of inspector 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection 5. Identification of product and specifications section 6. Location in the Project 7. Type of inspection or test 8. Date of test 9. Results of tests 10. Conformance with Contract Documents.

B. When requested by Architect/Engineer, provide interpretation of test results.

1.10 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY

A. Laboratory MAY NOT release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.

B. Laboratory MAY NOT approve or accept any portion of the Work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Laboratory MAY NOT assume any duties of Contractor.

D. Laboratory HAS NO authority to stop the Work.

1.11 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used, which require testing.

B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities.

C. Provide incidental labor and facilities:

1. to provide access to Work to be tested, 2. to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested, 3. to facilitate tests and inspections, 4. to provide storage and curing of test samples.

D. Notify Architect/Engineer, Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services.

PART 2– PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)


Reference Standards Section 014200 - Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 014200- REFERENCE

STANDARDS

PART 1 – GENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, General Conduct of the Work and Special Requirements, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings; or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. Location is not limited.

C. “Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases, unless any item associated with these terms will result in a monetary change order to the project. If the items associated with these terms require a change order the Owner must be notified prior to any action being taken.

D. "Approved": The term "approved," when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, and the Architect's and Owners duties and responsibilities are limited as specified by the Conditions of the Contract.

E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

as well as rules, conversations and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": The term "install" describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, temporary storage, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform.

1. The term "experienced," when used with the term "installer," means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Trades: Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. However, work resulting from any construction activity performed by a "Trade" must meet all quality standards acceptable to the Architect and Owner

J. "Project site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as past of the Project. The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built.

K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.

L. If Requested: If requested by the Owner.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

M. Where: Where or when practicable in the judgment of the Owner.

N. Satisfactory: Acceptable in the judgment of the Owner.

O. As Required: As required by the Architect, or as field conditions dictate.

P. Replace: To remove an existing product or service, and furnish and install an indicated product in its place.

Q. Specifications: The total and complete specifications of this Project as identified by the Architect, and the Architects consultants through the Architect, including referenced standard specifications, the General Specifications and the Technical Specifications as indexed.

R. System/ Assembly: In the context of this Project, where a 'system' or an 'assembly' as indicated in the Specifications and/or Drawings, it shall consist of the sum of all the relevant pasts and/or materials specific to the use of the system or assembly indicated; installed complete, in place, and in working order. All said pasts and/or materials required for a complete system indicated, shall be supplied and installed as past of the Base Bid Price for a complete, proper, and fully functional installation, whether specifically detailed or not. All materials for the system or assembly shall be installed completely, all necessary connections to other construction shall be provided. Upon completion of this system or assembly, the sum of all the parts that constitute the make-up of this unit, shall function and/or operate properly according to its intended design.

S. Mandatory: Means as required by code, any Building Authority, and any and all governing laws. All mandatory requirements for construction shall be included in the Base Bid Price for the Project.

T. Functional: Items(s) installed that are to operate properly or as intended.

U. Typical: A condition, detail, or other item that is common to an identified system, assembly, or any other construction condition where the essential characteristics are the same.

1.2 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION

A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the 16-division format and CSI/ICSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.

B. Specification Content: These Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated, as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. a. The Technical Specifications are of the abbreviated type

and include incomplete sentences. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall"; "in conformance with"; "shall be"; "as noted on the Drawings"; "according to the Plans"; "a" "an"; "the"; and "all" are intentional. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference in the same manner, as they are when a "note" occurs on the Drawings. Works "shall be" "shall have", and "shall" will be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases.

2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Section Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with,"

depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

b. Abbreviated references to trade associations, technical societies, recognized authorities and other institutions are included in the contract documents. Any abbreviation or organization not recognized by the Contractors shall be requested from the Architect for interpretation. Failure to request and receive an interpretation shall not relieve the Contractor from performing and/or supplying materials or workmanship in compliance with specified references to the satisfaction of the Architect or Owner

C. References: References to known standard specifications shall mean and intend the latest edition of such specifications adopted and published as of the date of the invitation to bid.

D. Divisions: Divisions of the specifications into sections is done for the convenience of reference and is not intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among subcontractors or to limit the scope of work performed by any trade under any section

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a past of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents.

C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to the Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding

D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request.

E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-producing organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S.," which are available in most libraries.

1.4 GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AUTHORITIES

A. Copies of Regulations: Obtain copies of the following regulations and retain at the Project site to be available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need:

1. Any and all Federal, State or Local regulations required by the




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Agency having jurisdiction to be retained or posted at the project site

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.6 DRAWINGS

A. The Contractor shall provide all quantities, items, articles, materials, operations, or methods listed, mentioned, implied, scheduled, or specified, on the Drawings, including all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required for their completion.

B. Intent of the Drawings:

1. As with any plan, the Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all field conditions, whether or not noted in the plans prior to construction. Any discrepancies shall be resolved with the Owner prior to construction. The start of construction will not be delayed due to the Contractors need to verify all field conditions. Verification of items must be scheduled by the Contractor so as not to impede the progress of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting damage resulting from Contractor's failure to verify field conditions. Architect/Engineer and Owner liability for accuracy of survey information.

2. The implied intent of the Drawings, includes the overall layout of the Project, inclusive of site structures, site improvements, location of all items required during construction, the extent of construction and the extent of the materials.

3. All such Drawings and Specifications constitute the Project as a whole, and are as a result, directly related to one another. The Drawings and Specifications are not divided into, or are intended to be divided into separate entities according to building trades or local practice. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to disseminate all information represented on the Drawings and Specifications so that all trades and sub-trades will have complete and thorough knowledge of the Project intent. No requests for Change Orders, time extensions, or other considerations will be accepted if the Contractor fails to properly coordinate information to the various trades/sub-trades.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)


Testing and Inspection Section 014523 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 014523

TESTING AND INSPECTION

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the testing and inspection requirements as specified herein.


A. Requirements for testing and inspection shall be described in various Sections of these Specifications. Where no testing and inspection requirements are described but the Owner determines that it is necessary, the Owner may request additional testing and inspection to be performed at his own expense.

B. Work Not Included

1. Unless otherwise noted in this Section or other Section of work, the Owner will select a pre-qualified independent testing laboratory and inspection professional.

2. Unless otherwise noted in this Section or other Sections of work, the Owner will pay for all initial services of the testing laboratory and inspection professionals as further described in Article 2.1 of this Section of these Specifications.


A. The testing laboratory will be qualified to the Owner's approval in accordance with ASTM E 329-14a "Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection."

B. Testing, when required, will be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials.

1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Promptly process and distribute all required copies of test reports and related instructions to ensure all necessary retesting and/or replacement of materials with the least possible delay in progress of the work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PAYMENTS FOR TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES

A. Initial Services: The Owner will pay for all initial testing and inspection services.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Retesting: When initial tests and inspections indicate non-compliance with local Codes and the Contract Documents, all subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the same testing laboratory and inspectors and the costs thereof will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum.

2.2 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. Inspections and tests required by Codes or Ordinances, or by a plan approval authority, shall be paid by for by the Owner unless otherwise noted in this Section or other Sections of work. Retesting or inspection as required shall conform to the requirements of Article 2.1 B of this Section.

2.3 CONTRACTOR'S TESTING

A. Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

B. Where operating tests are specified, the Contractor shall test his work as it progresses, on his own account, and shall make satisfactory preliminary tests in all cases before applying for official tests.

C. Tests shall be made in the manner specified, for the different branches of the work. Each test shall be made on the entire system for which such test is required, wherever practical. In case it is necessary to test portions of the work independently, the Contractor shall do so without extra compensation. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and apparatus, make corrections and conduct the official test. The test will be conducted in the presence of a representative of the Architect.

D. All parts of the mechanical and electrical work and associated equipment shall be tested and adjusted to work properly and be left in perfect operating condition. All defects disclosed by these tests shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer without any additional cost to the Owner. Tests shall be repeated on this repaired or replaced work if deemed necessary by the Architect. The Architect shall be notified at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of all tests, and shall be represented at tests that he deems necessary. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary instruments, other equipment, and personnel required for such tests.

E. Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered by him to the Architect.

F. If the Architect or Engineer is to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he will endeavor to do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY AND INSPECTORS

A. Representatives of the testing laboratory and inspectors shall have access to the work at all times. Provide facilities for such access in order that they may properly perform their functions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.2 SCHEDULES

A. Establishing Schedule: By advance discussions with the inspection service and testing laboratory selected by the Owner, determine the time required to perform inspections and tests and to issue each of its findings. Provide all required time within the construction schedule.

B. Revising Schedule: When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate all such changes of schedule with the inspectors and testing laboratory as required.

C. Adherence to Schedule: When the testing laboratory is ready to test according to the determined schedule but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the work, all extra costs for testing attributable to the delay will be back-charged to the Contractor.

3.3 TAKING SPECIMENS

A. All specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in these Contract Documents, will be taken by the testing laboratory; all sampling equipment and personnel will be provided by the testing laboratory; and all deliveries of specimens and samples to the testing laboratory will be performed by the testing laboratory.

END OF SECTION

Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 015000- Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 015000 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. In the event of any conflicts between the requirements of these Sections, the more stringent requirement shall apply.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Temporary water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Temporary heat. 4. Telephone service. 5. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. 6. Storm and sanitary sewer.

B. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Field offices and storage sheds. 2. Temporary roads, paving and truck wash-down station. 3. Dewatering facilities and drains. 4. Temporary enclosures. 5. Hoists. 6. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards. 7. Waste disposal services. 8. Rodent and pest control. 9. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. 10. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

C. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Temporary fire protection. 2. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 3. Sidewalk bridge or enclosure fence for the site. 4. Environmental protection.

D. The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with the supply, maintenance or usage of temporary utilities and construction related facilities unless indicated otherwise in this Section.





KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations.

B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities."

1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code."

C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.


A. TEMPORARY UTILITIES: PREPARE A SCHEDULE INDICATING DATES FOR IMPLEMENTATION AND TERMINATION OF EACH TEMPORARY UTILITY.

B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site.

C. Provide waste removal services as required to maintain the site in a clean and orderly condition.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Owner, the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

B. Paint: Comply with requirements.

1. For job-built temporary offices, shops, sheds, fences, and other exposed lumber and plywood, provide exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer.

2. For sign panels and applying graphics, provide exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL-labeled tarpaulins with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures, provide translucent, nylon-reinforced, laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride, fire-retardant tarpaulins.

D. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the Owner, the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

B. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4-inch, heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 feet long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge.

C. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment.

D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard-service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

E. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered-glass enclosures where exposed to breakage.

F. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated; Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand-carried, portable, UL- rated, Class ABC, dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- recommended classes for the exposures.

1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work and the areas adjacent to the Work area. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company recommendations.

1. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services.

3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site where the Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose.

4. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner. Neither the Owner will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change Orders.

5. Install services to cause minimum disruption to area’s adjacent to the work area.

6. Add provisions for work not in Contract but served by temporary facilities, if required.

B. Water Service: Contractor may use existing water service in the area of work.

C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. Cost of temporary electric power usage is the Contractors responsibility. Cost shall be included in the bid.

D. Initial temporary service shall be three (3) phase, or single phase. Temporary light and power installations, wiring and miscellaneous electrical hardware must meet the electric code. Electrical characteristics shall be provided to meet all temporary light and power reasonably required as herein and hereinafter specified or as included under the general conditions. The contractor shall pay the cost of running temporary services. All costs shall be included in the bid.

1. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted, wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, ac 20 Ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic-sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance.

E. Power outlets shall be fed independently of the temporary lighting system. The extension of service shall include the necessary wiring of sufficient capacity to the location of the well for the operation of the well pump in the event a water well is the source of water supply for the project. Where service of a type other than herein mentioned is required, the contractor requiring it shall pay all costs of such special service.

F. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching. Cost of temporary lighting usage is the contractors’ responsibility. Cost shall be included in the bid.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. The contractor shall provide double sockets at a maximum of thirty feet (30') on centers in large areas. One (1) socket shall contain a 150-watt lamp and the other socket shall be a grounding type to accept a receptacle plug for small, single-phase loads to be used for short periods of time.

2. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions.

G. The contractor shall observe the requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) of 1970 with regard to temporary light and power.

H. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect. Any cost associated with the supply, maintenance and usage of temporary heat will be the responsibility of the contractor. Cost of temporary heat shall be included in the bid.

I. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open flame, or salamander heating units is prohibited.

J. Should electricians be required to supervise and maintain equipment required for the provision of heat, the payment for the services of the supervisors and/or maintenance personnel shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The contractor shall pay the cost of all fuel consumed in the operation of the generating unit for supplying temporary heat.

K. All heating equipment shall be NFPA approved. Heaters shall be approved by a recognized testing laboratory and must be equipped with a positive shut-off safety valve. Notwithstanding the above, all temporary heating equipment will comply with all Federal and State laws and regulations.

L. Temporary Telephones: Contractor shall utilize their own cell phones for service.

M. The contractor may utilize the Owner’s sanitary/wash facilities, drinking water, etc. if these amenities are available. The contractor shall only use these facilities with Owner’s permission. The contractor will be responsible to reimburse the Owner for all Owner provided utilities use by the Contractor. Further, should the contractor elect to utilize Owner provided utilities the contractor will be responsible to repair all damage and replace all damaged items before the project will be considered substantially completed. The Owner will not be required to make final payment to the contractor until such damage is repair or replaced to its original or better than original condition.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Temporary storage sheds are not permitted on the Owner’s property.

B. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 sq. ft. in area, use UL-labeled, fire-retardant-treated material for framing and main sheathing.

C. Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Contractor may utilize the existing elevator for bringing materials to the area of work and disposing materials to the area of work provided that:

1. The Contractor provides temporary protection materials, padding, etc. for the elevator cab.

2. The Contractor observes the weight capacity of the existing elevator cab. 3. The Contractor is only permitted to use the existing elevator from the hours

of 9:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. Monday through Friday. 4. The Contractor notify the Owner of the elevator use three (3) business days

prior to use.

D. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare project identification and other signs of size indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.

1. Temporary Signs: Prepare signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors.

E. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material lawfully.

1. Provide containers with lids. Dispose of waste off-site periodically.

F. Individual Project circumstances may require use of other construction aids and miscellaneous facilities, such as walkways, scaffoldings, platforms, swing stages, ramps and bridges, incidental sheeting and shoring, demolition waste chutes, and similar construction aids. Add requirements as necessary to suit Project.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION: INSTALL AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY FIRE-PROTECTION FACILITIES OF THE TYPES NEEDED TO PROTECT AGAINST REASONABLY PREDICTABLE AND CONTROLLABLE FIRE LOSSES. COMPLY WITH NFPA 10 "STANDARD FOR PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS" AND NFPA 241 "STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS."

1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stair- well.

2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

fire- protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas.

4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.

B. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

C. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.

1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism.

D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Re- strict use of noise-making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site.

1. No burning will be permitted on the site. 2. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to control dust by a means acceptable

to the Owner. The Contractor shall make due allowance in his bid to cover these non-productive costs.

E. Protection of Utilities:

1. The Contractor shall exercise special care when working near existing utility installations such as lights, ducts, structures, underground trench laid cables, cable markers, pads, water lines, underground oil lines, railroads and other installations, to ensure that no damage is done to them and that the underground wiring to such utilities is not damaged or rooted out, or pipelines broken or punctured.

2. If the Contractor damages any installation, the Contractor shall repair at no cost to the Owner the damaged item to the Owner’s satisfaction. At the Owners discretion, repairs will be done continuously on a 24-hour per day basis until completed. The Contractor shall submit for approval the name of an electrical contractor and a plumbing contractor who shall be available on a 24 hour a day basis to affect any repairs as may be necessary due to Contractor error.

3. The Contractor shall obtain (if available) as-built site underground information prior to beginning excavation to minimize the possibility of interruption or damage to existing facilities. The lack of this information shall not excuse damage to the utilities by the contractor or the requirement to make necessary repairs immediately, the Contractor shall pay for Cost of the




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

repair work.

F. Protection and Restoration of Property and Landscape: The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property. All land monuments and property markers shall be preserved until the Owner has witnessed and recorded their location.

G. Protection of Existing Trees, Shrubs, and Vegetation to Remain: Contractor shall take all means necessary to protect existing trees, shrubs, and vegetation. Contractor and its forces shall abide by the boundaries set by the Drawings for the protection of root systems of all designated trees, shrubs and vegetation. Protection shall be completely in place prior to the start of construction work in any area. Contractor shall clearly mark all restricted areas as indicated on the Drawings and prevent the use of the area by all personnel and equipment until final cleanup.

H. Project Security:

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for monitoring all personnel requiring access to the work site including his personnel, subcontractor’s personnel, other contractors working in the same construction area, material delivery trucks, authorized visitors to the site, etc.

2. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the security and protection of its own, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors equipment, vehicles, trailers, tools, materials, and all other items necessary for the work under this Contract.

3. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the admission of any unauthorized personnel into his work area.

4. In general, provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and the Owner’s operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism or theft.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

1. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.

C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Owner requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore existing permanent construction that may have been damaged as a result of the use, maintenance or operation of temporary facility for this project. Repair damaged new work, repair or replace, as directed by the Owner, existing work and or conditions, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired as a result of the use, maintenance or operation of temporary facilities for the project.

1. Where the area is intended for future landscape development, remove any




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

material, equipment, debris, trash, soil and aggregate fill used as part or in conjunction with the project that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil in the area. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks damaged during and as a result of work conducted as part of this project. Replace and/or repair as required and direct by the governing authority and the Owner.


Product Requirements Section 016000 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete product requirements as specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Product delivery, storage and handling.

2. Storage and protection.

3. Identifying markings.

4. Temporary use of equipment.

5. General standards.


A. Substitution Procedures - Section 012500.

B. Execution Requirements - Section 017300.

1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Materials, products, and equipment shall be properly containerized, packaged, boxed, and protected to prevent damage during transportation and handling.

B. More detailed requirements for transportation and handling are specified under the technical Sections.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.6 IDENTIFYING MARKINGS

A. Name plates and other identifying markings shall not be affixed on exposed surfaces of manufactured items installed in finished spaces.

1.7 PRODUCT APPROVAL STANDARDS

A. Where the words "or approved equal" or other synonymous terms are used, it is expressly understood that they shall mean that the approval of any such submission is vested in the Architect, whose decision shall be final and binding upon all concerned. All submissions are subject to such approval and shall conform to the requirements of Article 1.8 herein.

1.8 TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT

A. No equipment intended for permanent installation shall be operated for temporary purposes without the written permission of the Architect.

B. The temporary or trial usage by the Owner of any mechanical device, machinery, apparatus, equipment or any work or materials supplied under this Contract before final




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

completion and written acceptance by the Architect, shall not be construed as evidence of the acceptance of same by the Owner. The Owner shall have the privilege of such temporary and trial usage, for such reasonable length of time as and when the Architect shall deem to be proper for making a complete and thorough test of same and no claim for damage shall be made by the Contractor for the injury to or breaking of parts of such work which may be caused by weakness or inaccuracy of structural parts or by defective material or workmanship. If the Contractor so elects, he may at his own expense, place a competent person or persons to make such trial usage; such trial usage shall be under the supervision of the Contractor.


A. In the event that it is necessary for the Contractor to store any materials offsite, he shall first obtain the approval of the Architect. The Contractor shall be responsible for insurance and warehousing charges of any materials stored offsite. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the cost of delivery to the job site of any materials that have been stored offsite.

B. Materials delivered to the job site shall be carefully stored and protected from damage. Damaged material shall not be used in the work. The Contractor shall provide, where directed temporary storage facilities as may be required for the storage of all materials which might be damaged by weather.

C. Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the representative manufacturers, unless otherwise specified.

D. Equipment, plant, and appliances, such as hoists, centering, concrete lifts, construction elevators, cranes, rigging, towers, derricks, walks, ramps, chutes, scaffolding, implements, transportation, cartage and other things necessary and required for the adequate execution of the work and as required by law and applicable Union rules shall be provided and shall be maintained in good and safe mechanical working order, be responsible for their safe use, and remove them when no longer required. Applicable requirements of OSHA shall become and form a part of this document.

E. During handling and installation of work at project site clean and protect work in progress and adjoining work on a basis of perpetual maintenance. Apply suitable protective covering on newly installed work where reasonably required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion; otherwise, clean and perform maintenance on newly installed work as frequently as necessary through remainder of construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

F. To extent possible through reasonable control and protection methods, supervise performance of work in a manner and by means which will ensure that none of the work whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposures during construction period. Such exposures include (where applicable, but not by way of limitation) static loading, dynamic loading, internal pressures, external pressures, high or low temperatures, thermal shock, high or low humidity, air contamination or pollution, water, ice, solvents, chemicals, light, radiation, puncture, abrasion, heavy traffic, soiling, bacteria, insect infestation, combustion, electrical current, high speed operation, improper lubrication, unusual wear, misuse,




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

incompatible interface, destructive testing, misalignment, excessive weathering, unprotected storage, improper shipping/handling, theft and vandalism.

G. Require installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate to receive the work, and conditions under which the work will be performed, and to report (in writing to Contractor) unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

H. Where installations include manufactured products, comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in the Contract Documents.

I. Inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation and reject damaged and defective items.

J. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work properly as it is installed; true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerance if not otherwise indicated. Allow for expansions and building movements. Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work, organized for best possible visual effect. Refer questionable visual-effect choices to Architect for final decision.

K. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work as an integral step of starting each installation.

L. Install work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of project completion which will ensure best possible results for each unit of work in coordination with entire work. Isolate each unit of work from non-compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration.

M. Coordinate enclosure (closing-in) of work with required inspections and tests, so as to avoid necessity of uncovering work for that purpose.

N. Mounting Heights: Except as otherwise indicated, mount individual units of work at industry-recognized standard mounting heights, for applications indicated. In CMU walls mount units at height closest to manufacturer's recommendation so as to minimize cutting of block coursings. Refer questionable mounting height choices to Architect for final decision.

END OF SECTION

Execution Requirements Section 017300 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 017300

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General installation of products.

2. Progress cleaning.

3. Starting and adjusting.

4. Protection of installed construction.

5. Correction of the Work.


A. Cutting and Patching - Section 017329.

B. Closeout Procedures - Section 017700.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

(Not Applicable)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections.

2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with

existing finishes or primers.

3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

F. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.4 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg. F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.

1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

H. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

I. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.5 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000, "Quality Requirements."

3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide continuous protection during construction of all finishes, including taped Masontie joints, and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.7 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Section 017329, "Cutting and Patching."

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Cutting and Patching Section 017329 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 017329

CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 GENERAL




A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.


A. Refer to Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.

1. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 22, 23 and 26 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Cutting and Patching: Submit a method describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information:

1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided.

2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements.

3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.

4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure.

7. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.


A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

1. Provide a list of additional elements that are structural elements and that require Architect's or Construction Manager's approval of a cutting and patching proposal.

B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch the following operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

1. Primary operational systems and equipment.

2. Air or smoke barriers.

3. Fire-protection systems.

4. Control systems.

5. Communication systems.

6. Conveying systems.

7. Electrical wiring systems.

C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.

2. Membranes and flashings.

3. Exterior curtain-wall construction.

4. Equipment supports.

5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.

6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void warranties.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.

1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. In-Place Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an

even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

END OF SECTION

Contract Closeout Section 017700- Page 1 Bid Set 04-16-2019


Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

SECTION 017700– CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. 5. Final cleaning.

B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Drawings.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Substantial Completion: The date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or designated portion thereof, is the date certified by the Architect when the construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Owner may occupy the project, or the designated portions thereof, for the use for which it was intended PRIOR to the Mandatory Completion Date. Substantial Completion shall be accomplished and the full project and all designated portions thereof, read for use and occupancy by the Owner by the completion milestone deadline listed below. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the Architect and Owner in not less than seven (7) calendar days prior to the Substantial Completion Milestone deadline for a “substantial completion” inspection. The University shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA Document G704) at the point in time when the inspection has been fully completed and the appropriate approvals and certificates have been granted by governing authorities and obtained by the Contractor.

IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE SPECIFICAITONS THAT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IS ACHIEVED NO LATER THAN THE DATES AS OUTLINED IN SECTION 011000 “SUMMARY”. THE CONTRACTOR MUST INCLUDE ANY AND ALL COSTS INCLUDING ANY OVERTIME NECESSARY TO ATTAIN SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION BY THE DEADLINE LISTED IN



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

SECTION 011000 BASED UPON BEING AWARDED THE PROJECT BY THE DATE LISTED IN SECTION 011000.

B. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ARE PART OF THIS PROJECT. These will be assessed at the following rates:

1. $5000.00 per day for the first thirty (30) days beyond substantial completion.

2. $5000.00 per day for each day beyond the thirty (30) days beyond substantial completion.

C. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.

1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in

these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items (a project punch list), the value of incomplete construction, reasons the Work is not complete, and a timeline during which the work must be completed.

2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance

agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the

Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner’s operation and maintenance personnel.

9. Disconnect and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

10. When mechanical, electrical or other equipment is installed, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to maintain, warrant and operate it for such period of time as required by the contract documents or as necessary for the proper inspecting and testing of the equipment for adequately instructing the University's operating personnel. All costs



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

associated with the maintenance, warranty, operations, inspection and testing of equipment in addition to instructing University personnel shall be borne by the contractor. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of and upon timely notice to the contracting officer, Project Manager and Architect/Engineer prior to acceptance of the equipment.

11. Owner’s warranties will start at Final Acceptance of the Project.

D. Pre-final Inspection:

1. When the Contractor has completed all work and is satisfied the Project is in compliance with the Contract Documents, it will notify the Owner and Architect, in writing, that the Project is complete and ready for inspection. The Owner and Architect will arrange for and conduct an inspection of the Project by the Owner, Architect, Engineers and the Contractor. The Owner will be provided with a reasonable time to arrange for and conduct an inspection.

2. The Owner and Architect will document any deficiencies on a written punch list and will arrange a meeting with the Contractor to review the punch list, explain deficient items and designate a time frame in which the punch list must be completed. The Contractor will correct all the deficiencies within the designated time frame and notify the Owner in writing, when the Project is ready for re-inspection. The Owner will arrange and conduct the re-inspection of the Project to review the corrected items.

3. The formal list of deficiencies found shall not be considered a final list of all deficient items. Any deficiencies found during instructions to the Owner, inspection for Substantial Completion, beneficial occupancy, or inspection for final acceptance, the Contractor will correct all deficient items per the contract documents prior to final acceptance.

E. Substantial Completion:

1. Upon completion of deficient items and instruction to the Owner, the Contractor will arrange for an inspection of the Project with the Owner and the Architect. This inspection may result in a list of additional items to complete after occupancy, but before final payment and/or may require additional correction prior to occupancy by the Owner.

2. Upon formal notice from the Owner, the Contractor shall then arrange for the submission of all outstanding record documents, including: maintenance manuals, guarantees, warranties, maintenance contracts, and any additional instructions necessary for the operation of the project. The Contractor shall acquaint the Owner with acceptance tests, guarantees, warranties, and maintenance manuals. The Contractor shall also obtain a ‘Certificate of Occupancy’ or similar releases required to permit the Owner’s occupancy of the Project.

3. Should the instruction period find deficiencies, the Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of deficient items.

4. If the inspection confirms that the Project is ‘substantially complete’ and is ‘ready for occupancy’, the Owner through the Architect/Engineer will



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

issue a “Certificate of Substantial Completion’. The Certificate will confirm that the Project can be occupied for its intended use. Attached to the Certificate will be any final punch list to be completed. Prior to issuance of the Certificate, the Contractor shall submit a schedule for completion of remaining deficiencies, approved or amended by the Owner.

5. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. a. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured

that the Work is substantially complete. b. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of

requirements for final acceptance.

1.4 BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY

A. Upon issuance of the ‘Certificate of Substantial Completion’, the Owner may then occupy the Project (or the designated area of the Project).

1.5 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. Final Inspection: Upon completion of any remaining deficiencies the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, that the Project is complete and ready for final inspection. The Contractor shall arrange for and conduct the final inspection of the Project with the Owner.

B. Final Acceptance: If the final inspection indicates satisfactory completion of the Work, the Owner through the Architect/Engineer will issue a Change Order adjusting to the final quantities. Following acceptance of the final Change Order, receipt of required affidavits, final release of liens, consent of surety for final payment along with all other documentation required by the contractor documents, the Owner through the Architect will authorize a final Certificate for Payment.

1. Mandatory or Final Completion: Final Completion shall be accomplished and the full project, and all designated portions thereof, completed and ready for use without any further work required within the time frame identified for each phase of work from the date of issuance and as listed on the Certificate of Substantial Completion by the Architect.

2. The guarantee period for all materials, equipment and workmanship shall start on the date of ‘Final Acceptance’ unless otherwise noted on the Certificate.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

C. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.

1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required.

2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.

3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Architect.

4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

5. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with

insurance requirements.

D. Re-inspection Procedure: The Architect will re-inspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner.

1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Architect will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.

2. If necessary, re-inspection will be repeated. 3. Should the Project require inspections beyond the inspections noted

above, i.e. a pre-final and a final inspection only the Owner will reduce from the Contractor’s final payment those monies necessary to provide for the cost of the additional inspections. The reduction shall not be considered as a part of any “Liquidated Damages’ for failure to complete within the specified Contract Time. The reduction shall not be considered as a penalty to the Contractor; but shall be for the actual cost of monies required for the reimbursement of fees for the Architect, Engineers, Owner and any other specialists necessary for obtaining final approval of the Work.

1.6 EXCESSIVE DEFICIENCIES

A. During any inspection for Project completion, if it is determined by the Owner, that the Contractor has not sufficiently completed the Work in compliance



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

with the Contract Documents, the Owner may declare that the Project is not sufficiently complete to continue the inspection of the Work. Within three (3) working days of this declaration, the Owner will issue in writing, a list of excessive deficiencies found. Upon receipt of the Owners notice of excessive deficiencies the Contractor will have ten (10) working days to remove such deficiencies. If such deficiencies have not been corrected in the time frame herein specified the Owner can at its’ option complete the Work. Any costs incurred by the Owner as a result of its’ assuming the responsibilities of the Contractor in this regard will be deducted from any monies remaining to be paid to the Contractor. Should the costs associated with the Owner having to assume responsibility for the work to correct excessive deficiencies exceed the amount of funds remaining to be paid the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the difference.

1.7 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS

A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours.

1. All of the record documentation listed herein shall be provided by the Contractor in hard copy and digitally. Digital copies shall be provided by the Contractor in PDF format, and issued to the Owner via CD. Hard copy shall be provided by the Contractor in an 8-1/2” x 11” binder.

B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.

1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work.

2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.

3. Note related change-order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with

durable-paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set.

C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications.

2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.

3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the

Architect for the Owner's records.

D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications.

1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.

2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.

3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records.

E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area.

F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records.

G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information:

1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn-around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule.

H. Roughing Drawings and Operating Manuals: Plumbing, HVAC, electrical and other machinery and mechanical equipment items requiring utility service connections shall have their respective shop drawings accompanied by manufacturer's certified roughing drawings indicating accurate locations and sizes of all service utility connections.

I. Sleeve and Opening Drawings: Prior to installing service utilities or other piping, etc. through structural elements of the building, the contractor shall prepare and submit accurate dimensioned drawings to the Construction Manager for approval of the Architect and/or Structural Engineer for approval indicating the positions and sizes of all sleeves and openings required to accommodate his/her work and installation of his/her piping, equipment, etc. and all with reference to the established dimensional grid of the building. Such drawings must be submitted in sufficient time to allow proper coordination with reinforcing steel shop drawings and proper placing in the field.

J. Control Valve and Circuit Location Charts and Diagrams: The contractor shall prepare a complete set of inked or typewritten control valve and circuit location diagrams, charts, diagrams and lists under frame glass in appropriate designed equipment rooms as directed. The contractor shall also furnish one-line diagrams as well as such color-coding of piping and wiring and identifying charges as specified or required. This information is to be framed under glass and installed where directed. The Contractor shall also provide the University a second complete set of the control valve and circuit location diagrams, charts, diagrams and lists not under glass.

K. Warranties:

1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner’s permission, submit documents within the (10) days after completion of the applicable item of work. Leave the date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Final Acceptance of the building and prior to receipt of final payment.

2. Make other submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment.

3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, submit within (10) days after written acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. Final payment will not be approved until the Owner has received all warranties.

4. Warranty periods for all items installed as part of the Work under this Contract will start at ‘Final Acceptance’ of the entire scope of Work on the Project.

5. Co-execute submittals when required.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

6. Warranty Manual: Bind all warranties and bonds in a commercial type 81/2” X 11” three D side ring binder with durable plastic covers. a. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title

WARRANTIES AND BONDS, with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of General Contractor and equipment suppliers; and name of responsible company principal.

b. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of the product or work item.

c. Transmit two (2) copies of the “Warranties Manual” to the University prior to submission of Final Application for Payment.

7. A certificate of Asbestos shall certify that no asbestos or asbestos-containing products are or have been installed as part of this project.

1.8 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items:

1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Hazards. 10. Cleaning. 11. Warranties and bonds. 12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.

B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures:

1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

C. Allow a minimum of three (3) hours training for all of the Owners personnel who will be involved with the maintenance or operation for each piece of equipment or system that requires any type of maintenance or operation.

D. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by the Owner, submit completed documents within ten (10) days after written acceptance and prior to receipt of final payment.

E. The contractor shall submit the as-built documents to the Owner’s Project Manager for review by the Architect/Engineer whether altered or not with a certification as to the accuracy of the information thereon at the time of contract completion and before final payment will be made to the contractor. After acceptance by the Architect/Engineer, the contractor will furnish two (2) sets of all shop and/or erection drawings used for as-built documentation.

1. All as-built drawings as submitted by the contractor shall be labeled "as-built" and dated above the title block. This information shall be checked, edited and certified by the Architect/Engineer who shall then transpose such information from the contractor's as-built drawings to the original tracings and certify that such tracing reflect "as-built" status and deliver said tracings to the University. Where shop drawings have been used by the contractor for as-built documentation the tracing provided shall include cross-reference information, which shall be included in the set of as-built drawings furnished to the University. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay for the cost of erasable transparencies for its as-built drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1 Section "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls."

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors

and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are vision-detracting materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 1) removal of putty stains from glass and mirrors; wash and polish

inside and outside; c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-

free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean and dust free. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. 1) removal of spots, paint and soil from resilient, glaze and

unglazed masonry and ceramic flooring and wall work; d. Vacuum as required and advisable and wipe surfaces of mechanical

and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps to a mark free condition.

e. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, mud, stones and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface. 1) restoration of all landscaping, roadway and walkways to pre-

existing condition; damage to trees and plantings shall be repaired in the next planting season and such shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from date of repair and/or replanting;

f. removal of marks, undesirable stains, fingerprints, other soil, dust or dirt from painted, decorated or stained woodwork, plaster or plasterboard, metal acoustic tile and equipment surfaces;

g. removal of temporary floor protections; clean, wash or otherwise treat and/or polish all finished floors as directed;

h. clean exterior and interior metal surfaces, including doors and window frames and hardware, of oil stains, dust, dirt, paint and the like; polish where applicable and leave without fingerprints or blemishes;

i. removal of all pollutants of any kind or nature deposited or remaining upon the site or upon the University's property as a result of the construction work on this project;

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid the Project of rodents, insects, and other pests.

D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction.



Rowan University

KSS Project # 2018 - 22519

E. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully.

1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner.


Operation and Maintenance Section 017820- Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 017820 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

DATA PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials,

and finishes systems and equipment.


1. Division 1 Section "Summary” for coordinating operation and maintenance manuals covering the Work of multiple contracts.

2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.

3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

4. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and maintenance manuals.

5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Initial Submittal: Submit two (2) draft copies of each manual at least fifteen (15) calendar days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Owner will return one copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. In lieu of hard copies, Contractor may submit digital copies in PDF format.

B. Final Submittal: Submit two copies of each manual in final form at least fifteen (15) calendar days before final inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within 15days after final inspection.

1. Submit four (4) sets prior to final inspection, bound in 81/2” X 11” binders with durable plastic covers, acceptable to the Owner.

2. In addition, Contractor shall submit digital copy in PDF format. 3. Submit final volumes revised, to the authorized representative of the Owner

as required in these Contract Documents.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by representatives and prepare manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY

A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:

1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents.

B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.

D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."

2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance

manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system,

organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross- reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system.

2. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. These manuals shall include a complete description of all systems and equipment, diagrams indicating connectors, oiling requirements, types of lubricants to be used and method of operating equipment. Included within the manuals shall be a list of names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors involved in the installation and firms capable of performing services for each mechanical item.

3. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. Internally subdivide the binders contents with permanent page dividers,




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

logically organized as described below and with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. a. PART 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, contact persons and

telephone numbers of Architects, Engineers, Contractors, Subcontractors and suppliers.

b. PART 2: Maintenance instructions subdivided by MasterSpec Format Sections as listed within these Contract Documents. For each Section identify names, addresses, contact persons and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following (in addition to the items listed in “G” above): 1) Significant design criteria 2) List of equipment. 3) Parts list for each component. 4) Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 5) Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including

recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.

4. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.

5. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 6. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with

text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text

pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings

in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.

2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures.

B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill.

C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

2.4 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design

responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.

2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

information, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including

disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly

instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

F. Spare Parts, Extra Materials and Maintenance Materials

1. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections. If there are no quantities specified then provide a minimum of five percent (5%) of: a. all interior finish materials (attic stock). b. the number of lamps and ballast needed for every light fixture. c. the total number of automatic light sensors d. the total number of each filter type required for each Mechanical

Unit requiring filters. 2. Provide 100% of all spare parts necessary to operate and maintain all

equipment and building systems within the design parameters and/or as recommended by the manufacturer or supplier.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. Deliver to Project Manager and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 4. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and

repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Special Tools

1. Provide any “special tools” (one of each type) if required as part of the operation and maintenance of any of the systems herein specified. “Special tools” are devices that are considered unique to a specified system and necessary for maintenance and operation of that system, and not normally part of the maintenance department inventory.

H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.

C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

delete references to information not applicable.

1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.

2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents."

G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.


Operation and Maintenance Data Section 017823 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 017823

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the operation and maintenance data as specified herein.


A. Submittal Procedures - Section 013300.

B. Closeout Procedures - Section 017700.

1.4 GENERAL

A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.

1. Subcontractors shall prepare operation and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications.

1.5 FORM OF SUBMITTALS

A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.

B. Format

1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11".

2. Paper: 20 pound minimum, white for typed pages.

3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten.

4. Drawings

a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages.

5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment.

a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment.

b. Provide indexed tabs.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." List:

a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.

C. Binders

1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.

2. Maximum Ring Size: 1 inch.

3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings.

1.6 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Submit two copies of complete manual in final form.

B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes

1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.

a. Catalog number, size, composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for re-ordering special-manufactured products.

2. Instructions for care and maintenance.

a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the

product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products

1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.

a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation.

2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.

1.7 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form.

B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate.

1. Description of unit and component parts.

a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.

2. Operating Procedures

a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions.

3. Maintenance Procedures

a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.

4. Servicing and Lubrication Schedule.

a. List of lubricants required.

5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.

6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.

7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance.

a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.

9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.

a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams.

10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.

11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.

C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:

1. Description of system and component parts.

a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting condition. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.

2. Circuit directories of panel boards.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications.

3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.

4. Operating Procedures

a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions.

5. Maintenance Procedures

a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting." c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking.

6. Manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.

7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.

D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel.

E. Additional Requirements for Operation and Maintenance Data: The respective sections of Specifications.

END OF SECTION

Demonstration and Training Part 1 Section 018200- Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 018200 - DEMONSTRATION AND

TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and

equipment. 3. Demonstration and training videotapes.

B. Related Sections include the following, as applicable to this project:

1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for administrative and procedural requirements for demonstration and training allowances.

2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for pre-instruction conferences.

3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and training for products in those Sections.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit two (2) copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

1. At completion of training, submit two (2) complete training manual(s) for Owner's use.

B. Qualification Data: For instructors.

C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time.

D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

E. Demonstration and Training Videotapes: Submit two (2) copies within seven (7) days of end of each training module.

1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of photographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date videotape was recorded. f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass

point), and elevation or story of construction. 2. Transcript: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper, punched and bound in

heavy-duty, 3- ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding videotape. Include name of Project and date of videotape on each page.


A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Control Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Photographer Qualifications: A professional photographer who is experienced photographing construction projects.

D. Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational

materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays.

3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted

weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections, and as follows:

1. Motorized doors, including overhead coiling doors, overhead coiling grilles, and automatic entrance doors.

2. Equipment, including stage equipment, projection screens, loading dock equipment, waste compactors, food-service equipment, residential appliances and laboratory fume hoods, etc.

3. Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm, fire pumps and fire-extinguishing systems.

4. Intrusion detection systems. 5. Conveying systems, including elevators, wheelchair lifts, escalators and

cranes. 6. Medical equipment, including medical gas equipment and piping. 7. Laboratory equipment, including laboratory air and vacuum equipment and

piping. 8. Heat generation, including boilers, feed water equipment, pumps, steam

distribution piping, and water distribution piping. 9. Refrigeration systems, including chillers, cooling towers, condensers, pumps

and distribution piping. 10. HVAC systems, including air-handling equipment, air distribution systems

and terminal equipment and devices. 11. HVAC instrumentation and controls. 12. Electrical service and distribution, including transformers, switchboards,

panel boards, uninterruptible power supplies and motor controls. 13. Packaged engine generators, including transfer switches. 14. Lighting equipment and controls. 15. Communication systems, including intercommunication, surveillance, clocks

and programming, voice and data and television equipment.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design

responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project Record Documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error

messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and

reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.

B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.

2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven (7) calendar days' advance notice.

D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of an oral and a demonstration performance-based test.

E. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.

3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEOTAPES

A. General: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to record demonstration and training videotapes. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline.

B. Videotape Format: Provide high-quality VHS color videotape in full-size cassettes.

C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to show area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time.

D. Narration: Describe scenes on videotape by dubbing audio narration off-site after videotape is recorded. Include description of items being viewed. Describe vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction.

E. Transcript: Provide a typewritten transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment.


Selective Demolition and Alteration Work Section 024118 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 024118

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND ALTERATION WORK

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Work of this section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents.


A. Work of this section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the alteration work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Alteration and removal work as noted on drawings and as required to complete construction.

2. Patching and refinishing of existing surfaces damaged as a result of this work.

3. Protection.

4. Cleaning and buffing of existing brick to remain.


A. Alteration and removal requirements for mechanical and electrical work - mechanical and electrical sections.

1.4 STANDARDS

A. Except as modified by governing codes and by this specification, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of ANSI 10.6 safety requirements for demolition work.

1.5 SCHEDULING

A. Before commencing any alteration or demolition work, submit for review by the architect and approval of the Owner, a schedule showing the commencement, the order, and the completion dates for the various parts of this work.

B. Before starting any work relating to existing utilities (electrical, sewer, water, heat, gas, fire lines, etc.) that will temporarily discontinue or disrupt service to the existing building, notify the Architect and the Owner seventy two (72) hours in advance and obtain the Owner's approval in writing before proceeding with this phase of the work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Unless otherwise noted materials for use in repair of existing surfaces, but not otherwise specified, shall conform to the highest standards of the trade involved, and be in accordance with approved industry standards, and shall be as required to match existing surfaces.

B. Materials or items demolished shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the Owner's property.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. Make such explorations and probes as are necessary to ascertain any required protective measures before proceeding with demolition and removal.

1. Do all shoring and bracing necessary to prevent any damage to the existing facility.

B. Provide, erect, and maintain catch platforms, lights, barriers, warning signs, and other items as required for proper protection of the workmen engaged in operations, occupants of the building, and adjacent construction.

C. Provide and maintain temporary protection of the existing structure designated to remain where demolition, removal, and new work are being done, connections made, materials handled, or equipment moved.

D. Provide and maintain weather protection at exterior openings so as to fully protect the interior premises against damage from the elements until such openings are closed by new construction.

E. Take necessary precautions to prevent dust and dirt from rising by wetting demolished masonry, concrete, plaster, and similar debris. Protect unaltered portions of the existing building affected by the operations under this section by dustproof partitions and other adequate means.

F. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local fire department requirements.

G. Do not close or obstruct walkways, passageways, or stairways without the authorization of the Architect. Do not store or place materials in passageways, stairs, or other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference.

H. Be responsible for any damage to the existing structure or contents by reason of the insufficiency of protection provided.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.2 WORKMANSHIP

A. Cut, remove, alter, temporarily remove and replace, or relocate existing work as required for performance of the work. Perform such work required with due care, including shoring and bracing.

B. Coordinate patching involving the various trades whether or not specifically mentioned in the respective specification sections.

C. Restore finished surfaces remaining in place but damaged or defaced because of demolition or alteration work to condition equal to that which existed at the beginning of work under this contract.

D. Where alteration or removals expose damaged or unfinished surfaces or materials, refinish such surfaces or materials, or remove them and provide new or salvaged materials to make continuous surfaces uniform.

E. Perform new work and restore and refinish existing work in conformance with applicable requirements of the specifications, except as follows:

1. Workmanship for repair of existing materials shall, unless otherwise specified, be equal to workmanship existing in or adjacent to the space where the work is being done.

2. Reinstallation of salvaged items where no similar items exist shall be performed in accordance with the highest standards of the trade involved and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings.

F. Materials or items designated to become the property of the owner shall be as noted on the drawings. Remove such items with care and store them in a location at the site as designated by the Owner.

G. Execute the work in a careful and orderly manner, with the least possible disturbance to the occupants of the building.

H. Material to be removed by existing elevators shall be put in enclosed containers.

I. Cut out embedded anchorage and attachment items as required to properly provide for patching and repair of the respective finishes.

J. Confine cutting of existing roof areas designated to remain to the limits required for the proper installation of the new work. Cut and fold back existing built-up roofing. Cut and remove insulation and related items. Provide temporary weathertight protection as required until new roofing and flashings are installed. Consult the Owner to ascertain if existing guarantee bonds are in force, and execute the work so as not to invalidate such bonds.

K. Where utilities are removed, relocated or abandoned, cap, valve, plug, or by-pass to make complete and working installation.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

L. Properly close and patch holes and openings in existing floor, wall, and ceiling surfaces resulting from alteration work, and those shown to be filled. Match existing surfaces.

M. Restore existing pipe and duct coverings damaged by work under this contract to original undamaged condition.

N. Immediately restore to service and repair any damage caused by the Contractor's workmen to existing pipe and conduits, wires, cables, etc., of utility services or of fire protection systems and communications systems which are not scheduled for discontinuance or abandonment.

O. Upon completion of contract, deliver work complete and undamaged. Damage that may be caused by the Contractor or the Contractor's workmen to existing structures, grounds, and utilities shall be repaired by the Contractor and left in as good condition as existed prior to damaging.

P. The existing building shall not be used as a workshop, nor shall the furnishings or equipment in any room be used as work benches. Should any damage occur during the progress of the work to any furniture, fixtures, equipment, or appurtenances therein, such damage shall be repaired, replaced or made good by the Contractor without extra cost to the Owner.

Q. Where removing existing floor finish and base, remove all adhesive and leave floors and walls smooth and flush, ready to receive new finish.

1. Where removing existing resilient flooring follow "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings" as published by the Resilient Floor Covering Institute.

R. Finish new and adjacent existing surfaces as specified for new work. Clean existing surfaces of dirt, grease and loose paint before refinishing.

S. Existing wainscot brick in hallways shall be cleaned with non acidic interior multipurpose cleaner and degreaser by Prosoco, Diedrich Technologies or approved equal. Protection shall be taken so as not to damage adjacent surfaces.

T. Buff cleaned surface per Architect’s approval.

3.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

A. Asbestos‐containing materials (ACM) and lead‐based paint (LBP) was identified in

Bunce Hall in multiple locations. Prior to any demolition of fixed walls, installations,

interior partitions, or flooring, consult the ACM & LBP Survey for Bunce Hall, dated ,

provided in. Any questions on the ACM & LBP Survey should be submitted in writing

to [email protected].




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.4 CLEANING UP

A. Remove debris as the work progresses. Maintain the premises in a neat and clean condition.

END OF SECTION

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 051200 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Extent of structural steel work is shown on drawings, including schedules, notes and details to show size and location of members, typical connections and type of steel required.

B. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)

"Code of Standard Practice" as modified here and as otherwise shown on drawings.

1. Section 2.1 to include “Lintels shown or otherwise enumerated or scheduled.” 2. Section 4.4, The first two sentences of this section are to be replaced with the

following, “Shop drawings are to be made by the fabricator, prints thereof are to be submitted to the structural engineer and architect for their examination and approval. These shop drawings are to be submitted in minimum of the following three phases: Anchor bolt plans and advanced shipment pieces; Erection plans and thirdly; Piece details (maximum of 100 sheets per submission). The fabricator is to await the receipt of the previous phase prior to submission of the next phase. The fabricator is to include an allowance of fourteen (14) calendar days in his schedule for the review of these drawings by the structural engineer for the return of shop drawings. These calendar days start from the time the drawings are received by the engineer.”

C. Miscellaneous Metal Fabricators are specified elsewhere in Division 5.

D. Refer to Division 3 for anchor bolt installation in concrete; Division 4 for masonry.

E. Source Quality Control: Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection

and tests in mill, shop and field, conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements.

1. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not

comply. 1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures and diagrams.

B. Test Reports: Submit copies of tests conducted on shop and field bolted and welded

connections. Include data on type (s) of tests conducted and test results. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated:

B. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for




KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

Buildings", including "Commentary" and Supplements thereto as issued. C. AISC "Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel". D. AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by

the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation.

E. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel".

F. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in

accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure".

G. Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests.

1. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's responsibility.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to insure uninterrupted progress of work. B. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast-in-place

concrete or masonry, in ample time to not delay work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes.

B. Structural Steel Wide Flange Shapes: ASTM A 992/A572, Grade 50

C. Other Structural Steel Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36.

D. Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B.

E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, nonheaded type unless otherwise indicated.

F. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagon structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts

and hardened washers, as follows:

1. Quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying with ASTM A 325.

2. Direct tension indicator washers may be used at Contractor's option.

G. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code.




KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

H. Structural Steel Primer Paint: SSPC – Paint 23. 2.02 FABRICATION

A. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated.

B. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery

sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. C. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of

finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs and other defects.

D. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated. E. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are

indicated.

1. Provide high-strength threaded fasteners for all bolted connections, except where unfinished bolts are indicated.

F. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of

welds and methods used in correcting welding work. G. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel

framing, and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings.

H. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing, and other specialty items as indicated to

receive other work.

I. Cut, drill or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.

J. Field drill holes in existing steel members for connection of new steel as noted on the

drawings. 2.03 SHOP PAINTING

A. General: Shop paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar or to receive fire-proofing. Paint embedded steel which is partially exposed on exposed portions and initial 2" of embedded areas only.

B. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steelwork to be painted.

Remove loose rust, loose mill scale and spatter, slag or flux deposits. Clean steel in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) as follows:

1. SP-1 "Solvent Cleaning". 2. SP-3 "Power Tool Cleaning".




KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

C. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply structural steel primer paint in

accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. Use painting methods which result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION

A. Surveys: Employ a registered professional engineer or land surveyor for accurate erection of structural steel. Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor bolts and similar devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies to Architect. Do not proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or until compensating adjustment to structural steel work have been agreed upon with Architect.

B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with

connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structures as erection proceeds.

C. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to

effectively complete work.

D. Field Assembly: Set structural frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.

E. Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC tolerances.

F. Erection Bolts: On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts, fill holes with

plug welds and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.

G. Comply with AISC Specifications for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.

H. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by use of drift pins, except in

secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.

I. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in field for correcting fabrication errors in primary structural framing. Cutting will be permitted only as acceptable to Architect.

J. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection,,clean field welds, bolted connections and

abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting.

K. Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils.




KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

3.02 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner to engage an independent testing and inspection agency to inspect high-strength bolted connections and welded connections and to perform tests and prepare test reports.

B. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test

specimens comply with requirements, and specifically state any deviations therefrom. C. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being

fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. D. Testing agency may inspect structural steel at plant before shipment; however, Architect

reserves right, at any time before final acceptance, to reject material not complying with specified requirements.

E. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work which inspections and laboratory test reports

have indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests, at Contractor's expense, as may be necessary to reconfirm any noncompliance of original work, and as may be necessary to show compliance of corrected work.

F. Shop Bolted Connections: Inspect or test in accordance with AISC specifications. G. Shop Welding: Inspect and test during fabrication of structural steel assemblies, as

follows:

1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies.

2. Perform visual inspection of all welds.

H. Field Bolted Connections: Inspect in accordance with AISC specifications. I. Field Welding: Inspect and test during erection of structural steel as follows:

1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and

locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies.

2. Perform visual inspection of all welds.

J. Testing agency shall confirm that the structure is square, plumb and level in accordance with AISC tolerances.

K. In addition to visual inspection, field-welded connections will be inspected and tested

according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency’s option.

1. Liquid Penetration Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on

finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.

3. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level “2-




KSS Project # 2017 – 22519

2T.” 4. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.

3.03 STEEL ALLOWANCE A. Provide and include in this bid a lump sum of $8,000 (2 tons of steel @ $4,000. per ton)

of fabricated and erected steel. This steel shall be provided at any time until final acceptance of this contract by the Architect. This steel may consist of W. F. Sections, angles, frames or various miscellaneous steel. Include shop drawings, fabrication and erection in this item.

1. Upon completion of the project, any of the allowance work not used, shall be

credited to the Owner against the contract price at the rate of two dollars ($2.00) per pound.


Miscellaneous Metals Section 055000 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 055000

MISCELLANEOUS METALS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the miscellaneous metal work as indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Rough hardware.

2. Vertical steel ladders.

3. Steel pipe handrails and railings.

4. Light steel framing and supports, not included as part of work of other trades.

5. Steel framing, bracing, supports, anchors, bolts, shims, fastenings, and all other supplementary parts indicated on drawings or as required to complete each item of work of this Section.

6. Prime painting, touch-up painting, galvanizing and separation of dissimilar metals for work of this Section.

7. Cutting, fitting, drilling and tapping work of this Section to accommodate work of other Sections and of concrete, masonry or other materials as required for attaching and installing work of this Section.


A. Structural steel - Section 051200.

B. Painting - Section 099000.


A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work.

B. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordinated installation.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Reference Standards: The work is subject to requirements of applicable portions of the following standards:

1. "Manual of Steel Construction," American Institute of Steel Construction.

2. AWS D1-1 "Structural Welding Code," American Welding Society.

3. SSPC SP-3 "Surface Preparation Specification No. 3, Power Tool Cleaning," Steel Structures Painting Council.

4. SSPC PA-1 "Painting Application Specification," Steel Structures Painting Council.

5. "Handbook on Bolt, Nut and Rivet Standards," Industrial Fasteners Institute.

D. Steel Materials: For steel to be hot dip-galvanized, provide steel chemically suitable for metal coatings complying with the following requirements: carbon below 0.25 percent, silicon below 0.24 percent, phosphorous below 0.05 percent, and manganese below 1.35 percent. Notify galvanizer if steel does not comply with these requirements to determine suitability for processing.

E. Engage the services of a galvanizer who has demonstrated a minimum of five (5) years' experience in the successful performance of the processes outlined in this specification in the facility where the work is to be done and who will apply the galvanizing and coatings within the same facility as outlined herein. The Architect has the right to inspect and approve or reject the galvanizer/galvanizing facility.

F. The galvanizer/galvanizing facility must have an ongoing Quality Control/Quality Assurance program which has been in effect for a minimum of five years and shall provide the Architect with process and final inspection documentation. The galvanizer/galvanizing facility must have an on-premise testing facility capable of measuring the chemical and metallurgical composition of the galvanizing bath and pickling tanks.

G. Inspection and testing of hot-dip galvanized coating shall be done under the guidelines provided in the American Hot-Dip Galvanizers Association (AGA) publication "Inspection of Products Hot-Dip Galvanized After Fabrication."

1.5 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

A. Railings shall be constructed to conform to the following performance standards:

1. Railings shall be designed to resist loads per State of New Jersey Building Code.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions for products to be used in the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work, including paint products.

B. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous iron work which are not completely shown by manufacturer's data sheets. Include plans and elevations at not less than 1" to 1'-0" scale, and include details of sections and connections at not less than 3" to 1'-0" scale. Show anchorage and accessory items.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Engineering Data

1. Before any ladders and railings are fabricated, submit engineering data drawings to the Architect for review indicating how performance standards specified here shall be met. The Contractor is responsible for the structural design and supports for these systems and must show his proposed systems on these drawings.

2. These drawings must show all load conditions and design calculations relative to connections, fastening devices and anchorage, as well as size and gauge of members. Calculations and drawings must be prepared by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of New Jersey and shall be signed and sealed by this Engineer.

D. Welding shall be indicated on shop drawings using AWS symbols and showing length, size and spacing (if not continuous). Auxiliary views shall be shown to clarify all welding. Notes such as 1/4" weld, weld and tack weld are not acceptable.

E. Certification: For items to be hot-dip galvanized, identify each item galvanized and to show compliance of application. The Certificate shall be signed by the galvanizer and shall contain a detailed description of the material processed and the ASTM standard used for the coating and, the weight of the coating. In addition, and as attachment to Certification, submit reports of testing and inspections indicating compliance with the provisions of this Section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Metals

1. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness.

2. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.

3. Steel Bar Grating: ASTM A 1011/A or ASTM A 36.

4. Steel Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A 500; or hot rolled, ASTM A 501.

5. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold rolled, ASTM A 611, Class 1; of grade required for design loading.

6. Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 924, of grade required for design loading. Coating designation G90.

7. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, type and grade as selected by fabricator and as required for design loading; black finish unless galvanizing is indicated; standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated.

8. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

9. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, grade as selected by fabricator.

10. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.

11. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A 153.

B. Grout: Non-shrink, non-metallic grout conforming to the requirements of Section 033000.

C. Fasteners

1. General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.

2. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A.

3. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.

4. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.

5. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.

6. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1.

7. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF-S-325.

8. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class and style as required.

9. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, ASME B18.21.1.

D. Shop Paint: Shop prime all non-galvanized miscellaneous metal items using Series 88 Azeron Primer made by Tnemec, ICI Devoe "Rust Guard" quick dry alkyd shop coat No. 41403, or "Interlac 393" by International Protection Coatings.

1. If steel is to receive high performance coating as noted in Section 099000, shop prime using primer noted in Section 099000.

E. Bituminous Paint: Cold applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

F. Galvanize Repair Coating: For touching up galvanized surfaces after erection, provide repair coating that is V.O.C. compliant, equal to "Silver Galv" made by Z.R.C. Worldwide or approved equal. Apply to a dry film thickness of 1.5 to 3.0 mils.

2.2 PRIME PAINTING

A. Scope: All ferrous metal (except galvanized steel) shall be cleaned and shop painted with one coat of specified ferrous metal primer. No shop prime paint required on galvanized steel or aluminum work.

B. Cleaning: Conform to Steel Structures Painting Council Surface Preparation Specification SP 3 (latest edition) "Power Tool Cleaning" for cleaning of ferrous metals which are to receive shop prime coat.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Steel to get high performance coating as noted in Section 099000 shall be cleaned as per SSPC SP.6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning."

C. Application

1. Apply shop prime coat immediately after cleaning metal. Apply paint in dry weather or under cover. Metal surfaces shall be free from frost or moisture when painted. Paint all metal surfaces including edges, joints, holes, corners, etc.

2. Paint surfaces which will be concealed after shop assembly prior to such assembly. Apply paint in accordance with approved paint manufacturer's printed instructions, and the use of any thinners, adulterants or admixtures shall be only as stated in said instructions.

3. Paint shall uniformly and completely cover the metal surfaces, 2.0 mils minimum dry film thickness. No work shall be shipped until the shop prime coat thereon has dried.

D. Touch-Up: In the shop, after assembly and in the field, after installation of work of this Section, touch-up damaged or abraded portions of shop prime paint with specified ferrous metal primer.

E. Apply one shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply two (2) coats of paint to surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from the first.

2.3 GALVANIZING

A. Scope: All ferrous metal exposed to the weather, and all ferrous metals indicated on drawings or in specifications to be galvanized, shall be cleaned and then hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication as provided by Duncan Galvanizing or approved equal.

B. Avoid fabrication techniques that could cause distortion or embrittlement of steel items to be hot-dip galvanized. Fabricator shall consult with hot-dip galvanizer regarding potential warpage problems or handling problems during the galvanizing process that may require adjustment of fabrication techniques or design before finalizing shop drawings and beginning of fabrication.

C. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean metal surfaces of all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, oil, moisture and other contaminants prior to galvanizing.

D. Application: Hot-dip galvanizing shall conform to the following::

1. ASTM A 143: Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel.

2. ASTM A 123: Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

3. ASTM A 153: Galvanized Coating on Iron and Steel Hardware - Table 1.

4. ASTM A 384: Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

5. ASTM A 385: Practice for Providing High Quality Zinc Coatings.

6. ASTM A 924: Galvanized Coating on Steel Sheets.

7. Minimum weight of galvanized coating shall be two (2) oz. per square foot of surface.

E. Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. All galvanized materials must be inspected for compliance with these specifications and marked with a stamp indicating the name of the galvanizer, the weight of the coating, and the appropriate ASTM number.

G. To minimize surface imperfection (eg: flux inclusions), material to be galvanized shall be dipped into a solution of Zinc Ammonium Chloride (pre-flux) immediately prior to galvanizing. The type of galvanizing process utilizing a flux blanket overlaying the molten zinc will not be permitted.

H. After galvanizing all materials not exposed to view must be chromated by dipping material in a 0.2% chromic acid solution.

I. Galvanized surfaces, where exposed to view, must have a smooth, level surface finish. Where this does not occur, piece shall be rejected and replaced to the acceptance of the Architect.

2.4 PROTECTIVE COATINGS

A. Whenever dissimilar metals will be in contact, separate contact surfaces by coating each contact surface prior to assembly or installation with one coat of specified bituminous paint, which shall be in addition to the specified shop prime paint. Mask off those surfaces not required to receive protective coating.

2.5 WORKMANSHIP

A. General

1. Miscellaneous metal work shall be fabricated by an experienced fabricator or manufacturer and installed by an experienced tradesman.

2. Materials, methods of fabrication, fitting, assembly, bracing, supporting, fastening, operating devices, and erection shall be in accordance with drawings and specifications, approved shop drawings, and best practices of the industry, using new and clean materials as specified, having structural properties sufficient to safely sustain or withstand stresses and strains to which materials and assembled work will be subjected.

3. All work shall be accurately and neatly fabricated, assembled and erected.

B. Shop Assembly: Insofar as practicable, fitting and assembly of work shall be done in shop. Shop assemble work in largest practical sizes to minimize field work. It is the responsibility of the miscellaneous metal subcontractor to assure himself that the shop-fabricated miscellaneous metal items will properly fit the field condition. In the event




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

that shop-fabricated miscellaneous metal items do not fit the field condition, the item shall be returned to the shop for correction.

C. Cutting: Cut metal by sawing, shearing, or blanking. Flame cutting will be permitted only if cut edges are ground back to clean, smooth edges. Make cuts accurate, clean, sharp and free of burrs, without deforming adjacent surfaces or metals.

D. Holes: Drill or cleanly punch holes; do not burn.

E. Connections: Make connections with tight joints, capable of developing full strength of member, flush unless indicated otherwise, formed to exclude water where exposed to weather. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Unless indicated otherwise, weld or bolt shop connections; bolt or screw field connections. Provide expansion and contraction joints to allow for thermal movement of metal at locations and by methods approved by Architect.

1. Welding

a. Shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code of the American Welding Society, and shall be done with electrodes and/or methods recommended by the manufacturer of the metals being welded.

b. Welds shall be continuous, except where spot welding is specifically permitted. Welds exposed to view shall be ground flush and dressed smooth with and to match finish of adjoining surfaces; undercut metal edges where welds are required to be flush.

c. All welds on or behind surfaces which will be exposed to view shall be done so as to prevent distortion of finished surface. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from all welded surfaces.

2. Bolts and Screws: Make threaded connections tight with threads entirely

concealed. Use lock nuts. Bolts and screw heads exposed to view shall be flat and countersunk. Cut off projecting ends of exposed bolts and screws flush with nuts or adjacent metal.

F. Operating Mechanism: Operating devices (i.e. pivots, hinges, etc.) mechanism and hardware used in connection with this work shall be fabricated, assembled, installed and adjusted after installation so that they will operate smoothly, freely, noiselessly and without excessive friction.

G. Built-In Work: Furnish anchor bolts, inserts, plates and any other anchorage devices, and all other items specified under this Section of the Specifications to be built into concrete, masonry or work of other trades, with necessary templates and instructions, and in ample time to facilitate proper placing and installation.

H. Supplementary Parts: Provide as necessary to complete each item of work, even though such supplementary parts are not shown or specified.

I. Coordination: Accurately cut, fit, drill and tap work of this Section to accommodate and fit work of other trades. Furnish or obtain, as applicable, templates and drawings to or from applicable trades for proper coordination of this work.

J. Exposed Work




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. In addition to requirements specified herein and shown on drawings, all surfaces exposed to view shall be clean and free from dirt, stains, grease, scratches, distortions, waves, dents, buckles, tool marks, burrs, and other defects which mar appearance of finished work.

2. Metal work exposed to view shall be straight and true to line or curve, smooth arrises and angles as sharp as practicable, miters formed in true alignment, profiles accurately intersecting, and with joints carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design.

3. Exposed fastenings, where permitted, shall be of the same material, color and finish as the metal to which applied, unless otherwise indicated, and shall be of the smallest practicable size.

K. Preparation for Hot-Dip Galvanizing: Fabricator shall correctly prepare assemblies for galvanizing in consultation with galvanizer and in accordance with applicable Reference Standards and applicable AGA publications for the "Design of Products to be Hot-Dip galvanized After Fabrication." Preparation shall include but not be limited to the following:

1. Remove welding flux.

2. Drill appropriate vent holes and provide for drainage in inconspicuous locations of hollow sections and semi-enclosed elements. After galvanizing, plug vent holes with shaped lead and grind smooth.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS METALS ITEMS

A. Rough Hardware

1. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division 6 Sections.

2. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers.

B. Ladders

1. Vertical steel ladders shall be eighteen (18) inches wide with 3/4" diameter non-slip steel rungs spaced twelve (12) inches o.c. Stringers shall be 3/8" thick by 2-1/2" wide steel bars; rungs welded to bars. Attach ladders to walls six (6) inches from top and bottom and maximum thirty-six (36) inches o.c. from these points..

2. Ladders shall be fabricated to support a live load of one hundred (100) lbs. per square foot and a concentrated load of three hundred (300) lbs. per rung; loads not to act simultaneously.

C. Steel Pipe Handrails




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Steel pipe of size shown on Drawings, Schedule 40. Fittings shall be flush type, malleable of cast iron. Brackets shall be malleable iron, design as selected by the Architect.

2. Construction: Form direction changes in rails using solid bar stock or elbows. Connections shall be shop welded and ground smooth and flush, except where field connections and expansion joints are required. Field connections may be welded, internal sleeve and plug weld, or internal sleeve and set screw.

3. Secure handrails to walls with wall brackets. Provide brackets of malleable iron castings, with not more than three (3) inches clearance from inside face of handrail to wall surface. Neatly drill wall plate portion of the bracket into concrete or masonry to receive bolts for concealed anchorage. For installation at drywall, Drywall trades shall provide plate to receive wall plate portion of bracket and anchor or bolt wall plate through drywall to supporting steel plate. Locate brackets at not more than 5'-0" o.c. unless otherwise shown.

4. Provide wall return fittings of cast iron, flush type, with the same projection as that specified for wall brackets.

5. Longitudinal members shall be parallel with each other and with floor surface or shape of stair to a tolerance of 1/8" in 10'-0" linear feet. Center line of members within each run of railing shall be in the plane.

6. For steel pipe posts where indicated, anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves set and anchored into concrete. Provide sleeves of galvanized steel pipe, not less than six (6) inches long and having an inside diameter not less than 1/2" greater than outside diameter of the inserted pipe. Provide steel plate closure secure to bottom of sleeve and of width and length not less than one (1) inch greater than outside diameter of sleeve. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve solid with non-shrink, non-ferrous grout. Cover anchorage joint with a round steel flange welded to post. Posts shall be set plumb within 1/8" vertical tolerance.

7. Steel pipe handrails shall be capable of resisting a two hundred (200) lb. force applied to rail from any direction and a uniformly distributed load of fifty (50) lbs. per linear foot applied downward or horizontally, loads not to act simultaneously.

D. Miscellaneous Light Steel Framing

1. Light steel framing, bracing, supports, framing, clip angles, shelf angles, plates, etc., shall be of such shapes and sizes as indicated on the drawings and details or as required to suit the condition and shall be provided with all necessary supports and reinforcing such as hangers, braces, struts, clip angles, anchors, bolts, nuts, welds, etc., as required to properly support and rigidly fasten and anchor same in place and to steel, concrete, masonry and all other connecting and adjoining work.

2. All light steel framing steel shall be furnished and erected in accordance with the applicable requirements of the "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" by the American Institute of Steel Construction and as specified herein.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where miscellaneous metal is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 ERECTION

A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required.

B. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

C. Fitting Connections: Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

D. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance, and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work.

E. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

F. Field Touch-Up of Galvanized Surfaces: Touch-up shop applied galvanized coatings damaged during handling and installation. Use galvanizing repair coating specified herein for galvanized surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Carpentry Section 062000 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 062000

CARPENTRY

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the carpentry work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Blocking and miscellaneous wood, including plywood subflooring and wall lining for telephone and electric closets.

2. Rough hardware.

3. Coat closet pole and shelving.

4. Installation only of finish hardware.

5. Installation only of doors and hollow metal frames.


A. Architectural woodwork - Section 064023.

B. Roofing - Section 075323.

C. Steel doors and frames - Section 081113.

D. Finish hardware - Section 087100.


A. Lumber Standard: Comply with PS 20.

B. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1 and American Plywood Assoc. (APA).

C. Shop fabricate carpentry work to the extent feasible and where shop fabrication will result in better workmanship than feasible for on-site fabrication.

D. Grade Marks: Identify lumber and plywood by official grade mark.

1. Lumber: Grade stamp to contain symbol of grading agency certified by Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee, mill number or name, grade of lumber, species grouping or combination designation, rules under which graded where applicable, and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. MC-15 or KD: Maximum of fifteen (15) percent moisture content.

E. Installation of doors, frames and hardware shall conform to the minimum standards of "Installation Guides for Doors and Hardware" of the Door and Hardware Institute.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Pressure Treatment: Include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of salts retained and conformance with applicable standards.

B. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Include certification by treating plant that treatment material complies with governing ordinances and that treatment will not bleed through finished surfaces.


A. Deliver carpentry materials to the site ready to use with each piece of lumber clearly marked as to grade, type and mill, and place in an area protected from the elements.

B. Deliver rough hardware in sealed kegs and/or other containers which shall bear labels as to type and kind.

C. Pile lumber for rough usage, when delivered to the site in stacks to insure drainage and with a minimum clearance of six (6) inches above grade. Cover stacks with tarpaulins or other watertight coverings. Store grounds and similar small sized lumber inside the building as soon as possible after delivery.

D. Do not store seasoned lumber in wet or damp portions of the building.

E. Protect fire retardant treated materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection.

F. Remove delivered materials which do not conform to specified grading rules or are otherwise not suitable for installation from the job site and replace with acceptable materials.

G. All items specified in Section 087100 of this specification entitled "Finish Hardware" shall be received, accounted for, stored and applied under this Section.

H. Hardware shall be sorted and stored in space assigned by Contractor and shall be kept at all times under lock and key. The safety and preservation of all items delivered will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

1.7 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Installer must examine the substrates and supporting structure and the conditions under which the carpentry work is to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the work. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer and the Architect.

B. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD MATERIAL

A. General

1. All wood shall be sound, flat, straight, well seasoned, thoroughly dry and free from all defects. Warped or twisted wood shall not be used.

2. For miscellaneous wood blocking, grounds, furring as required, use Utility Grade Coastal Douglas Fir or Southern Pine, free from knots, shakes, rot or other defects, straight, square edges and straight grain, air seasoned with maximum moisture content of nineteen (19) percent. Wood shall be S4S, S-Dry, complying with PS-20.

3. For closet shelving, provide 3/4" thick A-A INT-APA plywood with 1/4" thick hardwood edges, fire retardant treated as specified herein.

4. Plywood and rough carpentry for telephone and electric closets, provide 3/4" thick C-D EXT-APA plywood, fire retardant treated as specified herein.

B. Wood Treatment

1. All interior wood material specified herein shall be fire retardant treated to comply with the AWPA standard U1 to achieve a flame spread rating of not more than 25 (UL Class "FR-S") when tested in accordance with UL Test 723 or ASTM E 84. The fire retardant chemicals used to treat the lumber must comply with FR-1 of AWPA Standard P49 and be free of halogens, sulfates and ammonium phosphate.

a. After treatment, kiln dry to a moisture content of fifteen (15) percent; if wood is to be painted or finished, kiln dry to a moisture content of twelve (12) percent. Treatment shall be equal to "Dricon" made by Arch Wood Protection Inc. or approved equal. Provide UL approved identification on treated materials.

2. For exterior blocking, roofing and sheet metal, pressure treat wood with copper

azole, Type B (CA-B); ammoniacal copper quat (ACQ) or similar preservative product that contains no arsenic or chromium. Preservative shall comply with AWPA Standard U1, (.25 lbs./cubic foot of chemical in wood).

a. After treatment, kiln dry to a maximum moisture content of fifteen (15) percent. Treatment shall be equal to "Wolmanized Natural Select" made by Arch Wood Protection Inc. or approved equal.

3. Treated wood which is cut or otherwise damaged shall be further treated in

accordance with the AWPA Standard M-4.

2.2 HARDWARE

A. Rough Hardware for Treated Woods and Exterior Use: Hot-dipped galvanized or Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails: Common steel wire, untreated for interior work as per ASTM F 1667.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Bolts: Standard mild steel, square head machine bolts with square nuts and malleable iron or steel plate washers or carriage bolts with square nuts and cut washers conforming to the following:

1. Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A.

2. Nuts: ASTM A 563.

3. Lag Screws and Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1.

D. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.

1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.

2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2; use stainless steel for treated woods and exterior use.

E. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1.

F. Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Standard expansion-shield self-drilling type concrete anchors where so shown or noted on the drawings, or where approved by the Architect.

G. In coat closets, provide 1" OD chrome on steel clothes rod with a wall thickness of 0.125", running full width of closet wall, supported at ends with end brackets and supported in the center from shelf above rod using chrome plated rod support.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where carpentry is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF FINISH HARDWARE

A. Hardware shall be carefully fitted and securely attached, in accordance with these specifications and the instructions of the various manufacturers.

B. Unless otherwise noted, mount hardware units at heights established in Section 081113.

C. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish application.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

After completion of the finishes, re-install each item. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate.

D. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.

E. Drill and countersink units which are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.

F. Cut and fit threshold and floor covers to profile of door frames, with mitered corners and hair-line joints. Join units with concealed welds or concealed mechanical joints. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts and similar items, if any.

G. All keys used shall be construction keys which are to be tagged with fiber discs as approved, clearly labeled with identifying inscriptions and then neatly arranged in a temporary cabinet. All construction keys shall be returned to the Owner.

H. Adjusting and Cleaning

1. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation and function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication recommended by manufacturer (graphite type if no other recommended). Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made.

2. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean and re-lubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Preparation

1. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory.

2. Prior to installation and with installation spreaders in place, adjust and securely brace standard steel door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:

a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.

b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.

c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.

d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor.

3. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive non-templated mortised and surface-

mounted door hardware.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Installation

1. General: Provide doors and frames of sizes, thicknesses, and designs indicated. Install steel doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.

a. Install frames in accordance with ANSI 250.11-20001, Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames, unless more stringent requirements are specified herein.

b. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. c. Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling

limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

d. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening.

e. Frames set in masonry walls shall have door silencers installed in frames before grouting.

f. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured.

g. Check plumb, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.

3. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to

floor and secure with post-installed expansion anchors.

a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of post-installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

4. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames

conforming to the requirements of Section 072100, "Thermal Insulation."

5. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with mortar; refer to Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for installation of frames in masonry walls.

6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with post-installed expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

7. In-Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with post-installed expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

8. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to supporting construction above, unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction above. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

9. Installation Tolerances: Adjust steel door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the tolerance given in HMMA 841 of ANSI/NAAMM, current edition.

10. Steel Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames to the tolerances given in HMMA 841 of ANSI/NAAMM, current edition.

a. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.

11. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 8 Section "Glass and Glazing" and with standard steel door and frame manufacturer's written instructions.

a. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c., and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner.

C. Wood Doors

1. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging.

2. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3. Fit door to frames and machine for hardware to whatever extent not previously worked at factory as required for proper fit and uniform clearance at each edge.

4. Clearances: Install doors to meet clearance requirements specified in Section 081416.

5. Fire-Rated Doors: Install in corresponding fire-rated frames in accordance with the requirements of NFPA No. 80. Provide clearances complying with the limitations of the authority having jurisdiction.

D. Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise unacceptable.

3.4 BLOCKING AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD

A. General

1. Erect rough carpentry true to line, levels and dimensions required; squared, aligned, plumbed, and securely fastened in place.

2. Shim where required to true up furring, blocking and the like. Use wood or metal shims only.

3. Do all cutting, fitting, drilling and tapping of other work as required to secure work in place and to perform the work included herein. Do all the cutting and fitting of carpentry work, for the work of other trades as required.

B. Blocking and Miscellaneous Wood




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Furnish and install all wood grounds, furring, blocking, curbs, bucks, nailers, etc., that may be necessary and required in connection with the carpentry and with the work described for any other trades and including required carpentry for electrical fixtures. All blocking and nailers shall be continuous wherever required, whether or not so indicated.

2. Blocking shall be as required for the proper installation of the finished work and for items in mechanical sections as required. Blocking, edgings, stops, nailing strips, etc., shall be continuous, unless distinctly noted otherwise. Provide blocking as required to install all equipment. Provide blocking and nailers where shown or required to fasten interior sheet metal work.

3. Fastening for wood grounds, furring and blocking shall be of metal and of type and spacing as best suited to conditions. Hardened steel nails, expansion screws, toggle bolts, self-clinching nails, metal plugs, inserts or similar fastenings shall be used, of suitable type and size to draw the members into place and securely hold same.

C. Rough Lumber for Roofing and Sheet Metal

1. Furnish and install all wood nailing strips and wood blocking required in connection with respective types of roofing, fans, flashings, and sheet metal work, using preservative treated wood as herein before specified.

2. Wood blocking shall be of sizes and shapes as indicated on the drawings and/or designed for the reception of curb flashings for roof ventilators and similar items.

3. All nailing strips and blocking shall be carried out in accordance with the printed installation instructions, and/or recommendations of the accepted manufacturer of the roofing materials, and in coordination and cooperation with the sheet metal work trades.

4. All blocking and nailing strips shall be firmly secured in place using counter bored bolt and nut fastenings, or secured by any other proposed flush surfaced fastenings.

5. Wood nailing strips or blocking required to be embedded in concrete work shall be furnished in time due for placing, prior to start of concrete operations. Locations and spacings of nailing strips or blocking shall be performed in coordination with the concrete trades, as required for respective installations.

3.5 TELEPHONE AND ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS

A. Furnish and install 3/4" thick plywood panels to the walls of the telephone and electric equipment rooms in accordance with the requirements of the local utility company.

B. Secure to wall using proper devices for substrates encountered, spaced twelve (12) inches o.c., maximum around the edges, 1-1/2" from corners, and in three (3) rows of three (3) each in the field. Recess fastening devices flush with the plywood surface. Adjacent panels shall be butted with 1/16" space between without lapping.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.6 COAT CLOSET

A. In coat closets provide twelve (12) inches wide plywood shelf running full width of closet, supported on continuous wood pin rail. Below shelf install coat rod as specified herein.

3.7 ROUGH HARDWARE

A. Securely fasten rough carpentry together. Nail, spike, lag screw or bolt as required by conditions encountered in the field and the Contract Documents.

B. Provide rough or framing hardware, such as nails, screws, bolts, anchors, hangers, clips, inserts, miscellaneous fastenings, and similar items of the best quality and of the proper size and kind to adequately secure the work together and in place, in a rigid and substantial manner.

C. Secure rough carpentry to masonry with countersunk bolts in expansion sleeves or other acceptable manner, with fastenings not more than sixteen (16) inches apart. Secure woodwork to hollow masonry with toggle bolts spaced not more than sixteen (16) inches apart.

D. Countersink bolts in nailers and other rough woodwork and include washers and nuts. Cut bolts off flush with surfaces and peen as may be required to receive finished work.

E. Inserts to secure wood nailers to concrete shall be malleable iron threaded inserts with 3/8" diameter bolts of length to allow for countersinking. Locate at end of each nailer and at intervals not exceeding thirty (30) inches o.c.

F. Furnish to the mason for building into the work, or attaching the work which is to be built in, anchors, bolts, wall plates bolted to masonry, corrugated wall plugs, nailing blocks, etc., which are required for the proper fastening and installation for the work or other items as called for in this Section.

G. Detailed instructions with sketches of necessary requirements, shall be given to the masonry trade showing the location and other details of such nailing devices.

3.8 CLEANING UP

A. General: Keep the premises in a neat, safe and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut-ends and debris.

B. Sweeping

1. At the end of each working day, or more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep all surfaces where refuse from this portion of the work has settled.

2. Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage.

3. Upon completion of this portion of the work, thoroughly broom clean all surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Architectural Woodwork Section 064023 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 064023

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the architectural woodwork as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Wood paneling.

2. Wood trim, moldings, base, frames and rails.

3. Wood casework and counters with special veneers.

4. Wood casework and counters with plastic laminate finish.

5. Hardware for casework.

6. Wood shelving.

7. Solid plastic counters.

8. Wood framing and rough lumber as required for work of this Section.

9. Wood grounds, blocking, nailers, furring as required for work of this Section.

10. All rough hardware and fastenings for work of this Section.

11. Drilling concrete and masonry, drilling and/or tapping metal work, as required, for the installation of work of this Section.

12. Back painting as specified herein.

13. Shop finish of work of this Section, except items indicated herein to be shop primed only.


A. Carpentry - Section 062000.

B. Caulking between architectural woodwork and any wall, floor, or ceiling joints - Section 079200.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Wood doors - Section 081416.

D. Field finishing - Section 099000.

1.4 QUALITY STANDARDS

A. The quality standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute, "Architectural Woodwork Standards," 2nd Edition, dated October 1, 2014, shall apply to all workmanship including materials and installation, for architectural woodwork and by reference are made a part of this specification. All work shall conform to "Premium" grade requirements of the AWI "Architectural Woodwork Standards," unless otherwise modified herein.

B. In the event of a dispute as to the quality grade (or grades), the Contractor shall call upon the Architectural Woodwork Institute for an inspection under AWI's Quality Certification Program which shall include a QCP Inspection and Report. The Contractor agrees to abide by the decision of this Report.. The cost of said inspection and report shall be borne by the Contractor.

C. Employ only tradesmen experienced in the fabrication and installation of architectural woodwork.

D. Woodworking firm must be accredited by the AWI Quality Certification Program (QCP).

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings

1. Submit shop drawings of all woodwork specified and indicated on the drawings. Shop drawings shall indicate room plans and elevations at 3/4" equals 1'-0" scale and typical construction details at 3" equals 1'-0" scale. Shop drawings shall indicate all materials, thicknesses and finishes.

2. Shop drawings shall show all finish hardware, anchors, fastenings and accessories.

3. Shop drawings shall show all jointing, joint treatment and butt jointing in veneers and plastic laminate.

4. Shop drawings for wood paneling must show complete elevations of rooms to receive paneling as well as panel matching required by these specifications.

5. Shop drawings for cabinet work must show centerline height and horizontal location of all required internal wall blocking.

6. Where architectural woodwork deviates from AWI standards noted herein, shop drawings must identify these deviations.

B. Samples: Submit samples of each of the following items:

1. Plastic laminate, twelve (12) inches square, including a section of outside corner.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2. Transparent finish for each species of wood veneer laminated to particleboard, twelve (12) inches square, for each finish specified or shown.

3. Opaque finish wood veneer laminated to particleboard, twelve (12) inches square for each color, gloss and finish specified or shown.

4. Each finish type of wood panel, 24" wide x 36" high.

5. Each type and finish of each type of wood cornice, trim, molding, etc., eight (8) inches long, finish as specified.

6. Cabinet hardware.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The work of this Section shall be provided by a firm having a minimum of five (5) years' experience on projects of similar size and quality to that specified and shown.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate the work of this Section with other appropriate Sections of the specifications to insure proper scheduling for fabrication and installation of the work specified herein

B. Coordinate with partition and finish trades to insure that proper provisions are made for the installation of the work specified herein.

C. Verify all dimensions in the field prior to fabrication of all Architectural Woodwork to assure proper fit.


A. All materials and work of this Section shall be protected from damage, from time of shipment from shop to final acceptance of work. Cover, ventilate, and protect work of this Section from damage caused by weather, moisture, heat, staining, dirt, abrasions, any other causes which may adversely affect appearance or use, or which may cause deterioration of finish, warping, distortion, twisting, opening of joints and seams, delamination, loosening, etc., of work of this Section.

B. Keep all finish carpentry, millwork, and cabinet work under cover both in transit and at the premises. Do not deliver any finish carpentry, millwork or cabinet work before it is required for installation. Protect such work to avoid damage in transit, during erection and after erection until acceptance of the building; use all such methods to provide the proper protection. Remove such protection when directed by the Architect.

C. Deliver finish carpentry, millwork, and cabinet work in a dry stable condition; protect same against injury and dampness. Do not store or install finish carpentry, millwork or cabinet work until after the concrete, masonry and plaster work are thoroughly dry.

D. Damaged or defective items of work of this Section are subject to rejection and replacement with new by Contractor, at no cost to Owner.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.9 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Humidity Controls: The ambient relative humidity at the site, including both the storage and the installation areas, shall be maintained between 25% and 55% prior to delivery and through the life of the installation.

B. Determine equilibrium moisture content and maintain required temperature and relative humidity as required for a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) percent of the specified optimum moisture content until woodwork receives specified finishes. Refer to "Guide to Wood Species Selection," AWI, for method of determining equilibrium moisture content values.

C. Examination of Substrate and Conditions: The installer must examine the substrate and the conditions under which the work of this Section is to be performed, and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with work under this Section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.

D. Areas to receive architectural woodwork must be fully enclosed with windows and/or curtain wall installed and glazed, exterior door in place, HVAC systems operational and temporary openings closed. Any plaster, wet grinding and concrete work shall be fully dry.

E. Architectural woodwork shall be allowed to come to equilibrium on site for 7 days prior to installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 BASIC REQUIREMENTS

A. Wood Moisture Content: Provide kiln-dried (KD) lumber with an average moisture content range of nine (9) to twelve (12) percent for exterior work and six (6) to eleven (11) percent for interior work.

B. Measurements: Before proceeding with woodwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain field measurements and verify all dimensions of shop drawing details as required for accurate fit.

C. Compatibility of Grain and Color: Architect reserves the right to select materials for best compatibility between visually related members and veneers.

D. Machine and sand woodwork to comply with requirements of Standards for specified grade.

E. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles and details shown. Rout or groove back of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide flat members except plywood or veneered members.

F. Miter joints by joining, splining and gluing to comply with requirements for the specified grade.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

G. Inspect each piece of lumber and plywood or each unit of woodwork after drying; do not use twisted, warped, bowed of otherwise damaged or defective wood.

2.2 GENERAL - MATERIALS

A. Softwood lumber shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of American Lumber Standards Simplified Practice Recommendation R-16. Grades shall conform to the grading rules of the Association having jurisdiction, and shall bear the official grade and trademark of the Inspection Bureau of the Association and a mark of mill identification.

B. Framing and Rough Lumber: No. 1 KD grade Southern Pine or Dense Construction grade Douglas Fir, having extreme fiber in bending stress of at least 1700 psi, surfaced four sides (S4S). Provide fire retardant treatment meeting requirements of Section 06200.

C. Grounds, Blocking, Nailers, Furring: Southern Pine, Douglas Fir or Sitka Spruce, grade to suit particular purpose and to be straight, square edged, straight grained, surfaced four sides (S4S), and which will retain nails and screws without splitting. Provide fire retardant treatment.

D. Lumber: AWI Section 3 with the following requirements:

1. Hardwood for Transparent Finish: Premium Grade, select per finish schedule matching adjoining veneers unless otherwise shown or specified, and free from cat’s eyes, bird’s eyes, burls, curls or cross grains.

2. Hardwood for Opaque Finish: Any hardwood which, when finished, will not show any grain, imperfection or other surface defects when used with the opaque finish specified.

E. Plywood: AWI Section 4; Veneer core, particleboard, or plywood core unless otherwise specified, and with the following requirements:

1. Hardwood: Premium Grade, face veneers as shown or specified

2. Particleboard: Premium Grade, fire retardant for wall paneling only equal to Duraflake FR and Duraflake for cabinets. In addition, particleboard and MDF shall be certified to the following EPP CPA 3-08 formaldehyde emission limits:

a. Particleboard meets 0.18 ppm. b. MDF meets 0.21 ppm.

3. Edges: Banded with hardwood in accordance with Premium Grade Standards.

F. Veneers

1. Face Veneers for Transparent Finish: AWI, Premium Grade of species per finish schedule. Veneer must be flitch matched, sequence matched, book matched, end matched and centered balanced.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. President’s Suite Wood Wall Panels, Ceiling Panels, Base, and Casework: Wood Veneer to match flooring. Provide sample for architect approval.

b. President’s Suite Door Frames: Custom millwork to match Bunce Hall doors. Provide sample for architect approval.

2. Face Veneers for Opaque Finish: Any closed grain hardwood veneer that, when

finished, will not show grain, imperfection or other surface defects when used with the opaque finish specified.

G. Finishing (Wood)

1. Transparent Finish for Paneling, Casework and Trim

a. AWI Factory Finish System “Conversion Varnish”, System 5, Transparent. b. AWI Premium Grade. c. Stain: Selected by Architect. d. Degree of Sheen: Selected by Architect.

2. Opaque Finish for Casework

a. AWI Factory Finish System “Conversion Varnish”, System 5, Opaque”. b. AWI Premium Grade. c. Degree of Sheen: Selected by Architect. d. No grain to show.

2.3 PLASTIC LAMINATE

A. Face Sheets: NEMA Publication LD3, Grade GP50, Type I, 0.05" thick, as manufactured by Formica, Nevamar, Wilson-Art. Color, pattern and finish as selected by the Architect.

B. Backing Sheets: Non-decorative, high-pressure plastic laminate, NEMA LD3, Grade BK20, 0.02" thick.

C. Edges: Finish with plastic laminate to match face and applied before face sheets are applied, unless otherwise shown or specified.

2.4 METAL

A. Steel

1. Structural Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36.

2. Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: Commercial quality, ASTM A 569, may be used for concealed parts only. Galvanize sheets for planters.

3. Finishes

a. Primer for Unexposed Metal: Zinc chromate primer.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.5 GLASS

A. Comply with tempered glass per ASTM C1048.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS

A. Fasteners

1. Wood Screws: FS FF-S-111, type, size, material and finish as required for the condition of use.

2. Nails: FS FF-N-105, type, size, material and finish as required for the condition of use.

3. Anchors: Type, size, material and finish as required for the condition of use.

4. Staples: Upholstery type staples of sufficient strength to hold fabric taut in place without sagging.

B. Adhesives

1. For Laminating Plastic Laminate Surfaces: Urea resin, Type II, as recommended by fabricator.

2. For All Other Uses: polyvinyl acetate resin emulsion or other type as recommended by the fabricator..

2.7 CABINETS WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH

A. General

1. Fabricate all cabinetry and millwork to the "Premium Grade" standards of the AWI, Section 10.

2. Face construction of cabinets shall be "Flush Overlay."

3. Provide 3/4" thick doors, drawer fronts and fixed panels (including thickness of plastic) except where required to be thicker by Standards; and provide flush units.

4. Provide dust panels of 1/4" thick plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, except where located directly below countertops.

5. Exposed Edges: Plastic laminate matching exposed panel surfaces. Ease exposed edge of overlap sheet.

B. Plastic Laminate

1. Plastic Laminate for Horizontal Surfaces: 0.050" thick, general purpose type (high pressure).

2. Plastic Laminate for External Vertical Surfaces: 0.028" thick, general purpose type (high pressure).




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. Plastic Laminate for Post Forming: 0.042" thick, post forming (high pressure).

4. Plastic Laminate for Cabinet Linings: 0.020" thick, cabinet liner (high pressure).

5. Plastic Laminate for Concealed Panel Backing: 0.020" thick, backer type (high pressure).

6. Plastic Laminate Colors and Patterns: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer’s standard satin finish products. Acceptable Manufacturers: Wilson-Art, Nevamar, Formica.

C. Shop Assembly: All work shall be shop assembled. Work that is too large for entrance into the use area shall be fabricated in attachable sections with provisions for reconnection in the using space.

D. Material Thicknesses: See drawings for general materials thicknesses. Minimum thickness of solid lumber for web frames, trim, bases, etc., shall be 3/4". Minimum thickness of plywood and particleboard shall be 3/4".

E. Sizes: See drawings for woodwork sizes required. The manufacturer shall check field dimensions and verify all openings and actual field conditions prior to fabrication of work.

F. Manufacturer is responsible for rigidity and structural stability.

2.8 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS AND VANITIES

A. Grade: Same as AWI grade required for cabinet work; plastic laminate finish.

B. Construction

1. Provide back-splash and end-splash, where detailed; top-mounted square butt joint, fully covered with matching plastic laminate, eased edges.

2. Exposed Counter Edges: Plastic laminate matching surface, except as otherwise indicated. Ease exposed edges of overlap sheet.

3. Cut openings for equipment to be installed. Comply with equipment manufacturer's requirements, but provide internal corners of 1/8" minimum radius. Smooth saw cut and ease edges.

4. Seal cut edges of counter at openings for sinks and other "wet" equipment, using waterproofing compound recommended by plastic manufacturer and compatible with laminating adhesive.

2.9 BUILT-IN CABINETS, WOODWORK WITH WOOD VENEER FINISH

A. Construction: Details of cabinet and wood work construction shall conform to design as detailed on the drawings and shall be constructed in accordance with AWI Section 10, Premium Grade.

B. Finishing: All work shall be factory pre-finished. No field finishing will be permitted, except minor retouching that is necessary after installation to leave work in perfect




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

condition. Field touch-up shall be accomplished using the same finishes as originally applied at the factory. All finishes shall be free from runs, sags and other visual defects. All wood shall be thoroughly hand smoothed and hand sanded to remove all traces of machine and tool marks. All steel or other metal components shall be deburred, thoroughly cleaned and degreased prior to finishing. Requirements for surface preparation shall be in accordance with AWI Standards specified. Surfaces shall be finished as follows:

1. Wood veneers shall be as specified herein, flitches to be selected by Architect. Veneer shall be minimum 1/28" thick.

2. All wood veneer surfaces shall be given transparent finish as specified herein.

3. Backing Veneer: Provide backing veneer, of same thickness and strength as face veneer for balanced construction, where plywood surface not exposed, not semi-exposed, or not to be finished. Note that interior surface of cabinets, closets, are to be finished.

C. Edge Banding: All visible edges of case and body members fabricated from plywood shall be banded. Transparent finished wood veneer panels shall be banded with wood species to match face veneers.

2.10 CABINET HARDWARE

A. Architectural Woodwork Hardware: Provide the following items, or their approved equal, as required:

1. Hinges: Hafele concealed hinges.

2. Catches: Magnetic; top and bottom.

3. Pulls: Selected by the Architect.

a. At file cabinets provide stainless steel pulls 100.45.055 HDL STA ST Matt Grade 304 M4 CTC 228MM.

4. Locks: Directed by the Architect.

5. Drawer Slides: Accuride, Model 7434, full extension, 100 lb. capacity.

a. At file cabinets, provide heavy duty call bearing drawer glides.

6. Shelf Supports: Pin and grommet system equal to No. 282.01.701 pin and 282.50.704 grommet made by Hafele.

7. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel.

8. Closet Hardware: Oval wardrobe rails, chrome plated steel with center bracket and wall support brackets made by Hafele or approved equal.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.11 WOOD FOR RAILS, CAPS, TRIM, BASES, MOLDINGS AND FRAMES

A. Quality Standard: For the following types of interior architectural woodwork, comply with indicated standards as applicable.

1. Standing and Running Trim: AWI Section 6.

2. Miscellaneous Millwork: AWI Section 6.

3. Stair Handrails: AWI Section 7.

B. Wood Work for Transparent Finish: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following:

1. Grade: Premium.

2. Species of Solid Wood: Quarter Sawn Species as noted on drawings.

C. Woodwork for Paint Finish: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following:

1. Grade: Premium.

2. Species of Solid Wood: Solid, paint grade, sound clear Poplar or Birch.

2.12 HARDWOOD VENEERED PLYWOOD PANELS

A. Type: Interior grade, hot press laminated with waterproof adhesive, pre-finished, with face veneers and core construction as specified herein, meet AWI Section 8 standards.

B. Core Construction: Shall be fire retardant treated, meeting requirements of Section 06200; type at fabricator’s option.

1. Where the core is free of urea formaldehyde, provide a layer of veneer over the substrate prior to application of finish veneer to prevent telegraphing of patterns of the adhesive.

C. Thickness: 3/4" thick.

D. Face Veneers: Panels shall be flitch matched, sequence matched, book matched, end matched, center balanced, Rift Sliced _____, vertical grain, and shall be matched for color. Use this veneer in all other areas where wood paneling is required. All panels sshall be matched one to the other using "blueprint" matching method. Veneer shall be minimum 1/28" thick.

E. Finish: Veneers shall be finely sanded and clear factory pre-finished using AWI System noted herein.

F. Panel Sizes: See drawings for panel sizes required.

G. Exposed edges of panels shall be solid sections matching face veneer.

H. Where wood doors are set in veneered wood paneling, veneer on door shall be sequenced to fit veneer pattern; doors to meet the requirements of Section 08200.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.13 SOLID PLASTIC COUNTERS

A. Provide 1/2" thick "Corian" counters with integral bowls as manufactured by E.I. Du Pont or approved equal made by Avonite, Wilson Art or Gilbraltar meeting standards specified herein. Counters to be of color as selected by the Architect.

B. Material: Cast, filled, acrylic; not coated, laminated or of composite construction, meeting ANSI Z124-1980, Type Six, and ISS FA-2.01 “Classification and Standards Publication of Solid Surfacing Material” as published by the International Solid Surface Fabricator Association.

C. Counters shall be adhesively joined with no exposed seams, having edge details shown on drawings.

D. Material shall conform to the published performance characteristics of ISSFA-2-01.

E. Joint Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous, non-porous joints.

F. Sealant: Manufacturer's standard mildew-resistant, FDA/UL recognized silicone sealant in colors matching components.

G. Fabrication

1. Fabricator must be approved by the solid surface manufacturer.

2. Factory fabricate components to custom sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings.

3. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive; without conspicuous joints.

4. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and accessories as indicated on the drawings.

5. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. Route radii and contours to template. Repair or reject defective and inaccurate work.

H. Warranty: The manufacturer shall warrant to the Owner that Du Pont will at its option repair or replace without charge, such product if it fails due to a manufacturing defect during the first 10 years after initial installation. This includes all labor charges needed to repair or replace the product covered hereunder.

2.14 FABRICATION - GENERAL

A. Provide lumber framing for architectural woodwork, complete with all bracing and fastening devices as required for a rigid installation, and as required to sustain the imposed loads.

B. Do all fabrication from field measurement with provision for scribing as required to meet built-in conditions.

C. Coordinate the work of this Section with the work of other trades.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Fabricate units in largest practicable sections. Assemble in the shop for trial fit, disassemble for shipment and reassemble with concealed fasteners.

E. Maintain relative humidity and temperature during fabrication, storage and finishing operations matching that of the areas of installation.

F. Details indicate the required type and quality of construction. Modifications to conform to manufacturer’s standards will be considered providing they comply with the Contract Documents, maintain the profiles shown and subject to acceptance by the Architect.

G. Reinforcing shown is minimum. Provide additional reinforcing as required to ensure a rigid assembly. Exposed surfaces shall be free from dents, tool marks, warpage, buckle, glue and open joints, or other defects affecting serviceability or appearance. Accurately fit all joints, corners and miters. Conceal all fasteners. Make threaded connections up tight so that threads are entirely concealed.

H. Factory finish all items where possible. Defer final touch-up, cleaning and polishing until after delivery and installation.

I. Comply with AWI, Premium Grade standards for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, back priming and similar preparations for the finishing of architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work.

J. Prepare all countersunk wood screw attachments for wood plugs. Wood plugs shall match surrounding species and grain direction; putty filling is not acceptable.

2.15 FABRICATION - SPECIFIC ITEMS

A. Casework

1. Include all preparations for mechanical, electrical, telephone and plumbing work required.

2. Provide cabinet hardware for casework as shown.

3. Provide dust panels in body webs and between drawer units.

4. Provide wood veneers for exposed surfaces as specified herein before.

5. Hollow core doors will not be permitted.

6. Provide matching veneers for edge treatments of case body members where transparent finishes are indicated or specified.

7. Provide drawers with slides as specified. Drawers shall not rest on web body frames.

8. Provide wood veneers for transparent finish, of matching and continuing grain, for drawer and door edges.

B. Paneling

1. General Paneling Requirements




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Panel type shall be AWI, Premium Grade construction. b. Panel joints shall be flush type unless otherwise shown. c. Provide concealed wood blocking and framing, anchors, clips, splines,

supporting and attaching devices. d. Provide cut-outs to receive attachments, mechanical and electrical work as

required.

2. Wood Veneer Paneling

a. Comply with AWI Section 8. b. Provide veneers as specified and as shown, including all matching

requirements. Run veneer in the direction shown.

3. Stile and Rail Paneling

a. Comply with AWI Section 8. b. All exposed edges of panel cores shall be edge banded. c. Grain direction shall be as shown.

C. Closet and Storage Shelving

1. Provide closet and storage shelving in accordance with AWI Section 600, Custom Grade, unless otherwise shown or specified.

2. Exposed edges shall have hardwood edge bands.

D. Standing and Running Trim: Provide standing and running trim of the sizes, profiles, species and finish as specified or shown and complying with AWI Section 6, Premium Grade.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where architectural woodwork is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 FRAMING

A. Use specified framing lumber, sizes and spacing as indicated on drawings and as required to support loads.

B. Framing shall be cut square on bearings, closely fitted, accurately set to required lines and levels, rigidly secured in place at bearings and connection with nails, lag screws and/or bolts as required by conditions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.3 GROUNDS, BLOCKING, NAILERS AND FURRING

A. Provide all wood grounds, blocking, nailers, furring, and the like for work of this Section, where shown and where required, dressed to size indicated or required to suit the condition. Install grounds, blocking, nailers, furring, etc., rigidly, in proper alignment, trued with a long straight edge.

3.4 ROUGH HARDWARE

A. Provide all rough hardware, such as nails, screws, bolts, anchors, hangers, clips and similar items. Hardware shall be of the proper size and kind to adequately secure the work together and in place, in a rigid and substantial manner. Use galvanized hardware at exterior walls, and at other locations where subject to moisture or where water will be present.

B. Secure wood to concrete and to solid masonry with countersunk bolts in expansion sleeves or other approved manner, to steel with countersunk bolts, to hollow masonry and to drywall with heavy duty countersunk toggle bolts. Space fastenings not more than sixteen (16) inches apart. Hardened cut nails, power-driven fastenings, or other suitable devices may be used where approved by the Architect.

C. Connections and fastenings shall be made in such manner as will compensate for swelling and shrinkage and shall permit the work to remain permanently in place without any splitting or opening of joints.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF CABINET FINISH HARDWARE

A. All items of finish hardware furnished under this Section shall be carefully fitted and secured in place as part of the work of this Section. Locations and positioning of hardware shall be subject to the Architect’s approval. Care shall be taken not to mar or damage hardware, or other work. Install doors plumb and true. Hardware shall be fitted to assure operation without forcing.

B. After preliminary fitting of hardware, the Contractor shall remove trim for painting and finishing work; after which he shall reinstall the hardware in a permanent manner.

C. Upon completion of the work, before final acceptance of the building by the Owner, the Contractor shall, in the presence of the Architect, show that all hardware is in satisfactory working order; fit all keys in their respective locks and, upon acceptance of the work, shall tag and deliver all keys to the Architect and Owner.

D. When directed by the Owner, at any time during the first year after the completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall return to the building and adjust and refit the work and hardware, and leave such items in satisfactory working order.

3.6 GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Wall anchorage and general installation procedures for cabinetry work shall conform to AWI Section 10, Article entitled “EXECUTION”, Sub-Article 6.1 with all related sub-paragraphs.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including countertops), and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/8" maximum offset in revealed adjoining surfaces.

C. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.

D. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation.

3.7 TRIM, MOLDINGS, ETC.

A. Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces for each run. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter corner.

B. Joints of all trim and/or moldings shall be set tight, miter exterior angles and cope interior angles. Joints, except end joints less than twelve (12) feet apart, will not be permitted in straight runs of trim and/or moldings and rails.

C. Secure all trim and/or moldings with glue and blind nail with finishing nails. Set exposed nail heads in finished work and putty. Sand all work to remove any tool marks and irregularities.

D. Wood shall receive finish as specified in Section 099000 - Painting.

3.8 WOOD RAILS

A. Wood shall be planed straight, square and level, then sanded smooth with flush finished surfaces. Joints shall occur over supports. Right angle joints shall be mitered.

B. All exposed fastening devices shall be countersunk and set below finished wood surfaces, and fitted with matching wood plugs; sand plugs and finish smooth and flush with exposed surfaces.

C. Handrails shall be capable of withstanding a force of two hundred (200) lbs. applied to rail at any point from any direction.

D. Provide all hardware and metal supports required for complete installation as detailed on drawings.

3.9 VENEERED WOOD PANELS

A. Provide a system of concealed panel hanger clips, shims and corresponding wall clips to support the panel system. Face nailing shall not be permitted.

B. Hang the panels in the designated locations. Panels shall be straight, level, flat and flush with adjoining panels.

C. Where reveals are indicated, keep panels spaced so that reveals are parallel and of widths shown.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.10 CLOSET AND STORAGE SHELVING

A. Provide closet and storage shelving at the locations shown. Provide hang rods where shown. Set adjustable center hangers.

3.11 CABINET WORK AND MILLWORK

A. General

1. Materials and workmanship shall conform to the Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute specified herein and to the drawings.

2. Cabinet work and millwork shall be performed by experienced cabinet work and millwork company, having craftsmen skilled in their trade.

3. Fabricate all cabinet work and millwork completely in the shop, in complete and/or as large units as practical, leaving only fitting, assembly, installation and a minimum of fabrication and finishing to be done at the building. Assembled work shall be rigidly secured and permanently fastened together with concealed fasteners.

4. Afford Architect every facility for inspection of work at shop or mill at such times as the Architect may select.

5. As far as practicable, use concealed fastenings for joining and assembling the work. Where this is impossible, the means of securing shall be placed in inconspicuous places and methods of joining and assembling submitted for Architect’s approval prior to fabrication.

6. Mill all finish wood accurately to detail, with clean cut moldings, profiles and lines, machined, sanded smooth, housed, jointed, blocked, put together in the best manner, with provision for swelling and shrinkage, and to assure the work remaining in place without warping, splitting or opening of joints.

7. Cut trim to dimensions and profiles shown, from solid stock.

8. Make all trim and the like in single lengths wherever possible; joints mitered, glued and splined. Continuous members shall have tight flush joints, doweled or splined and glued.

9. Make all joints hairline tight, fitted accurately and joined with hardwood splines or dowels, glued together, or by other method approved by Architect. Use screws, not nails, for fastenings.

10. Gluing shall, where practicable, be by the hot plate press method and glued surfaces shall be in close contact throughout. Glue stains on finished work will not be permitted.

11. Cover surface fastenings, where permitted, with matching wood plugs or wood putty. Finish exposed edges of plywood with matching solid stock. Lock miter external corners; tongue and groove internal corners to allow for contraction and expansion.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

12. Machine sand with grain, finish with hand sanding, leave exposed surfaces free from machine or tool marks that will show through the finish.

13. Work which adjoins drywall, concrete, or other finish shall be fitted and scribed in a careful manner and ample allowance shall be given for cutting and scribing.

14. Erect work true to lines, levels and dimensions, square, aligned and plumb, securely and rigidly fastened in place.

B. Cabinet Work: Provide all items of cabinet work indicated on drawings and as herein specified.

1. Tops, sides, backs, bottoms, dividers, shelves, fronts, doors and drawer fronts shall be of plywood or flakeboard core, with the specified wood veneer or plastic laminate as indicated on drawings.

2. Drawer sides and backs shall be 1/2" thick solid clear selected white birch, suitable for clear finish. Drawer bottom shall be 3/8" thick plywood with clear selected white birch veneers, suitable for clear finish.

3. Cabinet doors and drawers shall be flush mounted.

4. Adjustable shelves in cabinets shall have grommets spaced 2" o.c.

5. Fixed shelves shall be dadoed into side supports and glued.

6. Shelves shall be 3/4" thick for spans up to 30"; for spans in excess of 30" to 48" shelves shall be 1" thick.

7. All cabinets shall have closed top, sides, bottom, and back with veneers to match face work. Cabinets to fit accurately into indicated locations; scribe moldings permitted only where indicated.

8. Countertops, counters, counter fronts, shelves, etc., indicated on drawings to have plastic laminate, shall have plastic laminate shop applied to 3/4" thick core, with plastic laminate backing sheet on underside or back of countertops, counters and shelves. Plastic laminate shall be pressure laminated to core with laminate at external corners. Provide concealed wood framing to support plastic laminate counters, securely fastened to wall and to underside of counters.

C. Countertops shall be installed to support a minimum concentrated live load of 150 lbs. acting downward at mid span at outer edge of counter without causing deformation and damage.

3.12 WOOD BASES

A. Provide plywood backing, toggle bolted to substrate, if substrate not suitable for securing wood base.

B. Machine wood bases from specified wood, to profiles indicated on drawings.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Set base level and plumb. Where indicated on drawings, face of wood base shall be flush with wall above. Glue wood base to substrate or to plywood backing, and screw or nail wood base to substrate or to plywood backing with countersunk wood screws or with finishing nails, recess wood screw heads, and spackle with wood putty, set and spackle nails with wood putty. Do not nail or fasten wood base to floor. Ends of wood base shall be either splined or ship lapped.

D. Where no wood backing occurs, screw apply base at each stud with screw countersunk and wood putty applied and sanded smooth and flush with base.

3.13 WOOD DOOR FRAMES

A. Where indicated on drawings, provide wood frames and bucks for wood doors. Bucks shall be braced, set straight and plumb and have anchors for building into adjoining construction; space anchors not over two (2) feet apart (one foot from corners). Machine wood frames from specified solid wood to profiles indicated on drawings. Set frames plumb, level, square; securely attached to adjoining construction. Wood frames, bucks and trim shall conform to details.

3.14 PAINTING AND FINISHING

A. General: All painting and finishing work of this Section shall be shop applied, unless otherwise noted, as specified below. All painting and finishing shall match approved samples. Field finish painting, where specified below, shall be by painting Subcontractor, as specified for in Painting Section.

B. Schedule of Painting and Finishing

1. Shop Primer On:

a. Wood bases. b. Wood trim and moldings to be field finish painted. c. Ferrous metal work.

2. Shop Natural Finish On:

a. Wood paneling. b. Wood cabinets with wood veneers.

C. Back-Painting: All work of this Section in contact with concrete or masonry or other

moisture areas and all concealed surfaces of cabinet and millwork, shall be back-painted with one (1) coat of oil based paint prior to installation, shop applied where practicable.

D. Field Touch-Up: Field touch-up shall be the responsibility of the installing Subcontractor, and shall include the filling and touch-up of exposed job made nail or screw holes, refinishing of raw surfaces resulting from job fitting, repair of job inflicted scratches and mars, and final cleaning up of the finished surfaces.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.15 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION

A. Clean Up: At regular intervals during the course of the work, all debris and excess material shall be cleaned up and removed from the site. Upon completion of installation, clean all spaces of debris caused by woodwork installation.

B. Protection: Protect all woodwork from marring, defacement of other damage until final completion and acceptance of the project by the Owner. Repair or replace all defective units prior to final inspection as directed by the Architect. Any units that cannot be satisfactorily repaired in the opinion of the Architect shall be replaced with new units of same original design, at no additional cost to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Sheet Metal Flashing Section 076200 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 076200

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the sheet metal flashing as indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Stainless steel cap metal flashing.

2. Field fabricating (including bending, cutting, soldering, etc.), if required, of stainless steel flashing.

3. Stainless steel flashing elsewhere, where metal flashing is indicated on drawings.

4. Separation of contacting surfaces of dissimilar metals.


A. Roofing - Division 7.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit, showing all materials, finishes, fastenings, joint details, fabrication, construction and relation to adjoining construction.

B. Samples: Submit 12" x 12" samples of flashing materials and finishes.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. The Contractor shall warrant that all Metal Flashing Work executed under this Section will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ten (10) years from date of acceptance of the Project, and he shall remedy any defects in the Metal Flashing Work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Stainless Steel Flashing Materials

1. Stainless Steel Flashing: ASTM A 240, Type 304, stainless steel, with 2D finish, dead soft temper, fully annealed, as manufactured by International Nickel Co., Republic Steel Corp., United States Steel, or Washington Steel Corp. Thickness of stainless steel shall be as listed below.

a. Concealed Flashings: 0.012" thick, thirty (30) gauge (U.S. Standard).

b. Exposed Flashings: 0.015" thick, twenty-eight (28) gauge (U.S. Standard).

c. Edge Strips: 0.025" thick, twenty-four (24) gauge (U.S. Standard).

2. Through-wall flashing shall have sawtooth ribs at three (3) inch interval as manufactured by Keystone Flashing Co., or approved equal.

3. Accessories and Fastenings: AISI, Types 302 and 304 stainless steel.

4. Solder: Composed of sixty (60) percent block tin and forty (40) percent pig lead, except that solder at seams exposed to public view shall be eighty (80) percent tin and twenty (20) percent lead.

5. Flux: An acid type flux manufactured specifically for soldering stainless steel, as approved.

B. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type non-corrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where sheet metal flashing is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Reference Standard: Conform to the requirements of 7th Edition of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors Association (SMACNA) Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.

B. General: Fabricate and install metal flashing work in accordance with details and specifications of above Reference Standard, with manufacturer's instructions, and as herein specified, to provide a watertight installation. Apply metal flashing to smooth, even, sound, clean, dry surfaces free from defects. Make provisions to allow for expansion and contraction of metal flashing work. Wherever practicable, shop form all metal flashing work and deliver ready for installation. Form metal flashing work accurately to required profiles, with flat surfaces, straight edges and corners, free from defects. Fold exposed metal edges back not less than 1/2" and form drip.

C. Nailing: Confine to sheets twelve (12) inches or less in width. Confine nailing to one edge only, locate nails where concealed. Use No. 12 x 1" long flat headed, annular threaded, Type 302 stainless steel nails for nailing to wood blocking; use one (1) inch long masonry nails for nailing to concrete. Space nails four (4) inches o.c. maximum.

D. Cleating: Use cleats where sheets are more than twelve (12) inches in width. Space cleats approximately twelve (12) inches o.c. Cleats two (2) inches wide by three (3) inches long, of the same material and weight as the metal flashing being installed. Secure one end of the cleat with two (2) nails and fold edge back over the nail heads. Lock other end into seam or into folded edge of metal flashing sheets. Pre-tin cleats for soldered seams.

E. Joining: Join metal flashings with one (1) inch locked and soldered seams except at slip joints. Mallet seams flat and solder full length of seam as specified below.

F. Soldering: Clean and pre-tin edges of metal flashing to be soldered before soldering is begun with solder on both sides for a width of not less than 1-1/2". Solder slowly with well heated metal surfaces. Use ample solder. Show not less than one full inch of evenly flowed solder on seam. Seams shall have a liberal amount of flux brushed in before soldering is commenced. Where soldering paste or killed acid is employed as a flux, soldering shall follow immediately after application of the flux. Upon completion of soldering, clean surfaces of all flux.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

G. Slip Joints: Locate slip joints not more than twenty-four (24) feet apart and not more than eight (8) feet from corners. Form slip joints as three (3) inch wide joints with cover piece behind flashing, and fill locked ends neatly with sealant.

H. Cap Flashing: Install over base flashings, in eight (8) to ten (10) foot lengths, lapped six (6) inches at ends. Cap flashing shall be increased longitudinally to produce spring action to hold bottom edge of cap flashing firmly against base flashing. Cap flashing shall lap base flashing at least four (4) inches, with exposed bottom edge at a forty-five (45) degree angle downward and folded back on underside at least 1/2" to form drip. Make cap flashing continuous at corners and angles.

I. Miscellaneous Flashing: Provide all other miscellaneous metal flashing not specifically mentioned herein, but indicated on drawings and/or required to provide a watertight installation.

J. Separation of Dissimilar Materials: Back paint surfaces of metal flashing in contact with dissimilar metals or with concrete or masonry with bituminous paint.

K. Reglets

1. Provide watertight reglets in masonry and concrete work to receive cap flashing. Form reglets of stainless steel using same thickness as stainless steel sheet metal specified.

2. In masonry work use open or closed slot reglets with slat at least one (1) inch deep and 3/16" wide. Provide hook dams or turn-ups for anchoring securely into mortar joints. Insert cap flashing into slot full depth using button punch or lead wedges to lock in place.

3. In concrete work, use open or closed slot reglets with slot sloped upward at forty-five (45) degrees, at least one (1) inch deep and 3/16" wide. For fastening reglets to concrete forms use double-head stainless steel nails spaced twelve (12) inches apart maximum.

4. Insert cap flashing full depth into reglet slot, and wedge in place using lead strips spaced on twelve (12) inch centers maximum or lead caulking rope. When lead strips are used for continuous caulked reglets, use approved weather-resistant fibrous compounds.

END OF SECTION

Firestops and Smokeseals Section 078413 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 078413

FIRESTOPS AND SMOKESEALS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the firestops and smokeseals as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items.

2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items.

3. Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items.

4. Sealant joints in fire-resistance-rated construction.

5. Penetrations at each floor level in shafts and/or stairwells.

6. Construction joints, including those between top of fire rated walls and underside of floors above.


A. Cast-in-Place Concrete - Section 033000.

B. Joint Sealers - Section 079200.

C. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900.

D. Piping penetrations - Division 22.

E. Duct penetrations - Division 23.

F. Cable and conduit penetrations - Division 26.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. ASTM E 814 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops."




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. UL 1479, UBC 7-5 (Both are same as A. above).

C. ASTM E 119 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials."

D. UL 263, UBC 7-1 (Both are same as C. above).

E. UL 2079 "Tests For Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems."

F. ASTM E 1399 "Test For Dynamic Movement Conditions."

G. ASTM E 1966 (Same as E. above).

H. Published Through-Penetration Systems by recognized independent testing agencies.

1. UL Fire Resistance Directory, Volume II of current year.

2. Warnock Hersey Certification Listings, current year.

3. Omega Point Laboratories, current year.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit manufacturer's product literature for each type of firestop material to be installed. Literature shall indicate product characteristics, typical uses, performance, limitation criteria, test data and indication that products comply with specified requirements.

B. Submit shop drawings detailing materials, installation methods, and relationships to adjoining construction for each firestop system, and each kind of construction condition penetrated and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspection agency evidencing compliance with requirements for each condition indicated.

1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, for proposed UL listed (or equal) firestop and smokeseal assembly required for the Project.

C. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit MSDS for each firestop product.

D. Submit qualifications of firestop installer, including letter from firestop manufacturer of products proposed to be installed, wherein manufacturer approves or recognizes as trained/ or certifies installer for installation of that manufacturer's products.

E. Manufacturer's Letters: For installations or configurations not covered by a UL or Warnock Hersey design number, a recommendation shall be obtained from the manufacturer, in writing, for the specific application.


A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, and the passage of smoke and other gases.

B. Firestopping materials shall conform to Flame (F) and Temperature (T) ratings as required by local building code and as tested by nationally accepted test agencies per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. The F rating must be a minimum of one (1) hour but not less than the fire resistance rating of the assembly being penetrated. T rating, when




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

required by code authority, shall be based on measurement of the temperature rise on the penetrating item(s). The fire test shall be conducted with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inches of water column.

C. Firestopping products shall be asbestos free and free of any PCBs.

D. Do not use any product containing solvents or that requires hazardous waste disposal.

E. Do not use firestop products which after curing, dissolve in water.

F. Do not use firestop products that contain ceramic fibers.

G. Firestopping Installer Qualifications: Firestop application shall be performed by a single firestopping contractor who specializes in the installation of firestop systems, whose personnel to be utilized have received specific training and certification or approval from the proposed respective firestop manufacturer, and firestop installer shall have a minimum of three years experience (under present company name) installing firestop systems of the type herein specified.

H. Mock-Up: Prepare job site mock-ups of each typical Firestop System proposed for use in the project. Approved mock-ups will be left in place as part of the finished project and will constitute the quality standard for the remaining work.

I. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions.

1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems.

2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches or more in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting the floor loads involved either by installing floor plates or by other means.

3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation.


A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original unopened containers with manufacturer's name, product identification, lot numbers, UL or Warnock Hersey labels, and mixing and installation instructions, as applicable.

B. Store materials in the original, unopened containers or packages, and under conditions recommended by manufacturer.

C. All firestop materials shall be installed prior to expiration of shelf life.


A. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work

B. Do not use materials that contain solvents, show sign of damage or are beyond their shelf life.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. During installation, provide masking and drop cloths as needed to prevent firestopping products from contaminating any adjacent surfaces.

D. Conform to ventilation requirements if required by manufacturer's installation instructions or Material Safety Data Sheet.

E. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of firestop products when temperatures are in excess or below the manufacturer's recommendations.

F. Schedule installation of firestop products after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings.

G. Coordinate this work as required with work of other trades.

1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Pre-Installation Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work.

B. Sequence: Perform work of this and other sections in proper sequence to prevent damage to the firestop systems and to ensure that their installation will occur prior to enclosing or concealing work.

C. Install all firestop systems after voids and joints are prepared sufficiently to accept the applicable firestop system.

D. Do not cover firestop systems until they have been properly inspected and accepted by the authority having jurisdiction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following manufacturers:

1. Tremco

2. Bio-Fireshield

3. 3M

4. Specified Technologies Inc.

5. U.S. Gypsum Co.

6. Nelson

7. Hilti, Inc.

8. Grace Flame Safe




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.2 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items:

1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials including the following:

a. Semirefractory fiber (mineral wool) insulation. b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to

prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire-rated form board. d. Joint fillers for joint sealants.

2. Temporary forming materials.

3. Substrate primers.

4. Collars.

5. Steel sleeves.

C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements.

D. Smokeseals at top of partitions shall be flexible to allow for partition deflection.

2.3 FILL MATERIALS FOR THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS

A. Endothermic, Latex Compound Sealant: Single-component, endothermic, latex formulation.

B. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single-component, Intumescent, latex formulation.

C. Intumescent Putty: Non-hardening, dielectric, water-resistant putty containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.

D. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component, elastomeric sheet with aluminum or polyethelene foil on one side.

E. Job-Mixed Vinyl Compound: Prepackaged vinyl-based powder product for mixing with water at Project site to produce a paintable compound, passing ASTM E 136, with flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of zero per ASTM E 84.

F. Mortar: Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a non-shrinking, homogeneous mortar.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

G. Pillows/Bags: Re-usable, heat-expanding pillows/bags composed of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents and fire-retardant additives.

H. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone-based liquid elastomer that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to produce a flexible, non-shrinking foam.

I. Silicone Sealant: Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealant of grade indicated below:

1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and non-sag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a non-slumping/gunnable sealant, unless firestop system limits use to non-sag grade for both opening conditions.

2.4 FIRE-RESISTIVE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS

A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified in this Section applicable to fire-resistive joint sealants.

1. Sealant Colors: Color of exposed joint sealants as selected by the Architect.

B. Single-Component, Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O.

1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand 33 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 66 percent movement.

C. Multi-Component, Non-Sag, Urethane Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O.

1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand 40 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for a total of 65 percent movement in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated.

D. Single-Component, Non-Sag, Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and Uses NT, M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O.

2.5 MINERAL FIBER/CERAMIC WOOL NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION (FIRE SAFING)

A. Provide min. 4 pcf Thermafiber as manufactured by Thermafiber Co., min. 4 pcf FBX Safing Insulation as manufactured by Fibrex, or approved equal to suit conditions and to comply with fire resistance and firestop manufacturer's requirements.

B. Material shall be classified non-combustible per ASTM E 119.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.6 MIXING

A. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configuration, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements:

1. Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping.

2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation.

3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.

B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing seal of firestopping with substrates.

3.3 CONDITIONS REQUIRING FIRESTOPPING

A. Interior Walls and Partitions

1. Construction joints between top of fire rated walls and underside of floors above, shall be firestopped.

2. Firestop system installed shall have been tested by either UL or Omega Point, including exposure to hose stream test and including for use with steel fluted deck floor assemblies.

3. Firestop system used shall allow for deflection of floor above.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Penetrations

1. Penetrations include conduit, cable, wire, pipe, duct, or other elements which pass through one or both outer surfaces of a fire rated floor, wall, or partition.

2. Except for floors on grade, where a penetration occurs through a structural floor or roof and a space would otherwise remain open between the surfaces of the penetration and the edge of the adjoining structural floor or roof, provide firestopping to fill such spaces in accordance with ASTM E 814.

3. These requirements for penetrations shall apply whether or not sleeves have been provided, and whether or not penetrations are to be equipped with escutcheons or other trim. If penetrations are sleeved, firestop annular space, if any, between sleeve and wall of opening.

C. Provide firestopping to fill miscellaneous voids and openings in fire rated construction in a manner essentially the same as specified herein before.

3.4 INSTALLING THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOPS

A. General: Comply with the through penetrations firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated.

B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems.

C. Install fill materials for through penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results:

1. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items.

2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items.

3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.

3.5 INSTALLING FIRE RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated.

B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire resistance rating required.

C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed.

D. Tool no sag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fire resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.

3.6 INSTALLING FIRESAFING INSULATION

A. Install fire safing insulation utilizing welded or screw applied galvanized steel impaling pins and retaining clips; space clips or pins 24" o.c. maximum.

B. Completely fill voids in areas where safing insulation is required. At spandrel conditions/floor edges, depth of insulation top to bottom shall be at least four (4) inches.

C. Cover top of all safing insulation with firestop sealant or spray.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspecting agency employed and paid by the Owner will examine completed firestopping to determine, in general, if it is being installed in compliance with requirements.

B. Inspecting agency will report observations promptly and in writing to Contractor, Owner and Architect.

C. Do not proceed to enclose firestopping with other construction until reports of examinations are issued.

D. Where deficiencies are found, Contractor must repair or replace firestopping so that it complies with requirements.

3.8 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur.

B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to product firestopping complying with specified requirements.

END OF SECTION

Joint Sealers Section 079200 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALERS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the joint sealers work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including but not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Exterior wall joints not specified to be sealed in other Sections of work.

2. Interior wall joints not specified to be sealed in other Sections of work, including caulking to fill between architectural woodwork and any wall, floor and/or ceiling imperfections.

3. Control and expansion joints in walls.

4. Joints at wall penetrations.

5. Joints between items of equipment and other construction.

6. All other joints required to be sealed to provide a positive barrier against penetration of air and moisture.


A. Roofing - Division 7.

B. Firestops and Smokeseals - Section 078413.

C. Glazing sealants - Section 088000.

D. Sealant within drywall construction - Section 092900.

E. Sealant at tile work - Section 093013.

F. Sealant at paving - Division 32.


A. Qualification of Installers: Use only personnel who are thoroughly familiar, skilled and specially trained in the techniques of sealant work, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the sealant manufacturer.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Pre-Construction Field Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to project joint substrates according to the method in ASTM C 794 and C 1521 that is appropriate for the types of Project joints.

C. Perform testing per ASTM C 1248 on interior and exterior sealants to determine if sealants or primers will stain adjacent surfaces. No sealant work shall start until results of these tests have been submitted to the Architect and he has given his written approval to proceed with the work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing all joint conditions, indicating relation of adjacent materials, all sealant materials (sealant, bond breakers, backing, primers, etc.), and method of installation.

1. Submit joint sizing calculations certifying that movement capability of sealant is not being exceeded.

B. Samples: Submit the following:

1. Color samples of sealants, submit physical samples (not color chart).

2. Sealant bond breaker and joint backing.

C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for:

1. Sealant materials, indicating that material meets standards specified herein.

2. Backing rods.

D. Submit manufacturer's certification as required by Article 1.6 herein.

E. Submit results of testing required in Article 1.4 herein.

1.6 MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION

A. Contractor shall require sealant manufacturer to review the Project joint conditions and details for this Section of the work. Contractor shall submit to the Architect written certification from the sealant manufacturer that joints are of the proper size and design, that the materials supplied are compatible with adjacent materials and backing, that the materials will properly perform to provide permanent watertight, airtight or vaportight seals (as applicable), and that materials supplied meet specified performance requirements.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

A. Temperature: Install all work of this Section when air temperature is above forty (40) degrees F. and below eighty (80) degrees F., unless manufacturer submits written instructions permitting sealant use outside of this temperature range.

B. Moisture: Do not apply work of this Section on surfaces which are wet, damp, or have frost.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section, before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary.

C. Storage

1. Store sealant materials and equipment under conditions recommended by their manufacturer.

2. Do not use materials stored for a period of time exceeding the maximum recommended shelf life of the material.

3. Material shall be stored in unopened containers with manufacturers’ name, batch number and date when shelf life expires.

1.9 GUARANTEE

A. Provide a written, notarized guarantee from the manufacturer stating that the applied sealants shall show no material failure for a period of ten (10) years.

B. Contractor to provide a written, notarized, guarantee stating that the applied sealants shall show no failure due to improper installation for a period of five (5) years.

C. Guarantee shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and executed by an authorized individual.

D. Include in guarantee provision, agreement to repair and/or replace, at Contractor's expense, sealant defects which develop during guarantee period, because of faulty labor and/or materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SEALANT MATERIALS

A. Exterior Wall Sealant: Provide one (1) part non-sag sealant equal to No. 790 or 795 made by Dow Corning, "Silpruf SCS 2000" or "LM SCS 2700" made by G.E., "Spectrem 1" or "Spectrem 3" made by Tremco, "Sonolastic 150" made by Sonneborn, or "Sikasil WS-295" or "Sikasil WS-290" made by Sika; conforming to the minimum standards of ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50.

B. Interior Paintable Sealant: Provide a one (1) part acrylic based sealant conforming to ASTM C 834, equal to "AC-20+ Silicone" made by Pecora or equivalent product made by Tremco, Sonneborn, or approved equal.

C. Colors: Colors selected from manufacturer's standard selection.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Back-Up Materials: Provide back-up materials and preformed joint fillers, non-staining, non-absorbent, compatible with sealant and primer, and of a resilient nature, equal to "HBR" made by Nomaco Inc. or approved equal, twenty-five (25) percent wider than joint width. Materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or similar materials shall not be used. Provide back-up materials only as recommended by sealant manufacturer in writing.

B. Provide bond breakers, where required, of polyethylene tape as recommended by manufacturer of sealant.

C. Provide primers recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each material to receive sealant. Note that each exterior joint must be primed prior to sealing.

D. Provide solvent, cleaning agents and other accessory materials as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

E. Materials shall be delivered to the job in sealed containers with manufacturer's original labels attached. Materials shall be used per manufacturer's printed instructions.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where joint sealers are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer and in accordance with ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions required by this Project where more stringent installation requirements are specified herein, such requirements shall apply.

B. Sample Section of Sealant

1. During sealant installation work in exterior wall, the manufacturer of sealant shall send his representative to the site, under whose supervision a section of the wall (used as "control section") shall be completed for purposes of determining performance characteristics of sealant in joints. Architect shall be informed of time and place of such installation of control section.

2. Control section shall be installed according to specification given herein and shall not be considered as acceptable until written acceptance is provided by the Architect.

3. Accepted control section shall be standard to which all other sealant work must conform.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Supervision: The Contractor shall submit to the Architect written certification from the sealant manufacturer that the applicators have been instructed in the proper application of their materials. The Contractor shall use only skilled and experienced workmen for installation of sealant.

D. Apply sealant under pressure with a hand or power actuated gun or other appropriate means. Gun shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints as detailed. Neatly point or tool joint to provide the contour as indicated on the drawings.

E. Preparation and Application

1. Thoroughly clean all joints, removing all foreign matter such as dust, oil, grease, water, surface dirt and frost. Sealant must be applied to the base surface. Previously applied film must be entirely removed.

2. Stone, masonry and concrete surfaces to receive sealant shall be cleaned where necessary by grinding, water blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or combination of these methods as required to provide a clean, sound base surface for sealant adhesion.

a. Do not use any acid or other material which might stain surfaces. b. Remove laitance by grinding or mechanical abrading. c. Remove loose particles present or resulting from grinding, abrading, or blast

cleaning by blowing out joints with compressed air, oil and water free, or vacuuming joints prior to application of primer or sealant.

3. Clean non-porous surfaces such as metal and glass chemically. Remove

protective coatings on metallic surfaces by solvent that leaves no residue and is compatible with sealant. Use solvent and wipe dry with clean, dry lint free paper towels. Do not allow solvent to air dry without wiping. Clean joint areas protected with masking tape or strippable films as above after removal of tape film.

4. Do not seal joints until they are in compliance with drawings, or meet with the control section standard.

5. Joint Size and Sealant Size: Joints to receive sealant shall be at least 1/4" wide. In joint 1/4" to 3/8" wide, sealant shall be 1/4" deep. In joints wider than 3/8" and up to 1" wide, sealant depth shall be one half the joint width. For joints wider than 1", sealant depth shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Depth of joint is defined as distance from outside face of joint to closest point of the filler.

6. Primer: Thoroughly clean joints and apply primer to all surfaces that will receive sealant. Apply primer on clean, dry surfaces, and prior to installation of joint backing. Completely wet both inner faces of the joint with primer. Mask adjacent surfaces of joint with non-staining masking tape prior to priming. Apply primer with clean brush and only when temperature is above 45 deg. F.

7. Joint Backing: In joints where depth of joint exceeds required depth of sealant, install joint backing (after primer is dry) in joints to provide backing and proper joint shape for sealant. Proper shape for sealant is a very slight "hourglass" shape, with back and front face having slight concave curvature. Use special blunt T-shaped tool or roller to install joint backing to the proper and uniform depth




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

required for the sealant. Joint backing shall be installed with approximately twenty-five (25) percent compressions. Do not stretch, twist, braid, puncture, or tear joint backing. Butt joint backing at intersections.

8. Bond Breaker: Install bond breaker smoothly over joint backing so that sealant adheres only to the sides of the joint and not backing.

9. Sealant Application: Apply sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's application manual and manufacturer's instructions, using hand guns or pressure equipment, on clean, dry, properly prepared substrates, completely filling joints to eliminate air pockets and voids. Mask adjacent surfaces of joint with non-staining masking tape. Force sealant into joint in front of the tip of the "caulking gun" (not pulled after it) and force sealant against sides to make uniform contact with sides of joint and to prevent entrapped air or pulling of sealant off of sides. Fill sealant space solid with sealant.

10. Tooling: Tool exposed joints to form smooth and uniform beds, with slightly concave surface conforming to joint configuration per Figure 4A in ASTM C 1193. Finished joints shall be straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling of sealant and before sealant face starts to "skin" over. Neatly remove any excess sealant from adjacent surfaces of joint, leaving the work in a neat, clean condition.

11. Replace sealant which is damaged during construction process.

END OF SECTION

DOOR HARDWARE SETS Section 080671 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

MATERIALS TO BE FURNISHED IN ACCORDANCE TO PREMIER/ASSA ABLOY GPO CONTRACT #PP-FA-663

SECTION 080671 – DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section references specification sections relating to commercial door hardware for the following:

1. Swinging doors. 2. Sliding Doors. 3. Other doors to the extent indicated.

B. Commercial door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Electromechanical and access control door hardware. 3. Electromechanical and access control door hardware power supplies, back-ups and surge

protection. 4. Automatic operators. 5. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section “Cash Allowances”. 2. Division 01 Section “Product Allowances”. 3. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Doors and Frames”. 4. Division 08 Sections “Flush and Clad Wood Doors”. 5. Division 08 Section “Stile and Rail Wood Doors”. 6. Division 08 Section “Integrated Door Opening Assemblies”. 7. Division 08 Section “All-Glass Entrances”. 8. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. 9. Division 08 Section “Access Control Hardware”.

D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments.

E. Standards: Reference Related Sections for requirements regarding compliance with applicable industry standards.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes.

B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.

1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."

2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission.

3. Content: Include the following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans

and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials.

4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Keying Schedule: Prepared under the supervision of the Owner, separate schedule detailing final keying instructions for locksets and cylinders in writing. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner to approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders.

D. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency.

E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals. The manual to include the name, address, and contact information of the manufacturers providing the hardware and their nearest service representatives. The final copies delivered after completion of the installation test to include "as built" modifications made during installation, checkout, and acceptance.

F. Warranties and Maintenance: Special warranties and maintenance agreements specified in the Related Sections.


A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum [5] years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance.

B. Installer Qualifications: Installers, trained by the primary product manufacturers, with a minimum [3] years documented experience installing both standard and electrified builders hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum [5] years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor in good standing by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of Door Hardware specified in the Related Sections from a single source, qualified supplier unless otherwise indicated.

E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with NFPA 70, NFPA 80, NFPA 101 and ANSI A117.1 requirements and guidelines as directed in the applicable model building code.

F. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s),




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization.

B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.

C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference".

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements.

B. Door and Frame Preparation: Division 08 Sections (Steel, Aluminum and Wood) doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. Refer to “PART 3 – EXECUTION” for required specification sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DOOR HARDWARE SETS

A. The door hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality.

B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option for the appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.

C. Products listed in the hardware sets shall be supplied by and in accordance with the requirements described in the specification section as noted for each item.

1. Section 01 21 13 – Cash Allowances. 2. Section 01 21 26 – Product Allowances. 3. Section 08 41 26 – All Glass Entrances. 4. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 5. Section 28 15 00 – Campus Access Control Hardware Devices. 6. Section 28 15 00 – Access Control Hardware Devices. 7. Section 28 15 10 – Multi-Family Access Control.

D. Materials to be furnished in accordance to Premier/ASSA ABLOY GPO Contract #PP-FA-663.

E. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations: 1. MK - McKinney

2. PE - Pemko

3. GS - ASSA ABLOY Glass Solutions

4. OT - OTHER

5. RF - Rixson

6. RO - Rockwood

7. SA - Sargent




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

8. SU - Securitron

9. BE - dormakaba Best

10. NO – Norton 11. LN - Locknetics 12. VD – Von Duprin

Hardware Sets

Set: 1.0

Doors: 300I

1 Pivot Set PV-370 US26D GS 084126

1 Patch Fittings as required OT

1 Magnetic Lock M380BDX 628 SU 087100 �

1 Door Pull RM3301-48 US32D RO 087100

1 Concealed Closer OHC-609-NHO GS 084126

1 Door Stop RM861/RM855 US26D RO 087100

1 Card Reader by others �

1 Power Supply AQD4-8C8R2 SU 087100 �

1 Sign RM1110H (PUSH) US32D RO 087100

1 Sign RM1110L (PULL) US32D RO 087100

1 Wiring Diagrams elevation and point-to-point (as required)

Notes: • Opening(s) normally closed and locked. • Use of valid credential to de-energize magnetic lock to allow entry. • Free egress always allowed from interior via motion sensor in magnetic lock. • Opening is fail-safe; magnetic lock will de-energize with loss of power. • Coordinate amperage for all openings and consolidate the number power supplies as able.

Set: 1.1

Doors: 300CL2, 300F








KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Set: 1.2

Doors: 300B, 300C, 300D, 300E



1 Deadbolt PF-DBLOCK-BC US32D GS 084126

1 Strike PF-DBSTRIKE-BC US32D GS 084126

1 Cylinder as required 626 BE 087100



1 Sign RM1110H (PUSH) US32D RO 087100

1 Sign RM1110L (PULL) US32D RO 087100

Set: 2.0

Doors: 204A, 204B, 206A, 206B

3 Hinge (heavy weight) T4A3786 US26D MK 087100

1 Exit Device (classroom) (12) 8813 ETP US32D SA 087100


1 Surface Closer (P/PRO)7500 M 689 NO 087100

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" 4BE CSK US32D RO 087100


1 Gasketing S44BL (rated openings only) PE 087100

3 Silencer 608 (at non rated openings) RO 087100

Set: 3.0

Doors: 300L


2 Exit Device (passage) (12) NB8715 ETP US32D SA 087100






Set: 4.0




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Doors: 200A, 200B, 200C, 200D, 200E, 200F, 200G, 200H, 200I, 201B, 201C, 201D, 201E, 208B, 208C, 208D, 209A, 300D1, 301A, 301B, 301C, 301D, 301F, 304A, 306B, 308A, 308B, 308E, 308F, 308G, 309A, 309B, 309C, 309D, 309E, 309G

3 Hinge TA2714 US26D MK 087100

1 Office Lock 10G05 GP US26D SA 087100




Set: 5.0

Doors: 200J


1 Flush Bolt (set) 2842/2942 US26D RO 087100

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO 087100

2 Classroom Lock 10G37 GP US26D SA 087100


1 Coordinator 2600 TORX Black RO 087100






Set: 5.1

Doors: 300


1 Hinge TA2714 FT QC US26D MK 087100 �

1 Flush Bolt (set) 2842/2942 US26D RO 087100

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO 087100

1 Fail Secure Lock RX 10G71-24V GP US26D SA 087100 �


1 Coordinator 2600 TORX Black RO 087100







KSS Project # 2017 - 22519



2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (as needed) MK 087100 �


1 Position Switch DPS2-M/W-BK SU 087100 �



Notes: • Opening(s) normally closed and locked. • Use of valid credential to unlock lever trim to allow entry. • Lockset is fail-secure; will remain locked without power. • Free egress always allowed from interior. • Coordinate amperage for all openings and consolidate the number power supplies as able.

Set: 5.2

Doors: 300A


1 Hinge TA2714 FT QC US26D MK 087100 �

1 Fail Secure Lock RX 10G71-24V GP US26D SA 087100 �







2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C (as needed) MK 087100 �


1 Position Switch DPS2-M/W-BK SU 087100 �



Notes: • Opening(s) normally closed and locked. • Use of valid credential to unlock lever trim to allow entry. • Lockset is fail-secure; will remain locked without power. • Free egress always allowed from interior.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

• Coordinate amperage for all openings and consolidate the number power supplies as able.

Set: 6.0

Doors: 209C, 300H, 300J, 301G, 308C, 309F






3 Silencer 608 RO 087100

Set: 7.0

Doors: 301H, 306









Set: 8.0


1 Privacy Lock 10U65 GP US26D SA 087100



1 Coat Hook RM802 US26D RO 087100

Set: 9.0

Doors: 201A, 208A, 209B, 300G, 301E, 304B, 306A, 308D


1 Passage Latch 10U15 GP US26D SA 087100





KSS Project # 2017 - 22519



Set: 10.0



1 Push Plate RM1030H US32D RO 087100





Set: 11.0

Doors: 300CL1

1 Sliding Door Hdwe HF2/100A PE 087100

1 Knob 841 US26D RO 087100

Set: 12.0

Doors: EX103, 401

1 Electric Strike CS750 Cylindrical Strike-3/4” latch

LN �

1 Card Reader By others �

1 Magnetic Door Position Switch By others �

1 Request to Exit Motion Device By Others �



Set: 13.0 Double door




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Doors: S4.0

2 Rim Exit Device Model 99 Rim Exit Device with Quiet Electric Latch Retraction (QEL)

VD �

2 NL Trim Pulls NL Trim pulls (990NL-R/V in US26F finish)

VD

2 Rim Housings 7-pin SFIC rim housings BE



2 Magnetic Door Position Switch

By others �

2 Request to exit switch 3’ Width in finish US26D �



Each leaf to have existing exit device and exterior pulls removed, patched, sanded and repainted. The door and frame (on both leaves) should be prepped for EPT-10 Electric Power Transfers A pathway through each leaf should be bored from each EPT location to each tailpiece of the new exit devices to allow for cable management.

Set: 14.0

Doors: 350A

1 Mortise Lever Set MDS100 Mortise Strike-1” latch

LN �


1 Magnetic Door Position Switch

By others �


Steel Doors and Frames Section 081113 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 081113

STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the steel door and frame work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Interior and exterior hollow metal doors and frames for fire rated and unrated door openings.

2. Interior hollow metal vision panels.

3. Preparation of metal doors and frames to receive finish hardware, including reinforcements, drilling and tapping, as necessary.

4. Preparation of hollow metal doors to receive glazing where required.

5. Steel louvers for hollow metal doors.

6. Furnishing anchors for building into masonry and drywall.

7. Factory prime painting of work of this Section.


A. Unit Masonry - Section 042000.

B. Carpentry - Section 062000, for installation of doors and frames.

C. Wood Doors - Section 081416.

D. Finish Hardware - Section 087100.

E. Glass and Glazing - Section 088000.

F. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900.

G. Painting and Finishing - Section 099000.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label compliance, compliance with standards referenced herein, sound and fire-resistance ratings, and finishes for each type of door and frame specified.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, reinforcement for surface applied hardware, dimensions of profiles and hardware preparation, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessories.

C. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.

1. Coordinate glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements.

D. Oversize Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies, submit certification of a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that each door and frame assembly has been constructed to comply with design, materials, and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing custom steel doors and frames similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain custom steel doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer.

D. Fire-Rated Door and Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated.

1. Test Pressure: Test according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. After 5 minutes into the test, the neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40" or less above the sill.

2. Oversize Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide certification by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that doors comply with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire-protection-rated door assemblies except for size.

3. Temperature-Rise Rating: At exit enclosures, provide doors that have a temperature-rise rating as required by prevailing Building Code in 30 minutes of fire exposure.

E. Smoke-Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105 or UL 1784.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. Deliver doors and frames palleted, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.

B. Inspect doors and frames, on delivery, for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are approved by Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.

C. Store doors and frames under cover at building site. Conform to the requirements of ANSI A 250-11-2001 for site storage unless more stringent requirements are noted herein. Place units on minimum 4-inch high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4-inch spaces between stacked doors to permit air circulation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 FABRICATION - GENERAL

A. Fabricate hollow metal units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. Metallic filler to conceal manufacturing defects is not acceptable.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips or Jackson heads for exposed screws and bolts.

C. Prepare hollow metal units to receive finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in accordance with Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware suppliers. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware."

D. Locate finish hardware as shown on final shop drawings in accordance with locations noted herein.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide products manufactured by Steelcraft, Curries, Ceco Door Products, or approved equal meeting these specifications.

2.3 FRAMES

A. Materials

1. Frames for exterior openings shall be made of commercial grade cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A 1008, Type B not less than 14 ga., and shall have a hot dipped galvannealed coating conforming to ASTM A 924 and A 653 with A60 coating. The zinc-alloy coating shall be a dull matte surface treated for paint adhesion.

2. Frames for interior openings shall be either commercial grade cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A 1008, Type B or commercial grade hot-rolled steel




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

conforming to ASTM A 1011, Commercial Steel, Type B. Metal thickness shall be not less than sixteen (16) ga. for frames in openings 4'-0" or less in width; not less than fourteen (14) ga. for frames in openings over 4'-0" in width.

B. Design and Construction

1. All frames shall be welded units with integral trim, of the sizes and shapes shown on approved shop drawings. Unless otherwise noted, knock-down frames will only be accepted in drywall assemblies that have the drywall panels in place prior to installing the door frame.

a. Where knock-down frames are scheduled (at drywall), corners shall be mitered and reinforced with a wedge lock corner clip to provide a firm interlock of jambs to head.

2. All finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance, square, true and

free of defects, warp or buckle. Molded members shall be clean cut, straight and of uniform profile throughout their lengths.

3. Jamb depths, trim, profile and backbends shall be as shown on drawings.

a. Frames at drywall partitions shall be formed with double return backbends to prevent cutting into drywall surface.

4. Welded frames shall have corners mitered and reinforced and faces of welded

frames shall be continuously back welded full depth and width of frame conforming to NAAMM Standard HMMA-820; face joints shall be hairline.

5. Minimum depth of stops shall be 5/8".

6. Frames for multiple or special openings shall have mullion and/or rail members which are closed tubular shapes having no visible seams or joints. All joints between faces of abutting members shall be securely welded and finished smooth.

a. Mullions shall have 16 ga. internal steel stiffeners welded not less than 4" o.c.

7. Hardware Reinforcements

a. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully-templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface-mounted hardware is to be applied, frames shall have reinforcing plates.

b. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: 1). Hinge and pivot reinforcements - seven (7) ga., 1-1/4" x 10"

minimum size. 2). Strike reinforcements - twelve (12) gauge 3). Flush bolt reinforcements - twelve (12) gauge 4). Closer reinforcements - twelve (12) gauge 5). Reinforcements for surface mounted hardware - twelve (12) gauge.

8. Floor Anchors




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Provide adjustable floor anchors, providing not less than two (2) inch height adjustment.

b. Minimum thickness of floor anchors shall be fourteen (14) gauge.

9. Jamb Anchors

a. Frames for installation in masonry walls shall be provided with adjustable jamb anchors of the wire type. Anchors shall be not less than 0.156" diameter steel wire. The number of anchors provided on each jamb shall be as follows: 1). Frames up to 7'-6" height - three (3) anchors. 2). Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - four (4) anchors. 3). Frames over 8'-0" height - one (1) anchor for each 2'-0" or fraction

thereof in height. b. Frames for installation in stud partitions shall be provided with steel anchors

of suitable design, not less than eighteen (18) gauge thickness, securely welded inside each jamb as follows: 1). Frames up to 7'-6" height - four (4) anchors. 2). Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - five (5) anchors. 3). Frames over 8'-0" height - five (5) anchors plus one additional for

each 2'-0" or fraction thereof over 8'-0". c. Knock-down frames for installation in stud partitions that have drywall panels

in place prior to installation of door frames shall have compression anchors at each jamb placed 4" below head of frame and attached to steel stud, bottom of frame shall have 16 ga. adjustable steel clip anchors fastened to stud runner. 1). Where height of frame is 9'-0" or greater, provide two (2)

compression anchors at each jamb spaced 4" apart starting 4" below head of frame.

d. Frames to be anchored to previously placed concrete or masonry shall be provided with minimum 3/8" concealed bolts set into expansion shields or inserts at six (6) inches from top and bottom and twenty-four (24) inches o.c. Reinforce frames at anchor locations with sixteen (16) gauge sheet steel stiffeners welded to frame at each anchor.

10. Anchors in exterior frames and in masonry walls shall be hot dip galvanized per

ASTM A 153.

11. Frames for installation in masonry wall openings more than 4'-0" in width shall have an angle or channel stiffener factory welded into the head. Such stiffeners shall be not less than twelve (12) gauge steel and not longer than the opening width, and shall not be used as lintels or load bearing members.

12. Dust cover boxes (or mortar guards) of not thinner than twenty-six (26) gauge steel shall be provided at all hardware mortises on frames to be set in masonry or plaster partitions.

13. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 3/8" thick x 2" wide steel.

14. All frames shall be provided with a steel spreader temporarily attached to the feet of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

15. Loose glazing stops shall be of cold rolled steel, not less than twenty (20) gauge thickness, butted at corner joints and secured to the frame with countersunk cadmium-or zinc-plated screws. Interior frames may be provided with snap-on glazing stops.

16. Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive three (3) silencers on strike jambs of single door frames and two (2) silencers on heads of double-door frames.

C. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections shall be removed, and exposed faces of all welded joints shall be dressed smooth. Frames shall then be chemically treated to insure maximum paint adhesion and shall be coated on all surfaces with one coat of rust-inhibitive baked-on alkyd primer standard with the manufacturer which is fully cured before shipment to a dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

1. Frames set in masonry walls shall be grouted in as described in Section 042000, "Unit Masonry." These frames shall have surfaces in contact with grout shop coated with epoxy coating equal to Series 27 FC Typoxy made by Tnemec or approved equal spray applied at 4 to 6 mils, passing NFPA 101, Class A for smoke and flame spread, tested per ASTM E 84.

2.4 HOLLOW METAL DOORS

A. Materials: Doors shall be made of commercial quality, level, cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel, Type B and free of scale, pitting or other surface defects. Face sheets for interior doors shall be not less than eighteen (18) gauge. Face sheets for exterior doors shall be not less than sixteen (16) gauge and shall have a hot dipped galvannealed coating conforming to ASTM A 924 and A 653, A60 coating. The zinc alloy coating shall be a dull matte surface treated for paint adhesion.

B. Design and Construction

1. All doors shall be of the types and sizes shown on the approved shop drawings, and shall be fully welded seamless construction with no visible seams or joints on their faces or vertical edges. Minimum door thickness shall be 1-3/4".

2. All doors shall be strong, rigid and neat in appearance, free from warpage or buckles. Corner bends shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for the gauge of metal used.

3. Face sheets shall be stiffened by continuous vertical formed steel sections spanning the full thickness of the interior space between door faces. These stiffeners shall be not less than twenty two (22) gauge spaced not more than six (6) inches apart and securely attached to face sheets by spot welds not more than five (5) inches o.c. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound deadened and thermal insulated the full height of the door with an inorganic non-combustible batt type material.

4. Door faces shall be joined at their vertical edges by a continuous weld extending the full height of the door. All such welds shall be ground, filled and dressed smooth to make them invisible and provide a smooth flush surface.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

5. Top and bottom edges of all doors shall be closed with a continuous recessed steel channel not less than fourteen (14) gauge, extending the full width of the door and spot welded to both faces. Exterior doors shall have an additional flush closing channel at their top edges and, where required for attachment of weatherstripping, a flush closure also at their bottom edges. Openings shall be provided in the bottom closure of exterior doors to permit the escape of entrapped moisture.

6. Edge profiles shall be provided on both vertical edges of doors as follows:

a. Single-Acting Swing Doors: Beveled 1/8" in two (2) inches. b. Double-Acting Swing Doors: Rounded on 2-1/8" radius. c. No square edge doors permitted.

7. Hardware Reinforcements

a. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated hardware only in accord with the approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface-mounted hardware (or hardware, the interrelation of which is to be adjusted upon installation - such as top and bottom pivots, floor closers, etc.) is to be applied, doors shall have reinforcing plates.

b. Minimum gauges for hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: 1). Hinge and pivot reinforcement - seven (7) gauge. 2). Reinforcement for lock face, flush bolts, concealed holders,

concealed or surface mounted closers - twelve (12) gauge. 3). Reinforcements for all other surface mounted hardware - sixteen

(16) gauge.

8. Glass Moldings and Stops

a. Where specified or scheduled, doors shall be provided with hollow metal moldings to secure glazing by others in accordance with glass opening sizes shown on drawings.

b. Fixed moldings shall be securely welded to the door on the security side. c. Loose stops shall be not less than twenty (20) gauge steel, with mitered

corner joints, secured to the framed opening by cadmium or zinc-coated countersunk screws spaced eight (8) inches o.c. Snap-on attachments will not be permitted. Stops shall be flush with face of door.

9. Louvers shall be sixteen (16) gauge sheet steel, stationary type, closely spaced

inverted "V" blade design, flush with face sheets of door, integral with and welded to door. Fifty (50) percent free area, unless indicated otherwise on drawings.

C. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections shall be dressed, filled and sanded as required to make all faces and vertical edges smooth, level and free of all irregularities. Doors shall then be chemically treated to insure maximum paint adhesion and shall be coated, on all exposed surfaces, with manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive alkyd primer as specified for frames which shall be fully cured before shipment.

D. Flatness: Doors shall maintain a flatness tolerance of 1/16" maximum, in any direction, including in a diagonal direction.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.5 LABELED DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Labeled doors and frames shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection ratings as scheduled on drawings. Such doors and frames shall be labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories or other nationally recognized agency having a factory inspection service.

B. If any door or frame specified by the Architect to be fire-rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, size, hardware or any other reason, the Architect shall be so advised before fabricating work on that item is started.

2.6 HARDWARE LOCATIONS

A. The location of hardware on doors and frames shall be as noted in "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" of the Door Hardware Institute unless otherwise required by prevailing Handicapped Codes.

2.7 CLEARANCES

A. Fabricate doors and frames to meet edge clearances as follows:

1. Jambs and Head: 1/8" plus or minus 1/16".

2. Meeting Edges, Pairs of Doors: 1/8" plus or minus 1/16".

3. Bottom: 3/8" at threshold; 3/4" if no threshold.

B. Fire rated doors shall have clearances as required by NFPA 80.

2.8 MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES

A. Manufacturing tolerance shall be maintained within the limits given in HMMA 841 of ANSI/NAAMM, current edition.

2.9 PREPARATION FOR FINISH HARDWARE

A. Prepare door and frames to receive hardware:

1. Hardware supplier shall furnish hollow metal manufacturer approved hardware schedule, hardware templates, and samples of physical hardware where necessary to insure correct fitting and installation.

2. Preparation includes sinkages and cut-outs for mortise and concealed hardware.

B. Provide reinforcements for both concealed and surface applied hardware:

1. Drill and tap mortise reinforcements at factory, using templates.

2. Install reinforcements with concealed connections designed to develop full strength of reinforcements.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.10 REJECTION

A. Hollow metal frames or doors which are defective, have hardware cutouts of improper size or location, or which prevent proper installation of doors, hardware or work of other trades, shall be removed and replaced with new at no cost.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where steel doors and frames are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 062000 for installation procedures for all work of this Section.

END OF SECTION

Wood Doors Section 081416 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 081416

WOOD DOORS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the wood doors as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Solid core flush wood doors.

2. Fire rated flush wood doors.


A. Carpentry - Section 062000, for installation of wood doors.

B. Steel Doors and Frames - Section 081113, for hollow metal frames.

C. Finish Hardware - Section 087100.

D. Glass and Glazing - Section 088000.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions for each type of wood door.

1. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings.

2. Include factory finish specifications.

3. Include certifications to show compliance with specifications.

4. Include certification to show compliance with AWI and WDMA requirements specified herein.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for finishing and other pertinent data.

1. Include requirements for veneer matching.

C. Submit samples of factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work.


A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer.

B. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated"; latest edition "Premium" grade and WDMA "Extra Heavy Duty" Performance Level.

1. Only manufacturers that are certified and listed by AWI to be QCP qualified are acceptable for this project.

2. Provide letter of licensing for Project indicating that doors comply with requirements of grade specified.

C. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with Category A, Positive Pressure or Neutral Pressure testing standards per UBC 7-2-1997 and UL 10-C (UBC 7-2-1994 and UL 10B) that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated on Door Schedule, based on testing according to NFPA 252.

1. Conform to prevailing Code requirements to determine which pressure standard (Positive or Neutral) is required.


A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons.

C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.


A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) in excess of permitted standard noted in Article 2.3 herein, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers.

1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors.

2. Warranty shall be in effect for the life of the installation starting from date of Substantial Completion.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOORS

A. Provide AWI PC-5 Premium Grade hot pressed 5-ply solid core particleboard doors, 1-3/4" thick, conforming to standards specified herein. Subject to meeting standards specified herein, the following manufacturers are acceptable: Marshfield Door Systems, Inc., Algoma Hardwoods Inc., or Eggers Industries.

1. Core shall consist of a formed flat panel consisting of wood particles bonded together with synthetic resins or other added binder, with an average density of 30 to 32 lbs. per cubic foot. The material shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI A208.1, Grade 1-LD-2 covering mat formed particleboard with face screw holding of 124 lbs., modulus of rupture of minimum 700 psi and modulus of elasticity of not less than 148,000 psi.

2. Core shall be capable of satisfying this WDMA TM-7 cycle slam test for 1 million slams for surface mounted hardware. Where the manufacturer's core does not meet this criterion, stiles and rails must measure a minimum of 5-1/2" and must be fabricated of hardwood.

a. Surface mounted hardware must be installed with minimum 1-1/4" screw penetrations using threaded to the head screws; coordinate with Section 087100.

B. Cross Bands: Shall be 1/16" thick hardwood extending full width of door and laid with

grain at right angles to face veneers. Cross bands and faces shall be laminated to the core with Type I MF or PVA glue.

C. Stiles, Rails: Stile and rail shall be a minimum of 1-3/8" solid hardwood or structural composite lumber (after trimming) laminated to the core. Stiles and rails must be securely glued to the core with no voids allowed. Stiles and rails must be capable of screw holding of 550 lbs. per WDMA TM-10.

D. Transparent Finish: Finish in the shop with clear satin catalyzed polyurethane finish conforming to AWI System "Catalyzed Polyurethane Transparent."

1. Doors with transparent finish to have center balanced, book matched, plain sliced, Select Black Walnut veneer 600-9, 13 (#). Veneer to conform to AWI, "AA" grade veneer with 3" wide leaf. Minimum veneer thickness shall be not less than 1/50" after sanding.

2. Veneers shall be continuous or end matched at transoms.

E. Where glass lites are noted, factory cut openings. Trim openings with solid hardwood moldings of same type of wood as face veneer. Lite openings in 20 minute rated doors shall have manufacturer's 20 minute approved hardwood system.

F. Doors shall have hinge-loading capacity of 500 lbs. per WDMA TM-8.

G. Vertical door edge must be capable of screw holding of 550 lbs. per WDMA TM-10; horizontal door edge must be capable of screw holding of 400 lbs. per WDMA TM-10.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

H. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Provide mineral core 1-3/4" thick solid core wood doors conforming to standards specified herein, manufactured by one of the manufacturers noted above. Stile construction on both stiles shall conform to the following:

1. Stile edge screw withdrawals when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1037-78 shall exceed 650 lbs. This applies to both stiles.

2. Stile edge split resistance when tested in accordance with ASTM D 143-52 (78) Modified must exceed 950 lbs. This applies to both stiles.

3. Door to have face finish as specified above.

a. Where the core is free of urea formaldehyde, provide a layer of veneer over the substrate prior to application of finish veneer to prevent telegraphing of patterns from the adhesive.

4. Blocking: For surface mounted hardware only, provide composite blocking

designed to maintain fire resistance of door but with improved screw-holding capability of same thickness as core and with minimum dimensions as follows:

a. 5-inch top rail blocking. b. 5-inch bottom rail blocking. c. 1 – 5" x 18" lock block at cylinder or mortise locksets. d. 2 – 5" x 18" lock blocks at exit devices.

5. Pairs: Provide fire-rated pairs with fire-retardant stiles that are labeled and listed

for kinds of applications indicated without formed-steel edges and astragals.

2.2 FABRICATION

A. Prefit and premachine wood doors at the factory.

B. Comply with the tolerance requirements specified herein. Machine doors for hardware requiring cutting of doors. Comply with final hardware scheduled and door frame shop drawings, and with hardware templates and other essential information required to ensure proper fit of doors and hardware.

C. Take accurate field measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with machining in the factory.

D. Doors shall be factory sized to door opening so that trimming and fitting are not required in the field.

E. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances unless otherwise indicated.

1. Three degree bevel or bevel to suit frame sizes indicated, with 3/16" prefit in width, +0/-1/32" tolerances. Prefit top of door 1/8" + 1/16"/-0" and undercut as required by floor condition. Undercut shall not exceed 1/8" from bottom of door to top of finished floor; where threshold occurs undercut shall not exceed 1/8" from bottom of door to top of threshold.

2. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

F. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3 unless otherwise noted. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates.

1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining.

2. Provide concealed intumescent seals at fire-rated pairs of doors meeting the requirements of U.L. 10 C.

G. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kinds of doors required.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Once doors are installed, maximum allowable warp, bow, cut or twist in doors shall be 1/16" as measured by the 1/16 inch feeler gauge and a straight-edge extending from corner to corner of the door face at stiles, top and bottom rails and along both diagonals.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 062000 for installation of wood doors.

END OF SECTION

Access Doors Section 083113 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 083113

ACCESS DOORS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the access doors as indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Frameless recessed panel access doors at drywall ceilings and walls.

2. Framed flush panel access doors at tile walls.

3. Provide access doors and frames for access from occupied spaces to the following, where indicated or required, and as directed by the trades of Divisions 23 and 26.

a. All shutoff or balancing valves. b. Fire dampers, as required. c. Points of duct access. d. Pull boxes. e. Controls of mechanical and electrical items. f. Masonry shafts for pipes and conduits, as required. g. Pipe spaces, if required. h. Inlets of fans. i. Fusible link and splitter damper at filter bank. j. Automatic damper and motor. k. Equipment not otherwise accessible.


A. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900.

B. Ceramic Tiling - Section 093013.

C. Valves and connections - Division 23.


A. For actual installation of the work of this Section, use only personnel who are thoroughly familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation and who are completely trained in the skills required.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown, or for construction where access doors are installed, provide required access door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge and latch from manufacturers listed in Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. "Classified Building Materials Index" for the rating shown.

1. Provide UL label on each access panel.

2. Provide flush, key operated cylinder lock.

C. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units which may vary slightly from sizes shown or scheduled.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Before any materials of this Section are delivered to the job site, submit complete manufacturer's literature to the Architect. Submit plans and schedules showing size and location of each and every access door for Architect's acceptance prior to installation.


A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.


PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION

A. Provide access door assembly manufactured by Milcor Inc, or equal made by Nystrom Inc., Karp Associates, Inc. or approved equal. Assembly shall be an integral unit complete with all parts and ready for installation.

B. Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Provide attachment devices and fasteners of the type required to secure access panels to the types of supports shown.

C. Frames for Tile Wall Only (Flush Panel Units): Fabricate frame from sixteen (16) gauge steel. Provide frame with exposed flange not less than one (1) inch wide around perimeter of frame for exposed masonry and tile finishes.

D. Frameless Units for Drywall Surfaces (Recessed Panel Units): Provide access doors without exposed frames for drywall adhered to recessed panel.

E. Panels: Fabricate from fourteen (14) gauge steel, with concealed spring hinges set to open to 175 degrees. Provide removable pin type hinges of the quantity required to support the access panel sizes used in the work. Finish with manufacturer's factory applied baked enamel prime coat applied over phosphate protective coating on steel.

F. Locking Devices




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. For non-rated access doors, provide flush, screwdriver operated cam locks of number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed.

2. For fire rated doors, provide locks as described in paragraph 1.04, B. herein.

G. Inserts and Anchorage: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into masonry for the installation of access panels. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where access doors are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate all work with the mechanical trades to insure proper locations and in a timely manner to permit orderly progress of the total work.

B. Set frames accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb or level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces.

C. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.

D. Remove and replace panels or frames which are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.

END OF SECTION

Fire Rated Glass, Framing and Door Systems Section 084123 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 084123

FIRE RATED GLASS, FRAMING AND DOOR SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the fire rated glass, framing, window and door systems as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.


A. Door Hardware - Section 087100.

B. Glass and Glazing - Section 088000.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM E 119: Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

2. ASTM E 152: Methods for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

3. ASTM E 163: Methods for Fire Tests of Window Assemblies.

B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

1. NFPA 80: Fire Doors and Windows.

2. NFPA 251: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials

3. NFPA 252: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

4. NFPA 257: Fire Test of Window Assemblies

C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. UL 9: Fire Tests of Window Assemblies

2. UL 10 B: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

3. UL 263: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials

4. UL 10 C: Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window and Door Assemblies




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

1. ANSI Z97.1: Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings

E. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC):

1. CPSC 16 CFR 1201: Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials

1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Duration of Fire Rating - System: Capable of providing a fire rating for 60 minutes unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by UL, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. Assemblies must be factory-welded or come complete with factory-installed mechanical joints and must not require job site fabrication.

C. Fire-Rated Window Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by UL, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257. Assemblies must be factory-welded or come complete with factory-installed mechanical joints and must not require job site fabrication.

D. Listings and Labels - Fire Rated Assemblies: Under current follow-up service by Underwriter Laboratory maintaining a current listing or certification. Label assemblies accordance with limits of manufacturer’s listing.

E. Fire Rating: Fire rating listed and labeled by UL for fire rating scheduled at opening locations on drawings, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 and UL 263.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Show doors, frames, hardware and steel frame components as shown on plans, elevations, details, and schedules.

1. Obtain Architect's approval before fabrication.

B. Samples: Submit in the form of 12-inch square samples for glass and of 12-inch long samples for framing and sealants. Install sealant samples between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system.

1. Provide color and gloss to match Architect’s samples.

C. Glazing Schedule: Use same designations indicated on drawings for glazed openings in preparing a schedule listing glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location.

D. Technical Information: Submit latest edition of manufacturer's product data providing product descriptions, technical data and installation instructions.

E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in installations with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 and 257.

C. Certification - Fire-Rated Assemblies: Signed by manufacturers of glass and glazing products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements.

1. An approved independent testing laboratory equal to UL shall conduct fire test.

D. Listings and Labels - Fire Rated Assemblies: Under current follow-up service by an approved independent agency maintaining a current listing or certification. Label assemblies accordance with limits of manufacturer's listing.


A. Deliver, store and handle under provisions specified by manufacturer. For details on storage and product handling, please contact Technical Glass Products and request information on storage and product handling.

B. Deliver materials to specified destination in manufacturer or distributor's packaging undamaged, complete with installation instructions.

C. Store off ground, under cover, protected from weather and construction activities.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Provide system supplier's limited five-year warranty.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturer Fire Rated Glass Material: "Pilkington Pyrostop" 60-minute glass, as indicated, as manufactured by the Pilkington Group and distributed by Technical Glass Products, 8107 Bracken Place SE, Snoqualmie, WA 98065; (800-426-0279), or approved equal.

1. Refer to drawings and door schedule for required ratings and locations.

B. Interior Door Frame System, 45-Minute: “Fireframes® Designer Series” fire-rated steel frame system as manufactured supplied by Technical Glass Products, 8107 Bracken Place SE, Snoqualmie, WA 98065; (800-426-0279), or approved equal.

2.2 MATERIALS - GLASS

A. Fire Rated Glazing: Composed of multiple sheets of Pilkington Optiwhite high visible light transmission glass laminated with an intumescent interlayer. Glass shall comply with ANSI Z97.1 Category I and II.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Thickness: As required for fire rating indicated.

2.3 MATERIALS - ALUMINUM FRAMING

A. Aluminum Framing System: Manufacturer's 60-minute interior framing system specified.

1. Steel Frame: Steel framing members made of two halves, nom. 1.9" wide with a nom. minimum depth of 1.38" with lengths cut according to glazing size.

2. Aluminum Trim: Supplied with the steel framing members. Nom. 2" wide with a nom. depth of 1.54" with lengths cut according to glazing size.

3. Stainless Steel Standoffs: Supplied with the steel framing members. Nom 5/16" diameter with a nom. minimum depth of 1-1/8" with depth adjusted to match Pilkington Pyrostop panel thickness.

4. Stainless Steel Moment and Connecting Braces: Supplied with the steel framing members. Nom. 3/8" thick with a nom. minimum depth of 1-1/8" with depth adjusted to match Pilkington Pyrostop panel thickness.

5. Framing Member Fasteners: Supplied with the steel framing members. Screws are M6 x16mm Button Head Socket Cap Screws for frame assembly and #6 x 1" Pan Head Sheet Metal Screws for door installation.

6. Glazing Gasket: Supplied with the steel framing members. Nom. ¾" by 3/16" black applied to the steel framing members to cushion and seal the glazing material when installed.

2.4 FIRE RATED GLASS DOORS

A. Provide fire rated glass doors with 60-minute frames and glass (3/16"). Basis of Design: TGP Fireframes Designer Series.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Furnish frame assemblies pre-welded when possible. Splice frames too large for shop fabrication or shipping. Fit with suitable fasteners.

B. Field glaze frame assemblies.

C. Fabrication Dimensions: Fabricate fire rated assembly to approved dimensions. Guarantee dimensions where practicable within required tolerance.

D. Obtain approved shop drawings prior to fabrication.

2.6 ALUMINUM FINISH

A. High-Performance Organic Finish (2-Coat Fluoropolymer): AA-C12C40R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: conversion coating; Organic Coating: manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with AAMA 2605 and with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Custom color selected by Architect.

2.7 DOOR HARDWARE

A. Coordinate hardware in wood doors by others with fire rated frames. Basis of design: TGP Designer Series.

B. Furnish hardware with 45-minute fire door by the manufacturer.

C. Select hardware from door manufacturer's standard recommended and approved hardware groups as specified in Division 8 Section - Door Hardware.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and members to which the work of this section attaches or adjoins prior to frame installation.

B. Provide openings plumb, square and within allowable tolerances.

C. Notify Architect of any conditions which jeopardize the integrity of the proposed fire rated entrance system. Do not proceed until such conditions are corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install systems by a specialty subcontractor with appropriate experience qualifications; and in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings. Employ experienced mechanics familiar with this type of specialized work.

B. Install fire safing/firestopping at edges of system.

C. Install glazing in strict accordance with respective glazing material manufacturer's specifications. Field cutting or tampering is not permissible.

D. Install door hardware specified.

3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

A. Protect glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces.

B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer.

C. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Clean glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Clean glass as recommended by glass manufacturer.

END OF SECTION

All Glass Doors and Entrances Section 084228 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 084228

ALL GLASS DOORS AND ENTRANCES

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the all glass doors and entrances, as shown on the drawings, and/or specified herein, as needed for a complete and proper installation, including the following:

1. 1/2" thick clear tempered glass doors and entrances.

2. 3-1/2" full bottom rail, stainless steel.

3. Top center pivot hinge plate, stainless steel.

4. Top plate for mounting of electric lock clad in stainless steel.

5. 1" diameter push/pull bars.

6. Cylinder lock in bottom rail.

7. Recessed floor closer, center pivots, extruded aluminum saddle with removable section at closer.

8. Privacy film.


A. Revolving doors - Section 084233.

B. Finish hardware - Section 087100.

C. Custom stainless steel entrances and storefronts – Section 084314.


A. Qualifications of Installers: For actual installation of doors, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in installation of the selected products and who are completely familiar with the requirements of this work.

1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding loads indicated without structural failure, deflection exceeding specified limit, support components transferring stresses to glazing, and glazing-to-glazing or glazing-to-support contact as determined by structural analysis.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Structural Loads:

a. Wind Load: Per Code.

2. Deflection Normal to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span or ¾", whichever is smaller.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings; Show details of fabrication and installation, including the following:

1. Plans, elevations, and sections.

2. Details of fittings.

3. Hardware quantities, locations, and installation requirements.

4. Anchorages and reinforcement.

5. Glazing details.

C. Samples for Verification: Of size indicated below and of same thickness and material indicated for Work. Show the full range of color and texture variations expected.

1. Metal Finishes: 6-inch long sections of patch fittings, rails, and other items.

2. Glass: 6 inches square showing exposed-edge finish.





A. Field Measurements: Verify opening dimensions of all-glass entrances by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of all-glass entrances that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Structural failures.

2. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. Failure of operating components to function normally.

B. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide all glass doors manufactured by Blumcraft, Virginia Glass Products Corp. or Vistawall.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Clear Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent), Class 1 (clear) requirements. Provide products of thickness indicated that have been tested for surface and edge compression according to ASTM C 1048 and for impact strength according to CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201 for Category II materials.

1. Thickness: 1/2 inch.

2. Exposed Edges: Flat polished.

3. Corner Edges: Mitered.

4. Provide privacy film by 3M in locations noted.

B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 302 or Type 304; No. 4 finish.

2.3 COMPONENTS

A. Fittings: Provide fittings and accessories for all-glass entrances of configurations shown on drawings fabricated of stainless steel, minimum 12 ga.

B. Anchors and Fastenings: Manufacturer's standard concealed anchors and fastening.

C. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard sweep-type weather stripping.

2.4 HARDWARE

A. General: Heavy-duty hardware units indicated in sizes, numbers, and type recommended by manufacturer for all-glass entrances indicated. For exposed parts, match fitting metal and finish.

B. Closers: Center-hung, concealed floor closers complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 or Grade 2 requirements, including cases, bottom arms, top pivots, plates and accessories required for a complete installation, and as follows:

1. Swing: Single acting.

2. Hold Open: Selective.

3. Positive Dead Stop: Coordinated with hold-open angle.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

4. Delayed-Action Closing: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)," whichever are more stringent.

a. Opening Force: 5 lbf.

C. Push/Pull: 1" diameter stainless steel, as shown on drawings.

D. Lockset: Bottom rail dead bolt, dead bolt operated by key outside and inside engaging cutout in threshold or floor plate.

1. Lock cylinder furnished by Section 087100.

E. Make provisions for and coordinate with installation requirements for electro/magnetic lock and door release at door head as specified in Section 087100.

F. Threshold: Manufacturer's standard threshold with cutouts coordinated for operating hardware, with anchors and jamb clips. not more than 1/2 inch high with beveled edges providing a floor-level change with a slope of not more than 1:2, and fabricated of stainless steel.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate all-glass entrance components in sizes, profiles, and configurations indicated.

1. Provide holes and cutouts in glass to receive hardware, fittings, rails, and accessories before tempering glass. Do not cut, drill, or make other alterations to glass after tempering.

2. Fully temper glass using horizontal roller hearth process.

3. Factory assemble components and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where all glass doors are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install all-glass entrances and associated components according to manufacturer's written instructions; coordinate installation with structural glass wall fabricator.

B. Set units level and plumb.

C. Maintain uniform clearances between adjacent components.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Set, seal, and grout floor closer cases as required by hardware and substrate.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Adjust doors and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and weather stripping, smooth operation, and weathertight closure.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer that ensure all-glass entrances are without damage or deterioration.

END OF SECTION

Door Hardware Section 087100 - Page 1


DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1

SECTION 087100 – DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following:

1. Swinging doors. 2. Sliding doors. 3. Other doors to the extent indicated.

B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware Schedule”. 2. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Doors and Frames”. 3. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors”.

D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments.

E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards:

1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series 2. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies




1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes.

B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.

1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."

2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission.

3. Content: Include the following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.

b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor

plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product.

4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores.

D. Informational Submittals:




1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency.

E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals.


A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance.

B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated.

1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted.

E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards.

F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document:

1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys.




G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware.

1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required.

2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades.

3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures

H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule.


A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization.

B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.

C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference".

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements.

B. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications.




1.7 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation.

C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Five years for exit hardware. 2. Ten years for manual surface door closer bodies. 3. Fifteen years for manual surface door closer bodies. 4. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies. 5. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies. 6. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies.

1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under.

B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:




1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, owner, and their designated consultants.

2.2 HANGING DEVICES

A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles and other options as specified in the Door Hardware Sets.

1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity:

a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches. b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge

for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches.

2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required:

a. Widths up to 3’0”: 4-1/2” standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Sizes from 3’1” to 4’0”: 5” standard or heavy weight as specified.

3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight.

b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight.

4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following:

a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for the all out-swinging lockable doors.

5. Manufacturers:

a. Hager Companies (HA). b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK). c. Stanley Hardware (ST).




B. Pivots: ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, certified. Space intermediate pivots equally not less than 25 inches on center apart or not more than 35 inches on center for doors over 121 inches high. Pivot hinges to have oil impregnated bronze bearing in the top pivot and a radial roller and thrust bearing in the bottom pivot with the bottom pivot designed to carry the full weight of the door. Pivots to be UL listed for windstorm where applicable.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Architectural Builders Hardware (AH). b. Rixson Door Controls (RF).

C. Sliding and Folding Door Hardware: Hardware is to be of type and design as specified and should comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.14.

1. Bi-folding Door Hardware: Rated for door panels weighing up to 125 lb.

2. Manufacturers:

a. Hager Companies (HA). b. Johnson Hardware (JO). c. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE).

2.3 DOOR OPERATING TRIM

A. Flush Bolts and Surface Bolts: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 and A156.16, Grade 1, certified.

1. Flush bolts to be furnished with top rod of sufficient length to allow bolt retraction device location approximately six feet from the floor.

2. Furnish dust proof strikes for bottom bolts. 3. Surface bolts to be minimum 8” in length and U.L. listed for labeled fire doors and U.L.

listed for windstorm components where applicable. 4. Provide related accessories (mounting brackets, strikes, coordinators, etc.) as required for

appropriate installation and operation.

5. Manufacturers:

a. Door Controls International (DC). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC).

B. Coordinators: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 certified door coordinators consisting of active-leaf, hold-open lever and inactive-leaf release trigger. Model as indicated in hardware sets.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Door Controls International (DC). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC).




2.4 CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Stanley Best (BE). b. No Substitution.

B. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following:

1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised

trim ring. 3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. 4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be

flush and be free spinning with matching finishes.

C. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed.

1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements.

2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner.

3. Existing System: Key locks to Owner's existing system.

D. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys:

1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5). 3. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10).

2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES

A. Cylindrical Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 certified.

1. Furnish with solid cast levers, standard 2 3/4” backset, and 1/2" (3/4" at rated paired openings) throw brass or stainless steel latchbolt.

2. Locks are to be non-handed and fully field reversible.

3. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 10 Line. b. Stanley Best (BE) – 9K Series.




2.1 WIRELESS ACCESS CONTROL LOCKS

A. Wireless Access Control Mortise Locks: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Grade 1 mortise lockset with integrated card reader, deadbolt monitoring, and request-to-exit and door position switch signaling in one complete unit. Motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle trim, 3/4" deadlocking anti-friction latch, and 1" case-hardened steel deadbolt (optional). Lock is U.L listed and labeled for use on up to 3 hour fire rated openings. Available with or without keyed high security cylinder override.

1. Wireless access control mortise locks interface using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a communication hub located directly above the door. Communication hub connected via RS-485 to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.

2. Fully-encrypted AES 128 wireless communication between lock and communication hub (IEEE 802.15.4, 2.4 GHz) with no proprietary programming device requirements. Locks will continue functional operation independent of wireless connection slowdown or failure.

3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless credentials: HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats), Mifare Classic (Sector and UID), DESFire; and CSN (Card Serial Number) reads for other common 13.56 MHz cards, including ISO 14443 A/B and ISO 15693.

4. User Interfaces: Keypad/Proximity, Proximity Only, Keypad/iCLASS, and iCLASS only, locks with a minimum of 2,000 user codes and the ability to audit the last 10,000 transactions.

5. Power Source: 6 AA alkaline batteries power supply with LED indication of locked, programming mode and low capacity warning status conditions.

6. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of 15mA maximum, and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation.

7. Outside lever rigid except when in "office" mode or valid user code is entered. Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of lock latch bolt without necessary electronic activation.

8. Complete installation to include manufacturer's Installation Tool and USB Radio Dongle for initial lock set-up and configuration. Electronic on-line access control system platform, including communication cabling and software, by others.

9. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - Profile - N2 8200 Series.

B. Wireless Access Control Mortise Locks: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Grade 1 mortise lockset with integrated card reader, deadbolt monitoring, and request-to-exit and door position switch signaling in one complete unit. Motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle trim, 3/4" stainless steel latch, and optional 1" deadbolt with hardened inserts. Lock is U.L listed and labeled for use on up to 3 hour fire rated openings. Available with or without keyed high security cylinder override.

1. Wireless access control cylindrical locks interface using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a nearby communication hub. Communication hub connected




via RS-485 or Wiegand to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.


3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless credentials: HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats, including SEOS), Mifare Classic (Sector and UID), DESFire, NFC-enabled mobile phones.

4. Lockdown capability with maximum 10 second response. 5. Patent pending credential cache to ensure offline access. 6. Power Source: 6 AA alkaline batteries power supply with LED indication of locked,

programming mode and low capacity warning status conditions. 7. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of

15mA maximum, and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation.

8. Outside lever rigid except when valid user code is entered. Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of lock latch bolt without necessary electronic activation.

9. Communication Hub: Provide the necessary number of hubs which is connected to the access control system via RS-485 or Wiegand as required by the system. Provide hubs factory paired with the locks, but allow for field configuration as needed.


11. Manufacturers:

a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) – IN100 – ML2000 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – IN100 – 7900 Series.

C. Wireless Access Control Cylindrical Locks: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 cylindrical lockset with integrated card reader and request-to-exit signaling in one complete unit. Separate DPS connects directly to lock electronics for door position (open/closed status) monitoring. Motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle trim with 1/2" deadlocking stainless steel latch. Lock is U.L listed and labeled for use on up to 3 hour fire rated openings.

1. Wireless access control cylindrical locks interface using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a communication hub located directly above the door. Communication hub connected via RS-485 to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.


3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless credentials: HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats), Mifare Classic (Sector and




UID), DESFire; and CSN (Card Serial Number) reads for other common 13.56 MHz cards, including ISO 14443 A/B and ISO 15693.



6. Outside lever rigid except when in "office" mode or valid user code is entered. Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of lock latch bolt without necessary electronic activation.


8. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - Profile - N2 10-Line Series.

D. Wireless Access Control Cylindrical Locks: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 cylindrical lockset with integrated card reader and request-to-exit signaling in one complete unit. Separate DPS connects directly to lock electronics for door position (open/closed status) monitoring. Motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle trim with 1/2" deadlocking stainless steel latch. Lock is U.L listed and labeled for use on up to 3 hour fire rated openings.

1. Wireless access control cylindrical locks interface using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a nearby communication hub. Communication hub connected via RS-485 or Wiegand to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.


3. Integrated reader supports HID® 125kHz proximity credentials; or ISO 14443 A/B and ISO 15693 13.56 MHz contactless credentials: HID® iCLASS/iCLASS SE (full authentication, all formats), MIFARE Classic, DESFire EV1 (full authentication, all formats); or Near Field Communications (NFC); or HID® SIO enabled.


5. Outside lever rigid except when valid user code is entered. Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of lock latch bolt without necessary electronic activation.

6. Communication Hub: Provide the necessary number of hubs which is connected to the access control system via RS-485 or Wiegand as required by the system. Provide hubs factory paired with the locks, but allow for field configuration as needed.





8. Manufacturers:

a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) – IN100 – CL33800 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – IN100 10 Line Series.

E. Wireless Access Control Narrow Stile Trim: Wiegand output lock/exit device trim with integrated card reader. Hard wired, motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle trim.

1. Wireless access control trim interfaces using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a nearby communication hub. Communication hub connected via RS-485 or Wiegand to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.


3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials or 13.56 MHz contactless credentials (full authentication, all formats).


5. Lever is rigid except when valid user code is entered. Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of lock latch bolt without necessary electronic activation.

6. Communication Hub: Provide the necessary number of hubs which are connected to the access control system via RS-485 or Wiegand as required by the system. Provide hubs factory paired with the locks, but allow for field configuration as needed.

7. Manufacturers:

a. Adams Rite (AD) – A100-3090 Series.

F. Wireless Access Control Cabinet Locks: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Grade 1 cabinet lock with integrated card reader.

1. Wireless access control cabinet locks interface using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a communication hub located directly above the door. Communication hub connected via RS-485 to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.

2. Fully-encrypted AES 128 wireless communication between lock and communication hub (IEEE 802.15.4, 2.4 GHz) with no proprietary programming device requirements.

3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats) credentials.

4. User Interfaces: Proximity Only, or iCLASS only. Locks with a minimum of 2,000 user codes and the ability to audit the last 10,000 transactions.

5. Power Source: One CR123A battery. 6. Complete installation to include manufacturer's Installation Tool and USB Radio Dongle

for initial lock set-up and configuration. Electronic on-line access control system platform, including communication cabling and software, by others.




7. Manufacturers:

a. HES (HS) – K100 Series.

G. Wireless Access Control Server Cabinet Locks: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.11 High Security Grade 1 cabinet lock with integrated card reader. Provide with or without key override feature as indicated in the hardware sets.

1. Wireless access control cabinet locks interface using local wireless connection between the lock unit and a communication hub located directly above the door. Communication hub connected via RS-485 or Wiegand to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.

2. Fully-encrypted AES 128 wireless communication between lock and communication hub (IEEE 802.15.4, 2.4 GHz) with no proprietary programming device requirements.

3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats) credentials.

4. User Interfaces: Proximity Only, or iCLASS only. Locks with a minimum of 2,000 user codes and the ability to audit the last 10,000 transactions.

5. Power Source: One CR123A battery. 6. Complete installation to include manufacturer's Installation Tool and USB Radio Dongle

for initial lock set-up and configuration. Electronic on-line access control system platform, including communication cabling and software, by others.

7. Manufacturers:

a. HES (HS) – KS100 Series.

2.2 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES

A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows:

1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer.

2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for

aluminum framing. 4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for

rescue hardware applications.

B. Standards: Comply with the following:

1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16.




2.3 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES

A. General Requirements: All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria:

1. At doors not requiring a fire rating, provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL305. Provide proper fasteners as required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the Hardware Sets.

2. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer’s catalog and template book for specific requirements.

3. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on devices where specified in Hardware Sets.

4. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration.

5. Lever Operating Trim: Where exit devices require lever trim, furnish manufacturer's heavy duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts.

a. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide finishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets.

b. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rim or Mortise) as specified in Hardware Sets.

6. Vertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used at interior openings, provide as less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise indicated. Provide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required to project into the floor.

7. Narrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2” wide stiles.

8. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar.

9. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application.

10. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets.

B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 certified panic and fire exit hardware devices furnished in the functions specified in the Hardware Sets. Exit device latch to be stainless steel, pullman type, with deadlock feature.

1. Manufacturers:




a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 80 Series. b. Von Duprin (VD) - 35A/98 XP Series.

2.4 WIRELESS ACCESS CONTROL EXIT DEVICES

A. Wireless Access Control Exit Hardware: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 rim and mortise exit device hardware with integrated card reader. Separate DPS connects directly to exit hardware electronics for door position (open/closed status) monitoring. Motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle exit trim with 3/4" throw latch bolt. U.L listed and labeled for either panic or "fire exit hardware" for use on up to 3 hour fire rated openings. Available with or without keyed high security cylinder override trim.

1. Wireless access control exit hardware interfaces using local wireless connection between the electronic exit trim and a communication hub located directly above the door. Communication hub connected via RS-485 to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.


3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless credentials: HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats), Mifare Classic (Sector and UID), DESFire; and CSN (Card Serial Number) reads for other common 13.56 MHz cards, including ISO 14443 A/B and ISO 15693.



6. Outside lever rigid except when in "passage" mode or valid user code is entered. Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of exit device latch without necessary electronic activation.


8. Manufacturers:

1) Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - Profile - N2 80 Series.

B. Wireless Access Control Exit Hardware: Wireless technology ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 rim and mortise exit device hardware with integrated card reader. Separate DPS connects directly to exit hardware electronics for door position (open/closed status) monitoring. Motor driven locking/unlocking control of the lever handle exit trim with 3/4" throw latch bolt. U.L listed and labeled for either panic or "fire exit hardware" for use on up to 3 hour fire rated openings. Available with or without keyed high security cylinder override trim.




1. Wireless access control exit hardware interfaces using local wireless connection between the electronic exit trim and a communication hub located directly above the door. Communication hub connected via RS-485 to a new or existing online electronic access control system platform.


3. Integrated card reader supports 125kHz proximity credentials; 13.56 MHz contactless credentials: HID® iCLASS (full authentication, all formats, including SEOS), Mifare Classic (Sector and UID), DESFire, NFC-enabled mobile phones.

4. Lockdown capability with maximum 10 second response. 5. Patent pending credential cache to ensure offline access. 6. Power Source: 6 AA alkaline batteries power supply with LED indication of locked,

programming mode and low capacity warning status conditions. 7. Outside lever rigid except when in "passage" mode, or valid user code is entered.

Emergency override access capability with optional mechanical key cylinder retraction of exit device latch without necessary electronic activation.


9. Manufacturers:

a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) – IN100 – ED5000 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - IN100 – 80 Series.

2.5 DOOR CLOSERS

A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria:

1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover.

2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors.

3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL.

4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1.




5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets.

6. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install

closers on door for optimum aesthetics.

7. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through-bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets.

B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum alloy body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control. Provide non-handed units standard.

1. Manufacturers:

a. LCN Closers (LC) - 4040 Series. b. Norton Door Controls (NO) - 7500 Series.

2.6 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM

A. Door Protective Trim

1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets.

2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1” LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets.

3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16” above the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer’s catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications.

4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following:

a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050-inch thick.

5. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes.

6. Manufacturers:




a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC).

2.7 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets.

B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). c. Trimco (TC).

2.8 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS

A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated.

B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784.

1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings.

C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL-10C.

1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NPFA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

D. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated.

E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.




F. Manufacturers:

1. National Guard Products (NG). 2. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE). 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).

2.9 FABRICATION

A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended.

2.10 FINISHES

A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products.

B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware

C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series.

B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115-W series.




3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications.

1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals.

B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations:

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."

2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors."

3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities."

4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located.

C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.

D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.





A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.

C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION

A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware.

3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS

A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality.

B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option for the appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.

C. Refer to Section 080671, Door Hardware Sets, for hardware sets.


GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING Section 092613 – Page 1

Issued For Bid Set – 01-13-2020


KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 092613 – GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions

and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY

A. Work Included: The Work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Steel framing members to receive gypsum base, as indicated. 2. Gypsum veneer plaster finish over gypsum board. 3. Finishing of Venetian plaster work. 4. Veneer plastering accessories. 5. Fasteners, connectors, and miscellaneous installation accessories.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA 505 for definitions of

terms for gypsum board construction not otherwise defined in this Section or other referenced standards.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer=s technical data and installation instructions for each type

of product specified.

B. Samples: Provide 12 inch square samples of each type, finish, color and texture of Venetian plaster systems specified; showing full range of color variations for verification by Architect.

1. Submit similar samples of material with joints and accessories incorporated into the

Work.

C. Material Certificates: Submit producer's certificate for each kind of plaster aggregate to show that materials comply with requirements.

D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for ceiling and decorative plaster and surfaces; include

full scale details of each different type of assembly. Show sizes and layout of all expansion & control joint locations.


A. Fire- Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, match assemblies whose fire resistance rating has

been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Single Source: Obtain veneer plaster products from a single manufacturer for each veneer

plaster system indicated.

C. Installer Qualifications: The Work of this Section shall be performed by Art-In-Construction -




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

"Master Plasterer/ Artisans" that are experienced in the installation of types of plaster work indicated, with not less than 10 years of successful experience and assisted by "Plasterer/Artisans" with not less than 6 years experience.

D. Field Mock-Up: Prior to start of artisan veneer plaster work, provide mock-up panels, 3' by 3'

by full thickness of each type and finish of plaster work; in location directed by the Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of panel's visual quality before start of work. Retain accepted panel as a standard for judging plaster Work.


A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and

identification of manufacturer or supplier.

B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage, dirt and deterioration. Neatly stack gypsum base flat to prevent sagging.

C. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or

otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: Maintain conditions for application of veneer plaster to comply with

ASTM C 843 and with veneer plaster manufacturer=s recommendations.

B. Minimum Room Temperatures: Maintain not less than 50 deg. F, nor more than 80 deg F for one week before plaster application and until veneer plaster has fully dried. Distribute heat evenly; prevent concentrated or uneven heat on veneer plaster.

C. Ventilate building spaces to remove excess moisture. Avoid conditions which result in veneer

plaster drying too rapidly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be

incorporated in the Work include but are not limited to the following:

1. Steel Framing and Furring:

a. Bostwick Steel Framing Co. b. Gold Bond Div., National Gypsum Co. c. Marino Industries Corp. d. UniMast.

2. Veneer Plaster and Gypsum Board Products:

a. Georgia Pacific Corp. b. Gold Bond Div., National Gypsum Co. c. United States Gypsum Co. d. Approved equal.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.2 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS

A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, not less than 0.0179 inch thick, of depth as indicated.

B. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, inch depth and 0.0179 inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal.

C. Fasteners: Provide fasteners recommended by the veneer plaster manufacturer to fasten steel

framing and furring members securely. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

A. General: Provide gypsum based boards of type indicated in maximum lengths available to

minimize end-to-end joints.

1. Thickness: Provide gypsum based boards in inch thickness, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Finish: Provide gypsum board with a level 4 finish. 3. Refer to Division 9 Section “Gypsum Board” for additional requirements.

2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. Provide corner beads, edge trim, and control joints which comply with ASTM C 1047 and

veneer plaster manufacturer=s recommendations.

1. Material: Formed sheet steel coated with zinc by hot-dip or electrolytic processes, or with aluminum.

2. Trim Shapes: Provide corner beads, casing beads and control joints of size and shape to suit field conditions.

2.5 JOINT REINFORCING MATERIALS

A. General: Provide joint reinforcing materials which comply with ASTM C 587 and are acceptable

to veneer plaster manufacturer.

B. Joint Tape: Fiber mesh, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Embedding Material for Joint Tape: As recommended by veneer plaster manufacturer for use with joint tape material indicated.

D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Joint Tape:

a. Kal-Mesh; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. b. Imperial Tape; United States Gypsum Co.

2. Embedding Material for Joint Tape:

a. Durabond Joint Compound; United States Gypsum Co.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.6 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MATERIALS

A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide multicoat, decorative lime based plaster finish as recommended by the Installer.

1. Color: As selected by the Architect.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for veneer plaster construction which comply with

referenced standards and the recommendations of veneer plaster manufacturer and preapproved installer.

B. Bonding Compound for Interior Plastering: ASTM C 631.

C. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting-type joint compound of type recommended for spot grouting

hollow metal door frames.

D. Gypsum Base Screws: ASTM C 1002.

E. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant complying with requirement specified in Division 7 Section “Joint Sealants.”

F. Sound Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral fiber blanket insulation, 2.5 pcf density, to

comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I. See Division 9 Section “Gypsum Board” for acoustic insulation.

G. Substrate Primer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide “Fresh Start” acrylic primer

as manufactured by Benjamin Moore. 2.8 VENEER PLASTER MIXES

A. Finish Coats: Comply with ASTM C 842 for troweled finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates which veneer plaster construction attaches to or abuts including preset

hollow metal frames, cast-in-anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting veneer plaster. Proceed with installation after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL

A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C

844 requirements that apply to framing installation.

B. Install supplementary framing at terminations in the veneer plaster construction and for support of fixtures, accessories, and similar construction to comply with recommendations of veneer plaster manufacturer, or with AGypsum Construction Handbook@ published by United States Gypsum Co.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS

A. Install runners at floors, ceilings and structural members where veneer plaster stud system abuts other construction. Where indicated, install runners at elevation of concrete slab below raised access floor.

1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between

studs and wall.

B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member within inch from plane of faces of adjacent framing.

C. Unless otherwise indicated, extend partition framing full height to structure above suspended

ceilings, except where partitions end at suspended ceilings. Provide framing over doors and openings and frame around ducts in partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum base.

D. Terminate partition framing at ceilings, where indicated.

E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacing indicated but not less than that indicated

by referenced steel framing installation standard.

F. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF TRIM

A. General: Where feasible, use same fasteners to anchor trim as those used to fasten gypsum

base. Fasten flanges to comply with veneer plaster manufacturer=s recommendations. Closely fit and align ends of trim.

B. Install corner beads at external corners of gypsum base. Set corner beads at plaster thickness

level indicated by Venetian plaster finish installer. Do not install corner beads before consulting Venetian plaster finish installer.

C. Install metal edge trim at exposed or semi-exposed edges of gypsum base. Provide type with

face flange to receive joint compound. Set metal edge trim at plaster thickness level indicated by Venetian plaster finish installer. Do not install metal edge trim before consulting venetian plaster finish installer.

1. Install L-type trim where veneer plaster abuts other work, and where edge is exposed,

revealed, gasketed, or sealant-filled. 2. Install U-bead where indicated. 3. Install control joints at locations required by referenced gypsum base application

standard, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF JOINT REINFORCEMENT

A. Reinforce interior angles and flat joints in gypsum base with joint tape and embedding material

to comply with referenced gypsum veneer plaster application standard and with veneer plaster manufacturer=s recommendations.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.6 VENEER PLASTERING

A. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Application Standard: Apply gypsum veneer plaster to comply with ASTM C 843 and pre-approved veneer plaster Installer=s directions.

B. Substrate Preparation:

1. Over Gypsum Base: Embed tape, fill beads, and allow plaster to set; then scratch and

immediately double back to a thickness of approximately 1/16 inch in accordance with the manufacturer=s printed directions. Do not spackle and fill beads, unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer and Installer.

2. Prime substrate with acrylic primer according to primer manufacturer’s written

instructions.

C. Finish Coat Application:

1. Apply to prepared substrate by scratching in tight and doubling back to a somewhat uniform surface. Polish, fill or otherwise smooth-out trowel skip marks, as this is the primary means of creating approved texture. Add required pigment to wet plaster to achieve the required color.

D. Provide coat finish and polish for Venetian plaster systems as scheduled, and to match the

Architect=s control samples.

E. Grounds: Where frames and other units in the veneer plaster act as grounds (not including trim accessories) for flush plaster, groove finish coat at juncture with the other work.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Remove temporary coverings used to protect other work.

B. Remove plaster spillage promptly from other adjoining work. Repair surfaces which have been

damaged by plastering work. 3.8 PROTECTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures

veneer plaster work being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.


Gypsum Drywall Section 092900 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 092900

GYPSUM DRYWALL

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.


A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the gypsum drywall as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Gypsum board work for partitions, ceilings, column enclosures, furring, and elsewhere where gypsum drywall work is shown on drawings.

2. Metal supports for gypsum drywall construction.

3. Acoustical insulation for gypsum drywall work.

4. Sealant for gypsum drywall work.

5. Concealed metal reinforcing for attachment of railings, toilet partitions and other items supported on drywall partitions and walls.

6. Taping and finishing of drywall joints.

7. Installing rings and frames in drywall surfaces for grilles, registers and lighting fixtures.

8. Gypsum shaftwall construction.

9. Bracing and connections.


A. Thermal Insulation - Section 072100.

B. Hollow metal door frames - Section 081113.

C. Access Doors - Section 083113.

D. Painting and Finishing - Section 099000.

E. Rings for grilles, registers and light fixtures - Division 23 and 26.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. The following standards, as well as other standards which may be referred to in this Section, shall apply to the work of this Section:

1. The Gypsum Construction Handbook, latest edition, USG.

2. Construction Guide, latest edition, National Gypsum.

3. ASTM A 568 "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements For"

4. ASTM C 475 "Standard Specification for Joint Treatment Materials For Gypsum Wallboard Construction"

5. ASTM C 645 "Standard Specification for Non-Structural Steel Framing Members"

6. ASTM C 754 "Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Panel Products"

7. ASTM C 840 "Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board"

8. ASTM C 919 "Standard Specification for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications"

9. ASTM C 954 "Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws For the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. to 0.112 in. in Thickness"

10. ASTM C 1002 "Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws For the Application of Gypsum Board"

11. ASTM C 1177 "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing"

12. ASTM C 1178 "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board"

13. ASTM C 1278 "Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Gypsum Panel"

14. ASTM C 1396 "Standard Specification for Gypsum Board"

15. ASTM D 3273 "Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber"

B. Allowable Tolerances: 1/32" offsets between planes of board faces, and 1/16" in 8'-0" for plumb, level, warp and bow.

C. System Design Load

1. Provide standard drywall wall assemblies designed and tested by manufacturer to withstand a lateral load of 5 lbs. per sq. ft. for the maximum wall height required, and with deflection limited to L/240 of partition height.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Drywall assemblies with tile finish shall have a deflection limit of L/360.

2. Provide drywall ceiling assemblies designed, fabricated and installed to have a deflection not to exceed L/360.

D. Fire-Resistance Rating: Where gypsum drywall with fire resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by fire testing laboratories, or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and compliant with UL Test #2079; criteria for cycle movement for all field height wall sections requiring allowance for vertical deflection within framing details.

E. Installer: Firm with not less than 5 years of successful experience in the installation of specified materials.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawing for each drywall partition, furring and ceiling system showing size and gauges of framing members, hanger and anchorage devices, wallboard types, insulation, sealant, methods of assembly and fastening, control joints indicating column lines, corner details, joint finishing and relationship of drywall work to adjacent work.

B. Samples: Each material specified herein, 12" x 12", or 12" long, or in manufacturer's container, as applicable for type of material submitted.

C. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit technical and installation instructions for each drywall partition, furring and ceiling system specified herein, and for each fire-rated and sound-rated gypsum board assembly. Submit other data as required to show compliance with these specifications, including data for mold resistant joint compound.

D. Test Reports: This Contractor shall submit test report, obtained by drywall manufacturer, indicating conformance of drywall assemblies to required fire ratings and sound ratings.

1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING AND PROTECTION

A. Deliver, store and handle drywall work materials to prevent damage. Deliver materials in their original, unopened containers or bundles, and store where protected from moisture, damage and from exposure to the elements. Store wallboard in flat stacks.

B. Protect wallboard from becoming wet.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

A. Provide and maintain minimum temperature of fifty-five (55) degrees F. and adequate ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture within the building in the area of the drywall work for at least twenty-four (24) hours, prior to, during and after installation of drywall work. Installation shall not start until windows are glazed and doors are installed, unless openings are temporarily closed. Space above suspended ceilings shall be vented sufficiently to prevent temperature and pressure build up.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.8 JOB MOCK-UP

A. At a suitable location, where directed by the Architect, lay up a portion of a finished wall and ceiling demonstrating the quality of work, including finishing, to be obtained under this Section. Omit drywall boards in locations as directed by the Architect to show stud spacing and attachments; after acceptance, complete assembly.

B. Adjust the finishing techniques as required to achieve the finish required by the Architect as described in this Section of these specifications.

C. Upon approval of the mock-up, the mock-up may be left in place as a portion of the finished work of this Section.

D. All drywall work shall be equal in quality to approved mock-up.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers for Gypsum Drywall Panels and Accessories: U.S. Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, CertainTeed Corporation, Lafarge North America, or National Gypsum Co. meeting specification requirements are acceptable.

1. All drywall products must be manufactured in North America.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers for Metal Supports of Drywall Assemblies: Unless otherwise noted, provide products manufactured by ClarkDietrich Building Systems, Super Stud Building Products, Marino/Ware, or approved equal.

2.2 METAL SUPPORTS

A. Metal Floor and Ceiling Runners

1. Channel Type: Formed from 20 U.S. Std. gauge (unless otherwise noted) galvanized steel, width to suit channel type metal studs. Use 20 ga. top runners with 1-1/4" minimum flanges.

2. Ceiling runners and head of wall connections at rated partitions shall conform to UL #2079 for cycle movement. Provide positive mechanical connection of framing to structure, allowing for vertical movement within connections. Minimum of 20 ga. galvanized steel for clips, 25 ga. galvanized steel for ceiling runners. Providing a friction free – anti-seizure movement capacity.

a. As manufactured by the Steel Network, VertiClip or VertiTrack or equal made by Metal-Lite Inc.

b. FireTrak (including stud clips) by FireTrak Corp. or equal made by Metal-Lite Inc.

3. "J" Type: Formed from 20 U.S. Std. gauge galvanized steel, 1" x 2-1/2" or 4" wide

(to suit detail) x 2-1/4" (for shaft wall).

B. Metal Studs, Framing and Furring




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Channel Type Studs: Channel type with holes for passage of conduit formed from minimum 20 U.S. Std. gauge (unless heavier gauge is required to meet deflection limits) galvanized steel, width as shown on drawings.

2. Furring Channels: Hat shaped, formed from galvanized steel, 25 U.S. Std. gauge.

3. "C-H," "CT," or "I" Type Stud: 1-1/2" x 2-1/2", 4" or 6" wide (to suit detail) galvanized steel. Use for shaft wall construction; gauge and size as required to meet deflection limits given herein.

4. Double "E" Type Stud or "J" Track with Holding Tabs: 1" x 2-1/2", 4" or 6" wide (to suit detail) galvanized steel. Use for shaft wall construction; gauge and size as required to meet deflection limits given herein.

5. Continuous 16 gauge x 8" wide steel wall plate screwed to studs as required for support of railings, toilet partitions and other items supported on drywall partitions and walls.

C. Suspended Ceiling and Fascia Supports

1. Main Runners: 1-1/2" steel channels, cold rolled at 0.475 lbs. per ft., rust-inhibitive paint finish.

2. Furring Members: Screw-type hat-shaped furring channels of 25 ga. zinc-coated steel; comply with ASTM C 645.

3. Hangers: Galvanized, 1" x 3/16" flat steel slats capable of supporting 5x calculated load supported.

4. Hanger Anchorages: Provide inserts, clips, bolts, screws and other devices applicable to the required method of structural anchorage for ceiling hangers. Size devices for 5x calculated load supported.

5. Furring Anchorages: 16 ga. galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard clips, bolts or screws as recommended by furring manufacturer.

6. Drywall Ceiling Suspension Systems - Flat Ceilings: Main Beams and Cross Tees as manufactured by Armstrong or equal.

7. Drywall Ceiling Grid Systems - Flat Ceilings: Moldings, Main Beams and Cross Tees as manufactured by Armstrong or equal.

8. Drywall Ceiling / Soffit Support System: Armstrong QuikStix or equal.

a. QuikStix Soffits DGS: Tees designed for creating soffits; 1-1/1” web height, 1-1/2” flange, flattened bulb, bending crimp, knockouts and alignment holes to facilitate creating 15, 30, 45, 60 and 90 degree angles with G40 hot dipped galvanization.

D. All galvanized steel members shall have coating conforming to ASTM A 653, G60.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.3 GYPSUM WALLBOARD TYPES

A. Gypsum Wall Board: 5/8" thick "Sheetrock" by USG, "Gold Bond" by National Gypsum, or "Regular Gypsum" by CertainTeed Corp., 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.

B. Fire Rated Gypsum Wall Board: 5/8" thick "Sheetrock Firecode C" by USG, "Firecheck Type C" by Lafarge/Continental, or "Gold Bond Fireshield" by National Gypsum, 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.

C. Moisture/Mold Resistant Gypsum Wall Board: 5/8" thick "Mold Tough" or "Mold Tough FR" by U.S. Gypsum, "DensArmor Plus" by Georgia Pacific, "Mold Defense" and/or "Mold Defense Type X" by Lafarge/Continental, or "Gold Bond EXP Interior Extreme Gypsum Board" by National Gypsum, 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Board must have a rating of 10 per ASTM D 3273 with a core that meets ASTM C 1396, Section 6 or ASTM C 1658.

D. Water Resistant Backing Board for Tile Finish: 5/8" thick, "Fiberock Aqua-Tough" by USG, "Dens-Shield Tile Backer Board" by Georgia Pacific, or "DiamondBack Tile Backer" by CertainTeed Corp. Cover joints with a pressure sensitive woven glass fiber tape equal to Imperial Type P Tape.

E. Mold Resistant Shaft Wall Liner: Solid gypsum board liner for shaft wall construction, 1" thick, 24" wide, as required to suit condition, by standard lengths as required, beveled edges. Provide "Mold Tough Liner Panel" by USG, "DensGlass Ultra Shaft Guard" by Georgia Pacific, "Mold Defense Shaftliner Type X" and/or "Weather Defense Shaftliner Type X" by Lafarge/Continental, or "Gold Bond Brand Fireshield Shaft Liner XP," "Gold Bond Brand EXP Extended Exposure Shaft Liner" by National Gypsum, or "M2Tech Shaftliner" by CertainTeed Corp.

1. Liner board must have a rating 10 per ASTM D 3273 with a core that meets ASTM C 1396 Section 6.

F. Abuse Resistant Wallboard: 5/8" thick "Fiberock Brand Panel VHI Abuse Resistant" by USG, "Dens Armor Plus Abuse Resistant Panels" by Georgia-Pacific, "EXP Interior Extreme AR" or "Gold Bond Brand Hi-Abuse XP" by National Gypsum, "Protecta AR100" or "Protecta HIR 300" by Lafarge/Continental, or "AirRenew Extreme Abuse" by CertainTeed Corp., 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.

1. Board must achieve a Level 1 rating per ASTM C 1629.

G. Impact Resistant Wallboard: 5/8" thick "Fiberock Brand VHI Abuse Resistant Panel" by USG, "DensArmor Plus Impact-Resistant Panels" by Georgia-Pacific, "EXP Interior Extreme IR" or "Gold Bond Brand Hi-Impact XP" by National Gypsum, "Protecta HIR 300" by Lafarge/Continental, or "AirRenew Extreme Impact" by CertainTeed Corp., 48" wide, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.

H. Cement Board (for tile backer board in shower areas and wherever else scheduled): ½" thick "Durock Tile Backer Board" by USG, "Wonder Board Lite" by Custom Building Products, or approved equal.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Acoustical Insulation: Paper-less, non-combustible, semi-rigid mineral fiber mat, 2" thick, in walls (unless otherwise indicated), 3 lb./cu. ft. maximum density; Thermafiber LLC "Thermafiber," or approved equal.

B. Fasteners for Wall Board: USG Brand Screws; Type S Bugle Head for fastening wallboard to lighter gauge interior metal framing (up to 20 ga.). Type S-12 Bugle Head for fastening wallboard to heavier gauge interior metal framing (20 ga. to 12 ga.); Type S and Type S-12 Pan Head for attaching metal studs to door frames and runners; and Type G Bugle Head for fastening wallboard to wall board. Lengths specified below under "Part 3 - Execution" Articles and as recommended by drywall manufacturer.

C. Laminating Adhesive: "Sheetrock Brand Joint Compound."

D. Metal Trim - Corner Beads: For 90 degree External Corners - "Dur-A-Bead" No. 103, 27 U.S. Std. ga. galvanized steel, 1-1/4" x 1-1/4", for 90 degree external corners.

E. Metal Trim - Edge Beads: "Sheetrock Brand Paper Faced Metal Bead and Trim."

F. Metal Trim Treatment Materials and Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Drywall Boards: Paper tape for joint reinforcing; Setting Type (Durabond 90) or Lightweight Setting Type Joint Compound for taping and topping; and Ready Mix Compound for finishing.

1. For mold-resistant drywall, water resistant drywall, and tile backer board, use glass mesh tape with setting joint compound that is rated 10 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273 and evaluated in accordance with ASTM D 3274. Acceptable joint compound is "Rapid Set One Pass" made by CTS Cement Manufacturing Corp. or "Rapid Joint" manufactured by Lafarge North America or approved equal meeting standards noted herein.

G. Control Joints: No. 0.093, USG.

H. Acoustical Sealant: USG "Acoustical Sealant" or "Tremco Acoustical Caulking" of Tremco Mfg. Co., or approved equal.

I. Neoprene Gaskets: Conform to ASTM D 1056.

J. Aluminum Reveal Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles indicated, as manufactured by Fry Reglet Corp., or equal by Pittcon Industries, Gordon, Inc., or approved equal, fabricated of 0.062" thick aluminum sheet, mill finish, of alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where gypsum drywall is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. General

1. Install drywall work in accordance with drywall manufacturer's printed instructions and as indicated on drawings and specified herein.

2. All metal framing for drywall partitions shall extend from floor to underside of structural deck above. Provide for vertical deflection with positive mechanical connections of framing members to structure.

3. Provide concealed reinforcement, 16 ga. thick by eight (8) inches wide or as detailed or as recommended by manufacturer, for attachment of railings, toilet partitions, and other items to be supported on the partitions which cannot be attached to the metal framing members. Concealed reinforcement shall span between metal studs and be attached thereto using two (2) self-tapping pan head screws at each stud.

a. Back of drywall shall be scored or notched to prevent bulging out where reinforcement plate occurs.

B. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install fire-rated assemblies in accordance with requirements

of authorities having jurisdiction, Underwriters' Laboratories and test results obtained and published by the drywall manufacturer, for the fire-rated drywall assembly types indicated on the drawings.

C. Acoustical Assemblies: Install acoustically-rated assemblies to achieve a minimum STC as noted on drawings, in accordance with test results obtained and published by the drywall manufacturer, for the drywall assembly type indicated on the drawings.

D. Sealant

1. Install continuous acoustical sealant bead at top and bottom edges of wallboard where indicated or required for sound rating as wallboard is installed, and between metal trim edge beads and abutting construction.

2. Install acoustical sealant in 1/8" wide vertical control joints within the length of the wall or partitions, and in all other joints, specified below under "Control Joints." Install bead of acoustical sealant around electric switch and outlet boxes, piping, ducts, and around any other penetration in the wallboard; place sealant bead between penetrations and edge of wallboard.

3. Where sealant is exposed to view, protect adjacent surfaces from damage and from sealant material, and tool sealant flush with and in same plane as wallboard surface. Sealant beads shall be 1/4" to 3/8" diameter.

E. Wall Board Application

1. Do not install wallboard panels until steel door frames are in place; coordinate work with Section 081113, "Steel Doors and Frames."

2. See drawings for all board types. Use fire-rated wallboard for fire-rated assemblies. Use sag-resistant board for ceilings. Use water-resistant wallboard where indicated on drawings and where wallboard would be subject to moisture.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Install water-resistant wallboard in full, large sheets (no scraps) to limit number of butt joints.

3. Apply wallboard with long dimension parallel to stud framing members, and with abutting edges occurring over stud flanges.

4. Install wallboard for partitions from floor to underside of structure above and secure rigidly in place by screw attachment, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation meeting standards of Section 078413 at flutes of metal deck where partitions carry up to bottom of metal deck.

6. Neatly cut wallboard to fit around outlets, switch boxes, framed openings, piping, ducts, and other items which penetrate wallboard; fill gaps with acoustic sealant.

7. Where wallboard is to be applied to curved surfaces, dampen wallboard on back side as required to obtain required curve. Finish surface shall present smooth, even curve without fluting or other imperfections.

8. Screw fasten wallboard with power-driven electric screw driver, screw heads to slightly depress surface of wallboard without cutting paper, screws not closer than 3/8" from ends and edges of wallboard.

9. Where studs are doubled-up, screw fasten wallboard to both studs in a staggered pattern.

F. Cementitious Backer Board

1. General: Furnish cementitious backer board in maximum available lengths. Install horizontally, with end joints over framing members.

2. Fastening: Secure cementitious backer board to each framing member with screws spaced not more than 12 inches on center and not closer than 1/2" from the edge. Install screws with a conventional screw gun so that the screw heads are flush with the surface of the board.

3. Joint Treatment: Fill space between edge of backer and receptor with dry-set Portland cement or latex-Portland cement mortar. Fill all horizontal and vertical joints and corners with dry-set Portland cement or latex-Portland cement mortar. Apply fiberglass tape over joints and corners and embed with same mortar.

G. Metal Trim: Install and mechanically secure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; and finish with three (3) coats of joint compound, feathered and finish sanded smooth with adjacent wallboard surface, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

1. Corner Beads: Install specified corner beads in single lengths at all external corners, unless corner lengths exceed standard stock lengths.

2. Edge Beads: Install specified edge beads in single lengths at all terminating edges of wallboard exposed to view, where edges abut dissimilar materials, where edges would be exposed to view, and elsewhere where shown on drawings. Where indicated on drawings, seal joint between metal edge bead and adjoining




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

surface with specified gasket, 1/8" wide minimum and set back 1/8" from face of wallboard, unless other size and profile indicated on drawings.

3. Casing beads shall be set in long lengths, neatly butted at joints. Provide casing beads at juncture of board and vertical surfaces and at exposed perimeters.

H. Control Joint Locations: Gypsum board surfaces shall be isolated with control joints where:

1. Ceiling abuts a structural element, dissimilar wall or other vertical penetration.

2. Construction changes within the plane of the partition or ceiling.

3. Shown on approved shop drawings.

4. Ceiling dimensions exceed thirty (30) feet in either direction.

5. Wings of "L," "U," and "T" shaped ceiling areas are joined.

6. Expansion or control joints occur in the structural elements of the building.

7. Shaftwall runs exceed 30' without interruption.

8. Partition or furring abuts a structural element or dissimilar wall or ceiling.

9. Partition or furring runs exceed 30' without interruption.

10. Where control joints are required, ceiling height door frames may be used as control joints. Less than ceiling height frames shall have control joints extending to the ceiling from both corners.

I. Joint Treatment and Spackling

1. Joints between face wallboards in the same plane, joints at internal corners of intersecting partitions and joints at internal corners of intersections between ceilings and walls or partitions shall be filled with joint compound.

2. Screw heads and other depressions shall be filled with joint compound. Joint compound shall be applied in three (3) coats, feathered and finish surface sanded smooth with adjacent wallboard surface, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Treatment of joints and screw heads with joint compound is also required where wallboard will be covered by finish materials which require a smooth surface, such as vinyl wall coverings.

3.3 FURRED WALLS AND PARTITIONS

A. Use specified metal furring channels. Run metal furring channel framing members vertically, space sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum. Fasten furring channels to concrete or masonry surfaces with power-driven fasteners or concrete stub nails spaced sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum through alternate wing flanges (staggered) of furring channel. Furring channels shall be shimmed as necessary to provide a plumb and level backing for wallboard. At inside of exterior walls, an asphalt felt protection strip shall be installed between each furring channel and the wall. Furring channel and




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

splices shall be provided by nesting channels at least eight (8) inches and securely anchoring to concrete or masonry with two (2) fasteners in each wing.

B. Wallboard Installation: Same as specified under Article 3.4 - "Metal Stud Partitions."

3.4 METAL STUD PARTITIONS

A. Unless otherwise noted, steel framing members shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C754.

B. Runner Installation: Use channel type. Align accurately at floor according to partition layout. Anchor runners securely sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum with power-driven anchors to floor slab, with power-driven anchors to structural slab above. See "Stud Installation" below for runners over heads of metal door frames. Where required, carefully remove sprayed-on fireproofing to allow partition to be properly installed.

C. Stud Installation

1. Use channel type, positioned vertically in runners, spaced as noted on drawings, but not more than sixteen (16) inches o.c.

2. Anchor studs to floor runners with screw fasteners. Provide snap-in or slotted hole slip joint bolt connections of studs to ceiling runners leaving space for movement. Anchor studs at partition intersections, partition corners and where partition abuts other construction to floor and ceiling runners with sheet metal screws through each stud flange and runner flange.

3. Connection at ceiling runner for non-rated partitions shall be snap-in or slotted hole slip joint bolt connection that shall allow for movement. Seal studs abutting other construction with 1/8" thick neoprene gasket continuously between stud and abutting construction.

4. Connections for fire rated partitions at ceiling runners shall conform to UL Design #2079.

5. Install metal stud horizontal bracing wherever vertical studs are cut or wallboard is cut for passage of pipes, ducts or other penetrations, and anchor horizontal bracing to vertical studs with sheet metal screws.

6. At jambs of door frames and borrowed light frames, install doubled-up studs (not back to back) from floor to underside of structural deck, and securely anchor studs to jamb anchors of frames and to runners with screws. Provide cross braces from hollow metal frames to underside of slab.

7. Over heads of door frames, install cut-to-length section of runner with flanges slit and web bent to allow flanges to overlap adjacent vertical studs, and securely anchor runner to adjacent vertical studs with sheet metal screws. Install cut-to-length vertical studs from runner (over heads of door frame) to ceiling runner sixteen (16) inches maximum o.c. and at vertical joints of wallboard, and securely anchor studs to runners with sheet metal screws.

8. At control joints, in field of partition, install double-up studs (back to back) from floor to ceiling runner, with 1/4" thick continuous compressible gasket between studs. When necessary, splice studs with eight (8) inches minimum nested laps




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

and attach flanges together with two (2) sheet metal screws in each flange. All screws shall be self-tapping sheet metal screws.

D. Runners and Studs at Chase Wall: As specified above for "Runners" and "Studs" and as specified herein. Chase walls shall have either a single or double row of floor and ceiling runners with metal studs sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum and positioned vertically in the runners so that the studs are opposite each other in pairs with the flanges pointing in the same direction. Anchor all studs to runner flanges with sheet metal screws through each stud flange and runner flange following requirements of paragraph 3.4, B. Provide cross bracing between the rows of studs by attaching runner channels or studs set full width of chase attached to vertical studs with one self-tapping screw at each end. Space cross bracing not over thirty-six (36) inches o.c. vertically.

E. Wallboard Installation - Single Layer Application (Screw Attached)

1. Install wallboard with long dimension parallel to framing member and with abutting edge joints over web of framing member. Install wallboard with long dimension perpendicular to framing members above and below openings in drywall extending to second stud at each side of opening. Joints on opposite sides of wall shall be arranged so as to occur on different studs.

2. Boards shall be fastened securely to metal studs with screws as specified. Where a free end occurs between studs, back blocking shall be required. Center abutting ends over studs. Correct work as necessary so that faces of boards are flush, smooth, true.

3. Wallboard screws shall be applied with an electric screw gun. Screws shall be driven not less than 3/8" from ends or edges of board to provide uniform dimple not over 1/32" deep. Screws shall be spaced twelve (12) inches o.c. in the field of the board and 8" o.c. staggered along the abutting edges.

4. All ends and edges of wallboard shall occur over screwing members (studs or furring channels). Boards shall be brought into contact but shall not be forced into place. Where ends or edges abut, they shall be staggered. Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall be so arranged as to occur on different studs.

5. At locations where piping receptacles, conduit, switches, etc., penetrate drywall partitions, provide non-drying sealant and an approved sealant stop at cut board locations inside partition.

F. Wallboard Installation - Double-Layer Application

1. General: See drawings for wallboard partition types required.

2. First Layer (Screw Attached): Install as described above for single layer application.

3. Second Layer (Screw Attached): Screw attach second layer, unless laminating method of attachment indicated on drawings or necessary to obtain required sound rating or fire rating. Install wallboard vertically with vertical joints offset thirty-two (32) inches from first layer joints and staggered on opposite sides of wall. Attach wallboard with 1-5/8" screws sixteen (16) inches o.c. along vertical joints




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

and sixteen (16) inches o.c. in the field of the wallboard. Screw through first layer into metal framing members.

4. Second Layer (Laminated): Install wallboard vertically. Stagger joints of second layer from first layer joints. Laminate second layer with specified laminating adhesive in beads or strips running continuously from floor to ceiling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. After laminating, screw wallboard to framing members with 1-5/8" screws, spaced twelve (12) inches o.c. around perimeter of wallboard.

G. Wallboard Installation - Laminated Application: Where laminated wallboard is indicated, use specified laminating adhesive, install wallboard vertically and maintain tolerances as specified for screw attached wallboard.

H. Insulation Installation: Install where indicated on drawings. Place blanket tightly between studs.

I. Deflection of Structure Above: To allow for possible deflection of structure above partitions, provide top runners for non-rated partitions with 1-1/4" minimum flanges and do not screw studs or drywall to top runner. Where positive anchorage of studs to top runner is required, anchorage device shall be by means of slotted hole (in clip connection with screw attachment to web of steel through bushings located in slots of clips), or other anchorage device approved by Architect.

J. Control Joints

1. Leave a 1/2" continuous opening between gypsum boards for insertion of surface mounted joint.

2. Back by double framing members.

3. Attach control joint to face layer with 9/16" galvanized staples six (6) inches o.c. at both flanges along entire length of joint.

4. Provide two (2) inch wide gypsum panel strip or other adequate seal behind control joint in fire rated partitions and partitions with safing insulation.

3.5 DRYWALL FASCIAS AND CEILINGS

A. Furnish and install inserts, hanger clips and similar devices in coordination with other work.

B. Secure hangers to inserts and clips. Clamp or bolt hangers to main runners.

C. Space main runners 4'-0" o.c. and space hangers 4'-0" o.c. along runners, except as otherwise shown.

D. Level main runners to a tolerance of 1/4" in 12'-0", measured both lengthwise on each runner and transversely between parallel runners.

E. Metal Furring Channels: Space sixteen (16) inches o.c. maximum. Attach to 1-1/2" main runner channels with furring channel clips (on alternate sides of main runner channels). Furring channels shall not be let into or come in contact with abutting masonry walls. End splices shall be provided by nesting furring channels no less than




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

eight (8) inches and securely wire tying. At any openings that interrupt the furring channels, install additional cross reinforcing to restore lateral stability.

F. Mechanical accessories, hangers, splices, runner channels and other members used in suspension system shall be of metal, zinc coated, or coated with rust inhibitive paint, of suitable design and of adequate strength to support units securely without sagging, and such as to bring unit faces to finished indicated lines and levels.

1. Provide special furring where ducts are over two (2) feet wide.

G. Apply board with its long dimension at right angles to channels. Locate board butt joints over center of furring channels. Attach board with one (1) inch self-drilling drywall screws twelve (12) inches o.c. in field of board at each furring channel; eight (8) inches o.c. at butt joints located not less than 3/8" from edges.

3.6 SHAFT WALLS

A. Runner Installation: Use "J" metal runners at floor and ceiling, with the short leg toward finish side of wall. Securely attach runners to structural supports with power-driven fasteners at both ends and twenty-four (24) inches o.c.

B. Shaft Wall Liner: Cut shaft wall liner panels one (1) inch less from floor to ceiling height and erect vertically between J-runners.

C. C-H Studs: Cut metal studs 3/8" to not more than 1/2" less than floor to ceiling height and install between shaft wall liner panels so that panels are fitted snugly into the one (1) inch wide "H," "T," or "I" portion of the stud. Space studs twenty-four (24) inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Install full-length steel E-Studs or J-runners vertically at T-intersections, corners, door jambs, and columns. Install full length E-Studs or J-runners over shaft wall liner both sides of closure panels. Frame openings cut within a liner panel with J-Runner around perimeter. For openings, frame with vertical E-Stud or J-runner at edges, horizontal runner at head and sill, and reinforcing as shown on the drawings. Suitably frame all openings to maintain structural support for wall. Over metal doors, install a cut to length section of runner and attach to strut-studs with clip angles and 3/8" Type S Screws space twelve (12) inches o.c.

D. Wallboard Installation - Double Layer Installation: Erect gypsum wallboard base layer vertically or horizontally to meet fire rating on one side of studs with end joints staggered. Fasten base layer panels to studs with one (1) inch Type S screws twenty-four (24) inches o.c. Caulk perimeter of base layer panels. Apply gypsum wallboard face layer vertically over base layer with joints staggered and attached with 1-5/8" Type S screws staggered from those in base, spaced eight (8) inches o.c. and driven into studs.

E. Wallboard Installation (Where Both Sides of Shaft Wall are Finished): Apply gypsum wallboard face layers vertically both sides of studs. Stagger joints on opposite partition sides. Fasten panels with one (1) inch or two (2) inches Type S screws spaced eight (8) inches o.c. in field and along edges into studs.

F. Where handrails are indicated for direct attachment to drywall shaft system, provide not less than a sixteen (16) ga. x eight (8) inches wide galvanized steel reinforcement strip,




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

accurately positioned and secured to studs and concealed behind not less than one 1/2" thick course of gypsum board in the system.

G. Integrate stair hanger rods with drywall shaft system by locating cavity of system as required to enclose rods.

3.7 ERECTION AT COLUMN ENCLOSURES

A. Metal furring supports shall be provided under work of this Section, and shall be cut to lengths as necessary for tight fit such that spacing is not more than sixteen (16) inches o.c.

B. Board shall be fastened securely to supports with screws as specified. Place boards in position with minimum amount of joints. Where free ends occur between supports, back-blocking or furring shall be required. Center abutting ends over supports. Correct work as necessary so that faces of boards are flush, smooth and true. Provide clips or cross furring for attachment as required.

C. All layers shall be screw attached to furring.

D. When column finish called for on drawings to be in the same plane as drywall finish layer, maintain even, level plane.

3.8 FINISHING

A. Taping: A thin, uniform layer of compound shall be applied to all joints and angles to be reinforced. Reinforcing tape shall be applied immediately, centered over the joint, seated into the compound. A skim coat shall follow immediately, but shall not function as a fill or second coat. Tape shall be properly folded and embedded in all angles to provide a true angle.

B. Filling: After initial coat of compound has hardened, additional compound shall be applied, filling the board taper flush with the surface. The fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out slightly beyond the tape. On joints with no taper, the fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out at least four (4) inches on either side of the tape. No fill coat is necessary on interior angles.

C. After compound has hardened, a finishing coat of compound shall be spread evenly over and extending slightly beyond the fill coat on all joints and feathered to a smooth, uniform finish. Over tapered edges, the finished joint shall not protrude beyond the plane of the surface. All taped angles shall receive a finish coat to cover the tape and taping compound, and provide a true angle. Where necessary, sanding shall be done between coats and following the final application of compound to provide a smooth surface, ready for painting.

D. Fastener Depressions: Compound shall be applied to all fastener depressions followed, when hardened by at least two (2) coats of compound, leaving all depressions level with the plane of the surface.

E. Finishing Beads and Trim: Compound shall be applied to all bead and trim and shall be feathered out from the ground to the plane of the surface. When hardened, this shall be followed by two (2) coats of compound each extending slightly beyond the previous coat. The finish coat shall be feathered from the ground to the plane of the surface and sanded as necessary to provide a flat, smooth surface ready for decoration.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

F. Except as otherwise noted, level of finish for surface exposed to view shall conform to Level 4 or Level 5, as indicated, of ASTM C 840 and GA-214 of the Gypsum Association.

1. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting type, sandable topping compound.

G. Drywall construction with defects of such character which will mar appearance of finished work, or which is otherwise defective, will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced at no expense to the Owner.

3.9 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT

A. At the completion of installation of the work, all rubbish shall be removed from the building leaving floors broom clean. Excess material, scaffolding, tools and other equipment shall be removed from the building.

B. Work shall be left in clean condition ready for painting or wall covering. All work shall be as approved by Architect.

C. Cutting and Repairing: Include all cutting, fitting and repairing of the work included herein in connection with all mechanical trades and all other trades which come in conjunction with any part of the work, and leave all work complete and perfect after all trades have completed their work.

3.10 PROTECTION OF WORK

A. Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period.

END OF SECTION

Ceramic Tiling Section 093013 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 093013

CERAMIC TILING

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.


A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the ceramic tiling work as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Ceramic floor tile.

2. Ceramic wall tile and base.

3. Marble saddles.

4. Setting beds, grout, sealant and waterproofing membrane.


A. Cast-in-Place Concrete - Section 033000.

B. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series - American National Standards for Installation of Ceramic Tile.

B. ANSI A136.1 - American National Standards for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile.

C. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.

D. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

E. TCNA - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass and Stone Tile Installation; Tile Council of North America.

F. ISO 13007 - International Standards Organization; Classification for Grout and Adhesives.


A. Qualifications of Installers: For cutting, installing and grouting of ceramic tile, use only thoroughly trained and experienced journeyman tile setters who are completely familiar




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

with the requirements of this work, and the recommendations contained in the referenced standards, and the installers are Certified Ceramic Tile Installer (CTI) through the Ceramic Tile Education Foundation (CTEF) or Tile Installer Thin Set Standards (ITS) verification through the University of Ceramic Tile and Stone.

B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the following:

1. Manufacture all ceramic tile in accordance with Standard Grade Requirements of ANSI A-137.1.

2. Install all ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in "Tile Council of North America Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation (TCNA)," latest edition.

C. All surfaces shall have a minimum wet DCOF AcuTest value of 0.42.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Samples

1. Before any ceramic tile is delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect sample panels, approx. 12" x 12", mounted on hardboard back-up with selected grout color for each color and pattern of ceramic tile and grout specified.

2. Submit 6" length of marble saddles.

3. Submit 12" x 12" samples of waterproofing membrane.

B. Master Grade Certificates: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit to the Architect a Master Grade Certificate, signed by an officer of the firm manufacturing the ceramic tile used, and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for tile containers, and the name and location of the project.

C. Mock-Ups

1. At an area on the site where approved by the Architect, provide a mock-up ceramic tile installation.

a. Make the mock-up approximately 36" x 36" in dimension. b. Provide one mock-up for each type, class, and color of installation required

under this Section. c. The mock-ups may be used as part of the Work, and may be included in the

finished Work when so approved by the Architect. d. Revise as necessary to secure the Architect's approval.

2. The mock-ups, when approved by the Architect, will be used as datum for

comparison with the remainder of the work of this Section for the purposes of acceptance or rejection.

3. If the mock-up panels are not permitted to be part of the finished Work, completely demolish and remove them from the job site upon completion and acceptance of the work of this Section.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. Delivery and Storage

1. Deliver all materials of this Section to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use.

2. Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination; store only the specified materials at the job site.

B. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary.


A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations.

B. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide buildup.

C. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg. F. in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 TILE

2.2 TRIM AND SPECIAL SHAPES

A. Provide external and internal corners, trim shapes at openings, and all other trim and special shapes to match the tile specified herein, as required by field conditions and drawing details.

2.3 MARBLE SADDLES

A. Provide sound Group "A" white marble, minimum 3/4" thick, with an abrasive hardness of not less than 10.0, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 241. Cut saddle to fit jamb profile, honed finish.

2.4 SETTING BEDS AND GROUT

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1.

B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

C. Sand: ASTM C 144, clean and graded natural sand.

D. Reinforcing for Mud Set Systems: 2" x 2" x 16/16 ga. welded wire mesh.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

E. Latex Admixture for Mortar Bed

1. MAPEI, Planicrete AC, blended with a 3:1 site mix.

2. Laticrete 333.

3. Pro Spec; Acrylic Additive.

4. Custom Building Products; Custom Crete Thin Set Additive.

F. Latex-Portland Cement Bond Coat, complying with ANSI A118.4 and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2 with minimum compressive strength of 400 psi.

1. MAPEI, Keralastic System thin set mortar, consisting of Kerabond dry-set mortar and Keralastic latex admixture.

2. Laticrete; 211 dry-set mortar and 4237 latex admixture.

3. Pro Spec; Permalastic System consisting of Permalastic Dryset Mortar and Permalastic Admixture

4. Custom Building Products; Pro-Lite.

G. Wall and Base Tile

1. Over drywall use ANSI A136.1-1967 Organic Adhesive for installation of Ceramic Tile, Type I and ISO 13007 D2TE. Shear strength shall be 50 psi minimum. Adhesive primer as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. Manufacturer shall certify, in writing, that adhesive and primer used are proper types for the intended tile types and application. Conform to TCA Detail W-242.

a. MAPEI Type 1 Mastic. b. Laticrete Type 1 Adhesive. c. ProSpec Blood Adhesive. d. Custom Relia Bond Adhesive

2. Over masonry and concrete use a mortar bed leveling coat conforming to ANSI

A108.1A followed by a Latex Portland Cement Bond Coat, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, Custom Mega Flex or equal by Laticrete or Pro Spec, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail W-211.

3. Over cement board use a Latex Portland cement mortar bond coat, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, Custom Mega Flex or equal by Laticrete or Pro Spec, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail W-244; coat back of board with waterproof membrane as specified below.

4. Over glass mat water resistant gypsum backer board use a Latex Portland cement mortar bond coat, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail W-245.

H. Floor Tile and Stone Saddle - Mud Set: Set floor tile and stone saddle using Portland Cement mortar setting bed conforming to ANSI A108.1A and latex modified Portland cement bond coat, Basis of Design, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail F-112.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

I. Floor Tile and Stone Saddle - Thin Set: Set floor tile and stone saddle using latex modified Portland Cement mortar, Basis of Design, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and TCA Detail F-113.

J. Floor Tile and Stone Saddle - Waterproof Setting Bed: Set floor tile and stone saddle using thin set latex Portland cement bond coat, Basis of Design, MAPEI, Kerabond/Keralastic System, conforming to ANSI A118.4, ISO 13007-C2ES2P2, and waterproofing membrane conforming to TCA Detail F-122/122A. Use this system where toilet room occurs over occupied space other than another toilet room and wherever else noted on drawings.

K. Waterproofing Membrane: Complying with ANSI A118.10 and ANSI A118.12; and having IAPMO certification as a shower pan liner; provide "Mapelastic 400" by MAPEI with factory blended "Bio-Block" antimicrobial protection, "Laticrete 9235 with Microban" made by Laticrete International," ProSpec "B6000," Custom Building Products' "9240," or approved equal.

1. Reinforce membrane with polyester fabric.

L. Water: Clean, fresh and suitable for drinking.

M. Grout: Complying with A118.7; and ISO 13007, CG2WAF; for grouting ceramic tile, provide a commercial Portland cement grout "Ultracolor Plus" (additive not required) made by Mapei, Laticrete "Permacolor," or approved equal; color as selected by the Architect. Add latex additive to grout made by same manufacturer as grout.

N. Physical Properties: The setting beds and grouts must meet the following physical requirements:

1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi min.

2. Shear Bond Strength: 500 psi min.

3. Water Absorption: 4.0% max.

4. Service Rating (ASTM C 627): Extra Heavy Duty.

O. Sealer: Seal all grout joints and all unglazed tile using "Sealer’s Choice 15 Gold" as manufactured by Aqua Mix Inc., or approved equal.

P. Temporary Protective Coating: Either product indicated below that is applied in the tile manufacturer's factory and formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; compatible with tile, mortar, and grout products; and easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile.

1. Petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5 percent oil with a melting point of 120 to 140 deg. F. per ASTM D 87.

2. Grout release in form of manufacturer’s standard proprietary liquid coating that is specially formulated and recommended for use as temporary protective coating for tile.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Q. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.

2.5 SEALANT

A. Joint Backing: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non-extruding, non-staining strips of foam neoprene, foam polyethylene, or other material recommended by sealant manufacturer.

B. Bond Breaker: Polyethylene tape, 3 mils thick, or other material recommended by sealant manufacturer.

C. Sealant Primer: Colorless, non-staining, or type to suit substrate surface, as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

D. Sealant: One-part silicone based sanitary sealant, conforming to ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Sealant hardness upon full cure shall be between 20-30 Shore "A" Durometer. Color of sealant to blend with or match adjacent materials, and as selected by the Architect. Sealant shall be equivalent to 1700 Sanitary Sealant made by General Electric or approved equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where ceramic tile is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 CONDITION OF SURFACES

A. Allowable Variations in Substrate Levels in Floors: + 1/8" in 10'-0" distance and 1/4" total max. variation from levels shown.

B. Grind or fill concrete and masonry substrates as required to comply with allowable variations.

C. Concrete substrates must meet ANSI A108.01 tolerances and surface textures in preparation for tile work. Coordinate with concrete trades.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate the following with Section 033000:

1. Steel trowel and fine broom finish concrete slabs that are to receive ceramic tile. Cure concrete slabs that are to receive tile before tile application. Do not use liquid curing compounds or other coatings that may prevent bonding of tile setting materials to slabs. Slab shall be dry at time of tile installation.

2. Tile floors with floor drains must have a slope to direction of ¼" per foot; coordinate this with concrete trades.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Etch concrete substrate as may be required to remove curing compounds or other substances that would interfere with proper bond of setting bed. Rinse with water to remove all traces of treatment.

C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at project site before installing.

D. Field Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Pre-coat tile with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.

3.4 JOINTS IN TILE WORK

A. Joint Widths: 1/16" wide in ceramic tile.

B. Alignment: Wall, base and floor joints shall align through the field and trim. Direction and location of all joints as directed by Architect.

C. Movement Joints: Conform to TCA Detail EJ171. Locate where movement joints are in back-up material. Provide movement joint at joints between mop receptors and ceramic tile. Provide movement joint at all vertical internal joints of wall tile. Movement joints 1/8" wide in ceramic tile. Fill all movement joints with specified backing and sealant. Use bond breaker where sufficient space for joint backing does not exist.

1. Provide sealant between ceramic tile and plumbing fixtures, mirrors, pipes, countertops and other dissimilar materials penetrating or adjacent to ceramic tile.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with the following installation standards:

1. Wall tile over drywall using organic adhesive - ANSI A136.1 and ISO 13007, D2TE.

2. Wall tile over cement board or glass mat backer board using dry set mortar with latex additive - ANSI A118.4 and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2.

3. Wall tile over masonry or concrete using dry set mortar with latex additive - ANSI A118.4 and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2.

4. Floor tile using full mud set mortar - ANSI A118.4, A228.15, and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2.

5. Floor tile using dry set mortar with latex additive - ANSI A118.4, A118.15, and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2.

6. Floor tile over waterproofing membrane.- ANSI A118.4, 118.5, and ISO 13007, C2ES2P2.

B. Backs of tile must be cleaned before installation.

C. All setting beds and/or adhesives shall provide for an average contact area of not less than 95% coverage.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Allowable Variations in Finished Work: Do not exceed the following deviations from level and plumb, and from elevations, locations, slopes and alignment shown.

1. Floors: 1/8" in 10'-0" run, any direction; +/- 1/8" at any location; 1/32" offset at any location.

2. Walls: 1/8" in 8'-0" run, any direction; 1/8" at any location; offset at any location, 1/32".

3. Joints: +/- 1/32" joint width variation of any location; 1/16" in 3'-0" run deviation from plumb and true.

E. Waterproofing Membrane

1. Install the membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.

2. Upon completion of work, test horizontal membrane for leaks by flood testing per ASTM D 5957. Inspect for leakage. Make necessary adjustments to stop all leakage and retest until watertight. If membrane is not immediately covered by another surface, provide protection until membrane is covered.

F. Handle, store, mix and apply setting and grouting materials in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions.

G. Extend tile work into recesses and under equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disruption of pattern or joint alignment.

H. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight, aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping and fixtures so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

I. Lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF MARBLE SADDLES

A. Install marble saddles cut to profiles and sizes shown, accurately fitted to jambs, coped at stops, set in full bed of mortar herein specified, and with grouted edge joints as specified for floor tile.

3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION OF CERAMIC TILE

A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.

1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible.

2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use cleaners only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning to insure removal of all cleaning material.

3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer and that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent drain clogging.

B. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. Apply coat of sealer to all grout joints and all unglazed tile.

C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed.

D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings from tile surfaces.

E. Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded or otherwise defective tile work.

END OF SECTION

Acoustical Panel Ceilings Section 095113 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 095113

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the acoustical panel ceilings as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Acoustical panel units.

2. Exposed "T" suspension system, including hangers and inserts.

3. Provisions for the installation of lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles and similar items provided under other Sections.

4. Cutting, drilling, scribing and fitting as required for electro-mechanical penetrations.

5. Perimeter and column moldings, trim and accessories for acoustical ceilings.


A. Steel Deck - Section 053100.

B. Drywall ceilings - Section 092900.

C. Diffusers, grilles and related frames - Division 23.

D. Lighting fixtures - Division 26.


A. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations published by the Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractor’s Association.

B. Qualifications of Installers

1. The suspended ceiling subcontractor shall have a record of successful installation of similar ceilings acceptable to Architect and shall be currently approved by the manufacturer of the ceiling suspension system.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2. For the actual fabrication and installation of all components of the system, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and completely familiar with the requirements established for this work.

C. The work is subject to the following standards:

1. ASTM C 635 "Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings," American Society for Testing and Materials.

2. ASTM C 636 "Standard Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels," American Society for Testing and Materials.

D. In addition to suspension system specified, provide seismic struts and seismic clips to meet seismic standards as required by prevailing Codes and Ordinances.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit completely dimensioned ceiling layouts for all areas where acoustical ceilings are required, showing:

1. Any deviations from Architect’s reflected ceiling plan layouts, especially lighting fixture and dimensions. Also indicate if any light fixtures will not fit into Architect’s ceiling layout due to dimensional restrictions or field conditions.

2. Direction and spacing of suspension members and location of hangers for carrying suspension members.

3. Direction, sizes and types of acoustical units, showing suspension grid members, and starting point for each individual ceiling area.

4. Moldings at perimeter of ceiling, at columns and elsewhere as required due to penetrations or exposure at edge of ceiling tiles.

5. Location and direction of lights, air diffusers, air slots, and similar items in the ceiling plane.

6. Details of construction and installation at all conditions.

7. Materials, gauges, thickness and finishes.

B. Samples and Product Literature: Submit the following samples and related manufacturer’s descriptive literature.

1. Twelve (12) inch long components of suspension systems, including moldings.

2. Acoustical units — full size.


A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content.

C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way.


A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings has been completed, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire suppression system components, and partition system.

1.9 EXTRA STOCK

A. Extra Stock: Deliver stock of maintenance material to Owner. Furnish maintenance material matching products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels.

1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full size units equal to 2.0% of amount installed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ACOUSTICAL UNITS

A. See finish schedule.

2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM

A. Provide 9/16” exposed "T" steel suspension system with low sheen white baked enamel finish per finish schedule exposed tee 2-way grid system made by Armstrong World Industries, or equal made by U.S. Gypsum or Chicago Metallic Corp.

B. The suspension system shall support the ceiling assembly shown on the drawings and specified herein, with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span, in accordance with ASTM C 635.

C. Provide min. 12 ga. galvanized wire hangers, soft annealed steel conforming to ASTM A 641, prestretched, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, size so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire.

D. Provide ceiling clips and inserts to receive hangers, type as recommended by suspension system manufacturer, sizes for pull-out resistance of not less than five (5) times the hanger design load, as indicated in ASTM C 635.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

E. Suspension systems shall conform to ASTM C 635, intermediate duty.

F. Provide manufacturer’s standard wall moldings with off-white baked enamel finish to match suspension systems. For circular penetrations of ceilings, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas where acoustical panel ceilings are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to permit proper installation of the layout.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other supports required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings.

B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Codes and Standards: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions, and to comply with governing regulations and industry standards.

B. Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, with wire hangers supported only from building structural members. Locate hangers not more than 6" from each end and spaced 4'-0" along direct-hung runner, leveling to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0".

C. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye-screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate, and which will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures.

D. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, reinforcing, countersplaying or other equally effective means.

E. Install edge moldings at edges of each acoustical ceiling area, and at locations where edge of acoustical units would otherwise be exposed after completion of the work.

1. Secure moldings to building construction by fastening through vertical leg. Space holes not more than 3" from each end and not more than sixteen (16) inches o.c. between end holes. Fasten tight against vertical surfaces.

2. Level moldings with ceiling suspension system, to a level tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0".




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

F. Install acoustical units in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations.

G. Install hold-down clips in toilet areas, and in areas where required by governing regulations; space 2'-0" o.c. on all cross tees.

H. Light fixtures or other ceiling apparatus shall not be supported from main beams or cross tees if their weight causes the total load to exceed the deflection capability of the ceiling suspension system. In such cases the load shall be supported by supplemental hangers furnished and installed by this Section of work.

I. Where fixture or ceiling apparatus installation causes eccentric loading on runners, provide stabilizer bars to prevent rotation.

3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN

A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge molding, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.

END OF SECTION




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 095126

ACOUSTICAL WOOD CEILINGS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the acoustical wood ceilings, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Panelized wood ceiling systems.

2. Suspension system.


A. Carpentry - Section 062000.

B. Acoustical Panel Ceilings - Section 095113.

C. Diffusers, grilles and related frames - Division 23.

D. Lighting fixtures - Division 26.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical information for wood ceiling systems.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit ceiling sections and completely dimensioned ceiling layouts for all areas where wood panel ceilings are required, showing:

1. Any deviations from reflected ceiling plan layouts on the drawings, especially lighting fixture and dimensions. Also indicate if any light fixtures will not fit into ceiling layout due to dimensional restrictions or field conditions.


3. Direction, sizes and types of wood panel units, showing suspension grid members and starting point for each individual ceiling area.

4. Location and direction of lights, diffusers, and similar items in the ceiling plane.

5. Movement joint locations.





KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


C. Samples: Submit samples, including manufacturer's descriptive literature for:

1. All components of suspension systems.

2. Wood ceiling panel assembly, 24" square, stained to match Architect’s selected color, flat, including edge and corner condition.


A. Qualifications of Installers

1. The suspended ceiling subcontractor shall have a record of successful installation of similar ceilings acceptable to the Architect, and shall be currently approved by the manufacturer of the ceiling suspension system.


B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations published by the Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA).

C. Fire Performance Characteristics: Wood acoustical ceiling panels shall be constructed using fire retardant core components meeting or exceeding the requirements of ASTM E 84 Class A.

D. Noise Reduction Coefficient: The ceiling panels shall have an NRC value of 0.75 to 0.80 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 423.

E. Wood materials shall be "FSC Certified" products (except recycled or salvaged wood) which have been harvested in accordance with the "FSC Principles and Criteria" for well managed forests developed by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).

1. Provide evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC accredited certification body.

F. Mock-Ups: Build mock-ups of size and in locations as directed by the Architect, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.


A. Deliver wood ceiling materials to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, or other causes.

B. Handle wood panel units carefully to avoid damaging units in any way.

C. Material must be stored and installed only in a secure ambient environment with humidity a minimum of 25% and maximum of 55%.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of wood ceiling and suspension system components with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire suppression system components (if any), and partition system.


A. Ceiling components shall be delivered to the project site in original, unopened packages.

B. Ceiling system materials shall be stored flat and level in a fully enclosed space. For a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours immediately prior to ceiling installation, the linear wood strips shall be stored in the room in which they will be installed. The temperature and humidity of the room shall closely approximate those conditions that will exist when the building is occupied. The linear wood strips shall be stored off the floor.

C. Care in handling must be exercised to avoid damage.

1.9 WARRANTIES

A. Manufacturer: All materials supplied by the manufacturer of the ceiling system shall be guaranteed against manufacturing defects for one (1) year. Because of differing site conditions, wood stains and colorings can vary with age, and are excluded from this warranty.

B. Contractor: All work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year from final acceptance of completed work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PANELIZED WOOD CEILINGS

A. Provide "Encore Series 3" acoustical wood ceiling system as manufactured by Architectural Components Group, Inc. (ACGI), or equivalent of Armstrong, Decoustics, 9wood, or approved equal.

1. Thickness: 1"

2. Size: 2'-7" x 12'-0" typical, unless otherwise noted; see Drawings.

3. Face Profile: Groove spacing as selected by Architect.

4. Panel Edges: Edge banded with matching veneer.

5. Core: Manufacturer’s standard encapsulated insulation.

6. Species and Finish: Natural Walnut to match President’s suite millwork.

7. Fire Rating: Class 1.

B. Attachment System: Ceilings shall be installed according to manufacturer's suggested method of suspension and as indicated on Drawings.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas where acoustical wood ceilings are to be installed and correct any of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Ceiling Layout: Measure ceiling areas prior to installation to confirm application and establish the layout of the hangers and carriers, in accordance with installation instructions.

B. Coordination: Furnish the layout for supports that shall be installed for suspension of ceilings, and coordinate with other trades the location of devices which will penetrate the ceiling panels or interfere with the installation. Recessed or surface devices located within the ceiling panels are to be located and cut in the field.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions. The installation shall comply with applicable regulations and industry standards.




E. Install edge moldings at edges of each wood ceiling area, and at locations where edge of ceiling units would otherwise be exposed after completion of the work.

1. Secure moldings to building construction by fastening through vertical leg. Space holes not more than 3" from each end and not more than 16" o.c. between end holes. Fasten tight against vertical surfaces.


F. Install ceiling units in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations.

G. Install hold-down clips in areas where required by governing regulations; space 2'-0" o.c. on all cross tees.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

H. Light fixtures or other ceiling apparatus shall not be supported from main beams or cross tees if their weight causes the total load to exceed the deflection capability of the ceiling suspension system. In such cases the load shall be supported by supplemental hangers furnished and installed by this Section of work.

I. Where fixture or ceiling apparatus installation causes eccentric loading on runners, provide stabilizer bars to prevent rotation.

3.4 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, AND REPAIR

A. Make final adjustments to level or contours.

B. Upon completion of installation, all acoustical ceiling panels shall be cleaned free of dirt, dust, grease, oils, and fingerprints. Wood surfaces shall be wiped with furniture polish to enhance the surface finish.

C. All work which cannot be successfully cleaned or repaired shall be removed and replaced.

END OF SECTION

Acoustical Metal Ceilings Section 099000 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 095133

ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the acoustical metal ceilings as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including but not limited to, the following:

1. Metal ceiling panels.

2. Concealed suspension system, including hangers and inserts.

3. Provisions for the installation of lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles and similar items provided under other Sections.

4. Cutting, drilling, scribing and fitting as required, including for all electro/mechanical penetrations.

5. Perimeter and column moldings, trim and accessories for acoustical ceilings.


A. Drywall ceilings - Section 092900.

B. Diffusers, grilles and related frames - Division 23.

C. Lighting - Division 26.


A. Qualifications of Installers

1. The suspended ceiling subcontractor shall have a record of successful installations of similar ceilings acceptable to the Architect and shall be currently approved by the manufacturer of the ceiling suspension system.


B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations published by the Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors' Association.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. The work is subject to applicable portions of the following standards:

1. ASTM C 635 "Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings," American Society for Testing and Materials.

2. ASTM C 636 "Standard Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels," American Society for Testing and Materials.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit completely dimensioned ceiling layouts for all areas where metal acoustical tile ceilings are required, showing:

1. Any deviations from Architect’s reflected ceiling plan layouts, especially lighting fixture and dimensions. Also indicate if any light fixtures will not fit into Architect’s ceiling layout due to dimensional restrictions of field conditions.


3. Direction, sizes and types of metal acoustical units, showing suspension grid members, and starting point for each individual ceiling area.

4. Moldings at perimeter of ceiling, at columns and elsewhere as required due to penetrations or exposure at edge of ceiling tiles.

5. Location and direction of lights, air diffusers, air slots, and similar items in the ceiling plane.



B. Samples: Submit samples, including manufacturer's descriptive literature for:

1. All components of suspension systems, including moldings.

2. Metal acoustical panel - full size.


A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes.

B. Handle metal acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid damaging units in any way.


A. Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire suppression system components, and partition system.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 METAL CEILING PANELS

A. Provide "MetalWorks Concealed" by Armstrong, or approved equal.

1. Size: Per drawings

2. Perforation: Per schedule

3. Color: Per schedule

4. Suspension System: Metaworks Concealed Torsion System.

5. Fleece Backing.

2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM

A. Provide ceiling clips and inserts to receive hangers, type as recommended by suspension system manufacturer, sized for pull-out resistance of not less than 5 times the hanger design load as indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung.

B. The suspension system shall support the ceiling assembly shown on the drawings and specified herein, with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span, in accordance with ASTM C 635.

C. Provide min. 12 ga. galvanized wire hangers, soft annealed steel conforming to ASTM A 641, prestretched, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, size so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire.

D. Provide ceiling clips and inserts to receive hangers, type as recommended by suspension system manufacturer, sizes for pull-out resistance of not less than five (5) times the hanger design load, as indicated in ASTM C 635.

E. Suspension system shall conform to ASTM C 635, intermediate duty, unless otherwise indicated, with deflection limited to 1/360 of span.

F. For circular penetrations of ceilings, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas where acoustical metal ceilings are to be installed and correct any of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other supports required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings.

B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of metal acoustic units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Codes and Standards: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions, and to comply with governing regulations and industry standards.




E. Install edge moldings at edges of each acoustical ceiling area, and at locations where edge of acoustical units would otherwise be exposed after completion of the work.

1. Secure moldings to building construction by fastening through vertical leg. Space holes not more than 3" from each end and not more than sixteen (16) inches o.c. between end holes. Fasten tight against vertical surfaces.


F. Install acoustical units in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations.

G. Light fixtures or other ceiling apparatus shall not be supported from main beams or cross tees if their weight causes the total load to exceed the deflection capability of the




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

ceiling suspension system. In such cases the load shall be supported by supplemental hangers furnished and installed by this Section of work.

H. Where fixture or ceiling apparatus installation causes eccentric loading on runners, provide stabilizer bars to prevent rotation.


A. Clean exposed surfaces of metal acoustical units, and of trim, edge moldings and suspension members; comply with manufacturers' instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage, including dented and bent units.

END OF SECTION

Wood Strip Flooring Section 096400 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 096400

WOOD STRIP FLOORING

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the wood strip flooring, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Engineered wood strip flooring.

2. Accessories.


A. Concrete slab - Section 033000.

B. Carpentry - Section 062000.


A. Installer Qualifications: Specialized wood flooring firm with not less than three (3) years' successful experience in installation of types specified, and acceptable to manufacturer of wood flooring.

B. General Standard: Comply with recommendations of National Wood Flooring Association (WFA) Installation Guidelines.

C. Source Quality Control: Obtain flooring of each type from single manufacturer or source, to ensure match of quality, color, pattern and texture.

D. Field-Constructed Mock-Up: Prior to installing wood flooring and trim, construct mock-ups for each form of construction and finish required to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Build mock-ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for completed work.

1. Build mock-ups of wood flooring and each type of trim, in the form, dimensions, and location designated by the Architect.

2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock-ups will be erected.

3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

4. Modify or reinstall mock-ups as required to obtain Architect's acceptance. Simulate finished lighting conditions for reviewing mock-ups.

5. Obtain Architect's acceptance of mock-ups before start of final unit of work.

6. Retain and maintain mock-ups during construction in undisturbed condition as a standard for judging completed unit of work. When directed, demolish and remove mock-ups from project site, except that accepted in place mock-ups in undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of completed unit of work.

E. The Contractor shall furnish a letter from the adhesive manufacturer stating that the concrete substrate has been tested for moisture vapor transmission and that the moisture vapor transmission levels do not exceed the manufacturers’ recommendations.

F. All surfaces shall have a minimum wet DCOF AcuTest value of 0.42.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's detailed technical product data and installation instructions for each type of wood flooring. Include instructions for handling, storage, installation, finishing, protection and maintenance.

B. Shop Drawings: For each type of floor assembly and accessory. Include plans, sections, and attachment details. Include expansion provisions and trim details.

C. Samples: Submit 12” long sets of range samples for wood flooring; include finish.

1. Include six (6) inch samples of base.


A. Moisture Content: At time of delivery, limit average moisture content of wood flooring to 6%, with 8% maximum for any piece.

B. Protect wood flooring from excessive moisture in shipment, storage and handling. Deliver in unopened cartons or bundles and store in a dry place, with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until "wet work" such as concrete and plaster have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.


A. Conditioning: Do not proceed with installation of wood flooring until spaces have been enclosed. Building must be dry with all wet work (i.e. concrete, plaster, drywall, fireproofing) completed. Further, the building HVAC system must be operating and the space shall have been at the expected ambient temperature and relative humidity for five days. Condition wood for five (5) days prior to start of installation by placing in spaces to receive flooring and maintaining ambient conditions in which it will be used before, during and after installation. Open packages of wood flooring which are sealed to permit natural adjustment of moisture content.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.8 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY

A. Submit three (3) year warranty signed by Manufacturer and Contractor agreeing to repair or replace wood flooring which shrinks, warps, cracks, or otherwise deteriorates excessively, or which breaks its anchorage or bond with substrate or otherwise fails to perform as required, due to failures of materials and/or workmanship and not due to unusual exposure to moisture or other abusive forces or elements not anticipated for application.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD MATERIALS

A. Provide Nydree Flooring or approved equal.

1. Species: Plainsawn White Oak

2. Color: Natural

3. Finish: Pedestrian 2.0, 15-20 Gloss

B. Wood Trim: Where indicated to match wood flooring, provide wood base board molding, base shoe molding and stair risers of same species and grade as wood flooring. Provide wood stripping, nosings, saddles and thresholds, as indicated in or adjacent to wood flooring, of same species, grade and cut as wood flooring.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners: Provide 1-1/4” long screw type flooring nails as recommended by NWFA in "Installation Guidelines Manual."

B. Cork Expansion Strip: Composition cork expansion strip.

C. Vapor Barrier: Eight (8) mils polyethylene.

D. Mastic: Cut black asphalt type.

E. Acoustic Sealant: As recommended by flooring manufacturer.

F. Perimeter Isolation: 3/8" thick fiberglass board, 6 - 15 pcf.

G. Self-Leveling Underlayment: "DSP-520" by H. B. Fuller or approved equal.

H. Adhesive: Type recommended by manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where wood strip flooring is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Concrete Slabs: Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture-vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft., and perform no fewer than two tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas.

a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test per ASTM F 1869, as follows: 1). Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum

moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb. of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours.

2. Relative Humidity Testing

a. Perform relative humidity testing using in situ probes according to ASTM F2170. Proceed with installation only after substrate have a maximum 75% relative humidity level.

B. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances on substrates

that are incompatible with installation adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.

C. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.3 INSTALLATION (GENERAL)

A. General: Comply with flooring manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, but not less than recommended by NWFA "Installation Guidelines."

B. Pattern: Comply with pattern or direction of pattern for laying wood flooring, as directed by Architect.

C. Expansion Space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring, not less than 1/2". Fill expansion space with flush cork expansion strip. Nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard, rather than to flooring.

D. Wood strip flooring shall be securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16" out of plane.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF WOOD FLOORING ON CONCRETE

A. Install following manufacturers guidelines.

3.5 PROTECTION, CLEANING AND REPAIRS

A. Clean floors by vacuuming and dry sweeping. Do not wet or damp mop floors. Examine all floors for damage and make necessary repairs. If damage is irreparable, remove and replace affected strips at no additional cost to the Owner.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Protect completed wood flooring during remainder of construction period with heavy Kraft paper or other suitable covering, so that flooring and finish will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION

Resilient Tile Flooring Section 096519 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 096519

RESILIENT TILE FLOORING

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the resilient tile flooring, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Static dissipative tile.

2. Rubber base.

3. Transition strips.

4. Accessories.


A. Concrete slab - Existing.

B. Gypsum board partitions - Section 092900.

C. Carpet tile - Section 096813.


A. Qualifications of Installers: Use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and completely familiar with the requirements established for this work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for type of resilient tile.

B. Samples

1. Submit full-size sample tiles for each type and color required, representative of the expected range of color and pattern variation. Sample submittals will be reviewed for color, texture and pattern only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.

2. Submit six (6) inch long samples of base and strips.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Deliver materials to the project site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers, clearly marked to indicate pattern, gauge, lot number and sequence of materials.

B. Carefully handle all materials and store in original containers at not less than seventy (70) degrees F. for at least forty-eight (48) hours before start of installation.

1.7 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Continuously heat spaces to receive tile to a temperature of seventy (70) degrees F. for at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to installation, whenever project conditions are such that heating is required. Maintain seventy (70) degrees F. temperature continuously during and after installation as recommended by the tile manufacturer, but for not less than forty-eight (48) hours. Maintain a temperature of not less than fifty-five (55) degrees F. in areas where work is completed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 STATIC DISSIPATIVE TILE

A. Provide “SDT” static dissipative tile, 12” x 12”, as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries or approved equal in color selected by the Architect.

B. Electrical Properties

1. Installed as a system using the required adhesive, grounding strips and polish.

2. SDT yields the following electrical properties:

a. Resistance: ESD-STM-S7.1 and ASTM F 150 – Point to point and point to ground – 10 deg, to 10 deg ohms.

b. Static Generation: ESD-STM-97.2 (flooring in combination with footwear and a person) at 40% R.H. with ESD shoes < 10 volts; at 12% R.J. with ESD shoes < 100 volts.

c. Static Decay: Flooring in combination with footwear (ESD shoes) and a person (5000 volts to zero); 0.5 seconds avg.

d. Federal test 101C, Method 4046 (5000 volts to zero): <0.5 seconds. 2.2 BASE

A. Provide 4" high by 1/8" thick, continuous vulcanized SBR rubber, top set cove base with pre-formed internal and external corner pieces, color as indicated on the finish schedule. For areas to receive carpet, provide flat base, no cove. Base shall conform to ASTM F 1861, Type TS, Group 1 (solid); provide rubber base as manufactured by Nora Systems, Inc., Johnsonite, Roppe, or approved equal.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Adhesives: Waterproof, stabilized type, as recommended by the tile manufacturer for the type of service indicated.

B. Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining type recommended by the tile manufacturer.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Leveling Compound: Latex/Portland cement flash patching and leveling compound equal to No. DSP-520 made by H.B. Fuller or No. 226 with 3701 admixture made by Laticrete or equal made by Mapei, or approved equal.

D. Edging Strips: 1/8" thick, homogeneous vinyl or rubber composition, tapered or bullnose edge, color as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standards.

E. Finish: Type per manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where resilient tile flooring is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.


A. Allowable Variations in Substrate Levels (Floors): ± 1/8" in 10'-0" distance and 1/4" total maximum variation from levels shown.

B. Grind or fill concrete and masonry substrates as required to comply with allowable variation.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Etch concrete substrate as may be required to remove curing compounds or other substances that would interfere with proper bond of adhesive for tile. Rinse with water to remove all traces of treatment.

B. Perform moisture tests on concrete slabs to determine that concrete surfaces are sufficiently cured and are ready to receive tile installation.

C. Concrete Primer: Apply concrete slab primer if recommended by tile manufacturer, prior to application of the adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's directions.

3.4 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES

A. Allowable Tolerances in Finished Work: Do not exceed the following deviations from level and plumb, and from elevations, locations, slopes and alignment shown.

1. Floors: 1/8" in 10'- 0" run, any direction; 1/32" offset at any location.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Install tile only after all finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and permanent heating system is operating. Moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature and relative humidity must be within limits recommended by tile manufacturer.

B. Place tile units with adhesive cement in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Butt tile units tightly to vertical surfaces, thresholds, nosings and




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

edgings. Scribe around obstructions and to produce neat joints, laid tight, even and in straight, parallel lines. Extend tile units into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closet and similar openings.

C. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on the finish tile as marked in the subfloor. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking devices.

D. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor off-sets, so that tile at opposite edges of the room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown.

E. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged. Cut tile neatly to and around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tile is not acceptable.

F. Tightly cement tile to sub-base without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks through tile, or other surface imperfections.

G. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to tile and secure with adhesive. Provide edging strips at all unprotected edges of tile, unless otherwise shown.

H. Bases: In all spaces where base is indicated, install bases tight to walls, partitions, columns, built-in cabinets, etc., without gaps at top or bulges at bottom, with tight joints and flush edges, with molded corner pieces at internal and external corners. Provide end stops adjacent to flush type door frames and where base does not terminate against an adjacent surface. Keep base in full contact with walls until adhesive sets.


A. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes from tile, using neutral type cleaners as recommended by the tile manufacturer. Protect installed flooring from damage by use of heavy Kraft paper or other covering.

B. Finishing: After completion of the project and just prior to the final inspection of the work, thoroughly clean tile floors and accessories. Apply finish per manufacturers guidelines.

END OF SECTION

Thin Set Epoxy Terrazzo Section 096623 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 096623

THIN SET EPOXY TERRAZZO

PART 1 GENERAL




A. The Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the thin set epoxy terrazzo as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Thin set epoxy terrazzo floor.

2. Precast terrazzo treads.

3. Divider strips, expansion strips, and accessory strips.


A. Concrete - Section 033000.

B. Gypsum drywall - Section 092900.


A. Qualification of Installers: Use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required and completely familiar with the requirements established for this work and have a minimum of ten (10) years' experience in this type of floor system and are members in good standing of the National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association (NTMA).

B. Comply with applicable specifications and recommendations of the National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc. (NTMA).

C. The Installer shall meet with the Architect for a pre-installation meeting prior to commencement of the work. The Architect shall review installation and position of all divider strips prior to installation of terrazzo.

D. Manufacturer shall be a member of NTMA.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for each type of terrazzo, accessory item, and material required.

B. Certifications




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Submit supplier's/manufacturer's written certification that terrazzo materials meet or exceed specified NTMA properties.

2. Submit supplier's/manufacturer's written certification that the concrete substrates have been tested and that the moisture vapor transmission rate does not exceed the supplier's/manufacturer's recommendations. All tests shall be performed according to ASTM F 1869 "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Moisture Emissions Test," or ASTM F 2170 "Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity on Concrete Floor Slabs Using In-Situ Probes," or ASTM F 710 "Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring (Tramex Meter)."

a. If moisture vapor transmission levels exceed the manufacturer's recommended levels, the Contractor shall submit the terrazzo manufacturer's recommended remediation method for the Architect's approval. 1). Manufacturer and Contractor shall provide to the Owner a three-year

Joint and Several Warranty, starting from the date of Substantial Completion, stating that the Moisture Vapor Barrier shall protect the epoxy terrazzo installation from moisture-related blistering or disbondment, and that in the event of any defects related to moisture vapor transmission within the stipulated period, the manufacturer and Contractor shall jointly or severally effect all repairs or replacement necessary to remedy defects. A copy of the warranty shall be submitted to the Architect for approval during submittal process.

2). Contractor shall provide an add alternate with his bid to provide the recommended moisture vapor transmission remediation in the event it is required.

3. Submit manufacturer's written certification that the terrazzo installer is an

authorized installer of the manufacturer's epoxy terrazzo system.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout of divider strips, control joint strips, abrasive strips and base and border strips.

1. Submit shop drawings of precast work showing large scale details of jointing and edge conditions and showing elevations and plans for layout of work. Include details of anchorage and other special features required.

D. Samples: Submit twelve (12) inch square samples of each pattern, color and type of terrazzo required, together with minimum twelve (12) inch long samples of each type of accessory item. Submit full set of sample colors for abrasive strips, and, once color is selected, 12" sample of the strip in selected color. Contractor should anticipate multiple submissions as required to obtain color to Architect's satisfaction. All samples must be submitted two (2) of each.

E. Maintenance Instructions: Submit two (2) copies of written instructions for recommended periodic maintenance of terrazzo.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. The Contractor shall furnish a guarantee of the Epoxy Terrazzo Flooring System for a period of three (3) years after installation. The labor and material guarantee shall




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

include loss of bond, blistering and wear-through to the concrete substrate from normal use.

1.7 MOCK-UP

A. Construct 100 sq. ft. mock-up of terrazzo floor and base for Architect's approval. Do not proceed with any other terrazzo work until mock-up is adjusted and approved by the Architect. Approved mock-up may be incorporated into final work and shall become the standard to which all other terrazzo work must conform. Rejected mock-up must be removed completely and the substrate returned to its original condition.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer/System

1. The Epoxy Thin-Set Terrazzo Flooring System shall consist of a primer coat; 100% solids epoxy terrazzo matrix binder mixed with marble fines and #0, #1, and #1 marble chips (as selected by the Architect); 100% solids epoxy terrazzo matrix grout coat; and maintenance sealer. The total system thickness shall be 3/8" nominal.

a. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this Specification, the following are approved manufacturers: 1). Sika Flooring, "Sikafloor 195." 2). General Polymers, "Thin-Set Epoxy Terrazzo #1100." 3). Key Resins, "Key Epoxy Terrazzo #108."

2. Apply Epoxy Thin-Set Terrazzo Flooring System over 40 mils thick Flexible Epoxy

Membrane as manufactured by epoxy terrazzo resin manufacturer on all concrete floors to receive epoxy terrazzo as shown on drawings.

B. Epoxy Thin-Set Terrazzo Typical Physical Properties at 73 deg. F.

Fungus and Bacteria Resistance, Will not support the growth of fungus or MIL-F-5250, Sec. 4.4.2.11 bacteria when subjected to mildew and bacteria tests specified in TT-P-34.

Impact Resistance, Withstands 16 ft. lbs. without cracking,

Sec. 4.7.3 delamination or chipping. Indentation, MIL-D3134F, Withstands 2,000 psi for 30 min.

Sec. 4.7.4 without indentation. Resistance to Elevated Temperature, No slip or flow at required temperature

MIL-D-3134F, Sec. 4.7.5 of 158 deg. F. Abrasion Resistance, 0.1 grams lost ASTM D 4060, CS-17 Wheel Water Absorption, 10% max. (24 hr. immersion) ASTM D 570-98




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Bond Strength to Concrete, 7 days 350 psi (100% concrete failure)

Water Immersion, ACI Comm. #403, Bulletin 59-43 Flammability, ASTM D 635 Self-extinguishing Critical Radiant Flux, ASTM E 648 0.95 W/cm2 Compressive Strength, psi, 10,000 min. ASTM D 695 Tensile Strength, psi, ASTM C 307 2,500 Flexural Strength, psi, ASTM C 580 3,000 min Thermal Coefficient of Expansion, 20 x 10-6 in/in/deg. F. ASTM C 531

C. Terrazzo Membrane Typical Physical Properties at 73 deg. F.

Adhesion, psi, ACI 503R 350 (100% concrete failure) Hardness, Shore D, ASTM D 2240 23 Tensile Strength, psi, ASTM D 412 1050 Elongation, ASTM D 412 125% Thermal Cycling, ASTM C 884 No cracking (24 hr., -21 deg. C. to 225

deg. C.) Flammability, ASTM D 635 Self-extinguishing over concrete Heat Aging, Exposure to 140 deg. F for:

2 days No change in elongation 30 days No change in elongation

Primary Glass Transition, deg. F 70 to 80

Lower Glass Transition, deg. F -13 to -22 VOC Zero The epoxy elastomer must be free of solvent, external plasticizers, coal tar, known

carcinogens, rubber compounds or nitrile butadienes.

D. Accessory Materials

1. Divider Strips: Depth and style as required for type and thickness of terrazzo.

a. Provide exposed top in widths as indicated on drawings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NTMA recommendations.

b. Material shall be "White" metal, zinc or aluminum per NTMA standards. c. Space strips in patterns shown on drawings.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

d. Divider strip adhesive shall be mixture of fine sand and bonding agent, specially compounded by manufacturer for this use.

2. Control or Expansion Strips: Double or split units, 1/8" wide, of same materials

and color as the divider strips. Provide epoxy terrazzo manufacturer's recommended flexible joint filler in color to match terrazzo formulation.

3. Accessory Strips: Match width, material and color of divider strips. Provide the following accessory strips as required for a complete installation:

a. Base beads. b. Cove base dividers.

4. Cleaner: "4505 Best Yet Neutral Cleaner" by General Polymers, or approved

equal.

5. Sealer: Colorless, slip- and stain-resistant, non-yellowing, penetrating sealer which will not disturb the color or physical properties of the terrazzo surface. Provide "4401 Terrazzo Wet Look Sealer" by General Polymers, or approved equal.

6. Leveling Compound: Epoxy base material as recommended by terrazzo flooring manufacturer, applied over properly prepared substrate.

7. Fill: Epoxy base mortar as recommended by terrazzo flooring manufacturer.

2.2 MIXES

A. Matrix color and chip size to match approved samples.

B. Marble Chips

1. Size to conform to NTMA gradation standards.

2. Hardness to conform to ASTM C 241, Ha-10 minimum.

3. 24-hour absorption rate not to exceed 0.75%.

4. Chips shall contain no deleterious or foreign matter.

5. Dust content less than 1% by weight.

2.3 PRECAST TERRAZZO

A. Manufacture Tectura Design By Wausau or approved equal.

B. Provide precast terrazzo stair treads as detailed on drawings with 3" abrasive nosings consisting of aluminum oxide or silicone carbide; color as selected by the Architect.

C. Comply with NTMA specifications and recommendations for fabrication of precast terrazzo. Reinforce all precast terrazzo units.

D. Match color and pattern of precast work with color and pattern of cast in place work, unless different color and pattern required.

E. Materials shall conform to the requirements specified above in Para. 2.1.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where terrazzo is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

B. Do not start work of this Section until all HVAC systems and environmental controls are in place and operating.


A. Allowable Variations in Substrate Levels: Refer to Section 033000, "Cast-in-Place Concrete," for required tolerances of concrete sub-slab.

B. Grind or fill concrete substrates as required to comply with allowable variations.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrates of substances, including oil, grease, and curing compounds, that might impair terrazzo bond. Provide clean, dry, and neutral substrate for terrazzo application.

B. Concrete Slabs: Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with terrazzo.

1. Shot-blast surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface, contains the dispensed shot within the apparatus, and recirculates the shot by vacuum pickup.

2. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to terrazzo manufacturer's written recommendations.

3. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to terrazzo manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture-vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests indicated below.

a. Calcium Chloride Test: Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test per ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb. of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. 1). Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft, and

perform not less than two tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas.

b. In-Situ Probe Test: Perform relative-humidity test using in-situ probes per ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative-humidity-level measurement.

c. Test Method: Test for moisture content following ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a moisture - vapor emission rate




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

of 3 lbs. of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.

D. Protect other work from water and dust generated by grinding operations. Control

water and dust to comply with environmental protection regulations.

1. Erect and maintain temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit water damage and dust migration and to ensure adequate ambient temperatures and ventilation conditions during installation.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Comply with NTMA specifications and manufacturer's recommendations for preparation of substrate, installation of metal strips, and for placing, grinding, grouting and finishing.

2. Complete terrazzo installation before the application of other items that might be damaged by this work.

B. Expansion Joints: Where expansion joints are shown, install two (2) divider strips, separated by the joint width shown with removable strips, extending the full depth of the topping and under bed. Do not bridge expansion joints with reinforcement or cross strips.

1. Expansion joints shall not exceed 30'-0" o.c. unless otherwise noted on drawings.

C. Flooring

1. Work shall be done only under optimum conditions as recommended by manufacturing firm and NTMA recommendations. Surfaces over which matrix is to be applied shall be completely dry and thoroughly clean. Atmospheric and substrate temperature shall be sixty (60) degrees F. or above.

a. Moisture testing of concrete slab must be performed following terrazzo manufacturer's recommendations. If slab contains moisture above recommended levels of the terrazzo manufacturer, the Contractor must provide a moisture barrier that can reduce the vapor emissions level to acceptable limits. Manufacturer's representative must submit written conformation to the Architect verifying that the concrete slab has been properly prepared to receive epoxy terrazzo.

2. Apply primer over entire area to receive floor surfacing. Spread uniformly over

surfaces using clean rubber squeegee, or clean steel trowels. Do not allow primer to collect in depressions. Porous areas may require double application of primer.

3. Apply flexible epoxy membrane at 40 mils thick over primer.

4. Terrazzo matrix and chips shall be mixed and applied according to manufacturer's instructions.

5. Allow surfacing to set undisturbed for minimum period of twelve (12) hours or until surfaces are hard and sure. Temperatures throughout curing time shall be maintained at minimum of fifty (50) degrees F. It shall be the complete




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

responsibility of the Contractor to protect and maintain system until such cure is attained.

6. Grind using #24-120 grit stone by wet process method utilizing standard terrazzo grinding equipment. Dry grinding using diamond stones is acceptable for rough grind only. Use vacuums adequate to control grinding dust. Finish grind with #120 grit stone or finer as specified.

7. Grout as required using resin as recommended by the manufacturer. Apply grout according to manufacturer's instructions. After curing for a minimum of twelve (12) hours, grind using #120 grit stone using same method and equipment as used for initial grinding operation.

8. After completion of grinding operation, clean floor of all dirt and abrasive particles by washing with a neutral cleaner and mopping down and rinsing with clean water. When floor is perfectly clean and dry, treat surfaces with terrazzo sealer. Do not apply waxes.

9. Finished surfaces shall be approximately 3/8" thick, true to plane and line, and shall conform to the tolerances specified for the concrete substrate; refer to Section 033000 for concrete slab tolerances.

10. Contractor to coordinate location and proper setting of all items to be installed in floor (i.e. drains, electrical outlets, door closers, etc.).

11. Install terrazzo at floor closer pans as required to match adjacent floor. Grind and seal to align with adjacent floor.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST TERRAZZO

A. Install precast terrazzo as shown in accordance with NTMA specifications. Tamp units into setting bed to achieve a full bond without voids. Level units at joints. Finish grind at joints if required to remove any minor discrepancies in level of units. Replace warped, stained, damaged and non-matching units as directed. Grout joints with a mixture of Portland cement, pigment and water, matching the matrix of the joints.

3.6 CLEANING AND SEALING

A. Clean and seal terrazzo in accordance with the instructions of the terrazzo sealer manufacturer after installation and finishing operations are completed.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Protect Contractor shall protect terrazzo flooring from damage until Project completion; any damage that does occur shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Architect.

3.8 MAINTENANCE SEMINAR

A. The manufacturer and installer shall jointly provide a one (1) day seminar to Owner's maintenance staff describing the procedures, methods and materials required to maintain the terrazzo surfaces in excellent condition for the life of the facility. Included in this seminar shall be any hands-on training for maintenance of finish.

END OF SECTION

Carpet Tile Section 096813 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 096813

CARPET TILE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 ROWAN UNIVERSITY STANDARDS

A. Anti-static, high traffic, tight knit commercial grade (heavy duty > 10 stitches per inch).

B. Stain, moisture, and wear resistant.




A. Work of this Section includes all labor materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the carpet tile as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Carpet tile.

2. Adhesive.


A. Concrete sub-floor – Section 033000.


A. Installer Qualifications: Firm with not less than five (5) years of experience in installation of commercial carpeting of type, quantity and installation methods similar to work of this Section.

B. General Terminology/ Information Standard: Refer to current edition of "Carpet Specifier's Handbook" by The Carpet and Rug Institute; for definitions of terminology not otherwise defined herein, and for general recommendations and information.

C. Carpet used on Project must be from same dye lot for each carpet type.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete technical product data for each type of carpet, cushion and accessory item required.

B. Samples: Submit full size samples of carpet tile and six (6) inches long samples of each type exposed edge stripping.

C. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification stating that carpet materials furnished comply with specified requirements.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1. Include listing of mill register numbers for carpet furnished.

2. Include supporting certified laboratory test data indicating that carpet meets or exceeds specified test requirements.

D. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's printed maintenance recommendations, including methods and frequency recommended for maintaining carpet in optimum conditions under anticipated traffic and use conditions.

1.7 EXTRA STOCK

A. Produce and deliver to project at least five (5) percent overrun on calculated yardage. Provide required overrun exclusive of carpet needed for proper installation, waste and usable scraps.

1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Deliver carpeting materials in original mill protective wrapping with mill register numbers and tags attached. Store inside, in well ventilated area, protected from weather, moisture and soiling.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Provide special project warranty, signed by Contractor and Manufacturer (Carpet Mill), agreeing to repair or replace defective materials and workmanship of carpeting work during two (2) year warranty period following substantial completion. Attach copies of product warranty.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CARPET TILE

A. See finish schedule.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Adhesive for Carpet Tile: Provide release type adhesive as recommended by the carpet tile manufacturer for use with carpet tile specified. Provide adhesive which complies with flame spread rating required for the carpet installation.

B. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide the types of adhesives and tape, and other accessory items recommended by the carpet manufacturer and Installer for the conditions of installation and use.

C. Leveling Compound: Latex/Portland cement flash patching and leveling compound equal to No. DSP-520 made by H.B. Fuller or No. 226 with 3701 admixture made by Laticrete or equal made by Mapei, or approved equal.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where carpet tile is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 PRE-INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Floor shall be clean and free of cracks and protrusions. Any gaps or cracks more than 1/16" wide to be filled in with latex leveling compound. Protrusions must be sanded down smooth, the floor cleanly swept and vacuumed if necessary to remove all dust and grit.

B. Floor temperature shall be 65 deg., at least 24 hrs. prior to installation; and 48 hrs. after carpet is installed.

C. Conduct a moisture test. The presence of moisture in the concrete floor will interfere with the curing and subsequent performance of the adhesive. Conduct the test as follows:

1. Drive a concrete nail a half inch into the floor. Then remove the nail.

2. Place a small amount of anhydrous calcium chloride or calcium sulphate crystals over the hole.

3. Cover the crystals and the hole with a piece of flat glass and seal the edges with waterproof tape or putty. Since concrete pourings vary, repeat the test every 1500 sq. ft.

4. Leave in place 72 hrs. Any color change in the crystals indicates the presence of moisture. Do not apply carpet until slab is free of moisture and meets with approval of carpet adhesive manufacturer.

D. Sequence carpeting with other work so as to minimize possibility of damage and soiling of carpet during remainder of construction period.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Maintain direction of pattern and texture, including lay of pile.

2. Adhere all tiles with a full spread of adhesive. Dry-fit cut tiles and apply adhesive to tile back after tile has been cut.

3. Tiles shall be installed in a monolithic corner to corner manner following arrows printed on back of each tile indicating pile direction. Tiles shall be installed to achieve patterns as directed by the Architect.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

4. Vinyl reducer strips shall be used along any necessary open edges so as to maintain the fixed perimeter.

3.4 CLEANING UP

A. Upon completion of the carpeting installation in each area, visually inspect all carpet installed in that area and immediately remove all dirt, soil, and foreign substance from the exposed face; inspect all adjacent surfaces and remove all marks and stains caused by the carpet installation: remove all packaging materials, carpet scraps, and other debris from the carpet installation to the area of the job site set aside for its storage.

B. Provide steam cleaning.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. In all areas, provide a temporary non-staining paper pathway with taped Masonite joints in the direction of traffic. Protection shall be maintained continuously. Chips, holes, and rips shall be repaired.

END OF SECTION

Painting and Finishing Section 099000 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 099000

PAINTING AND FINISHING

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the painting and finishing as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Prime painting unprimed surfaces to be painted under this Section.

2. Painting all items furnished with a prime coat of paint, including touching up of or repairing of abraded, damaged or rusted prime coats applied by others.

3. Painting all ferrous metal (except stainless steel) exposed to view.

4. Painting all galvanized ferrous metals exposed to view.

5. Painting gypsum drywall exposed to view.

6. Painting of wood exposed to view, except items which are specified to be painted or finished under other Sections of these specifications. Back painting of all wood in contact with concrete, masonry or other moisture areas.

7. Painting pipes, pipe coverings, conduit, ducts, insulation, hangers, supports and other mechanical and electrical items and equipment exposed to view.

8. Painting surfaces above, behind or below grilles, gratings, diffusers, louvers, lighting fixtures, and the like, which are exposed to view through these items.

9. Incidental painting and touching up as required to produce proper finish for painted surfaces, including touching up of factory finished items.

10. Painting of any surface not specifically mentioned to be painted herein or on drawings, but for which painting is obviously necessary to complete the job, or work which comes within the intent of these specifications, shall be included as though specified.

1.3 SPECIAL PRECAUTION

A. Hazardous materials may be encountered during demolition operations including asbestos; comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519


A. Shop priming is required on some, but not all of the items scheduled to be field painted. Refer to other Sections of work for complete description.

B. Shop Coat on Machinery and Equipment: Refer to the Sections under which various items of manufactured equipment with factory applied shop prime coats are furnished, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following Sections. All items of equipment furnished with prime coat finish shall be finish painted under this Section.

1. Plumbing - Division 22.

2. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning – Division 23.

1.5 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE PAINTED

A. Items of equipment furnished with complete factory finish, except for items specified to be given a finish coat under this Section.

B. Factory-finished acoustical tile.

C. Non-ferrous metals, except for items specified and/or indicated to be painted.

D. Finished hardware, excepting hardware that is factory primed.

E. Surfaces not to be painted shall be left completely free of droppings and accidentally applied materials resulting from the work of this Section.


A. Job Mock-Up

1. In addition to the samples specified herein to be submitted for approval, apply in the field, at their final location, each type and color of approved paint materials, applied 10 feet wide, floor to ceiling of wall surfaces, before proceeding with the remainder of the work, for approval by the Architect. Paint mock-ups to include door and frame assembly.

2. These applications when approved will establish the quality and workmanship for the work of this Section.

3. Repaint individual areas which are not approved, as determined by the Architect, until approval is received. Assume at least two paint mock-ups of each color and gloss for approval.

B. Qualification of Painters: Use only qualified journeyman painters for the mixing and application of paint on exposed surfaces.

C. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime paints used. Review other Sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of the total coatings system for the various substrates. Upon request from other subcontractors, furnish information on the characteristics of the finish materials proposed to be used, to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as required. Notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using the coating systems as specified with substrates primed by others.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. All paints must conform to the Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) standards of prevailing codes and ordinances.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Materials List

1. Before any paint materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of the work.

2. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution of materials for those specified or accepted for this work by the Architect.

B. Samples

1. Accompanying the materials list, submit to the Architect copies of the full range of colors available in each of the proposed products.

2. Upon direction of the Architect, prepare and deliver to the Architect two (2) identical sets of Samples of each of the selected colors and glosses painted onto 8-1/2" x 11" x 1/4" thick material; whenever possible, the material for Samples shall be the same material as that on which the coating will be applied in the work.

C. Manufacturer's Recommendations: In each case where material proposed is not the material specified or specifically described as an acceptable alternate in this Section of these specifications, submit for the Architect's review the current recommended method of application published by the manufacturer of the proposed material.


A. Deliver all paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use.

B. Protection

1. Store only the approved materials at the job site, and store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment.

2. Use all means necessary to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste.

3. Use all means necessary to protect paint materials before, during and after application and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary.

1.9 EXTRA STOCK

A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint equaling approximately ten (10) percent of each color and gloss used and each coating material used, with all such extra stock tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

1.10 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F. and 90 degrees F., unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.

B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F. and 95 degrees F. unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.

C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds eighty-five (85) percent; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions.

D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PAINT MANUFACTURERS

A. Except as otherwise noted, provide the painting products listed for all required painting made by Benjamin Moore, Akzo Nobel Paint (Glidden Professional), Sherwin Williams, or approved equal acceptable to the Architect.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only to recommended limits.

B. Colors and Glosses: All colors and glosses shall be as selected by the Architect. Certain colors will require paint manufacturer to prepare special factory mixes to match colors selected by the Architect. Color schedule (with gloss) shall be furnished by the Architect.

C. Coloring Pigment: Products of or furnished by the manufacturer of the paint or enamel approved for the work.

D. Linseed Oil: Raw or boiled, as required, of approved manufacture, per ASTM D 234 and D 260, respectively.

E. Turpentine: Pure distilled gum spirits of turpentine, per ASTM D 13.

F. Shellac: Pure gum shellac (white or orange) cut in pure denatured alcohol using not less than four (4) lbs. of gum per gallon of alcohol.

G. Driers, Putty, Spackling Compound, Patching Plaster, etc.: Best quality, of approved manufacture.

H. Heat Resistant Paint: Where required, use heat resistant paint when applying paint to heating lines and equipment.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.3 GENERAL STANDARDS

A. The various surfaces shall be painted or finished as specified below in Article 2.4. However, the Architect reserves the right to change the finishes within the range of flat, semi-gloss or gloss, without additional cost to the Owner.

B. All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers, stains and similar materials must be delivered in the original containers with the seals unbroken and label intact and with the manufacturer's instructions printed thereon.

C. All painting materials shall bear identifying labels on the containers with the manufacturer's instructions printed thereon.

D. Paint shall not be badly settled, caked or thickened in the container, shall be readily dispersed with a paddle to a smooth consistency and shall have excellent application properties.

E. Paint shall arrive on the job color-mixed except for tinting of under-coats and possible thinning.

F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or tinted.

G. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see that all mixed colors match the color selection made by the Architect prior to application of the coating.

2.4 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

A. All surfaces shall receive a primer coat and two coats of paint.

B. High Performance Coating On Exterior Galvanized Ferrous Metals

First Coat: "27 Typoxy" or "N69 Epoxoline II" by Tnemec; "Intergard 345" by International Protective Coatings; "Carboguard 893 SG" or "Carboguard 888" by Carboline; "Devran 203 WB Epoxy Primer" by Akzo; Epoxy Mastic Coating V 160 Series by Cortech/Moore or "Recoatable Epoxy Primer 867-45" by Sherwin Williams.

Second Coat: "V73 Endura Shield" or "1074/1075" by Tnemec; "Interthane 870UHS" or "990 UHS" by International Protective Coatings; "Carbothane 133 LH" by Carboline; "Devthane 379UH Aliphatic Vizethne" by Akzo; Acrylic Aliphatic Urethane V 500 (Gloss) or V 510 (Semi-Gloss) by Corotech/Moore or "Hi-Solids Urethane B65-300/350" by Sherwin Williams.

C. High Performance Coating On Exterior Non-Galvanized Ferrous Metals

Prime Coat: "Tneme-Zinc 90/97" by Tnemec; "Interzinc 52" or "315" by International Protective Coatings; "Carbozinc 859, Class B" by Carboline; "Cathacoat 302V Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer" by Akzo; Organic Zinc Rich Primer V 170 by Corotech/Moore or "Zinc Clad II Plus Inorganic Zinc Rich Coating B69V212" by Sherwin Williams.

Second Coat: "27 Typoxy" or "N69 Epoxoline II" by Tnemec; "Intergard 345" by International Protective Coatings; "Carboguard 893 SG" or "Carboguard 888" by Carboline; "Bar-Rust 231V Multi Purpose Epoxy Mastic" by Akzo; Epoxy Mastic Coating V 160 Series by




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Corotech/Moore or "Macropoxy 646 I.C. Epoxy B58-600" by Sherwin Williams.

Third Coat: "V73 Endura Shield" or "1074/1075" by Tnemec; "Interthane 870UHS" or "990 UHS" by International Protective Coatings; "Carbothane 133 LH" by Carboline; "Devthane 379 UH Aliphatic Urethane" by Akzo; Acrylic Aliphatic Urethane V 500 (Gloss) or V 510 (Semi-Gloss) by Corotech/Moore or "Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65-300/350" by Sherwin Williams.

D. Interior Ferrous Metal

1. At handrails and railings, provide semi-gloss acrylic aliphatic polyurethane.

2. At structural steel and steel deck, provide acrylic enamel, semi-gloss finish.

E. Interior Gypsum Wallboard

1. Typical Walls: Vinyl acrylic latex paint, eggshell finish.

2. Walls in Corridors and High-Traffic Areas: Vinyl acrylic latex paint, semi-gloss finish.

3. Walls in Toilet Rooms and Janitor's Closet: High-gloss waterborne acrylic epoxy paint.

F. Interior Painted Wood Doors: Semi-gloss latex finish, two coats over primer.

2.5 EXISTING SURFACES TO BE PAINTED

A. Existing surfaces shall be painted in accordance with schedule given in Article 2.4 herein except that first or prime coat may be eliminated where existing paint is sound. Where existing paint must be removed down to base material, provide first or prime coat as specified.

2.6 PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO VIEW

A. Paint all exposed piping, conduits, ductwork and mechanical and electrical equipment. Use heat resisting paint when applied to heating lines and equipment. The Contractor is cautioned not to paint or otherwise disturb moving parts in the mechanical systems. Mask or otherwise protect all parts as required to prevent damage.

B. Exposed Uncovered Ductwork, Piping, Hangers and Equipment: Latex Enamel Undercoater and one (1) coat Acrylic Latex Flat.

C. Exposed Covered Piping, Duct Work and Equipment: Primer/Sealer and one (1) coat Acrylic Latex Flat.

D. Panel Boards, Grilles and Exposed Surfaces of Electrical Equipment: Latex Enamel Undercoater and two (2) coats Latex Semi-Gloss.

E. Equipment or Apparatus with Factory-Applied Paint: Refinish any damaged surfaces to match original finish. Do not paint over name plates and labels.

F. All surfaces of insulation and all other work to be painted shall be wiped or washed clean before any painting is started.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

G. All conduit, boxes, distribution boxes, light and power panels, hangers, clamps, etc., are included where painting is required.

H. All items of Mechanical and Electrical trades which are furnished painted under their respective Contracts shall be carefully coordinated with the work of this Section so as to leave no doubt as to what items are scheduled to be painted under this Section.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where painting and finishing are to be applied and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP REQUIREMENTS

A. Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Application may be by brush or roller. Spray application only upon acceptance from the Architect in writing.

B. The Contractor shall furnish the Architect a schedule showing when he expects to have completed the respective coats of paint for the various areas and surfaces. This schedule shall be kept current as the job progresses.

C. The Contractor shall protect his work at all times, and shall protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering or other method during progress of his work. Upon completion of the work, he shall remove all paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. He shall remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated materials of whatever nature not caused by others and shall leave his part of the work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition.

D. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, and factory finished work, and similar items, or provide ample in place protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved.

E. Remove electrical panel box covers and doors before painting walls. Paint separately and re-install after all paint is dry.

F. All materials shall be applied under adequate illumination, evenly spread and flowed on smoothly to avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles and excessive roller stipple.

G. Coverage and hide shall be complete. When color, stain, dirt or undercoats show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be covered by additional coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage, at no additional cost to the Owner.

H. All coats shall be dry to manufacturer’s recommendations before applying succeeding coats.

I. Do not apply paint behind frameless mirrors that use mastic for adhering to wall surface.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACES

A. Existing Surfaces: Clean existing surfaces requiring paint or finishing, remove all loose and flaking paint or finish and sand surface smooth as required to receive new paint or finish. No “telegraphing” of lines, ridges, flakes, etc., through new surfacing is permitted. Where this occurs, Contractor shall be required to sand smooth and re-finish until surface meets with Architect’s approval.

B. General

1. The Contractor shall be held wholly responsible for the finished appearance and satisfactory completion of painting work. Properly prepare all surfaces to receive paint, which includes cleaning, sanding, and touching-up of all prime coats applied under other Sections of the work. Broom clean all spaces before painting is started. All surfaces to be painted or finished shall be perfectly dry, clean and smooth.

2. Perform all preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer’s instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition.

3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease with clean cloths and cleaning solvents prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall in wet, newly painted surfaces.

C. Metal Surfaces

1. Weld Fluxes: Remove weld fluxes, splatters, and alkali contaminants from metal surfaces in an approved manner and leave surface ready to receive painting.

2. Bare Metal: Thoroughly clean off all foreign matter such as grease, rust, scale and dirt before priming coat is applied. Clean surfaces, where solder flux has been used, with benzene. Clean surfaces by flushing with mineral spirits. For aluminum surfaces, wipe down with an oil free solvent prior to application of any pre-treatment.

a. Bare metal to receive high performance coating specified herein must be blast cleaned SSPC SP-6 prior to application if field applied primer; coordinate with steel trades furnishing ferrous metals to receive this coating to insure that this cleaning method is followed.

3. Shop Primed Metal: Clean off foreign matter as specified for "Bare Metal." Prime

bare, rusted, abraded and marred surfaces with approved primer after proper cleaning of surfaces. Sandpaper all rough surfaces smooth.

4. Galvanized Metal: Prepare surface as per the requirements of ASTM D 6386.

5. Metal Filler: Fill dents, cracks, hollow places, open joints and other irregularities in metal work to be painted with an approved metal filler suitable for the purpose and meeting the requirements of the related Section of work; after setting, sand to a smooth, hard finish, flush with adjoining surface.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Gypsum Drywall Surfaces: Scrape off all projections and splatters, spackles all holes or depressions, including taped and spackled joints, sand smooth. Conform to standards established in Section 092900, "Gypsum Drywall."

E. Wood Surfaces: Sand to remove all roughness, loose edges, slivers, or splinters and then brush to remove dust. Wash off grease or dirt with an approved cleaner. Fill all cracks, splits, nail holes, screw holes, and surface defects with putty after the priming coat has been applied. Putty shall be brought up flush with the surface and sanded smooth and touched-up with primer when dry.

F. Block Masonry Surfaces: Thoroughly clean off all grit, grease, dirt mortar drippings or splatters, and other foreign matter. Remove nibs or projections from masonry surfaces. Fill cracks, holes or voids, not filled under the "Masonry" Section, with Portland cement grout, and bag surface so that it has approximately the same texture as the adjacent masonry surface.

G. Testing for Moisture Content: Contractor shall test all masonry and drywall surfaces for moisture content using a reliable electronic moisture meter. Contractor shall also test latex type fillers for moisture content before application of top coats of paint. Do not apply any paint or sealer to any surface or to latex type filler where the moisture content exceeds seven (7) percent as measured by the electronic moisture meter.

H. Touch-Up: Prime paint all patched portions in addition to all other specified coats.

3.4 MATERIALS PREPARATION

A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s directions.

B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

C. Stir all materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir any film which may form on the surface into the material. Remove the film and, if necessary, strain the material before using.

D. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

3.5 APPLICATION

A. General

1. Apply paint by brush or roller in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions. Use brushes best suited for the type of material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high pile sheep's wool as recommended by the paint manufacturer for material and texture required.

2. The number of coats and paint film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has completely dried. Sand between each enamel or varnish coat application with fine




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

sandpaper, or rub surfaces with pumice stone where required to produce an even, smooth surface in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s directions.

3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

4. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.

a. "Exposed surfaces" is defined as those areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, etc., are in place in areas scheduled to be painted.

5. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a

flat, non-specular black paint, before final installation of equipment.

6. Paint the back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers to match the exposed surfaces.

7. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as the faces, unless otherwise indicated.

8. Enamel finish applied to wood or metal shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between coats to produce an even surface.

9. Paste wood filler applied on open grained wood after beginning to flatten, shall be wiped across the grain of the wood, then with a circular motion, to secure a smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in open grain only. After overnight dry, sand surface with the grain until smooth before applying specified coat.

B. Scheduling Painting

1. Apply the first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pre-treated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.

2. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not re-coat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.

C. Prime Coats: Re-coat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.

D. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage.

E. Touching-Up of Factory Finishes: Unless otherwise specified or shown, materials with a factory finish shall not be painted at the project site. To touch up, the Contractor shall




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

use the factory finished material manufacturer’s recommended paint materials to repair abraded, chipped, or otherwise defective surfaces.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by the painting and finishing work. Leave all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect.

B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations.

3.7 CLEAN UP

A. During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work day.

B. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.

C. At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Visual Display Surfaces Section 101100 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 101100

VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Whiteboards: High gloss ceramic steel writing surface, Manuf. Polyvision, Series 555.




A. The Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the visual display surfaces as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Porcelain on metal markerboards.

2. Plastic impregnated tackboards.

3. Frames and trim.




A. Qualifications of Installers: For installation of markerboards and tackboards, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills involved and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation.

B. Installation Methods: The recommended installation methods of the manufacturer shall become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in the work.

C. Manufacturer: Furnish all markerboards and tackboards by one manufacturer for entire project.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each material and component part, including data substantiating that materials comply with requirements.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit for each type of markerboard and tackboard. Include sections of typical trim members and dimensioned elevations. Show anchors, grounds, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

C. Samples: Submit full range of color samples for each type of markerboard, tackboard, trim and accessory required. Provide 12" square samples of sheet materials and 12" lengths of trim members for color verification after selections have been made.

1.7 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY

A. Warranty on Porcelain Enamel Markerboards: Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to replace, within warranty period of twenty-five (25) years porcelain enamel markerboards which do not retain original writing and erasing qualities, defined to include surfaces which become slick and shiny, or exhibit crazing, cracking or flaking; provide manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting and maintaining markerboards have been adhered to during the warranty period. Replacement is limited to material replacement only and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation.




PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MARKERBOARDS

A. Construction

1. Porcelain surface on 24 ga. steel, designed for markerboard application, in color as selected by the Architect.

2. Core to be 3/8" particleboard.

3. Backer sheet to be 0.015" aluminum.

4. Trim to be extruded aluminum, designed for concealed fastenings, clear anodized finish, with chalk tray.

5. Sizes as shown on drawings; use maximum size available to eliminate seams. Where seams must be used, provide seaming diagram for Architect's acceptance.

B. Manufacturers: Provide markerboards manufactured by Greensteel, Inc., Claridge Products and Equipment Inc., Carolina Chalkboard Co., or approved equal.

2.2 TACKBOARDS

A. Construction

1. Provide 1/4" thick vinyl impregnated cork tackboards in color as selected by the Architect.

2. Provide 1/4" thick fiberboard core.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. Trim to be extruded aluminum designed for concealed fastenings, clear anodized finish.

B. Manufacturers: Provide tackboards manufactured by Greensteel Inc., Claridge Products and Equipment Inc., Carolina Chalkboard Co., or approved equal.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Map Rail: Furnish map rail at top of each unit, unless otherwise indicated, with the following accessories for each map rail:

1. Display Rail: Continuous cork approx. 2" wide, integral with map rail.

2. End Stops: One at each end of map rails.

3. Map Hooks: 2 for each 4' of map rail or fraction thereof.

4. Map hooks with flexible metal clips: 2 for each 4' of map rail or fraction thereof.

5. Flagholder: One for each room.

B. Provide clips, anchors and fasteners required for complete installation.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Assembly: Provide factory-assembled markerboard and tackboard units unless field-assembled units are indicated.

B. Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with minimum number of joints, balanced around center of board, as acceptable to Architect.

1. Provide manufacturer's standard vertical joint system between abutting sections of markerboard.

2. Provide mullion trim at joints between markerboard and tackboards.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where visual display surfaces are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Deliver factory-built markerboard and tackboard units completely assembled in one piece without joints, whenever possible. Where dimensions exceed panel size, provide 2 or more pieces of equal length as acceptable to the Architect. When overall dimensions require delivery in separate units, prefit at factory, disassembled for delivery, and make final joints at site. Use splines at joints to maintain surface alignment.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Install units in locations and mounting heights as shown on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, keeping perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide all grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories for complete installation.

C. Coordinate job-assembled units with grounds, trim and accessories. Join all parts with neat, precision fit.

3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN

A. Verify accessories required for each unit properly installed and operating units properly functioning.

B. Clean units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, breaking in only as recommended.

END OF SECTION

Signage Section 101400 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 101400

SIGNAGE

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Provide Innerface Signs, Signature System, Raised Characters – Helvetica Medium; Sign Inserts – Neutra Text TF Light alt from House Industries. All lines of text shall be upper and lower case, text shall be right justified, text shall be 60 point unless indicated otherwise. Sign frame – square without perimeter stripe; Letter Color – white, Sign and Frame Color - #5 Slate except fire evacuation signs shall be red, Surface texture-Matte per ADA standards.

B. On signs indicating name and position of personnel: First line: Font – Neutra Text TF Light Alt (True Type), Font Style – Demi, Font Size 60 point; Subsequent Lines: Font – Neutra Text TF Light Alt (True Type), Font Style – Demi Italic, Font Size – 36 point




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the signage as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including the following:

1. Interior panel signs; room signs, toilet room identification and signs required by Code.

2. Back painted glass sign on standoffs.


A. For actual installation of the signage, use only personnel who are thoroughly familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation and who are completely trained in the required skills.

B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for material and execution.

1. Build mockups for back painted glass installation at lobby.

2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of substantial completion.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of sign required.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Samples

1. Submit samples of each sign showing finishes, colors, surface textures and qualities of manufacture and design of each sign component including graphics.

2. Submit 12-inch square samples for back painted glass.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of signage. Include plans, elevations, and large scale details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorage and accessory items. Furnish location template drawings for items supported or anchored to permanent construction.




PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Fire egress, floor, and other signs required by Code shall be made of material as selected by Architect.

B. Room Signs: Plastic signage with raised alphanumeric and Braille characters at each room. Colors, sizes, and font style shall be in conformity with University standards.

2.2 PANEL SIGNS

A. Interior Panel Signs: Provide smooth sign panel surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner, manufactured from aluminum sheet, unframed. Comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction.

B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with the requirements indicated for size, style, spacing, content, position, material, of letters, numbers, and other graphic devices.

C. Tactile Characters: Characters and Grade 2 Braille raised 1/32 inch above surfaces, in contrasting color.

D. Material: Acrylic sheet conforming to ASTM D 4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering).

2.3 BACK PAINTED GLASS SIGN

A. Basis of Design Manufacturers: Provide back painted glass by Bendheim, McGrory Glass, Inc. or approved equal.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Provide back painted glass color(s) and sign design as selected by Architect.

C. Mounting Accessories: Provide standoffs as selected by Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where signage is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install units and components at the locations directed by the Architect, securely mounted with concealed theft-resistant fasteners. Attach to substrates in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

B. Install level, plumb, and at the proper height. Cooperate with other trades for installation of sign units to finish surfaces. Repair or replace damaged units as directed by the Architect.


A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Floor Mounted Toilet Partitions Section 102114 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 102114

FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET PARTITIONS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the floor mounted toilet partitions as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.


A. Gypsum board partitions - Section 092900.

B. Ceramic tile - Section 093000.

C. Toilet accessories - Section 102800.


A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the work.

B. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into other work for the installation of toilet partitions and related work. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Before any of the materials of this Section are delivered to the job site, submit the following:

1. Room layouts and elevations for all areas, with dimensions based on actual dimensions taken at job site.

2. Materials, finishes, details of construction, gauges of metal, hardware, fastening and anchoring conditions and relation to adjoining constructions.

B. Samples: Submit the following:

1. One 12" x 12" sample of baked enamel finish for each color indicated.

2. One sample of each type of hardware and fitting item including related fasteners. Include all items listed under 2.2 C. below.

C. Templates: Submit templates to other trades as required for support of toilet partitions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 TOILET PARTITIONS AND VISION SCREEN/TYPES AND MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide floor mounted toilet partitions and vision screens of the types indicated, as manufactured by one of the following, or approved equal:

1. "Flushart" of Flush-Metal Partition Corp.

2. "Floor Anchored” of the Global Steel Products Corp.

3. "Luxor Type FT-700" of the Metpar Co.

B. Manufacturer's name or identifying markings are not permitted on exposed surfaces of metal toilet partition, vision screen, or related hardware.

2.2 URINAL SCREENS/TYPES AND MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide wall mounted urinal screens of the types indicated, as manufactured by one of the following, or approved equal:

1. "WH Wall Hung" of Flush Metal Partition Corp.

2. "Wall Hung” of the Global Steel Products Corp.

3. "Type T Wall Hung" of the Metpar Co.

B. Manufacturer's name or identifying markings not permitted on exposed surfaces of urinal screens or related hardware.

2.3 MATERIALS FOR TOILET PARTITIONS AND SCREENS

A. Steel Sheet for Baked Enamel Finish: Prime quality carbon steel, cold rolled, stretcher leveled, galvanized (0.00015" thick galvanized coating on each face) and bonderized.

B. Core Insulation: Manufacturer’s standard rot-proof and vermin-proof double faced honeycomb or corrugated type core material; required in all panels, screens, pilasters and doors.

C. Hardware: Solid forged brass or stainless steel (Type 302 or 304), as indicated below. Stamped, cast alloy, or aluminum extrusions shall not be accepted.

1. Pilaster Shoes: Stainless steel, one piece (no visible joints or seams) flush or offset design, twenty (20) gauge.

2. Hinges: Gravity hinge type, self-closing, concealed within door, fully adjustable, to bring door to rest in thirty (30) degree open position. Hinge brackets solid forged brass or stainless steel, with solid stainless steel pin and pintles.

3. Latch: Solid forged brass with solid stainless steel slide.

4. Strike and Keeper: One piece, solid forged brass or sixteen (16) gauge stainless steel, with rubber bumper mechanically applied and theft proof.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

5. Bumper Coat Hook: Solid forged brass, with ferrule held rubber bumper on back of each toilet compartment door.

6. Stirrup Brackets: Fourteen (14) gauge stainless steel or forged brass.

7. Hardware Finishes

a. On Forged Brass: Heavy chromium plating over nickel over copper. Satin Finish (US26D).

b. On Stainless Steel: No. 4, Satin Finish.

D. Fasteners: Provide exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chromium plated brass, same finish as adjoining metal, theft proof. Provide concealed fasteners of non-corrosive metal.

E. Furnish galvanized steel anchorage devices, complete with threaded rods, lock washers, and leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters, to permit structural connection at floor. Furnish shoe at each pilaster to conceal anchorage.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Minimum Acceptable Metal Gauges

1. Face Sheets for Panels and Screens: Twenty (20) gauge steel sheet.

2. Face Sheets for Doors: Twenty-two (22) gauge steel sheet.

3. Face Sheets for Pilasters: Sixteen (16) gauge steel sheet for baked enamel finish, unless otherwise indicated.

a. For pilasters less then four (4) inches wide - fourteen (14) gauge.

4. Edge Moldings: Eighteen (18) gauge galvanized, bonderized steel.

5. Concealed Reinforcement: Fourteen (14) gauge galvanized steel for tapping and twelve (12) gauge galvanized steel for anchoring devices.

B. Thicknesses

1. Panels, Screens and Doors: One (1) inch overall thickness.

2. Pilasters: 1-1/4" overall thickness.

C. Sizes: As shown on drawings. Pilasters for compartments shall all be of the same width, except end pilasters which shall be approximately 1/2 the normal width.

D. Construction

1. Panels, screens, doors and pilasters shall have face sheets, with formed edges, pressure cemented to each side of core insulation, providing flat, smooth surface, free of waves, warping, buckles or other defects.

2. Lock edges of face sheets together by either concealed tack welding face sheets at contacting edges at eight (8) inches o.c. and installing interlocking edge




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

molding, or by using a combination integral edge molding and internal reinforcing channel epoxy bonded to face sheets.

3. Edge molding shall have corners mitered, welded or brazed, ground flush and finished to match adjacent surfaces. Corners, caps or exposed welds not permitted.

4. Provide concealed reinforcement for hardware, grab bars, fastenings and accessories specified for in both work of this Section and in work of other Sections (such as Toilet Accessories), and for rigidity, strength and support of units in accordance with requirements of type and use of metal toilet partitions. Cut partitions in shop to receive toilet accessories, using templates furnished by Section 10800.

E. Compartment Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated, minimum dimensions of components for toilet compartments shall be as follows:

1. Enclosure Height: 5'-10".

2. Typical Door Width: 2'-0".

3. Door Width for Barrier Free Compartments: 2'-10".

4. Door Height: 4'-0".

5. Floor Clearance: 1'-0".

2.5 FINISHES

A. Baked Enamel Finish: Clean steel sheet and surfaces and factory apply one (1) coat of rust inhibitive baked-on primer and two (2) coats of synthetic semi-gloss baked-on enamel on all exposed surfaces.

1. Colors: As selected by Architect.

B. Touch-Up Paint: Furnish Owner with one (1) gallon of each color of enamel finish paint for Owner’s use.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where floor mounted toilet partitions are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install work of this Section in a rigid and permanent manner, straight and plumb, with all horizontal lines level.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Install panels and doors twelve (12) inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Toilet compartment doors shall be centered on water closets, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Maintain uniform clearance of approximately 1/2" between pilasters and panels, and 1/2” between pilasters or panels and finished wall.

D. Maintain uniform clearance of 1/4" or less between vertical edges of doors and pilasters.

E. Set pilaster units with anchorages having not less than two (2) inches penetration into structural floor. Level, plumb, and tighten installation with devices furnished. Hang doors and adjust so that tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position.

END OF SECTION

DEMOUNTABLE PARTITIONS Section 102119 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 102119

DEMOUNTALBE PARTITIONS

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary

to complete the demountable partitions as shown on the drawings, and/or specified herein.


A. Qualifications of Installers: For actual installation of doors and partitions, use only

personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in installation of the selected products and who are completely familiar with the requirements of this work.

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR DEMOUNTABLE PARTITIONS

A. Glass partition system to be relocatable.

B. Glass partition system shall consist of components that are non-unitized for

dismantling into component parts for ease of distribution, installation and storage.

C. Glass partition system shall be nominally 4" thick.

D. Glass partition systems shall accommodate floor levelness variations of +1.38" (expansion) and -1/4" (compression).

E. Glass partition systems shall accommodate ceiling levelness variations of +1/2"

(expansion) and -1/4" (compression).

F. Glass partition system shall be capable of supporting standard ceiling heights of up to 10'-0" in minimum 1" increments.

G. Glass partition system shall include low profile, rectilinear, aluminum, vertical wall

starts capable of providing up to +3/8" and -1/4" of adjustment in width.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

H. Glass shall be ½ inch thick and edges precision polished.

I. Glass shall be joined using a transparent, 2mm x 6 mm wide adhesive acrylic tape.

J. Glass corners shall be precision beveled and joined using a transparent, 2mm thick adhesive acrylic tape

K. Glass partition system shall be capable of spanning lengths up to 26'-0" without

vertical support and/or perpendicular wall intersection.

L. Glass partition system shall be capable of providing three-way glass-to-glass connections without a vertical support using same 2mm thick adhesive acrylic tape.

M. Glass partition system shall accommodate electrical requirements for power and light

switches and electric strikes.

N. Ceiling channel shall be a three-piece continuous aluminum channel.

O. Glass to be supplied by Teknion. If COG (or local) glass procurement, glass vendor shall meet all Teknion’s requirements for quality, flatness, incremental size and edge finishing.

P. Glass partition shall fully integrate with Altos wall system.

Q. Glass partition system shall be Greenguard Indoor Air Quality certified for low

emitting products.

R. Glass partition shall have a Bifma e3 Level-1 Certification.

S. Steel and aluminum structural components and trims must contain a minimum content of recycled and reclaimed materials of 31%.

T. Performance Requirements

1. Partitions shall provide a minimum STC of 37 when tested in accordance with

ASTM E 90, and a minimum NIC of 30.

2. Partitions shall be tested for structural performance in accordance with ASTM E 72.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation, including the following:

1. Plans, elevations, and sections.

2. Details of fittings.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3. Hardware quantities, locations, and installation requirements.

4. Anchorages and reinforcement.

5. Glazing details.

C. Samples for Verification: Of size indicated below and of same thickness and material indicated for Work. Show the full range of color and texture variations expected.

1. Metal Finishes: 12-inch long sections of patch fittings, rails, and other items.

2. Glass: 12 inches square showing exposed-edge finish.


A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before,

during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and

replacements necessary. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify opening dimensions of all-glass partitions by field

measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.8 WARRANTY

A. Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer agreeing to repair or

replace components of demountable partitions that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Structural failures.

2. Deterioration of metals, and metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal

interior usage.

3. Failure of operating components to function normally.

B. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty includes glass, doors, door frames, door hardware, glass joint detail, and vertical and horizontal framing structure.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Demountable Partition System: Optos Low Profile Seamless Glass Wall by Teknion




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

Ltd., or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS

A. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated

surfaces), Type I (transparent), Class 1 (clear) requirements, low iron. Provide products of thickness indicated that have been tested for surface and edge

compression according to ASTM C 1048 and for impact strength according to CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201 for Category II materials.

1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12mm).

2. Exposed Edges: Flat polished.

3. Corner Edges: Mitered.

B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, with strength and durability characteristics of not

less than Alloy 6063-T5.

C. Galvanized Steel: Furniture grade to ASTM A446M with Z275 zinc coating. 2.3 COMPONENTS

A. General Framing and Retaining Components: Steel, metal thickness and configuration

to provide rigidity, safe support and fixing of partition system.

B. Vertical Posts: Steel, 28mm x 58mm face width, concealed type, pre-punched for vertical and horizontal wire management.

C. Floor and Ceiling Channels: Steel, available in a variety of sizes from 36” to 120”

lengths.

D. Vertical, Base and Ceiling Trims: Extruded aluminum, in accordance with Aluminum Association Alloy 6063-T5.

E. Glass Types: 3/8" clear, low iron tempered.

F. Door Frames: Extruded aluminum prepared for hardware specified.Included with a

continuous resilient gasket to seal door against frame.

G. Doors

1. Glass Doors: Framed Glass Pivot Doors. All glass shall comply with Federal Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials (16 CFR, Part 1201).




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

a. Door Structure: Aluminum Frame with Glass Insert 1). Vertical Aluminum Frame: See drawings. 2). Horizontal Aluminum Frame : See Drawings. 3). Aluminum patch to accept hardware sets.

b. Substrate: Tempered glass with clear finish or laminated glass with clear or frost finish. 1). Glass Thickness: 1/2 inch (12mm).

c. Embedded closer, hold open device and drop seal.

H. Door Hardware: Hardware shall be furnished by the demountable partition manufacturer to the partition contractor for their installation.

1. Glass Door Hinges: 3 pair of 180 Degree Swing Drop Hinges, in Stainless finish.

2. Pivots: Base and Head mounted pivots attached to wall frame

a. Floor cores not required for base pivot

3. Swing Door Lever Types: Schlage Jupiter or Saturn Series [standard Teknion 301 stainless steel #4 polished finish vertical pull][with integrated lock for Glass Barn Door]

4. Swing Door Lock and Latchsets

7-pin Best SFIC cores

1). Passage Set (no lock) 2). Standard lock and Cylinder (No Master Keying) 3). Standard lock and (removable) Interchangeable Core Cylinder

5. Strike Plate: Standard Schlage ANSI Strike 10-025

6. Keying: Door hardware keyed randomly (2 keys shall be provided per door)

a. Provide 1 universal control key per order with interchangeable core option

7. Door Stop: Integrated into Door Frame and Barn Door kickplate.

8. Integrated vertical and horizontal acoustic seals on Barn Doors.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.4 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Powder coated finish in color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer’s

standard colors.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where demountable partitions are to be installed

and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install demountable partitions and associated components according to manufacturer's written instructions; coordinate installation with glass wall fabricator.

B. Set units level and plumb.

C. Maintain uniform clearances between adjacent components.

D. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts according to manufacturer's written

instructions. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Adjust doors and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points, and for smooth

operation. 3.4 PROTECTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to

manufacturer, that ensure all-glass doors and partitions are without damage or deterioration.

END OF SECTION

Toilet Accessories Section 102813 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 102813

TOILET ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Toilet Paper Dispenser:

1. Jumbo roll toilet paper dispenser

2. Ensure units are securely fastened to wall, or partition (anchors in gypsum is not acceptable).

B. Paper Tower Dispenser (Roll): Provide stainless steel collar for surface mount installations. Ensure units are securely fastened to wall with suitable backing (anchors in gypsum is not acceptable).




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the toilet accessories as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Mirrors.

2. Grab bars.

3. Pipe protection.

4. Additional toilet accessories as scheduled.


A. Unit Masonry - Section 042000.

B. Gypsum Drywall - Section 092900.

C. Ceramic Tiling - Section 093013.

D. Toilet Partitions - Section 102113.


A. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

B. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units. Accessories shall be installed at heights that comply with the prevailing Handicapped Code.

C. Products: Unless otherwise noted, provide products of same manufacturer for each type of unit and for units exposed in same areas.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, catalogue cuts and installation instructions for each toilet accessory.

B. Setting Drawings: Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices in other work.

C. Submit schedule of accessories indicating quantity and location of each item.


A. Deliver accessories to the site ready for use in the manufacturer’s original and unopened containers and packaging, bearing labels as to type or material, manufacturer’s name and brand name. Delivered materials shall be identical to approved samples.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 22 gauge minimum, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Brass: ASTM B 19 flat products; ASTM B 16, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings.

C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G60.

D. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2.

E. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, mirror glazing quality, clear glass mirrors, nominal 1/4" thick.

2.2 FASTENING DEVICES

A. Exposed Fasteners: Theftproof type, chrome plated, or stainless steel; match finishes on which they are being used.

B. Concealed Fasteners: Galvanized (ASTM A 123) or cadmium plated.

C. No exposed fastening devices permitted on exposed frames.

D. For metal stud drywall partitions, provide ten (10) gauge galvanized sheet concealed anchor plates for securing surface mounted accessories.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2.3 FABRICATION

A. General: Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory units are not permitted. Unobtrusive labels on surfaces not exposed to view are acceptable. Where locks are required for a particular type of toilet accessory, provide same keying throughout project. Furnish two keys for each lock.

B. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage.

C. Recessed Toilet Accessories, General: Fabricate units of all welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors of access panels with full-length stainless steel piano hinge. Provide anchorage which is fully concealed when unit is closed.

2.4 MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide products manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Co., or equivalent products of American Specialties, Inc., Bradley Corp., or approved equal.

2.5 ACCESSORY SCHEDULE

A. As selected by the Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where toilet accessories are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Accessories which are to be partition mounted shall be closely coordinated with other trades, so that the necessary reinforcing is provided to receive the accessories.

B. Furnish templates and setting drawings and anchor plates required for the proper installation of the accessories at gypsum drywall and masonry partitions. Coordinate the work to assure that base plates and anchoring frames are in the proper position to secure the accessories.

C. Verify by measurements taken at the job site those dimensions affecting the work. Bring field dimensions which are at variance with those on the approved shop drawings to the attention of the Architect. Obtain decision regarding corrective measures before the start of fabrication of items affected.

D. Cooperate in the coordination and scheduling of the work of this Section with the work of other Sections so as not to delay job progress.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install accessories at locations indicated on the drawings, using skilled mechanics, in a plumb, level and secure manner.

B. Concealed anchor assemblies for gypsum drywall partitions shall be securely anchored to metal studs to accommodate accessories. Assemblies shall consist of plates and/or angles tack welded to studs.

C. Secure accessories in place, at their designated locations by means of theftproof concealed set screws, so as to render removing of the accessory with a screwdriver impossible.

D. Unless otherwise indicated, accessories shall conform to heights from the finished floor as shown on the drawings. Where locations are not indicated, such locations shall be as directed by the Architect.

E. Installed accessories shall operate quietly and smoothly for use intended. Doors and operating hardware shall function without binding or unnecessary friction. Dispenser type accessories shall be keyed alike. Prior to final acceptance, master key and one duplicate key shall be given to Owner’s authorized agent.

F. The Architect shall be the sole judge of workmanship. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality. Open joints, weld marks, poor connections, etc., will not be permitted. The Architect has the right to reject any accessory if he feels the workmanship is below the standards of this project.

G. Grab bars shall be installed so that they can support a three hundred (300) lb. load for five minutes per ASTM F 446.


A. Upon completion of the installation, clean accessories of dirt, paint and foreign matter.

B. During the installation of accessories and until finally installed and accepted, protect accessories with gummed canvas or other means in order to maintain the accessories in acceptable condition.

C. Replace and/or repair installed work which is damaged or defective to the Owner’s satisfaction, at no additional cost.

END OF SECTION

Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets Section 104416 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 104416

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS

PART 1 GENERAL




A. The Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the fire extinguishers and cabinets as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein.



B. Fire suppression systems - Division 21.

C. Fire hose cabinets and valve cabinets - Division 22.


A. Provide portable fire extinguishers, cabinets and accessories by one manufacturer.

B. UL-Listed Products: Provide new portable fire extinguishers which are UL-listed and bear UL "Listing Mark" for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher indicated.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for all portable fire extinguishers required. For fire extinguisher cabinets include roughing-in dimensions, and details showing mounting methods, relationships to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style and door construction, style and materials. Where color selections by Architect are required, include color charts showing full range of manufacturer's standard colors and designs available.

B. Samples: Submit samples, 6" square, of each required finish. Prepare samples on metal of same gauge as metal to be used in the work. Where normal color variations are to be expected, include 2 or more units in each sample showing the limits of such variations.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:

1. J. L. Industries.

2. Larsen's Mfg. Co.

3. Potter Roemer.

2.2 EXTINGUISHERS

A. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each extinguisher cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard which comply with requirements of governing authorities.

B. Abbreviations indicated below to identify extinguisher type related to UL classification and rating system and not necessarily to type and amount of extinguishing material contained in extinguisher.

C. Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type: UL rated 2-A:10-B:C, 5 lb. nominal capacity, in enameled steel container, for Class A, Class B and Class C fires.

2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS

A. Provide manufacturer's standard bracket designed to prevent accidental dislodgment of extinguisher, of proper size for type and capacity of extinguisher specified, in manufacturer's standard enamel finish; color to match extinguisher.

2.4 CABINETS

A. Type and Style: Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be stainless steel, Type 304, with No. 4 finish, semi-recessed, with acrylic bubble in door, sized to fit within the partition or wall depth. Provide fire rated cabinets within fire rated partitions. Provide cabinets with tamper-proof handle.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where fire extinguishers and cabinets are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install items included in this Section in locations indicated and at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities.

1. Prepare recesses in walls for fire extinguisher cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to comply with manufacturer's instructions.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

2. Securely fasten mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure, square and plumb, to comply with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Where exact location of cabinets and bracket-mounted fire extinguishers is not indicated, locate as directed by the Architect.

3.3 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with lettering spelling "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" painted on door by silk-screen process or die cut lettering. Provide lettering on door as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard letter sizes, styles, colors and layouts.

B. Identify bracket-mounted extinguishers with red letter decals spelling 'FIRE EXTINGUISHER' applied to wall surface. Letter size, style and location as selected by the Architect.

3.4 SERVICE

A. Determine the approximate completion date of the work and then inspect, charge, and tag the fire extinguishers at a date not more than 10 days before or not less than one day before actual completion date of the work.

END OF SECTION

Window Shades Section 122413 – Page 1



KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

SECTION 122413

WINDOW SHADES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. All window treatments are required to have a non-reflective matte finish and unless otherwise specified, the color selection should match or blend with the window frame.




A. Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the window shades as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Manually operated window shades.

2. Solar shade fabric.

3. Field measurements of as-built conditions.

4. Accessories and hardware required for complete installation and operation.


A. Provide assemblies which are complete assemblies produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessory items, mounting brackets, and fastenings.

B. Provide materials in colors as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit floor layout and elevations, indicating location of all window treatments, mechanism details, type and size of each unit, type and location of controls. Shop drawings must also show seaming of shade fabric. Submit shop drawings showing details of installation and relation to adjoining construction and conditions.

C. Samples: Submit full size sample of each shade type for Architect's acceptance.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

D. Mock-Up

1. Install each type of shade assembly on one complete column bay for Architect's acceptance of installation details, workmanship and operation.

2. Approved mock-up shall be used as the standard for installation of work under this Section, and no further installation work shall proceed before Architect's acceptance of the mock-up.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer’s standard non-depreciating 25-year limited warranty covering all hardware, chains, motors, motor control system and shade cloth.


A. Protect shades from damage, soiling and deterioration during transit, storage and handling to, until Owner's acceptance.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUALLY OPERATED SHADES

A. Provide manually operated shade system equal to "MechoShade/5 System," made by the MechoShade Corp. or equal made by Sol-R-Veil Inc., Draper, or approved equal conforming to standards specified herein.

B. Shade system shall be pre-engineered overrunning clutch design that disengages to 90% during the raising and lowering of the shade. The brake can stand a pull force of 40 lb. in the stop position. Requires no adjustment. Self-lubricating hub on to which the brake system is mounted includes an articulated brake assembly which assures smooth, non-jerky operation in raising and lowering the shades. System shall include the following components:

1. Provide shade hardware allowing for the removal of shade roller tube from brackets without removing hardware from opening and without requiring end or center supports to be removed.

2. Provide shade hardware that allows for removal and remounting of the shade bands without having to remove the shade tube, drive, or operating support brackets.

3. Provide for universal, regular and offset drive capacity, allowing drive chain to fall at front, rear or non-offset for all shade drive end brackets. Universal offset shall be adjustable for future change.

4. Provide shade hardware system that allows for removable regular and/or reverse roll fascias to be mounted continuously across two or more shade bands without requiring exposed fasteners of any kind.

5. Provide shade hardware system that allow for operation of multiple shade bands (multi-banded shades) by a single chain operator. Connectors shall be offset to assure alignment from the first to the last shade band.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

6. Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1/8" thick plated steel or heavier as required to support 150% of the full weight of each shade.

7. Drive Bracket / Brake Assembly:

a. Mecho Shade Drive Bracket M5 or equal by other manufacturers noted herein.

b. Drive Chain: #10 qualified stainless steel chain rated to 90 lb. c. Minimum Breaking Strength: Nickel plate chain shall not be accepted.

C. Shade Bands: Construction of shade band includes the fabric, the hem weight, hem

pocket, shade roller tube, and the attachment of the shade band to the roller tube. Sewn hems and open hem pockets are not acceptable.

1. Hem Pockets and Hem Weights: Fabric hem pocket with RF welded seams (including welded ends) and concealed hem weights. Hem weights shall be of appropriate size and weight for shade band. Hem weight shall be continuous inside a sealed hem pocket. Hem pocket construction and hem weights shall be the same, for all shades within one room.

2. Shade Band and Shade Roller Attachment:

a. Provide extruded aluminum shade roller tube of a diameter and wall thickness required to support shade fabric without deflection. Provide for positive mechanical engagement with drive/brake mechanism.

b. Provide for positive mechanical attachment of shade band to roller tube; shade band shall be made removable/replaceable with a snap-on/snap-off spline mounting without having to remove shade roller from shade brackets.

c. Mounting spline shall not require use of adhesives, adhesive tapes, staples and/or rivets.

D. Finishes: All exposed aluminum parts have an anodized finish. Steel parts are either

nickel plated, satin finish, or have been bonderized prior to painting with a baked, enamel finish.

2.2 SHADE CLOTH

A. Solar Shades: Shade cloth shall be "ThermoVeil" 1000 Series, of dense vertical weave, 2-3% open, color 1011 Porcelain; made by MechoShade or equal by other manufacturers noted herein.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. The shade and the fabric shall hang flat without buckling or distortion. The edge, when trimmed, shall hang straight without curling or raveling. An unguided roller shade cloth shall roll true and straight, without shifting sideways more than +/- 1/8" in either direction due to warp distortion or weave design. Shades shall fill window openings from head to sill and jamb to jamb.




KSS Project # 2017 - 22519

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine the areas and conditions where window treatments are to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate with the work of other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section.

B. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the indicated design and the installation recommendations of the manufacturer as approved by the Architect.

C. Upon completion of the installation, put all components through at least ten (10) complete cycles of operation, adjusting as necessary to achieve optimum operation.

D. Installation of Manual Roller Shades

1. Install roller shades level, plumb, square, and true according to manufacturer’s written instructions and located so shade band is not closer than 2" to interior face of glass. Allow proper clearances for window operation hardware.

2. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range.

3. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturers written instructions.

3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

A. Protect installed units to ensure proper operating condition, without damage or blemishes. Repair or replace damaged units as directed by the Architect.

END OF SECTION

CIF Bunce Hall Bid Set PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME OF PROJECT … docs... · 2020/2/4 · 224223...

Documents

Transcript of CIF Bunce Hall Bid Set PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME OF PROJECT … docs... · 2020/2/4 · 224223...